Liebherr 712-752

en

Service Manual (20 Crawler Dozers

ints)

PR 712 - 752 (10

1 General Information 2 Special Tools, Application Guidelines 3 Technical Data - Maintenance Guidelines

Service Manual Property of Liebherr-Werk Telfs GmbH

4 Engine

I 5 Coupling and Splitter Box

Crawler Dozers

6 Travel Hydraulic

SERIES

7 Working Hydraulic

Table of Contents 8 Hydraulic Components

Issue 01/2004

II

9 Electrical System 10 Electronic Control 11 Travel Gear 12 Track Components 13 Attachments - front 14 Attachments - rear

III 15 Main Frame - Add On Components 16 Tank Installation's Book No.:

17 Operators Platform, Heater, Air Conditioner

Name of Manual Owner:

18 Special Attachments 19 Miscellaneous Informations

Sub Group Index Foreword and explanation

1.1

Safety guidelines Hand signals

1.2.01 1.2.02

Service items

1.3.01

Table - charts

1.4

Conversion table

1.4.01

Tightening torques standard screws

1.4.02

Tightening torques SAE screws

1.4.03

Hole diameter before tapping

1.4.04

Couplings

1.4.05

ISO - tolerances

1.4.06

Code letters + terminal designations electric

Benennung Description Dénomination

1.5

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 01

General information

Blatt Page Feuille

1.0.00.01

For your information This manual contains technical data, descriptions of design and function, repair and adjustment guidelines as well as numerous drawings, functional views and illustrations LIEBHERR - crawler dozers (PR), crawler loaders (LR) or pipelayers (RL). This manual should simplify competent customer service of our products, does however, not replace expert and qualified training and an attendance of our factory schools. Information which is in trade considered basic knowledge is not included. Operation and spare parts information can be found in separate manuals. The manual will be updated as necessary when changes occur in series. This symbol is used in the manual for very important notes. During the activities on the machine, accident prevention regulations and safety guidelines must be strictly observed. This manual is intended for the exclusive use of the registered owner and may not be reproduced complete or in part or passed on a third person without written permission. This manual is still on property of LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH. All rights reserved - Printed in Austria. We reserve the right to make changes of technical details on the machine in comparison to the information and drawings in this manual. Printed and published by LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH., Service -Training Department.

Explanation of structure (page numbers) In order to find specific information and add supplements more easily, the following numbering system is being used:

main group

sub group

page No.

model group

6. 3. 10 01 main group according to manual index

sub group of main group according to sub group index

division based on information content or machine model group

continuous running number within the model group, illustrations or parts list with .00 may be added at the beginning or end of each group.

Updated pages retain the same page number, but receive a more recent date when mailed. Supplements have a new number. If the page is only valid for a certain machine model group, it will so be indicated on the page. We hope that with the enclosed information we have taken yet another step to improve the service on the LIEBHERR - crawler dozers, crawler loaders and pipelayers.

LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH. Service-Training Dept.



Mjfcifss!


Foreword and explanation Datum Edition Date

01 03

General Information

Blatt Page Feuille

1.1.00.01

Service Items Notes for the disposition of service fluids and filter: Service fluids may not be discharged into the ground, drainage system or waterways. Different service fluids and filters should be collected and disposed of in separate containers. Do not use containers, which previously held food items or drinks - to prevent danger of mix-ups. Dispose of these items in an environmentally friendly manner according to applicable guidelines and regulations. Observe all state, local and national regulations. Do not use old or incorrectly stored service fluids and filters, dispose of them properly. 1. Service fluids for Diesel engines with turbo chargers 1.1. Engine lube oil Engine lube oils must meet a certain quality and a certain viscosity, depending on their use and ambient temperatures. Problem-free operation can only be ensured only if the requirements for both areas are met. 1.1.1 Oil quality To meet the technical demands, only highly alloyed lube oils are used in modern Diesel engines. They consists of high-quality base oils, mixed with additives. These additives provide the required properties for these oils. For LIEBHERR Diesel engines with turbo chargers, oils of the following specifications are approved, the higher quality oils are preferred: API - classification (American Petroleum Institute)

: CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4,

ACEA (CCMC) - classification : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5 (Association des Constructeurs Européens de lÁutomobile) Note:

For older machines / Diesel engines, if still in use, engine oils according to the lower specification as noted in the original operation manuals may be used. However, we recommend the use of these new oils, since the service life of the engine can be extended significantly by using these higher quality oils. The originally noted oil and filter change intervals may be extended.

1.1.2 Oil viscosity Z In addition to the quality, the oil must also provide a certain viscosity the selection is made according to the SAE - classification (Society of Automotive Engineers). The determining factor for the correct selection of the SAE classification is the ambient temperature. In most regions, SAE 10W-40 is recommended (see chart below). If the viscosity is too high, starting problems can occur, if it is too low, the lubrication efficiency can be endangered, both factors can lead to increased engine wear. The temperature ranges shown in the following chart are guidelines and may be exceeded or fallen below for a short time.

For the operation in extreme climate zones, such as in arctic regions, special guidelines apply and are available from the manufacturer.



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Service Items

Blatt Page Feuille

01.3.01.01

1.1.3 Oil change intervals The oil change intervals noted in the Maintenance and Inspection schedules always apply to "normal operating conditions". They apply for normal, central European temperatures, annual operation of approx. 1000 operating hours, use of oils of the required minimum quality and fuels with a sulfur content of less than 0.5%. When using higher quality oils, the operating hours per interval may be doubled - see the following chart. However, the 500 hour interval may not be exceeded. Engine oil and filters must be changed at least once a year, even if the given change interval has not yet been reached. In difficult circumstances, such as repeated cold start, higher sulfur content (above 05.%) in the fuel, more severe climatic conditions (for example continuous temperatures below -10°C) etc., the intervals must be cut in half. This means, for each difficulty, the permitted operating hours per interval must be multiplied by a factor of 0.5. Permissible oil change intervals in operating hours: Oil quality: Applications Ambient temperature

Sulfur content in fuel

Oil quality:

CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4, E2 (D4))

E3 (D5), E4, E5,

Change interval

Change interval

above -10°C

to 0,5%

250 hrs.

500 hrs.

(Normal temperature)

above 0,5%

125 hrs.

250 hrs.

below -10°C

to 0,5%

125 hrs.

250 hrs.

Continuous temperature

above 0,5%

60 hrs.

125 hrs.

1.2. Diesel fuels Diesel fuels must meet the minimum requirements of the following specifications. The sulfur content may not exceed 0.5%. A higher sulfur content has negative effects on oil change intervals and engine service life. A higher sulfur content above 1% is not permitted. Fuels with low sulfur content (for example, according to European regulations <0.05 %) must contain additives to retain the lubrication efficiency according to HFRR(60°)-Test <400µm - . Insufficient lubrication causes premature wear of the injection system components, especially distributor injection pumps. The additives should be added by the fuel supplier, as he is responsible for the quality of the fuel. We do not recommend addition of secondary lubrication additives by the user.

Approved fuel specifications: DIN EN 590 + HFRR(60°)-Test <400µm ASTM D 975 - 89a 1D and 2D + HFRR(60°)-Test <400µm + cetane rating >45 (recommendation: >50)

Diesel fuels in very low temperatures At ambient temperatures below freezing (0 °C), the flow properties of warm temperature Diesel fuel can become insufficient due to paraffin excretion. The same applies to cold temperature Diesel fuels in temperatures below. -15 ° C. In order to prevent operating problems in even lower temperatures, Diesel fuel with an additive is sometimes available, for use in temperatures to -20 ° C. In order to prevent operating problems in even lower temperatures, mix Diesel fuel with normal gasoline or petroleum. Addition of normal gasoline is a makeshift measure and may not exceed 30% per volume. Do not use Super gasoline for mixing. Mixing fuel can diminish engine performance, for that reason, keep the added fuel as low as possible, depending on the ambient temperatures. For safety reasons, mix fuel only in the fuel tank. When refueling, add the lighter additive before the Diesel fuel. Then let the engine run for a short time until the mixture has been distributed throughout the fuel system. Diesel fuels - Mixing ratio ( Vol.-%) Winter Diesel fuel to -15°C % Fuel % Additive

Winter Diesel fuel to -20°C % Fuel % Additive

Ambient temperature °C

% Fuel

% Additive

0 to -10

70

30

100

--

100

--

-10 to -15

50

50*

100

--

100

--

-15 to -20

--

--

70

30

100

--

Summer Diesel fuel

-20 to -25 --50 50* 70 30 * = If an addition of more than 50% is required, use only petroleum (no regular gasoline). The Diesel fuel part may never be more than 50% .

Additives to Diesel fuel (flow improvers) Commercially available flow improvers can also improve Diesel fuel properties in cold temperatures. Always read and observe the manufacturers user guidelines and quantities.

1.3. Coolant Coolants, containing unsuitable anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids or wrong mixed coolants could damage the engine or its parts, caused by cavitation or corrosion. Additionally heat isolating deposits could be created on heat transferring parts, which overheat and lead to the damage of the engine. For a long term, fault free operation, the coolant must be filled year round with a mixture of at least 50% anticorrosion/antifreeze fluid. This concentration protects the system to approx. -37°C / -34°F. Antifreeze protection chart Protection to

Percentage of antifreeze (%)

Note:

Do not use more than 60% anti-corrosion / antifreeze fluids, a higher percentage would actually reduce the cooling and antifreeze protection and causes gel formation in the coolant fluid. Danger of engine damage!



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Service Items

Blatt Page Feuille

01.3.01.02

Coolant filters are used on some engine series, which filter the coolant in the auxiliary flow and in addition, a chemical additive in the filter (DCA 4) reinforces the protection against cavitation, corrosion, scale deposits and foam formation. The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.3 and 0.8 units per liter of coolant. See the following chapter ”Coolant with DCA4”. This results in a mixing ration of approx. 48.5 % water, 48.5 % anti corrosion /antifreeze fluid and 3 % DCA4. Check the mixing ratio regularly during maintenance work. See instructions in section 3.4. If coolant must be replaced, make sure that the given mixing ratios are retained. Do not fall below this ratios nor exceed it. Due to the natural aging process of the coolant, it must be replaced at least once every 2 years. Use only suitable coolant, free of contaminants. Clean contaminated cooling systems. Note the following regulations. To replace or add coolant in larger quantities, mix the given parts outside the cooling circuit in a suitable, clean container first.

Fresh water guidelines: To mix coolant fluid, use clean, clear water, which is not too hard. Often, but not always, regular tap water may be used. Seawater, brine, brackish water, or industrial waste water is not suitable. Approved fresh water quality (as of 2001) for use with anti corrosion / antifreeze fluid - without DCA4

- with DCA4

Sum of alkaline earths (water hardness):

: 0,6 to 3,6 mmol/l (3 to 20°d)

0,6 to 2,7 mmol/l (3 to 15°d)

Ph - value at 20° C

: 6,5 to 8,5

6,5 to 8,0

Chloride / ion content

: max. 80 mg/l

max. 80 mg/l

Sulfate / ion content

: max. 100 mg/l

max. 80 mg/l

Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids (as of December 2003): Brand name

Manufacturer

Agip Antifreeze Plus Agip Langzeit-Frostschutz Antigel DB 486 Aral Kühler-Frostschutz A AVIA Frostschutz APN (G48-00)

Agip Petroli S.p.A, Rom / Italien Autol-Werke GmbH., Würzburg / BRD Sotragal SA, St. Priest / Frankreich Aral AG, Bochum / BRD Deutsche AVIA-Mineralöl GmbH, München / BRD

BP Antifrost X 2270 A BP Napgel C 2270/1

Deutsche BP AG, Hamburg / BRD BP Chemicals Ltd., London / England

Caltex Engine Coolant DB Caltex Extended Life Coolant Castrol Anti-Freeze O Century F.L. Antifreeze Chevron DEX-COOL Extended Life Anti-Freeze/Coolant

Caltex (UK) ltd., London / England Caltex Deutsche Castrol Vertriebs-GmbH, Hamburg /BRD Century Oils, Hanley, Stoke-on-Trent / England Chevron Texaco

Deutz Kühlschutzmittel 0101 1490

DEUTZ Service International GmbH, Köln / BRD

Esso Kühlerfrostschutz

Esso AG, Hamburg / BRD

Fricofin Frostschutz Motorex (G48-00) Frostschutz 500

Fuchs Mineraloelwerke GmbH, Mannheim / BRD Bucher+Cie, Langenthal / Schweiz Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg / BRD

Glacelf Auto Supra Glycoshell AF 405 Glycoshell N Glysantin (G 48-00)

Total Shell Shell BASF AG, Ludwigshafen / BRD

Havoline XLC Havoline DEX-COOL Extended Life Anti-Freece/Coolant

ARTECO Chevron Texaco

Igol Antigel Type DB

Igol France, Paris / Frankreich

Labo FP 100

Labo Industrie, Nanterre / Frankreich

Motul Anti-freeze

Motul SA, Aubervilliers Cedex / Frankreich

OMV-Kühlerfrostschutzmittel Organifreeze OZO Frostschutz S

OMV AG, Schwechat / Österreich Total Total Deutschland GmbH, Düsseldorf / BRD

Total Antigel S-MB 486 Total Frostfrei

Total Deutschland GmbH, Düsseldorf / BRD Total Deutschland GmbH, Düsseldorf / BRD

Veedol Antifreeze O

Deutsche Veedol GmbH, Hamburg / BRD

Wintershall Kühlerschutz

Wintershall Mineralöl GmbH, Düsseldorf / BRD

Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids / 50:50 Premix (as of December 2003): (50 % water : 50 % corrosion/antifreeze fluids)

Brand name

Manufacturer

Liebherr Anti-Freeze APN mix Id.Nr. 8611 045 - 20 l bundle Caltex Extended Life Coolant Pre-Mixed 50/50 (ready-to-use-version) Chevron DEX-COOL Extended Life Prediluted 50/50 Antifreeze coolant Havoline XLC, 50/50 Havoline DEX-COOL Extended Prediluted 50/50 Antifreece coolant Organicool 50/50

LIEBHERR Caltex Chevron Texaco ARTECO Chevron Texaco Total

Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids with DCA4 - ready to use (as of December 2003): Brand name

Manufacturer

Liebherr Anti-Freeze "pret a l'emploi" Id.Nr. 10 005 347 - 20 l bundle

LIEBHERR

The given anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids are approved for all Liebherr Diesel engines (with and without coolant filter / DCA4).

1.3.1 Coolant with DCA4 (DCA = Diesel Coolant Additive) The additive DCA4 is "used up" during use. The DCA4 concentration in the filter compensates for this loss accordingly, if there is no loss of coolant and the correct filter is used at the given change interval. The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.3 and 0.8 units per liter of coolant. To check, refer to the "Maintenance and inspection guidelines", section 3.4. For change intervals for filter and coolant, see ”Maintenance and inspection schedule” , section 3.2. If the cooling system is filled initially or refilled after repairs, then DCA 4 in liquid form must be added to the 50% anticorrosion / antifreeze and 50% water mixture. The mixture should be mixed outside the cooling system. Note the safety guidelines issued by the additive manufacturer.



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Service Items

Blatt Page Feuille

01.3.01.03

This results in a coolant mixture ration of approx. 48.5 % water, 48.5 % anticorrosion / antifreeze fluid and 3% DCA4. In addition, use a new coolant filter, according to the filling quantity. The correct Id. No. of the filter can be found in the Parts Manual or the Operation and Maintenance manual of the machine. Overview chart DCA4 and filter requirements (as of 2001) Coolant system contents Required quantity of liquid DCA 4 Liter

Container approx.0.5 liter

appr. liter

DCA 4 - water filter Id. No.

24-39

3

oder

1,5

7367 045

40-59

4

oder

2,0

7381 493

60-79

5

oder

2,5

7367 052

80-115 8 oder 4 7367 052 Container liquid DCA4 at approx. 0.5 l -Id. No. 7363 898 Liebherr coolant (ready to use, 20 liter, above mixing ratio) - Id. No. 10 005 347 1.3.2 Coolant - special filling - with anti corrosion fluids, without antifreeze fluids In exceptional cases and if ambient temperatures are constantly above the freezing point, for example in tropical regional, where no anticorrosion / antifreeze fluids is proofed available, fresh water and water-soluble anticorrosion fluids (Inhibitors) may be used as coolant. Do not use coolant refiners (anticorrosion oils) with emulsifying capacity. If necessary, flush the cooling system before refilling. The fresh water quality must meet use with DCA4 - see chart ”Approved fresh water quality”. The coolant must be changed once a year. Use of DCA4 To provide sufficient protection against corrosion, approximately twice the amount of DCA4 must be used as compared to the above mixing ration, when using anticorrosion / antifreeze fluids and DCA4 - see above "overview chart and filter requirements". The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.6 and 1.06 units. It must be checked during maintenance work or when the coolant filter is changed, and corrected, as necessary. This results in a mixing ratio of max. 94 % fresh water and min. 6 % DCA4 additive Use of products from Caltex / Chevron Texaco / Havoline / Total To provide sufficient protection against corrosion with these products, a mixture of 92,5 vol.% coolant and 7,5 vol.% anti corrosion fluid must be kept. The mixture ratio must be checked during maintenance work and corrected, as necessary. The concentration of the anti corrosion fluid must not fall below 5 vol.% nor exceed 10 vol.%.

Presently approved anti corrosion fluids (as of December 2003): Brand name

Manufacturer

DCA4 Diesel Coolant Additives Caltex CL Corrosion Inhibitor Concentrate Chevron Texaco Heavy Duty Extended Life Corrosion Inhibitor Nitrite Free Havoline Extended Life Corrosion Inhibitor (XLI) Total WT Supra

Fleetguard Caltex Chevron Texaco ARTECO Total

2. Oil for hydraulic system In the hydraulic system, use only Diesel engine lube oils or special approved oils. 2.1. Oil quality 2.1.1 Approved engine oil classifications API - classification (American Petroleum Institute)

: CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4,

ACEA (CCMC) - classification : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5, (Association des Constructeurs Européens de lÁutomobile) Note:

The API classifications CC, CD, CE and CF are now obsolete, however, in quality, they had been approved for use in the hydraulic system.

2.1.2 Special oils Approval is given for each machine type separately. Special guidelines are issued with the release. The following product presently considered to be an environmentally friendly hydraulic fluid: Panolin - HLP Synth - VG 46 2.2. Oil viscosity In addition to the quality, the oil must also provide a certain viscosity, the selection is made according to the SAE classification (Society of Automotive Engineers). The determining factor for the correct selection of SAE classification is the ambient temperature, single grade oils are preferred. If the viscosity is too high, it can cause cavitations, if it is too low, the lubrication efficiency may be endangered. Both can cause failure of hydraulic components. The temperature ranges shown in the following chart are guidelines. When operating the machine within the black temperature range, the following warm up procedure should be carried out.

Single grade oils

Multi grade oils

Viscosity for environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids according to ISO: VG 46 (covers SAE 10W and SAE 20W-20 or SAE 10W-30) For operation in extreme climate zones, such as arctic regions, special guidelines are available from the manufacturer. Warm up procedure: a) In temperatures up to 10° C below the given limit (black range) After starting, run the Diesel engine at medium speed. Warm up the hydraulic system by carefully actuating the hydraulic cylinders. Extend and retract the hydraulic cylinders fully for short periods. After 5 minutes, carefully engage the travel hydraulic as well. Total warm up period is approximately 10 minutes. b) At even lower temperatures: Before starting the Diesel engine, preheat the oil in the hydraulic tank, then proceed as described in paragraph a). Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Service Items

Blatt Page Feuille

01.3.01.04

3. Gear oil The lube oil specification for gears is based on API and SAE classification. The oil chamber in travel gears for double lifetime seal is filled with oil from the hydraulic system - see section 2. 3.1. Oil quality As a general rule, only oils meeting API - classification GL-5 may be used. 3.2. Oil viscosity The following oils must be used in travel gears, and are highly recommended for use in splitter boxes: Viscosity classification SAE 85 W - 140 EP For splitter boxes, oils of

Viscosity classification SAE 90 EP or SAE 80 W - 90 EP may also be used.

For the operation in extreme climatic conditions, such as in arctic regions or in extreme temperatures ranges, such as in slag applications, special oils may be approved if the prevailing ambient temperatures are known operations. 3.3. Lube oil for final drive - sealing chamber For oil quality and viscosity see section 2, Oil for hydraulic system, but do not use special oils. 4. Lube oil for support shaft bearing For oil quality and viscosity see section 2, Oil for hydraulic system, but do not use special oils. 5. Hoist gear oil - pipe layers As a general rule, the guidelines noted in the Operation and Maintenance manual and the winch manufacturer should be observed. For lubrication technical reasons, we recommend the use of Diesel lube oil, which meets at least one of the following quality and viscosity classifications. 5.1. Oil quality according to

API - classification ACEA (CCMC) - classification

: CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4, : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5,

5.2. Oil viscosity according to SAE - classification ISO - classification

: 10W : VG 32

6. Grease 6.1. General lubrication points and track tensioner The grease must meet specification KP 2 k - consistency 2 according to NL GI - class and DIN 51818 and DIN 51825 or EP 2 according to NF-T-60 132 . The grease must also be lithium based, with a VKA value of at least 2300 N according to DIN 51350 or ASTM D 2596. 6.2. Long term grease / grease to protect against corrosion For the lifetime lubrication of bearing points of lift cylinder suspensions and to protect against corrosion at the initial installation of dry bearing points, to protect exposed piston rods, to prevent rust formation, etc., a special calcic, acid free grease should be used. We recommend LIEBHERR's special paste CTK - Id. No. 8613 313 01 For general conservation - see section 19, Conservation guidelines - other acid free anticorrosion grease may be used. 7. Miscellaneous Always observe all guidelines issued in the Operation and Maintenance manuals, repair manuals and on drawings. 7.1. Rubber seals on doors and covers Use silicon spray or Talcum powder. 7.2. Hydraulic cylinder installation Lubricant for threads of pistons, piston nuts and piston rod bearings Liebherr High performance lubricant Id. No. 8300 004 Special protection against corrosion for installation of sealing elements Liebherr Special anticorrosion grease Id. No. 8300 005

Unit of Measure Length

Multiply

by

To obtain Multiply

To obtain

by

mm

0,039

inch

25,4

mm

m

3,281

feet

0,305

m

m

1,093

yard

0,914

m

km

0,621

mile

1,609

km

cm²

0,155

sq. inch

6,452

cm²

m²

10,764

sq. feet

0,093

m²

m²

1,196

sq. yard

0,0863

m²

km²

0,386

sq. mile

2,59

km²

cm³

0,061

cu. inch

16,387

cm³

m³

35,314

cu. feet

0,028

m³

m³

1,308

cu. yard

0,764

m³

l

61,025

cu. inch

0,016

l

l

0,035

cu. feet

28,316

l

l

0,264

gallon

3,785

l

l

1,057

quart

0,946

l

g

0,035

oz.

28,349

g

kg

2,204

lbs.

0,453

kg

t

1,102

short t

0,907

t

N

0,225

lbs.

4,449

N

kN

224,732

lbs.

0,0044

kN

Torque

Nm

0,737

ft. lbs.

1,356

Nm

Power

kW

1,342

HP

0,745

kW

PS

0,736

kW

1,358

PS

PS

0,986

HP

1,014

PS

Pressure

bar

14,5

PSI

0,069

bar

(hydraulic)

kpa

0,145

PSI

6,896

kpa

Ground pressure

kg/cm²

14,223

lbs. sq. inch

0,0703

kg/cm²

kg/m²

0,205

lbs. sq. ft.

4,878

kg/m²

g/cm³

0,036

lbs. cu. inch

27,78

g/cm³

kg/m³

0,062

lbs. cu. ft.

16,13

kg/m³

km/h

0,621

mph

1,609

km/h

m/min

3,281

ft. / min

0,305

m/min

Area

Volume

Weight

Force

Compression

Speed

Temperature

°C

(°Cx1,8) + 32

°F

(°F-32)/1,8

°C

°C

°C+273

°K

°K-273

°C



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Conversion table

Blatt Page Feuille

1.4.01.01

The preload and tightening torques listed in the chart are from VDI guidelines 2230 of July 1986. Installation preload FM and tightening torques MA for shaft screws with metric standard or fine thread per DIN ISO 262 and DIN ISO 965 T2 (replacement for DIN 13 part 13) and screw head dimension of hex head screws with shaft DIN EN 24014 (replacement for DIN 931 part 1) or socket head screws DIN EN ISO 4762 (replacement for DIN 912). The chart values are valid for lubricated screws, surface black treated, phosphated or galvanic zinc plated and for dry screws, surface according to flZn - LH-Norm 10021432 (replaces DACROMET 500) Medium friction µG = 0,12. Always observe the tightening torques and/ or procedures listed in drawings / parts lists, instructions of component descriptions, if noted, they override the factory standards listed in the torque charts. Never use a standard lock washer with 10.9 or 12.9 screws. If a washer is necessary, use only "heavy duty" washers, made from hardened material. Always use torque wrenches with the correct range - the upper third of the range should include the listed torque value according to the chart. When using impact screws, make sure that the given tightening torque is observed - should be checked before and during the tightening procedure with torque wrench (Nm x 0,7375 = ft.lbs.)!

Preload forces and tightening torques for screws with standard metric thread according to factory standard WN 4037 I

Standard metric thread

Preload values FM based on Tightening torques MA are screw grades and are given based on screw grades and in N are given in Nm

8.8

10.9

12.9

8.8

10.9

12.9

Wrench size (x) = per DIN931, for Hex head screws

Socket head screws

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

M

4 x 0,7

4 050

6 000

7 000

2,8

4,1

4,8

7

9/32

3

--

M

5 x 0,8

6 600

9 700

11 400

5,5

8,1

9,5

8

5/16

4

5/32

M

6 x1

9 400

13 700

16 100

9,5

14,0

16,5

10

--

5

--

M

7 x1

13 700

20 100

23 500

15,5

23,0

27,0

11

--

--

--

M

8 x 1,25

17 200

25 000

29 500

23

34

40

13

1/2

6

--

M 10 x 1,5

27 500

40 000

47 000

46

68

79

(17) 16

(11/16) --

8

5/16

M 12 x 1,75

40 000

59 000

69 000

79

117

135

(19) 18

(3/4) --

10

--

M 14 x 2

55 000

80 000

94 000

125

185

215

(22) 21

(7/8) --

12

--

M 16 x 2

75 000

111 000

130 000

195

280

330

24

--

14

9/16

M 18 x 2,5

94 000

135 000

157 000

280

390

460

27

1-1/16

14

9/16

M 20 x 2,5

121 000

173 000

202 000

390

560

650

30

1-3/16

17

--

M 22 x 2,5

152 000

216 000

250 000

530

750

880

(32) 34

--

17

--

M 24 x 3

175 000

249 000

290 000

670

960

1120

36

1-7/16

19

3/4

M 27 x 3

230 000

330 000

385 000

1000

1400

1650

41

1-5/8

19

3/4

M 30 x 3,5

280 000

400 000

465 000

1350

1900

2250

46

1-13/16

22

7/8

M 33 x 3,5

350 000

495 000

580 000

1850

2600

3000

50

2

24

--

M 36 x 4

410 000

580 000

680 000

2350

3300

3900

55

2-3/16

27

1-1/16

M 39 x 4

490 000

700 000

820 000

3000

4300

5100

60

2-3/8

27

1-1/16



Mjfcifss!


Standard screws Datum Edition Date

01 04

Tightening Torques Factory standard WN 4037 I

Blatt Page Feuille

1.4.02.01

Preload forces and tightening torques for screws with fine metric thread according to factory standard WN 4037 I

Fine metric thread

Wrench size (x) = per DIN931, for

Preload values FM based on Tightening torques MA are screw grades and are given based on screw grades and in N are given in Nm

Hex head screws

8.8

10.9

12.9

8.8

Socket head screws

10.9

12.9

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

M

8 x1

18 800

27 500

32 500

24,5

36

43

13

1/2

6

--

M

9 x1

24 800

36 500

42 500

36

53

62

--

--

--

--

M 10 x 1

31 500

46 500

54 000

52

76

89

17

11/16

8

5/16

M 10 x 1,25

29 500

43 000

51 000

49

72

84

17

11/16

8

5/16

M 12 x 1,25

45 000

66 000

77 000

87

125

150

19

3/4

10

--

M 12 x 1,5

42 500

62 000

73 000

83

122

145

19

3/4

10

--

M 14 x 1,5

61 000

89 000

104 000

135

200

235

22

7/8

12

--

M 16 x 1,5

82 000

121 000

141 000

205

300

360

24

--

14

9/16

M 18 x 1,5

110 000

157 000

184 000

310

440

520

27

1-1/16

14

9/16

M 18 x 2

102 000

146 000

170 000

290

420

490

27

1-1/16

14

9/16

M 20 x 1,5

139 000

199 000

232 000

430

620

720

30

1-3/16

17

--

M 22 x 1,5

171 000

245 000

285 000

580

820

960

32

--

17

--

M 24 x 1,5

207 000

295 000

346 000

760

1090

1270

36

1-7/16

19

3/4

M 24 x 2

196 000

280 000

325 000

730

1040

1220

36

1-7/16

19

3/4

M 27 x 1,5

267 000

381 000

445 000

1110

1580

1850

41

1-5/8

19

3/4

M 27 x 2

255 000

365 000

425 000

1070

1500

1800

41

1-5/8

19

3/4

M 30 x 1,5

335 000

477 000

558 000

1540

2190

2560

46

1-13/16

22

7/8

M 30 x 2

321 000

457 000

534 000

1490

2120

2480

46

1-13/16

22

7/8

M 33 x 1,5

410 000

584 000

683 000

2050

2920

3420

50

2

24

--

M 33 x 2

395 000

560 000

660 000

2000

2800

3300

50

2

24

--

M 36 x 1,5

492 000

701 000

820 000

2680

3820

4470

55

2-3/16

27

1-1/16

M 36 x 3

440 000

630 000

740 000

2500

3500

4100

55

2-3/16

27

1-1/16

M 39 x 1,5

582 000

830 000

971 000

3430

4890

5720

60

2-3/8

27

1-1/16

M 39 x 3

530 000

750 000

880 000

3200

4600

5300

60

2-3/8

27

1-1/16

Note: Observe notes on front page!

Tightening torques for screws for SAE split flange installation Not part of factory standard WN 4037 I Listing per LFR - Quality service 2QA 6 051 00 as of Oct. 2001 1. Flange and half flange for high pressure (Norm 62)

Flange nominal size

Screw size

½" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2"

M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20

Tightening torques in Nm for screw grade 10.9 flat flange without Flange with Half flange reinforcement reinforcement 31 62 108 172 264 350

-45 70 120 170 250

-65 110 180 250 450

2. Half flange for low pressure (Norm 61)

Flange nominal size

Screw size

½" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" 2 ½" 3" 3 ½" 4" 5"

M8 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 16 M 16

Tightening torques in Nm for Screw grade 8.8 Screw grade 10.9 22 44 44 44 76 76 76 122 187 187 187

31 62 62 62 108 108 108 172 264 264 264

Tightening torques for oil drain plugs at travel gears Not part of factory standard WN 4037 I Listing per LBC - Quality service as of Oct. 2003 Oil drain plug Tightening torque thread size in Nm M 14x1,5 40 M 16x1,5 40 M 18x1,5 40 M 22x1,5 80 M 33x1,5 160



Mjfcifss!


Standard screws Datum Edition Date

01 04

Tightening Torques Factory standard WN 4037 I

Blatt Page Feuille

1.4.02.02

1. Hole diameter for tapping ISO standard Metric (internal) thread Thread size M1 M 1,1 M 1,2 M 1,4 M 1,6 M 1,7 M 1,8 M2 M 2,2 M 2,3 M 2,5 M 2,6 M3 M 3,5 M4 M 4,5 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M 10 M 11 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 39 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 52 M 56 M 60 M 64 M 68

Hole diameter limits max. min. 0,785 0,729 0,885 0,829 0,985 0,929 1,160 1,075 1,321 1,221 1,346 1,258 1,521 1,421 1,679 1,567 1,838 1,713 1,920 1,795 2,138 2,013 2,176 2,036 2,599 2,459 3,010 2,850 3,422 3,242 3,878 3,688 4,334 4,134 5,153 4,917 6,153 5,917 6,912 6,647 7,912 7,647 8,676 8,376 9,676 9,376 10,441 10,106 12,210 11,835 14,210 13,835 15,744 15,294 17,744 17,294 19,744 19,294 21,252 20,752 24,252 23,752 26,771 26,211 29,771 29,211 32,270 31,650 35,270 34,670 37,799 39,129 40,799 40,129 43,297 42,587 47,297 46,587 50,796 50,046 54,796 54,046 58,305 57,505 62,305 61,505

Drill bit Ø 0,75 0,85 0,95 1,1 1,25 1,30 1,45 1,6 1,75 1,9 2,05 2,10 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,2 5 6 6,8 7,8 8,5 9,6 10,2 12 14 15,5 17,5 19,5 21 24 26,5 29,5 32 35 37,5 40,5 43,0 47,0 50,5 54,1 57,6 61,6

Dimensions are in mm mm x 0,03937 = inches



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04


Blatt Page Feuille

01.4.04.01

2. Hole diameter for tapping ISO fine Metric (internal) thread

Thread size M 1 x 0,2 M 1,1 x 0,2 M 1,2 x 0,2 M 1,4 x 0,2 M 1,4 x 0,25 M 1,6 x 0,2 M 1,8 x 0,2 M 2 x 0,25 M 2,2 x 0,25 M 2,5 x 0,35 M 3 x 0,35 M 3,5 x 0,35 M 4 x 0,5 M 4,5 x 0,5 M 5 x 0,5 M 5,5 x 0,5 M 6 x 0,75 M 7 x 0,75 M 8 x 0,75 M8x1 M 9 x 0,75 M9x1 M 10 x 0,75 M 10 x 1 M 10 x 1,25 M 11 x 0,75 M 11 x 1 M 12 x 1 M 12 x 1,25 M 12 x 1,5 M 14 x 1 M 14 x 1,25 M 14 x 1,5 M 15 x 1 M 15 x 1,5 M 16 x 1 M 16 x 1,5 M 17 x 1 M 17 x 1,5 M 18 x 1 M 18 x 1,5 M 18 x 2 M 20 x 1 M 20 x 1,5 M 20 x 2 M 22 x 1 M 22 x 1,5 M 22 x 2 M 24 x 1 M 24 x 1,5 M 24 x 2

Hole diameter limits max. min. 0,821 0,783 0,921 0,833 1,021 0,983 1,221 1,183 1,185 1,129 1,421 1,383 1,621 1,583 1,785 1,729 1,985 1,929 2,201 1,121 2,721 2,621 3,221 3,121 3,599 3,459 4,099 3,959 4,599 4,459 5,099 4,959 5,378 5,188 6,378 6,188 7,378 7,188 7,153 6,917 8,378 8,188 8,153 7,917 9,378 9,188 9,153 8,917 8,912 8,647 10,378 10,188 10,153 9,917 11,153 10,917 10,912 10,647 10,676 10,376 13,153 12,917 12,912 112,647 12,676 12,376 14,153 13,917 13,676 13,376 15,153 14,917 14,676 14,376 16,153 15,917 15,676 15,376 17,153 16,917 16,676 16,376 16,210 15,835 19,153 18,917 18,676 18,376 18,210 17,835 21,153 20,917 20,676 20,376 20,210 19,835 23,153 22,917 22,676 22,376 22,210 21,835

Drill bit Ø

Thread size

0,8 0,9 1 1,2 1,15 1,4 1,6 1,75 1,95 2,15 2,65 3,15 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,2 6,2 7,2 7 8,2 8 9,2 9 8,8 10,2 10 11,1 10,8 10,5 13 12,8 12,5 14 13,5 15 14,5 16 15,5 17 16,5 16 19 18,5 18 21 20,5 20 23 22,5 22

M 25 x 1 M 25 x 1,5 M 25 x 2 M 26 x 1,5 M 27 x 1 M 27 x 1,5 M 27 x 2 M 28 x 1 M 28 x 1,5 M 28 x 2 M 30 x 1 M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 2 M 30 x 3 M 32 x 1,5 M 32 x 2 M 33 x 1,5 M 33 x 2 M 33 x 3 M 35 x 1,5 M 36 x 1,5 M 36 x 2 M 36 x 3 M 38 x 1,5 M 39 x 1,5 M 39 x 2 M 39 x 3 M 40 x 1,5 M 40 x 2 M 40 x 3 M 42 x 1,5 M 42 x 2 M 42 x 3 M 42 x 4 M 45 x 1,5 M 43 x 2 M 45 x 3 M 45 x 4 M 48 x 1,5 M 48 x 2 M 48 x 3 M 48 x 4 M 50 x 1,5 M 50 x 2 M 50 x 3 M 52 x 1,5 M 52 x 2 M 52 x 3 M 52 x 4

Hole diameter limits max. min. 24,153 23,917 23,676 23,376 23,210 22,835 24,676 24,376 26,153 25,917 25,676 25,376 25,210 24,835 27,153 26,917 26,676 26,376 26,210 25,835 29,153 28,917 28,676 28,376 28,210 27,835 27,252 26,752 30,676 30,376 30,210 29,835 31,676 31,376 31,210 30,835 30,252 29,752 33,676 33,376 34,676 34,376 34,210 33,835 33,252 32,752 36,676 36,376 37,676 37,376 37,210 36,835 36,252 35,752 38,676 38,376 38,210 37,835 37,252 36,752 40,676 40,376 40,210 39,835 39,252 38,752 38,270 37,670 43,676 43,376 43,210 42,835 42,252 41,752 41,270 40,670 46,676 46,376 46,210 45,835 45,252 44,752 44,270 43,670 48,676 48,376 48,210 47,835 47,252 46,752 50,676 50,376 50,210 49,835 49,252 48,752 48,270 47,670

Drill bit Ø 24 23,5 23 24,5 26 25,5 25 27 26,5 26 29 28,5 28 27 30,5 30 31,5 31 30 33,5 34,5 34 33 36,5 37,5 37 36 38,5 38 37 40,5 40 39 38 43,5 43 42 41 46,5 46 45 44 48,5 48 47 50,5 50 49 48

Sub Group Index Special tools

2.1

Special tools Liebherr Diesel engine

2.1.10

Special tools general hydraulic repair

2.1.20

Special tools hydraulic pressure testing

2.1.21

Special tools hydraulic cylinder

2.1.22

Special tools general - electric repair

2.1.30

Special tools wiring harness

2.1.31

Special tools mech. components

2.1.40

Repair welding

2.2.00

Installation guidelines

2.3.01

Installation guidelines Duo-Cone-Seals

2.3.01

Wiring installation guidelines ITT-Cannon plug

2.3.02

Wiring installation guidelines Harting plug

2.3.03

Wiring installation guidelines AMP plug

2.3.04



Mjfcifss!


Special tools Datum Edition Date

01 01

Application guidelines

Blatt Page Feuille

2.0.00.01

Description

Id.No.

Remarks

7009 538

test range: 400-6000 RPM accuracy ± 1 RPM

Tachometer - mechanical

5003 069

test range: 100-3000 RPM accuracy: ± 1 RPM

Tachometer cable

5003 070

to be used with Id.No. 5003 069

8122 902

to be used with Id.No. 5003 070

7408 922

to test the condition of the battery charge and the percentage of antifreeze in the engine coolant.

Digital Electronic Impulse Tachometer all engines

Illustration

D904 TB / 904 T

Tachometer cable extension D904 TB / 904 T

Battery charge / coolant condition tester

Description Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


Diesel engine Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.10.01

Illustration

Description DCA4 Test kit „CC2602M“

Id.No. 5608 459

includes: test strip container 50 test strips plastic container eye dropper Compression tester

Remarks to test the DCA4 concentration in coolant. all engines

8008 782

to check the engine’s compression pressure. all engines

Test adapter for compression tester

0524 044

to be used in place of injector when checking compression all engines

Injector tester

7361 236

to check injector opening pressure all engines

High pressure hand pump with accessories, complete

7009 318

to check the injection pump timing. all engines

Description

Id.No.

Slide hammer

0524 072

Remarks

Illustration

to remove injectors all engines

Adapter

0524 029

to be used with Id.No. 0524 072 all engines

Angle method torque fixture

0524 062

to torque screws cylinder head main bearings rod bearings all engines

Engine turning fixture

0524 045

mounted on the flywheel housing all engines (not useable at D 9406 TI - PR 752, RL 52, use Id.No. 9183 785)

Dial gauge Pos.1

7022 418

Dial fixture Pos.2

7022 420

to control the delivery begin from the distribution injection pump all engines with distribution injection pump



Mjfcifss!


Diesel engine Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.10.02

Illustration

Description V - Belt Measuring Tool „Krikit2“

Id.No. 8042 829

Remarks to measure V - Belt tension All engines

Holding fixture

0527 462

to eliminate starting fuel quantity when adjusting the delivery begin motors with „MW“ injection pumps D914/916 D924/926 D9306/9308 D9406/9408

1

Sampling pump pos. 1

8145 666

Sampling valve for oil samples pos. 2

7019 068

Oil analysis set German 6 samples 12 samples

7018 368 7018 369

analysis at WEAR CHECK Germany, analysis report in German language.

8503 561

Analysis at WEAR CHECK Belgium, analysis report in French language

used for taking oil samples for the oil analysis.

2

Oil analysis set French 6 samples

Engine turning fixture with ¾" square head drive

9183 785

to turn the Diesel engine D 9406 TI - PR 752, RL 52, for adjustments fits on the fan side end of crankshaft

Description

Id. No.

Remarks

Vacuum pump, complete with the following accessories:

7408 148

for faster bleeding of the hydraulic system the vacuum pump can produce low pressure (appr. 0.4 bar) by reversing the PVC hose. The connecting point for the machine is the bleeder screw on the hydraulic tank.

Vacuum pump with electr. cord Hose assembly Hose assembly Fitting S8M Fitting L6R PVC hose Terminal clamp - pos. Terminal clamp - neg. Plug - 2 connectors Temperature gauge

7407 987 7407 985 7407 986 7404 619 4901 110 7360 127 7408 149 7408 150 7408 151 7020372

commercially available

Adjustment tool for BPV 50, 70, 100

Illustration

accuracy: ± 2%/2° test range: -18°C - +260°C

to adjust pump end position via eccentric screw

Tool to loosen / counter Item.1 12 point socket ½“

SW 13 x 85

Adjustment tool Item.2 Hex head screw handle

Note: The 12 point socket ½“ stub should have an outer diameter of 18 mm over a length of approx. 35 mm

SW 4 x 200

Item.3 socket wrench Hook wrench 58 - 62 mm

SW13 x 120 7900 282

Adjustment tool for slotted nut at HPV 130

9792 711

to loosen / tighten when adjusting the regulating range of BPV pumps

to loosen / tighten lock nut when adjusting pump end stop - Qmax (also usable when adjusting regulating range at BPV) use together with hook wrench Id. No. 7900 282



Mjfcifss!


General hydraulic repair Datum Edition Date

01 01

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.20.01

Illustration

Description

Id. No.

Adjustment tool for mechanical neutral position slotted nut HPV 135-02

9749 025

to loosen / tighten lock nut when adjusting mechanical neutral position.

Clamping tool for clamping spring at BPV BPV 35 - 200

6427 521

to tighten the spring and remove ball socket trumpet tube when changing swash plate bearing

Pin puller for pump BPV 35 - 100

6427 516

used to remove the pin for the swash plate bearing cage retainer clip

to punch the studs change of needle bearing segment

Punch for stud BPV 70 - 100 Swash plate

7413 894

Housing

4713 895

for correct mounting the radial shaft seal on the pump drive shaft

Installation sleeve for radial shaft seal BPV 35 – 70

Remarks

7404 289

BPV 100 HPV 135-02

7404 298

BPV 200

7404 567

Note: install seal rings with Loctite 270

Description

Id. No.

Measuring device for differential pressure contents - 230V 230V

7025 376

Remarks

Illustration

to measure pressure, differential pressure and used for Data transfers to the PC contents of:

7025 755

Measuring device for differential pressure contents 120V Pressure gauge 0-10 0-25 0-40 0-60 0-100 0-160 0-250 0-400 0-600 0-1000

5002 865 7361 289 7361 288 5002 867 5602 903 7361 286 7361 285 7500 002 7361 294 4601 115

0 - 100

7412 643

0 - 500

7412 644

Lithium battery for digital pressure gauge

6002 780

Gauge - coupling 7002 436

Test hose NW 2 1000 mm 1500 mm 4000 mm 5000 mm

7002 437 7002 475 7009 134 7363 732

all pressure gauges are “glycerin filled“

accuracy: ± 0,2% of end value gauge range - static: up to max. 50 % above the listed end value to seal the coupling during pressure tests, a seal ring, Id. No. 7409 794, must be installed. to avoid loss of pressure during tests, use the shortest possible test hose

union nut and ferrule mounted on test fitting.

Test fitting , complete R6L R 10 L R 12 L

accuracy: ± 1% of end value

resolution 0,1% of end value

Digital pressure gauge

R ½″

measuring device M - H 2045 2 pressure sensors 0-600 bar 2 test fittings 2 test hoses MK 12m connecting wire - board circuit adapter wire - data transfer power supply unit

7409 916 7406 864 7409 918



Mjfcifss!


Hydraulic pressure testing Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.21.01

Illustration

Description

Id. No.

Screw coupling M 8x1 M 10x1 M 12x1,5 M 14x1,5 R¼″

7615 321 5608 462 7409 783 7406 865 7409 720

Schott screw coupling M 16x2

7407 070

Test plate A for SAE-flange ¾″

7370 092

Size (in mm) A 90 B 40 C,r 5

Test plate B for SAE - flange 1″

7370 093

Size (in mm) A 90 B 44 C,r 5

Test plate C for SAE flange 1¼″ Size (in mm) A 90 B 52 C,r 5

7370 094

Remarks to connect to additional machine measuring points

to connect shorter test lines or connection between test connection and pressure sensor

to close high pressure ports when checking system pressures material: ground resilient steel taper rounded plate ends, round off edges (simplifies installation, prevents damage to O ring)

or to be made in house

PR712/722 LR622 RL(4)22

9787 796

to close high pressure ports when checking system pressures and when shaft flange is removed

PR732/742 LR632 RL(4)42 Fitting

9787 798

also to protect front surface when removing support shaft bearings.

Flange, complete ( 2 each with O - rings and screws) for support shaft

pos.1 stopper pos.2 union nut pos 3 elbow fitting pos 4 reducer fitting pos 5 fitting

2 x 4900 038 2 x 4774 001 2 x 7403 569 2 x 7404 259 2 x 7410 458

to close off control lines for adjustment of hydr. motors on the PR 752

Description

Id.No.

Diagnostic box with adapter and connecting cables, complete

9796 653

(consists of following parts marked with *)

Remarks required for checking/ adjusting travel drive all machine types with electronic control system/ E-Box Version CEP for application guidelines, see group 10.4.

* Diagnostic box without adapter/connecting cables

7409 318

Time delay fuse - 6.3 A (spare fuse)

6002 702

*Adapter CET-14/05

7413 106

adapts diagnostic box for all machine types with E box Version CEP

*Adapter cable - straight 55-connectors

9814 970

required for all tests

*Y - Adapter cable

9747 733

additional cable for special checks in travel operation

Accessory Protective cap-male plug Protective cap- female socket

6002 655 6002 654

*Power supply cable complete, consists of: Instrument panel plug Plug - 3 connectors Shrink wrapping for instrument panel plug Shrink wrapping - for 3pole plug cable Accessory Protective cap for plug - 3 connectors

6002 697 7409 682 7409 676 7409 681

Illustration

power supply cable plug 3 - connections A: + B: C: free

7409 679 6000 738

7409 677

instrument panel plug: contact middle: + contact lateral: -



Mjfcifss!


Electric system - general Datum Edition Date

01 03

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.30.01

Illustration

Description E-box evaluation kit consists of Pos. 1

Pos. 2

Id.No.

Remarks

9812 435

to read E-box memory for use on CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 and CEP 12/22

floppy disk with software CEP 12

7415 329

adapter cable

9812 434

Pedal tester

7414 235

required for PR-2-Litronic: test/adjustment inch/brake pedal LR-2 Litronic: test/adjustment steering and brake pedal

LIKOM - Service Set consists of: LIKOM-Software pos. 1 Interface cable pos. 2 Instructions - not shown

Accessories Note Book Voltage transformer 24/230 V Digital multimeter complete with harness and case

9793 970 9758 760 01 9794 550

required for checking/adjusting travel drive - all machine types with electronic control system / E-Box version RST for application guidelines, see group 10.5

6140 645 01 6004 217 6001 231

for voltage (V)amperage (A)resistance (ȍ)and frequency(Hz)tests

Battery charge / coolant condition tester

7408 922

Socket wrench for adjustable sensor motor / gear

9797 973 or remachined12 point socket wrench size27 mm

to test the condition of the battery charge and the percentage of antifreeze in the engine coolant

rework as shown in drawing: shaded areas must be ground out.

Description

Id.No.

Hand crimp tool - Cannon

7367 086

Remarks

Illustration

to produce flawless crimp connections.

M 22 5 20/1-01 application, see „group 02.3.02.“

Crimp insert - Cannon CT 120090-20

7409 779

TH 452

7367 084

Reference gauge M 22 5 20/3-1

7409 718

used with hand crimp tool Id.No. 7367 086 application, see „group 02.3.02.“ to check the hand crimp tool Id.No. 7367 086 application, see „group 02.3.02.“ to insert wired crimp contacts into the plug connectors.

Insertion tool for CA - B Crimp contacts CIT-F80-KIT complete consisting of: 1 Handle 1 Insert CIT 20 1 Insert CIT 16 1 Insert CIT 12 1 Insert CIT 8 1 Insert CIT 4 1 Insert CIT 0

7409 721 7409 693 7409 694 7409 695 7409 696 7409 697 7409 698 7409 699

Extraction tools for CA - B crimp contacts CET-F80-KIT complete consisting of: 1 Handle 1 Insert CET 20 1 Insert CET 16 1 Insert CET 12 1 Insert CET 8 1 Insert CET 4 1 Insert CET 0

7409 700 7409 701 7409 702 7409 703 7409 704 7409 705 7409 706 7409 707

application, see „group 02.3.02.“

to remove wired crimp contacts from the plug connectors. depending if socket or pin contacts are removed, the corresponding side of the tool insert should be used. application, see „group 02.3.02.“


Insertion tool for KPSE crimp contacts MS 24256 A16

7409 708

MS 24256 A20

7409 709



Mjfcifss!


Electric system - wiring harness Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.31.01

Illustration

Description

Id.No.


Extraction tool for KPSE crimp contacts MS 24256 R16

7409 710

MS 24256 R20

7409 711

Insertion tool for SURE SEAL crimp contacts, complete CITG-SS-1 Insertion tip CIT-SS-1-TIP Contact holder CT 317-8666-005 Extraction tools for SURE SEAL crimp contacts, complete CET-SS-P CET-SS-S Extraction tips CET-SS-P-TIP CET-SS-S-TIP Guiding pin - Cannon for: CA-B Crimp contacts Size 15S, 16S, 15, 16: 226-1017-000 Size 25, 12 226-1018-000 SURE SEAL crimp contacts CT 317-8588-000

application, see „group 02.3.02.“ 7367 023 7409 712 7409 713 „P” - valid for extraction of socket contacts. “S” - valid for extraction 7367 020 7367 022

when installing socket contacts, guiding pins must be used. 7409 716 7409 717 7409 745

7367 085

4 notch hand crimp tool „Buchanan“ pos1 - Crimp pliers pos2 - Positioning sleeve


7409 714 7409 715

Auxiliary tool - Cannon for SURE SEAL CIEF-SS-5-6-7

Remarks

8123 551 8123 552

Test gauge 0,5-1 und 2,5 mm 1,5 mm

8123 553 8123 554

Extraction tool for Harting crimp contacts

8123 556

protection against damage. application, see „group 02.3.02.“ device for holding connectors during insertion and extraction of crimped contacts.

for creating perfect crimp connections on “Harting” plug connectors

for inspecting crimp depth in „Harting" connector

for extraction of crimp contacts from the “Harting” - connector

Description

Id.No.

Insertion tool for “Harting” crimp contacts

8123 555

for insertion of connected crimp contacts into the “Harting” connector

7367 025 7366 314 extraction tool to push a crimped contact of the MATE - N - LOK connectors

Extraction tool AMP for MATE-N-LOK crimp contacts

7366 655

substitute insert

7015 180

Insertion tool AMP for MATE-N-LOK Crimp contacts

8145 432

to insert pin and socket contacts in connectors type „MATE - N - LOCK“

Hand crimp tool - Cannon for „DEUTSCH“ Connectors

8503 647

to crimp correct contacts of connectors type „DEUTSCH”

crimp turret

7409 779

Extraction tool Cannon for crimp contacts „DEUTSCH“ AWG 4 AWG 8 AWG 12 AWG 16 AWG 20 Crimp tool AMP AMP Certi-Lock

Illustration

to crimp contacts of MATE - N - LOK connectors

Crimp tool for MATE-N-LOK crimp contacts for 1,5 mm² for 2,5 mm²

Remarks

8503 633 8503 632 10 114 733 885 563 714 10 114 732 7415 333

extraction tool to push pin contacts and socket contacts of the„DEUTSCH“ connectors

to crimp the „JUNIOR POWER TIMER“ contacts



Mjfcifss!


Electric system - wiring harness Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.31.02

Illustration

Description

Id.No.

Remarks

Extraction tool AMP

7370 373

extraction tool to remove contact of the “JUNIOR POWER TIMER” housing

Crimp tool CSA 0760

7409 781

to crimp insulated wire contacts 0,75 - 6,0 mm² Example: isolated connectors

Crimp tool CRB 0560

7409 782

to crimp non insulated wire contacts 0,5 - 6,0 mm² Example: connection to wiper motor see picture group 9

Wire stripper complete Type 5011-26

7409 777

Spare blades

7409 778

Blade inserts to strip metric wires with the following wire diameters

to remove the insulation on individual wires on the electronic wire harness. 0,75 mm²

to be installed in wire stripper Id.No. 7409 777

1,5 - 6,0 mm²

7409 788

0,15 - 2,5 mm²

7409 789

Description

Id.No.

track component measuring tool

7402 603

9054 282*

400C563 R E

9790 992 8123 439

400P553 R E

9790 992 8123 438

PR 722 (B) FAT 450/514 R/E

9054 281*

450C564 R E

9790 996 8123 440

PR +LR 622 450P554 R +RL (4)22 E

9790 996 8123 440

PR +LR 632

Illustration

application, see group 12.2.

to adjust bearing play of cross roller bearings

R = ring wrench and E = adjustment template for PR 712 (B) FAT 400/523 R/E

PR 732 (B) FAT 500/525 R/E

Remarks

9054 280**

500C565 R E

9790 999 8123 442

500P555 R E

9790 999 8123 441

*= with new adjustment R = template bearings **= with new adjustment template and new pin, can also be used for newer gear types see Service information 11-3-5/94 Litronic)

1)

= 8123 445

1)

= 8123 445

E=

substitution - carrier / bolt for wrench bolt

IdNr. 9790 992 and IdNr. 9790 996 IdNr. 9790 995

9054 279**

1)

= 8123 446

for wrench bolt

IdNr. 9790 999 IdNr. 8123 445

550C566 R E

9791 003 8123 444

1)

= 8123 446

for wrench bolt

IdNr. 9791 003 IdNr. 8123 446

550P556 R E special wrench - support shaft

9791 003 8123 443

PR 742 (B) FAT 550/516 R/E

PR +RL 42

to loosen and tighten the ring nut on the support shaft 9054 840

PR 712/722 LR 622 RL(4)22 9785 922 PR732/742 LR 632 RL 42



Mjfcifss!


Mech. components Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.40.01

Illustration

Description

Id.No

Remarks

socket wrench - size 22 mm for cable fittings on axle flange

9745 376

to release / tighten the cable fittings on the support axle

9814 884

to dissemble and assemble of the parking brake at FAT type - P/D

PR 732 / LR 632 PR 742 RL 42

clamping tool for parking brakes FAT - Type P/D all types except PR 752 / RL 52

measurements for manufacturing the clamping tool see page 2.1.40.02

press - in punch

for installation of radial shaft seal in hoist cylinder support. see chapter 15.2. A = für Pos.12 B = für Pos.11

Pos.1 installation flange PR712/722

A B

9786 683 9786 684

PR732

A B

9786 685 9786 687

PR742/752

A B

9786 686 9786 687

Pos.2 screw in handle for all installation flanges puller Pos.1 with counter support Pos.2 for the following dimensions (in mm)

∅A ∅B C D

PR712 PR722 90 70 247,5 90

9786 688 commercially available toll cut open bushings, pos. 3 from Ø 120mm

for dimensions to manufacture the punch see page 2.1.40.02

to pull out bushings Pos.3 ad Pos.4 from hoist cylinder bearing support

PR732 PR742 PR752 110 90 273 96

120 90 273 94

120 90 280 120

tension tool track adjuster unit Pos. 1 - installation flange

9798 353

Pos. 2 - bar

9798 352

Pos. 3 - hex head screw (6 pieces.) M16x310mm - 10.9

4601 217

to install and remove the spring in the track roller frame on the PR 752. absolutely requires

application, see „group 12.5.50“

Description Mounting sleeve

Id.No.

Remarks

9817 062

for installation of outside bearings at the equalizer bar PR 752

Illustration

Dimensions to self - manufacture from special tools 1. For disassembly and assembly of the brake housing travel gear FAT - type A / C (without Id. No.)

Dim (mm)

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 FAT 400/523 FAT 450/514 FAT 500/525 FAT 550/516 FAT 400 C 563 FAT 450 C 564 FAT 500 C 565 FAT 550 C 566

A

315

340

360

395

B

380

400

420

460

ØC

22

22

22

26

D

M20 x 2,5

M20 x 2,5

M20 x 2,5

M24 x 3

E

130

150

170

190

F

30

30

30

36

G

16

16

16

18

ØH

21

21

21

25

ØI

36

36

36

44

Dimensions on drawing are valid for all travel gears FAT 400 to 550. 2. For disassembly and assembly of the brake housing travel gear FAT - type P / D (Id. No. see page 2.1.40.01)

Pos.

Description

Ø

Id.No.

1

washer with nut M20 (welded on)

160 mm

9814 883

2

washer for machine size X32, X42

160 mm

9814 881

3

washer for machine size X12, X22

130 mm

9814 882

4

screw M20 x 110 10.9 A3C

4600 161

5

washer A3C

4600 222



Mjfcifss!


Mech. components Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special tools

Blatt Page Feuille

2.1.40.02

3. Mandrel for radial seal ring in lift cylinder bearing see crawler dozers service manual, chapter 15.2.(Id. No. see page 2.1.40.01) 3.1. Screw type handle page 2.1.40.01 - item 2, fits for following installation flanges all dimensions in mm

3.2. Installation flange page 2.1.40.01 - item 1 A for Pos.12, B for Pos.11 from group 15.2. Id.No. PR 712 / 722 PR 732 PR 742/752

A

9786 683

Maß A -0,3

Ø119

-0,3

B

9786 684

Ø71

A

9786 685

Ø139

B

9786 687

Ø89

A

9786 686

Ø149

B

9786 687

-0,3

-0,3 -0,3

-0,3

Ø89

Maß B

Maß C

DIM D 23

Ø89

±0,1

12

Ø57

±0,1

8

18

14

23

10

18

14

23

10

18

±0,1

Ø109 Ø69

±0,1 ±0,1

Ø119 Ø69

±0,1

4. Intermediate flange travel pump to regulating pump, see 8.1.01.02 PR712(B) - PR732(B), LR622/LR632, RL(4)22 B With pulling device, IdNo.0524 072 - section 02.1.10.02., or with screw M10x100 all dimensions in mm

*edges rounded

Prior to beginning any welding on earthmoving equipment, the battery cables and the wires on connection B+ and D- on the alternator must be disconnected and the electronic control box must be removed. In addition, the ground cable of the welding unit must be connected directly to the bare metal of the part to be welded. 1. Preparation of a crack The crack must be free of paint, grease and dirt. To prevent the crack from extending during the preparation or the welding process, the end of the cracks should be drilled with a hole of at least 0.32" (8mm) in diameter. The crack should now be ground, chiseled, torch cut or arced out at a 60° angle. Be certain the edges are clean and extend through the full cross section of the material, without exceeding the 0.04" (1 mm) space in the lower part. On larger grooves, a welding safety should be installed.

Certain materials must be preheated to 300°F (150°C) prior to welding. Special preparations are necessary when preparing a crack in manganese steel. Due to its hardness, mechanical preparation, such as a chisel or hobbing machine is not possible. We suggest that the crack is prepared with a slow running and water cooled grinding wheel to prevent overheating. Other possibilities for preparing cracks or removing high alloy welding seams are the use of cutting electrodes of the type UTP 82 AS. 2. Preparation of a weld The area to be welded must be free of paint, grease, oil, moisture and dirt. During rain, the area to be welded must be covered. Materials with a thickness above 0.60" (15 mm), high carbon steel or steel which is difficult to weld, the material must be preheated to approximately 176°- 392°F (80°- 200°C). Pre-heating is also necessary when the ambient or component temperature is below 40°F (5°C) or when the construction of the component prevent the welding stress to be released. 3. Storing Electrodes Use only dry and undamaged electrodes. Electrodes which are rusty or damaged should not be used. Electrodes should be stored in a dry room with a minimum temperature of 59°F (15°C). Open packages should be carefully closed and stored after the welding work is completed.



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Repar Welding

Blatt Page Feuille

2.2.00.01

4. Welding Technique The welding of material with the necessary electrodes (see table under paragraph 7) is in accordance with DIN 1912. The adjustment of the welding machine - dictated by the different thicknesses of the electrodes - can be taken from the table of the electrode package. Beginning with a material thickness of 1/4" (8 mm), butt welds must be made in several layers. The weld is applied in several beads. Wide butt welds are filled with several side by side beads, with the last layer covering the center. The electrode should melt evenly without creating burrs and peaks. The valley or crater, which is created when changing electrodes must be filled in and overlapped with the next electrode. To prevent cracks in those craters, care must betaken that they are properly filled. If the crack extends towards the outer edge of the material, slag may be trapped or burn holes may be created. To prevent this, the following aid may be used: Tack a piece of sheet metal to the outer edge of the material. The welding seam begins now at the sheet metal in the direction of the arrow. After the welding is completed, the sheet metal is removed and the edge of the material is ground smooth.

The weld must cool off slowly and should therefore be protected from rain and wind. 5. Reinforcement of the welding seam If the crack of the material is due to an overload or abuse, a reinforcement plate should be welded over the crack. The selection of the correct reinforcement plate is based on the construction and load factors of the component to be repaired. For this reason, only general recommendations can be made as to the size and shape of the reinforcement plates. 6. General application of reinforcement plates 6.1. Shape of reinforcement plates The crossover or connection between the reinforced and not reinforced part should be as gradual as possible. This means that the size of the plate should be selected in such a way that new or unacceptable high stress in the repaired parts are avoided. Plates with sharp corners (such as a rectangular plate) should not be used.

Suitable reinforcement plate with high tensile strength.

Suitable reinforcement plate against bending and alternating loads.

6.2. Plate Thickness The thickness of the reinforcement plate should be up to 2/3 (66%) of the thickness of the material to be reinforced. 6.3. Plate Quality The yield and tensile strength of the reinforcement plate should be equal to the material to be reinforced. 6.4. Plate Installation The welded area of the crack should be ground so it is smooth and level. The size of the plate must be selected in such a way that the longer sides of the plate extend into the connecting construction of the material to be reinforced. The plate should also overlap the crack on each side by at least 1" (20 mm). The correct position and fit of the reinforcement plate is achieved through clamping and spot welding. 6.5. Plate Welding The reinforcement plate should be welded on by running a welding bead alternately on both sides. The welding should always start in the middle of the plate and run towards the outside. Be certain to observe that each welding seam has proper run out.

Direction of weld

Direction of weld

The size of the welding run "a" is figured out in reference to the thickness "k" of the reinforcement plate. Use formula: a=0,5 k Up to a welding run "a" of approx. 1/8" (3 mm) a single run can be made, however, as a general rule, a double run should be preferred. Above a welding run "a" of 1/8"(3 mm), the first run provides excellent penetration between the reinforcement plate and the basic material. Subsequent runs are added on top of the first run.

After the welding is completed, clean the welding seam as necessary. Grind the run out between reinforcement plate and basic material.



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Repar Welding

Blatt Page Feuille

2.2.00.02

7. Selecting the correct electrodes For repair welding, only lime based {Kb} electrodes should be used, and as a rule, the electrodes {additional material} should be "softer" than the basic material. Exceptions to this rule should be observed. Important:

To reach the theoretical welding quality, the work must not only be performed in a professional manner, the electrode manufacturer's guidelines must absolutely be observed as well. Welding of vertical-down welds on steel components is not permissible!

7.1. Electrode Selection Welding area

Material

BASIC MACHINE Roller frame - Main frame

St 52 - 3 QStE 380 N LH 690 preheat to app. 100-150°C (210-300°F)

ATTACHMENT Blade Bucket Push frame Bucket arm RL-Boom

Ripper

WEAR ITEMS Adapter, Tooth adapter Ripper

Q St E 380 N HARDOX 400 St 52 - 3

LH 690 preheat to app. 100-150°C (210-300°F) St 52 - 3 Q St E 380 N HARDOX 400

Special steel

Electrode norm description

Protective gas welding wire norm description

according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 757: E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.5-96: E 11018-G

according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo according to AWS A5.28-96: ER110S-G

according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 757: E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.5-96: E 11018-G according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R

according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo according to AWS A5.28-96: ER110S-G according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6

Root runs according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R Cover layers with high-strength electrode according to EN 1600: E 18 8 Mn B 2 2 according to AWS A5.4-92: E 307-15

Root runs according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 Cover layers with high-strength electrode according to EN 12072: G 18 8 Mn according to AWS A5.9-93: ER307

7.2. Steel Table Description

Explanation

HARDOX 400

Weldable, low alloy special steel highly C ≤ 0,27% wear resistant, tensile strength 1250 N/mm² Mn ≤ 1,6% yield strength 1000 N/mm² Mo ≤ 0,6%

Q St E 380 N

Structural steel poured at low turbulence with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 500 - 640 N/mm² and minimum yield strength of 380 N/mm² Highly abrasion resistant steel with a tensile strength of 1720 N/mm²

Special steel St 52 - 3 S355J2G3 LH 690

Analysis Si ≤ 0,7% Cr ≤ 1,4%

C ≤ 0,18% Si ≤ 0,5% Mn ≤ 1,6% C = 0,3% Si = 0,5% Mo = 0,3% C ≤ 0,22%

Mn = 0,7% Cu = 0,65% V = 0,05%

Structural steel poured at low turbulence with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 510 N/mm² Heat treated fine grain structural steel with C ≤ 0,18% Si ≤ 0,50% a tensile strength of 770 - 940 N/mm² and Mn ≤ 1,5% Mo ≤ 0,5 % yield strength of 690 N/mm² Ni ≤ 1,5 % lightly alloyed with V, AI and Cu

7.3. Welding addition chart 7.3.1 For arc welding

Description according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5

Explanation E = Arc welding, Rod electrode 42 = 500-640 N/mm² Tensile strength 5 = Value for resistance to impact e.g. Böhler B = Shielded metal arc FOX EV 50 4 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions H5 = maximum hydrogen content according to EN 757: E = Arc welding, Rod electrode E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 69 = 760-960 N/mm² Tensile strength 6 = Value for resistance to impact e.g. Böhler Mn2NiCrMo = Chemical composition FOX EV 85 B = Shielded metal arc 4 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions H5 = maximum hydrogen content according to EN 1600: E 18 8 Mn B 2 2 e.g. Böhler FOX A 7

E = Arc welding, Rod electrode 18 = 620-770 N/mm² Tensile strength 8 = Value for resistance to impact Mn = Chemical composition B = Shielded metal arc 2 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions


Analysis - Value in % / Use C = 0,07, Si = 0,5, Mn = 1,1 For connection and application welding, especially for steel with low purity and higher carbon content. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams C = 0,05, Si = 0,4, Mn = 1,5, Cr = 0,4, Ni = 2,0, Mo = 0,5 For welding, which require high viscosity and crack resistance. Use for high tensile refined fine-grained steel. Very low hydrogen content in weld metal. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams C = 0,1, Si = 0,7, Mn = 6,5, Cr = 18,8, Ni = 8,8 For connections between various alloyed and steel which is difficult to weld. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Repar Welding

Blatt Page Feuille

2.2.00.03

7.3.2 For MIG welding with solid electrodes:

Description according to EN 440: G4Si1 e.g. Böhler EMK 8

according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo

Explanation G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 4 = 500-640 N/mm² Tensile strength Si = Chemical composition 1 = Reference number for run out and type of flow

G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 3 = 900 N/mm² Tensile strength CrNi1Mo = Chemical composition

e.g. Böhler X 70 - IG

according to EN 12072: G 18 8 Mn e.g. Böhler A7 IG

G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 18 = 580-730 N/mm² Tensile strength 8 = Value for resistance to impact Mn = Chemical composition

Analysis - Value in % / Use C = 0,1, Si = 1,0, Mn = 1,7 For connection and application welding, especially for steel with low purity and higher carbon content. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon + 15-20% CO2 or 100% CO2 No vertical seams C = 0,1, Si = 0,6, Mn = 1,6, Cr = 0,25, Ni = 1,3, Mo = 0,25, V = 0,1 For welding, which require high viscosity and crack resistance. Use for high tensile refined fine-grained steel. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon + 15-20% CO2 or 100% CO2 No vertical seams C = 0,08, Si = 0,9, Mn = 7,0, Cr = 19,2, Ni = 9,0 For connections between various alloyed and steel which is difficult to weld. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon+max. 2,5% CO2 No vertical seams

Duo-cone seal design for:

sealing against outside,

sealing against inside

1 Retainer 2 O-ring 3 Metal ring 4 Sealing surface Note: At the present time, for design reasons, we only use seals protecting against the outside.

Duo-cone seals are precision components made out of chilled cast iron. They are manufactured in pairs and should never be mixed whether they are new or used. Avoid shocks and beats as the sealing surfaces of the metal seal rings can get damaged. Eliminate sharp edges on the seal-retainers. Before installation the Duo-Cone-Seals and the retainers must be clean and free of grease. The toric or O-rings may not be oiled. Installation: Push the seal rings (with toric ring) with an installation tool into the seal seat. Even pressure must be exerted on the toric ring around the complete circumference to push the toric ring past the seal retaining lip. A standard installation tool, as shown on the reverse side, is folded over the seal ring and transfers even pressure directly onto the toric ring. If no suitable installation aid is available, place a round rubber cord or coil spring (as shown below) to provide a distance between the seal ring and the O-ring and hold it so that the O-ring cannot roll up on the conical seal ring surface when each half of the seal ring is pressed in.

1 2 3 5 6

Retainer O-ring Metal ring Installation tool Installation aid, such as coil spring, rubber cord or rope, etc.

If no installation tool is used, the toric O-ring can roll up on the conical seal seat surface. If pressure is exerted only on one side, the seal may not be positioned vertically and / or the O-ring can be distorted. These installation problems can cause leaks as well as damage to the sealing surfaces. Installation position:

incorrect -

incorrect -

correct

O-ring distorted

Seal is not vertical

Before the components are assembled, check if the seal rings protrude evenly. Measure the distance from the seal seat to the seal rings on at least 3 locations, 120° apart. Check the sealing surfaces again to ensure they are clean and lightly lubricated. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


Installation guidelines Datum Edition Date

01 02

Duo-Cone-Seals

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.01.01

Listing of available installation tools for travel gear - Duo-Cone seals:

The tools may be ordered by the spare parts dept. from Liebherr Werk Telfs GmbH. - under the description of "Duo-Cone-Seal installation tool" and the corresponding Id. No.

FAT 400 / 523 FAT 450 / 514 FAT 500 / 525 FAT 550 / 516

9443 850 9443 090 9443 100 9443 105

712 722 732 742

7610 242 7610 243 7610 244 7610 245

Installation tool tool number Ident-No. 07590 39022 1001 7428 07590 38886 1001 7430 07590 38891 1001 7436 07590 39023 1001 7433

FAT 400 C 563 FAT 450 C 564 FAT 500 C 565 FAT 550 C 566

9443 410 9443 430 9443 450 9443 470

712 722 732 742

7610 544 7610 545 7610 543 7610 546

07590 39022 07590 38886 07590 38891 07590 39023

1001 7428 1001 7430 1001 7436 1001 7433

FAT 500 P 595 D 9444 380

x32

FAT 550 P 596 D 9444 390

x42

7610 244 7610 249 7610 245 7610 548

07590 38891 00100 07500 07590 39023 07590 41339

1001 7436 1001 8934 1001 7433 1001 7456

Gear Type

Gear Machine Ident-No. Type PR/LR/RL

Duo cone seal Ident-No.

FAT 400 P 553 FAT 450 P 554 FAT 500 P 555 FAT 550 P 556

9443 340 9443 270 9443 310 9443 390

x12 x22 x32 x42

7610 242 7610 243 7610 244 7610 245

07590 39022 07590 38886 07590 38891 07590 39023

1001 7428 1001 7430 1001 7436 1001 7433

FAT 400 D 583

9444 305

x12

FAT 450 D 584

9444 315

x22

FAT 500 D 585

9444 260

x32

FAT 550 D 586

9444 325

x42

7610 244 7610 242 7610 245 7610 243 7610 237 7610 244 7610 548 7610 245

07590 38891 07590 39022 07590 39023 07590 38886 07590 41338 07590 38891 07590 41339 07590 39023

1001 7436 1001 7428 1001 7433 1001 7430 1001 7468 1001 7436 1001 7456 1001 7433

FAT 650 / 508

9443 830

x52

7610 241 7610 245

00100 01300 07590 39023

1001 7472 1001 7433

1 2 3 4 5 6

General repair guidelines Crimp tool and use Installation guidelines - CA - B / CA - COM - B cable connector Installation guidelines - KPSE cable connector Installation guidelines - SURE SEAL cable connector Installation guidelines - DEUTSCH cable connector

1. General Repair Guidelines When working with cable connectors, the following must be observed: •

Keep hands, work place and connectors clean, dry and free of grease.

•

Always use the special installation tool - see paragraph 3.1.31 - for installation. For CA - COM - B connectors use the same special tool as for CA - B connectors. Check tools for wear before use - a wrong or defective tool as well as improper handling can damage the cable connector components.

•

When cutting cables to proper length, make sure they are the same length and the cutting edge is straight. Do not compress or squeeze the cable.

•

For 90 ° cable routing, cut the cable to proper length when in angled position.

•

The cable covering must reach under the crimp joint.

•

Check installation guidelines for correct length to be stripped. When stripping the cable, make sure that the individual wires are not damaged, kinked, bent or soiled.

•

Before installation, check crimp connections of all contacts: - Individual wires must be visible in the inspection hole of the contact. - All wires must be tightly caught in the crimp connection. - The wire insulation must reach the contact.

•

When removing and reinstalling contacts, make sure to check the flow direction and use isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) as a lubricant, do not twist contacts and tool.

•

Do not reuse damaged parts. Contacts in size 60/100, 160 and 500 can only be crimped hydraulically. If these contacts are damaged, the complete wire must be replaced.

•

Make sure all parts are positioned correctly, check charts!.

•

On straight cable feeds, insert the contacts from the center to the outside. On 90° cable feeds, insert them in a row from the bottom to the top.

•

Even contacts, which are not wired, need to be installed. Close off any empty chambers with a plug.

•

Visually check if all mating ends of the contacts are at the same level.

•

Route the wires free of tension and fasten them.



Mjfcifss!


Wiring installation guidelines Datum Edition Date

01 04

ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.01

2. Use of crimp tool 2.1. Adjust the manual crimp tool - M 22 520 / 01 - 01

Set the selector dial on the handle to the appropriate diameter, see installation guidelines on ”wiring” chart.

2.2. To adjust turret head TH 452 and CT 1200 90 - 20 Install the proper turret head with a 9/64” Allen wrench. Push switch 1. Adjust color coded crimp position on knob 2 according to the wiring chart. Push knob 2 in to the stop and push the tool once more.

2.3. Use Before crimping, strip the wire endings to the length noted in the installation guidelines, using the appropriate tool - see paragraph 2.1.31. Insert the stripped wires into the contact crimp sleeve as far as possible until they are visible in the inspection port Insert contact and wire into the preset crimp tool. Push the tool handles together all the way.

Note: The locking mechanism will not allow you to open the tool until the crimping operation has been completed. Pull the crimped contact with wire from tool. Check the crimp, see paragraph 1.

2.4. Check crimp tool wear. Check the crimping die for wear with a M 22 520 / 3 - 1 gauge (see paragraph 2.1.31.02), without the crimping head in place. Set the dial on the handles of the crimp tool to No. 4. Turret both sides of the gauge into the crimp opening of the tool. The ”GREEN” - side (”good”) must fit easily between the crimp dies, or the adjustment of the tool and the crimp die must be checked. The ”RED” - side (”oversize”) may not fit, or the tool are not closed all the way or the crimp dies are worn and must be replaced.

Caution: Do not operate the crimp tool when the gauge is inserted!

3. Installation Guidelines for CA - B / CA - COM - B Cable Connectors

3.1. Description A = Plug B = Socket Components 1 2 3 3.1 4 5 5.1 6 7

Grommet Insulator Cylinder barrel Seal ring End bell with nut Bayonet coupling nut Spring washer (on CA-COM-B) Socket contacts Pin contacts

Tightening torque for end bell:

CA

3106

E

32-

8SB – 03

Size:

CA

06COM

E

32-

8SB – 03 – LH

10 SL

max. 3 Nm

Other specifications

14S/14

max. 5 Nm

Size

20

max. 9 Nm

Classification

32

max. 15 Nm

Type of housing Model

3.2. Overview table Plug Description

Number / Type of Contact - Size

Insertion Tool

Crimp Tool

Notes

S=Socket, P=Pins CA 3106 E 32-8SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 32-8SB03-LH Socket (30 pole) on main wiring harness - large

CA 3106 E 32-8SB-04 Plug (30 pole) in instrument panel for main wiring harness large

24 / S - 15 6 / S - 25 24 / P - 15 6 / P - 25 16 / S - 15

CA 3106 E 32-6SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 32-6SB03-LH Socket (23 pole) on main wiring harness small

2 / S - 25 3 / S - 60 2 / S - 160

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:

M 22520/1-01

Installation: CIT-F80-16

Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-12

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-12

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-12

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal:

CET-F80-4

Hydraulic crimp tool and hand pump

Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric If these crimp contacts are damaged, replace small instrument cable kit




Mjfcifss!



01 04

Contact size 25 metric

CET-F80-8

Installation: CIT-F80-8 Removal:


ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.02

Plug Description

Number / Type of Contact - Size

Insertion Tool

Crimp Tool

Notes

S=Socket, P=Pins 16 / P - 15

CA 3106 E 32-6PB-04 Plug (23 pole) in instrument panel for main wiring harness small

2 / P - 25 3 / P - 60 2 / P - 160

CA 3102 E 20-27 SB-03A176 CA 06 COM-E 20-27 SB03-LH Socket (14 pole) on electronic wiring harness for joystick

14 / S - 15

CA 3106 E 14S-6 SB-03A176 CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 SB03-LH Socket (6 pole) on electronic wiring harness for engine speed sensing potentiometer and outrigger wiring harness right / left

6 / S - 15 S

CA 3106 E 10SL-3SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 10 SL3SB-03-LH Plug (6 pole) on outrigger wiring harness right / left for electronic wiring harness

6 / P - 15 S

CA 3106 E 10SL-3SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 10 SL3SB-03-LH Socket (3pole) on electronic and variable motor wiring harness - left / right for solenoid valves

3 / S - 15 S

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal: CET-F80-12

Tool:

M 22520/1-01


Turret:

TH 452

Removal:


CET-F80-8

Installation: CIT-F80-8 Removal:


CET-F80-4

Hydraulic crimp tool and hand pump

If these crimp contacts are damaged, replace small instrument cable kit


Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:


Turret:

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:


Turret:

Removal: CET-F80-16

Tool:


Turret:

Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: F80-16

CIT-

Tool: Turret:

M 22520/1-01 TH 452

M 22520/1-01 TH 452

M 22520/1-01 TH 452

M 22520/1-01 TH 452


Contact size 15S metric



For guide pins and various additional tools , see paragraph 2.1.31

3.3. Removal of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1.

Carefully lift the plastic insulation (see manufacturer ’s guidelines), slit it carefully and remove. Caution:

Do not damage the insulation and wires inside the cover insulation!

Unscrew the housing from the cylinder and push the seal over the wires.

Push out the contacts with appropriate tool out of the insulator - see paragraph 3.2 by applying even and continuous pressure towards the connector, keep the tool parallel to the axis of the plug connector. Stop when the shoulder of the tool touches the front of the insulator. Carefully pull the tool from the insulator. Remove all contacts in the same way, make sure to note different versions / tools. Important:

The tool must fit properly into or over the contacts.

The housing and seal normally stay on the wiring. If necessary, pull the wires and contacts carefully from the seal, remove the housing from the wires.

3.4. To wire the Contacts Contact size

Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp tool Contact Stripping type Color length S=Socket Metric AWG Dial No. mm² AWG Crimping (mm) P=Pin insert P 5 blue +0,5 1,0 18 6,0 5 green S 15S 16S P 6 blue 1,5 16 6,0+0,5 S 6 green P 5 green 1,0 18 6,0+0,5 5 red S 15 16 P 6 green +0,5 1,5 16 6,0 S 6 red P 8 red +0,5 25 12 2,5 12 6,0 S 8 red Strip the wire as noted on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3 3.5. Insertion of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1. Push the plastic insulation over the housing onto the wires. If housing and sealer were removed, push on housing, dip seal into isopropyl alcohol and guide contact with cable from the side marked with letter. Use the appropriate insertion tool.

Important:

The seal housing must align with the insulator housing!

Note the installation position of the wire as noted on number coding plan. Insert contacts into the guide tool, push the insertion tool to the top of the connector tip. On socket type contacts, insert guide pin. Dip in isopropyl alcohol and insert straight into insulator until it snaps into position.

Important:

Make sure to check number coding chart.

Remove guide pin and insertion tool. Slightly pull the wire to check proper seating of the contact, plug chambers with empty contacts.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.03

Push sealer and housing into cylinder housing, carefully tighten nut. If necessary, use the counter part of the connector as a retainer. To retain all parts, loosen nut by 1/4 turn and retighten properly, secure with adhesive. On electronic wiring harness, insert heat seal (Ray-blocker) on end of insulation and adhere during the following shrinking procedure.

Pull shrink fit sleeve over housing and evenly heat with hot air blower until all parts are tightly covered.

Caution:

Do not pull the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do not apply heat above 125° C (257° F).

4. Installation Guidelines KPSE plug Connector

4.1. Design A = Socket B = plug Item listing 1 Insulator 1.1 Contact retainer (integrated in insulator) 2 Barrel 2.1 Seal ring 3 Cone ring 4 Housing 5 Bayonet coupling nut 6 Socket type contact with crimped wire 7 Pin type contact with crimped wire Tightening torque for end bell: Size:

KPSE

06

E

22-

21PB – DN Other specifications Size Classification Type of housing Model

8, 10

max. 4 Nm

12,14,16

max. 6 Nm

18, 20, 22, 24

max. 10 Nm

4.2. Chart Number / Type of contact size

Plug description

Insertion tool

Crimp tool

Notes

S=Socket, P=Pins Removal: MS24256 R16

KPSE 06E22-21PB-DN Plug (21 pole) on wiring harness - Cab

21 / P - 16

KPSE 07E22-21SB Socket (21 pole) in instrument panel for Wiring harness - Cab

21 / S - 16

Installation: A16

MS24256

Removal: MS24256 R16

KPSE 06E22-55SB-DN Socket (55 pole) on electronic wiring harness for electronic box

Installation: A16

MS24256


55 / S - 20

KPSE 06E8-3A SB-DN Plug (3 pole) on var. motor wiring harness left / right for RPM sensor

Installation: A20

MS24256


3 / S - 20

Installation: A20

MS24256

Tool:

M 22520/1-01

Insert:

CT120090-20

Tool:

M 22520/1-01

Insert:

CT120090-20

Tool:

M 22520/1-01

Insert:

CT120090-20

Tool:

M 22520/1-01

Insert:

CT120090-20

Contact size 16 per AWG Contact size 16 per AWG Contact size 20 per AWG Contact size 20 per AWG

4.3. Removal of contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1 . Carefully cut and remove shrink fit sleeve per manufacturer’s guidelines. Important: Do not damage insulator and inside wires. Remove housing, loosen cone ring, housing cone and push nut over the wires. Select proper removal tool for contact size per paragraph 4.2. Check and apply tool first while empty, check the ejector point and hollow needle for damage. Improper or damaged tools can damage plug parts. On pin contacts set tool above the pin until mark 1 straight on the insulator. On jack contacts, insert tool over socket until mark 2 into the insulator.

Applying even pressure to tool, move ejector with thumb and forefinger forward and push contact from retainer clip. Carefully remove tool from insulator and pull contact by the wire from the socket. Remove all contacts the same way. Remove all connector components from wire harness.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.04

4.4. Wiring of contacts Contact size

Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp Tool Contact Insulator type Color Length S=Jack AWG Dial No. mm² AWG Crimping (mm) P=Pins Insert P 20 0,96 18 5,0 5 red S P 16 1,5 16 6,5 6 blue S Insulate wire as noted on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3

4.5. Installation of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1..

Push the shrink fit sleeve and nut in proper sequence over the wires. Insert contact (see chart) by hand into reverse side of plug, until the top of the contact is no more than 3 mm from the insulator.

Push appropriate guide tool over the contact connector and hold it vertical to the front the insulator. Contact size 16 and 12 are inside the tool, the tool pushed against the top of the contact. On contacts, size 20, the side pushes against the end of the contact, therefore the contact is farther outside the tool. Dip all parts in isopropyl alcohol and push evenly into insulator until you hear the contact click in.

Remove the tool and check if the contact is seated properly by a slight pull on the wires. Close off empty chambers with plug. Push cone ring as far as possible over the insulator. Apply isopropyl alcohol to lubricate contact surfaces. Push housing, on sockets also nut, onto cylinder housing and tighten carefully. If necessary, use plug connector part as holder. To set the parts, loosen the housing by 1/4 turn, retighten and secure with adhesive.

Pull shrink fit sleeve over housing and evenly heat with heater fan until all parts are tightly covered.

Caution:

Do not pull the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do no apply heat above 125° C (257° F).

5. Installation Guidelines SURE SEAL Plug Connector 5.1. Design A = Plug B= Socket 1 Housing 2 Pin type contact 3 Socket type contact 4 Seal

5.2. Chart Number / Type of contact

Plug description

Insertion Tool

Crimp Tool

Notes

S=Jack, P=Pin SURE SEAL SS 5 P plug (5 pole) on electronic wiring harness

2-P 3-S

Removal: CET-SS-P/S Installation: CITG-SS-1

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

P valid only for removal of socket

SURE SEAL SS 5 R plug (5 pole) on var. motor wiring harness - left/ right

3-P 2-S

Removal: CET-SS-P/S Installation: CITG-SS-1

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

S valid only for removal of pin type contacts

5.3. Removal of contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1. Remove the plug, loosen connection. Remove shrink fit sleeve as described by manufacturer, or carefully slit open and remove.

Caution:

Do not damage the insulation or wires inside the cable!

Use proper extraction tool - see paragraph 5.2 - insert from contact side parallel to the plug axis into the socket or over the pin contact. Apply even pressure and push contacts out in direction of the cable. Carefully pull extraction tool from plug, clean wire. 5.4. To wire contacts Contact size AWG SS10

Contact type S=Socket P=Pin P S

Wire diameter mm²

AWG

0,96

18

Stripping length (mm) 6,0+0,3

Adjustment - crimp tool Dial. No

Color Crimp insert

5 5

gray gray



Mjfcifss!



01 04

ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.05

Depending on the number of poles, the minimum stripping length must be adhered to on covered cables. No. of Min. stripping poles length (mm) 2, 3, 4 40 5, 6, 7 45 8, 9, 10 50 Strip the wire to the length shown on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3 5.5. To install contacts Note general guidelines described in paragraph 1. Push shrink fit sleeve onto wires. Insert plug into installation tool, see paragraph 2.1.31 to facilitate this process. Insert wired contact into the insertion tool, see paragraph 5.2, keeping contact 1, cable 2 and tool 3 in a straight line and push until tool shoulder touches contact.. On socket type contacts, add guide pin. Dip parts into isopropyl alcohol and push into plug, see chart, applying even pressure parallel to the length axis until it snaps in place. Remove guide pin, pull tool carefully from plug and check if wire is seated properly, by pulling slightly.. Remove plug from installation tool. Check seating and position of contacts again. On the end of the cover, insert seal (Ray-Block), and push shrink fit sleeve over plug. Evenly heat is with hot air fan until the Ray-Block is melted and the components are covered tightly. Caution:

Do not pull on the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do not overheat the connector..

6. Installation Guidelines DEUTSCH Plug Connector General: In machines, plug connections type Deutsch DT and Deutsch HDP Series are used - see the following overview chart. Plug Connector series DT A = Socket B = Plug Item listing: 1

Housing

2

Grommet

3

Locking wedge socket

4

Locking wedge plug

5

Seal plug

6

Pin

7

Socket

Plug Connector series HDP A = Socket B = Plug

Item listing: 1

Socket housing with pin

2

Plug housing with socket

3

Grommet

4

Union nut

6.1. Overview chart

Plug description

Number / Type of contact - size

Plug series

Notes

Crimp tool

for designations see group. 09

S=Socket, P=Pins Deutsch plug (2 pole)

2-S 2-P

DT

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

Y14

Deutsch Plug (3 pole)

3-S 3-P

DT

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

B5, B6, X34(S2)

4-S 4-P

DT

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

X69, X70, X71, X72, X77

6-S 6-P

DT

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

X6, X7

8-S 8-P

DT

Tool: Turret:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

X6, X/

12 - S 12 - P

DT

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

X65, X73

18 - S 18 - P

HDP

Tool: Insert:

M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20

X64

Deutsch Plug (4 pole) Deutsch Plug (6 pole) Deutsch Plug (8 pole) Deutsch Plug (12 pole)

Deutsch plug (18 pole)

6.2. Wiring of contacts contact Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp tool Insulator type Length color crimping S=Jack AWG Dial No.. mm² AWG (mm) insert P=pin P 20 0,75 20 5,0 4 red S P 18 1,0 18 5,0 5 red S P 16 1,5 16 6,0 6 blue S P 12 2,5 12 6,0 8 gray S In case of repairs, crimp contacts >2,5 mm² must be soldered on the central cable harness. contact size



Mjfcifss!



01 04

ITT-Cannon plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.02.06

6.3. Crimping of contacts See installation instructions, point 1 to 2.4 6.4. Installation of contacts DT Series: Contacts must engage properly at installation (click). Installation is made without tools. Inserted

Engaged

After positioning the contacts, the locking wedge must be inserted, see illustration „DT-Series“. Note: Insert the contacts straight, do not kink. Use Isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) . 6.5. Removal of contacts DT Series: Remove the locking wedge and use a small screw driver to loosen the pin or bushing lock and pull the contact with the cable from the housing . 6.6. Installation of contacts HDP Series: Installation is made without tools. Contacts must engage properly (click). Inserted

Engaged

Note: Insert the contacts straight, do not kink. Use Isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) .

6.7. Removal of contacts HDP Series: To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31.

Select tool according to cable diameter and push over cable and pin or bushing contact. Push the lock in to loosen and pull out the cable together with contact and tool.

Loosen the lock

Pull out

Directions for use of Four Notch Hand Crimping Tool 1. General: Protect the pliers from contamination. Do not open with force. When crimping, push the tool together all the way before opening it again. Use positioning sleeve for „HAN D“ contacts, see section 02.1.31. 2. Four notch hand crimping tool, see section 02.1.31. Parts list: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Pliers Positioning sleeve Locking bar Lock screw Adjustment scale Adjustment screw

2.1. Attach the positioning sleeve Loosen the lock screw 4 on the locking bar, pull the bar 3 back and insert the sleeve 2, close the bar and retighten the lock screw 4. Set the crimping depth. Determine the diameter of the conductor and select the corresponding pin = crimping depth. For pin Id. No., see section 2.1.31. Conductor ø mm² AWG 0,50 20 0,75 18 1,00 18 1,38 16 1,50 16 2,10 14 2.50 14

Pin ø HAN D 1,55 1,55 1,55 1,60 1,80 1,45 1,55

Open and close the crimping tool several times and then hold in open position. Turn the adjustment screw, pos.6 until the edge of the indicator bar aligns with the line of the selected pin diameter. Close the tool and check the setting with the pin. If set correctly, the pin * must fit without a clearance into the existing tool opening. Caution: When the pin is inserted, do not open or close the tool - danger of breaking correct



Mjfcifss!



01 01

Harting plug

incorrect

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.03.01

2.2. Crimping Before crimping, insulate the ends of the wire with a suitable tool - see section 02.1.31. 8 mm on 0.75 – 1.50 mm contacts 6 mm on 2.50 mm contacts Note:

The cable wires must be visible in the control bore. All cable wires must be caught in the crimping point. The insulation must reach the contact.

Insert the cable with the contact into the pre-set tool. Push the tool together, quickly and all the way. Pull the cable with the crimped contact from the tool and check the crimping. Note:

The tool can only be opened when the cable is crimped completely.

2.3. Installation of pin contacts - plug section on instrument panel

Set the plug section, pos.1 into the instrument panel. Set the pin contacts, pos.3 in to the contact base, pos.2. Screw the base with the plug section, pos.1.

2.4. Installation of bushing contacts / plug section central wiring harness Push the shrink fit sleeve or shrink fit part over the cable before installation of the contact base . Push the clamping section, pos.5, rubber seal with washers, pos.4, screw fitting, pos.3 and plug housing, pos.1 over the cable. For installation of contacts, use insertion tool, see section 02.1.31. Insert the bushing contacts into the contact base, pos. 2, screw the base together with the housing, pos. 1. Caution: The cables can be stuck / damaged when connecting. Screw the screw fitting, pos. 3 into the plug housing and tighten. Insert the rubber seal with washers and attach wiring harness with clamping section on the plug housing, pos. 1. Note:

Do not use damaged parts. Make sure all parts are positioned correctly, check corresponding plug illustrations (see section 9.2). Visually check the installation position of the contacts, route the cable free of tension.

2.5. Sealing Push the shrink fit sleeve over the clamping section, pos.5 and push in the screw fitting, pos.3 and use a hot air blower to heat evenly until the sleeve is shrunk in place. Note: Do not heat the components of the screw connection above 125°C ( 257°F). 2.6. Removal of pin and bushing contacts For removal, use removal tool, see section 02.1.31. Push the removal tool over the pin or bushing and loosen the lock, push the contacts out.

Installation guidelines for MATE-N-LOK and JUNIOR POWER TIMER plug connectors 1. MATE-N-LOK Design: Plug with contact pin

Socket with contact bushings

1.1. Use of hand crimping tool Profile 1 Pos.2 Wire diameter 0.5 – 1.3 mm² Profile 2 Pos.3 Wire diameter 1.3 – 2.1 mm²

Open the pliers, pos.1 all the way to insert the contact, which is to be crimped (note the correct profile) and slowly push the pliers together until the contact is lightly clamped on the crimping sleeve. Insert the wire, which is to be insulated (insulation length 5 mm). Push the pliers all the way together. Pull the crimped contact from the pliers and check the crimping.

Contact pin with crimped wire

Contact bushing with crimped wire

* = Contact notch

1.2. Installation of contacts Installation is made without tools. Note: Check contact notches before installation for damage or breaks. Contacts must audibly click when engaging in the housing. 1.3. Removal of contacts To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31. Use: Push the tool, pos.2 over the pin or bushing contact and push the contact notches together, pull the contact on the cable from housing, pos. 1 .



Mjfcifss!



01 01

AMP plug

Blatt Page Feuille

2.3.04.01

2. JUNIOR POWER TIMER Design: Plug with contact pins

Socket with contact bushings

2.1. Use of hand crimping tool

Mark: Red

for cable diameter 0.25 - 1.60 mm²

Blue


Yellow


Open the pliers all the way to insert the contact, which is to be crimped with the seal and slowly push the pliers together until the contact is lightly clamped on the crimping sleeve. Insert the wire, which is to be insulated (insulation length 5 mm). Push the pliers all the way together.

Pull the crimped contact 1 from the pliers. Check the crimping with seal 2.

2.2. Installation of contacts Installation is made without tools. Note: Check contact notches before installation for damage or breaks. Contacts must audibly click when engaging in the housing. 2.3. Removal of contacts To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31. Use:

Push the tool, pos.2 over the pin or bushing contact and push the contact notches together, pull the contact on the cable from housing, pos. 1.

Sub Group Index Technical data

3.1

PR 712 PR 712B PR 712B PR 712B PR 712B

F/N xxx-0103→0500 F/N xxx-0501→2999 F/N xxx-3000→3083 F/N xxx-3084→5599 F/N xxx-5600→

3.1.10 3.1.11 3.1.12 3.1.13 3.1.14

PR 722 PR 722B PR 722B PR 722B PR 722B


3.1.20 3.1.21 3.1.22 3.1.23 3.1.24

PR 732 PR 732B PR 732B PR 732B PR 732B


3.1.30 3.1.31 3.1.32 3.1.33 3.1.34

PR 742 PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B

F/N xxx-2001→2500 F/N xxx-2501→2999 F/N xxx-3000→3088 F/N xxx-3089→5233 F/N xxx-5234→5599 F/N xxx-5600→

3.1.40 3.1.41 3.1.42 3.1.43 3.1.44 3.1.45

PR 752 PR 752 PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5599 F/N xxx-5600→6199 F/N xxx-6200→

3.1.50 3.1.51 3.1.52

Maintenance and inspection guidelines

3.2

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

F/N xxx-0101→0500 F/N xxx-0101→1000 F/N xxx-2001→2500 F/N xxx-2001→2500

3.2.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


3.2.11

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx-3000→3039 F/N xxx-3000→3024 F/N xxx-2002→2008

3.2.12

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

F/N xxx-3001→3083 F/N xxx-3001→3170 F/N xxx-3040→3135 F/N xxx-3025→3088 F/N xxx-2009→2059

3.2.13



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Technical Data Datum Edition Date

01 03

Maintenance Guidelines

Blatt Page Feuille

3.0.00.01

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


3.2.14

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-5600→

3.2.15

Maintenance and inspection instructions

3.4

Adjustment checklist and quick reference

3.5

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


3.5.00

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→5599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→5599 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→5599 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→5599

3.5.01

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


3.5.02

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

F/N xxx-6200→ F/N xxx-6200→ F/N xxx-6200→ F/N xxx-6200→

3.5.03

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5599

3.5.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→6199

3.5.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

3.5.52

PR 712 Type No.

> 103 348

L > 103 415

M>103 349

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/ / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption

kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu. in) l (qt)

mm l (gal) l (gal) appr. l/h (gal/h)

D 904 TB LIEBHERR in line 4 > mildly turbocharged 74 (98.6 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5.6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 52 (13) 310 (82) 11 > 18 (2.9 > 4.75)

SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications

i l (qt)

250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil group 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow> Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors

type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type

2¥BPV 50 2¥ 125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (21) 16+4 2¥BMV 105

Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND)

type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar

A 10 V 045 112 (29.6) 20 160 18 max. 25

Hydr. tank capacity > + circuit capacity Oil specifications

l (gal) l (gal)

178 / 157 * (47 / 41 *) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses

V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5.4 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual

TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated)

2¥FAT 400 / 523 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /..

Benennung Description D±nomination

Typ/ab

PR 712 Datum Edition Date

01 01

Type/from

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx> 0103Æ 0500

Technical Data Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.10.01

PR 712 Type No.

>103 348

L > 103 415

M > 103 349

TRAVEL GEAR Gear ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications

i total l (qt)

46,5 2¥4.5 (4,8) see lube oil > group 1.3

TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation

mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty.

171.5 (6.7) 42 457 / 560 5/8∫ UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

171.5 (6.7) 44 457/560/610/711 5/8∫UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

171.5 (6.7) 44 610/711/762/864 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder bearing > lube oil quantity Oil specifications

l (qt)

0.50 (0.52) see lube oil > group1.3

Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850 90/50/1100

Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150

Angle cylinder 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm

110 / 50 / 275

Ripper cylinder > cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm

140 / 70 / 450

90/50/850

GENERAL DATA Travel speed Basic machine:

normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1¥width of 1 pad=total width) mm ground clearance mm

Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width ) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) 6>way blade: blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) Ripper: add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle Winch: additional length weight max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length *) PR 712 / 103 > 113, M/103>109

kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kN (t) m/min mm m

0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3100 3675 4475 4665 4810 4835 5255 5335 1630 1750 370 370 11550 / 11800/12000/ 11750 12100/12300 11500 / >>>>> 11850/12050/>>>>> 2750 3000 1,96 2,14 1200 1270 0,51 /0,43 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2650 2950 2440 2750 1,78 2,42 1160 1270 0.51 / >>>> 0.50/0.42/>>>> 1185 925 850 31∞ 635 800 25∞ 1130 515 228 (23,2) 0 > 78 infinitely variable 19 70

4645 4810 5360 1930 370 >>>>>>/12450/ 12600/12800 12200/12300/12500 3350 2,08 1300 >>>/0.33/0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0.38/0.33/0.31

PR 712

B >F/N 348 >

B L >F/N 415 >

B M >F/N 349 >

0501Æ2999

0501Æ2999

0501Æ2999

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank > capacity Fuel consumption

kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu.in) l (qt)


D 904 TB LIEBHERR in line 4 > mildly turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5,6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 42 (11,1) 310 ( 81,8) 11 > 18 (2.9 > 4.7)

SPLITTERBOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications

i l (qt)

250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2,5 (2.65) see lube oil > group 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure > p max. Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) > p max. Travel motors


2¥BPV 50 2¥125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) 16+4 2¥BMV 105

Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow > Q max. standby pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) > p max. Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND)

type l /min (gal/min) bar bar bar

A10V045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25


l (gal) l (gal)

178 (47) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3


V

kW A A



2¥FAT 400 P 553 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description D±nomination

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx> 0501Æ 2999 Datum Edition Date

01 01


3.1.11.01

PR 712

B >F/N 348 >

B L >F/N 415 >

B M >F/N 349 >

0501Æ2999

0501Æ2999

0501Æ2999


i total l (qt)

45.4 :1 2¥10 (10.6) see lube oil > group 1.3



171,5 ( 6,7) 42 457/560 5/8∫ UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

171,5 ( 6,7) 44 457/560/610/711 5/8∫UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

171,5 ( 6,7) 44 762/864 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850


mm mm

120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150


mm

110 / 50 / 275


mm

140 / 70 / 450

km/h (mp/h) km/h (mp/h) kN mm

0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 146 740

90/50/1100

90/50/850

GENERAL DATA Travel speed Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine:

normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally

height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1¥width of 1 pad=total width) ground clearance

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width )

kg

Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width)

kg

Straight blade:

6>way blade:

Ripper (3):

Winch:

blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length

mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m

3100 3675 4485

4665 4835 5335 1630 1750 370 370 11550 / 11750 11800/12000/ 12100/12300 11850/12050/>>>>>

4645 4810 5360 1930 370 12600/12800

2750 2.18 1200 0,51 /0,43

3350 2.15 1300 0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2.20 1250 0.33/0.31

3000 2.14 1270 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2950 2750 2.42 1270 0.50/0.42/>>>>>

1185 925 850 31∞ 635 1200 525 227 (23.1) 0 > 105 infinitely variable 19 70

12300/12500

PR 712

B >F/N 348 >

B L >F/N 415 >

B M >F/N 349 >

3001Æ3083

3001Æ3083

3001Æ3083

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity /DCA 4 Fuel tank > capacity Fuel consumption

kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu.in) l (qt)


D 924 T>E A1 in line 4 > turbo charged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.25 / 0.30 1>3>4>2 52 (13.7)/2 (0.5) 310 (81,8) 10 > 17 (2.6 > 4.5)

SPLITTERBOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications

i l (qt)

250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil > group 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure > p max. Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) > p max. Travel motors


2¥BPV 50 2¥125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) 16+4 2¥BMV 105

Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow > Q max. standby pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) > p max. Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND)


A10V045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25


l (gal) l (gal)



V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5,4 35 see Operation and Maintenance Manual


2¥FAT 400 P 553 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description D±nomination

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx>3001Æ3083 Datum Edition Date

01 01


3.1.12.01

PR 712

B >F/N 348 >

B L >F/N 415 >

B M >F/N 349 >

3001Æ3083

3001Æ3083

3001Æ3083


i total l (qt)

45,4 :1 2¥ 10 (2.75) see lube oil > group 1.3



171.5 ( 6.7) 42 457 / 560 5/8∫ UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

171.5 ( 6.7) 44 457/560/610/660 5/8∫UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

171.5 ( 6.7) 44 762/864 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞


mm mm

90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850


mm mm

120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150


mm

110 / 50 / 275


mm

140 / 70 / 450


0 > 11 ( 0> 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0> 2.8) 146 740

90/50/1100

90/50/850



height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1¥width of 1 pad=total width) ground clearance

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width )

kg

Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width)

kg

Straight blade:

6>way blade:

Ripper (3):

Winch:


mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m

3100 3675 4485

1630 370

4665 4835 5335 1750 370

4645 4810 5360 1930 370

11550 / 11750 11800/12000/ 12100/12300 11850/12050/>>>>>

12600/12800

2750 2.18 1200 0.51 /0.43

3350 2.15 1300 0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0.33/0.31

3000 2.14 1270 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0.50/0.42/>>>>>

1185 925 850 31∞ 635 1200 525 227 (23,1) 0 > 105 infinitely variable 19 70

12300/12500

PR 712

B - F/N 348 -

BL - F/N 415 -

BM - F/N 349 -

3084→5599

3084→5599

3084→5599

DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption



D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (81,8) 10 - 17 (2,6 - 4,5)

SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification

250 B 266 1 stage spur gear i 0,803 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Gear pump - repl. circuit max flow Qmax max operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors


2 x BPV 50 2 x 125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) +4 16 2 x BMV 105

Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND)


A 10 V 045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25

Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification

l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 53 (14) see lube oil - group 1.3

ELECTRIC SYSTEM Voltage Battery Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses

V 24 2 x 12 V, 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A kW 5,4 A 35 A see operation and maintenance manual

TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio

2 x FAT 450 D 583 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 45,4 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dénomination


PR 712 B F/N xxx-3084→ 5599

Mjfcifss! Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.13.01

PR 712

B - F/N 348 3084→5599

BL - F/N 415 3084→5599

BM - F/N 349 3084→5599

TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specification

l (qt) 2 x 5,5 (5,8) see lube oil - group 1.3

TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation

mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty.

171,5 / 6,7 42 457 / 560 5/8“ UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 ±2,5°

44 457 /560 /610 /660

762 / 864

3 s-d-s-d- s-d-s 2

ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 90 / 50 / 1100 mm 90 / 50 / 850

Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 120 / 60 / 90 mm 110 / 50 / 150

Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 110 / 50 / 275

Ripper cylinder - cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 140 / 70 / 450

90 / 50 / 1100

90 / 50 / 850

4665 4835 5335 1750

4645 4810 5360 1930

GENERAL DATA Travel speed

normal speed range reduced speed range

km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6,8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2,8)

Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max.

due to ground condition measured horizontally

Basic machine:

height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) mm overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm

kN 146 mm 740 3100 3675 4485

1630 370

Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width)

kg 11550 / 11750

Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width)

kg

Straight blade:

6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch

blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size Ø max. length

mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m

2750 2,18 1200 0,51 / 0,43

11800 / 12000 / 12100 / 12300 11850 / 12050 / ---

12300 / 12500

3000 2,14 1270 0,49/0,41/0,38/0,33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0,50 / 0,42 / ---

3350 2,15 1300 0,32 / 0,28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0,33 / 0,31

1185 925 850 31 635 1200 525 227 (23,1t) 0-105 infinitely variable 19 70

12600 / 12800

PR 712

B - F/N 348 -

BL - F/N 415 -

BM - F/N 349 -

5600→

5600→

5600→




D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 22,5 (23,7) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 - 0,5) 310 (81,8) 10 - 17 (2,6 - 4,5)


250 B 266 1 stage spur gear i 0,803 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Gear motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors

type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar l/min (gal/min) bar type 1/min type

2 x BPV 50 2 x 125 (33) 420 32 ZP + 16 ZP 79 (20,8) +4 16 39 (10,3) +10 110 ZM 0511 +100 1850 2 x BMV 105



A 10 V 045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25





TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction

2 x FAT 450 D 583 2 stage planetary gear /.. Benennung Description Dénomination


PR 712 B F/N xxx-5600→


01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.14.01

PR 712

B - F/N 348 5600→

BL - F/N 415 5600→

BM - F/N 349 5600→

TRAVEL GEAR Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification

disk brake i total 45,4 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 5,5 (5,8) see lube oil - group 1.3



171,5 / 6,7 42 457 / 560 5/8“ UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 ±2,5°

44 457 /560 /610 /660

762 / 864

3 s-d-s-d- s-d-s 2


mm 90 / 50 / 1100 mm 90 / 50 / 850


mm 120 / 60 / 90 mm 110 / 50 / 150


mm 110 / 50 / 275


mm 140 / 70 / 450

90 / 50 / 1100

90 / 50 / 850

4665 4835 5335 1750

4645 4810 5360 1930



km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)



Basic machine:


kN 146 mm 740 3100 3675 4485

1630 370

Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width)

kg 11550 / 11750

Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width)

kg

Straight blade:

6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m

2750 2,18 1200 0,51 / 0,43

11800 / 12000 / 12100 / 12300 11850 / 12050 / ---

12300 / 12500

3000 2,14 1270 0,49/0,41/0,38/0,33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0,50 / 0,42 / ---

3350 2,15 1300 0,32 / 0,28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0,33 / 0,31


12600 / 12800

> 103 281

PR 722 Type No.

L>101 397

M > 103 347

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption



D 904 T LIEBHERR in line 4 > turbocharged 94 (126 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5.6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 52 (13) 310 (82) 14 > 22 (3.7 > 5.8)


i l (qt)

250 B 265 1 stage spur gear 0,914 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil group. 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors

type l /min (gal/min) bar type l /min (gal/min) bar type

2¥BPV 70 2¥154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2¥BMV 135



A10V071 156 (41.2) 20 160 18 max. 25

Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications

l (gal) l (gal)

178/ 157* (47/ 41*) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3


V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 110 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 5.4 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual




Typ/ab


01 01

Type/from

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx> 0103Æ 1000


3.1.20.01

>103 281

PR 722 Type No.

L>101 397

M > 103 347


i total l (qt)

42,9 2¥6 (6,4) see lube oil > group 1.3


mm(inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty.

175,5 (6,9) 43 508 / 610 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

175,5 (6,9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 ∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5∞

175,5 (6,9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞


l (qt)

0.50 (0.52) see lube oil > group. 1.3


mm mm

90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850

Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170

Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl.

mm

120 / 60 / 325

mm

140 / 70 / 450

Ripper cylinder > cyl.

a / rod a / stroke

a / rod a / stroke

90 / 50 / 1030

90 / 50 / 1030


normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) kg Straight blade: blade width mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 6>way blade: blade width mm width (angled) mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 Ripper: add. length ripper lowered mm add. length ripper raised mm weight > ripper complete kg max. slope angle Winch: additional length mm weight kg max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull mm max. line pull kN (t) max. line speed m/min mm cable size a max. length m *) PR 722/103>108, M/103>112

0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3105 3890 3910 4695 5045 4890 5190 5480 5780 1800 1800 365 365 13350 / 13550 13740 / 13980 13350 / 13550 13795 / 14035 3000 3000 2.85 2.85 1650 1650 0.51 / 0.43 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3200 2950 2950 2,59 2,59 1575 1575 0.51 / 0.43 0.46 / 0.39 1235 945 1100 30∞ 635 900 25∞ 1135 520 283 (28,3) 0 > 88 infinitely variable 22 65

3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 365 14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800 3600 3.13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28

PR 722

B >F/N 281 >

B L >F/N 397 >

B M >F/N 347

1001Æ3000

1001Æ3000

1001Æ3000

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption



D 904 T LIEBHERR in line 4 > turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5,6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 42 (11) 310 (82) 14 > 22 (3.7 > 5.8)


i l (qt)




2¥BPV 70 2¥154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2¥BMV 135



A10V071 156 (40.2) 20 160 18 max. 25


l (gal) l (gal)



V

kW A A



2¥FAT 450 P 554 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /..


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 722 B F/N xxx> 1001Æ 3000 Datum Edition Date

01 01


3.1.21.01

PR 722

B >F/N 281 >

B L >F/N 397 >

B M >F/N 347>

1001Æ3000

1001Æ3000

1001Æ3000


i total l (qt)




175,5 ( 6,9) 43 508 / 610 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

175,5 ( 6,9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 ∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5∞

175,5 (6,9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

90 / 50 / 1030

90 / 50 / 1030

1800 370

3910 5045 5220 5805 1800 370

3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 370

13350 / 13550 13350 / 13550

13740 /14000 13795 / 14035

14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800

3000 2,85 1650 0.51 / 0.43

3000 2,85 1650 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0.46 / 0.39

3600 3,13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28


mm mm

90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850


mm mm

140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170

mm

120 / 60 / 325

mm

140 / 70 / 450


0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 171 750

Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.

a / rod a / stroke

a / rod a / stroke



height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance

Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

6>way blade:

Ripper (3):

Winch:


mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m

3105 3890 4695


PR 722

B >F/N 281 >

B L >F/N 397 >

B M >F/N 347

3001Æ3170

3001Æ3170

3001Æ3170

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity /DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption



D 924 T>E A1 in line 4 > turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 6.64 (405.2 ) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0,25 / 0,30 1>3>4>2 52/2 (13.7/0.5) 310 (82) 12 > 21 (3.2 > 5.5)


i l (qt)




2¥BPV 70 2¥154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2¥BMV 135



A10V071 156 (41.2) 20 160 18 max. 25


l (gal) l (gal)



V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5,4 35 see Operation and Maintenance Manual


2¥FAT 450 P 554 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /..


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 722 B F/N xxx>3001Æ3170 Datum Edition Date

01 01


3.1.22.01

PR 722

B >F/N 281 >

B L >F/N 397 >

B M >F/N 347>

3001Æ3170

3001Æ3170

3001Æ3170


i total l (qt)




175.5 (6.9) 43 508 / 610 5/8∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5∞

175.5 (6.9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 ∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5∞

175.5 (6.9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5∞

90 / 50 / 1030

90 / 50 / 1030

1800 370

3910 5045 5220 5805 1800 370

3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 370

13350 / 13550 13350 / 13550

13740 /14000 13795 / 14035

14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800

3000 2.85 1650 0.51 / 0.43

3000 2.85 1650 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0.46 / 0.39

3600 3.13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28


mm mm

90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850


mm mm

140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170

mm

120 / 60 / 325

mm

140 / 70 / 450


0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 171 750


a / rod a / stroke

a / rod a / stroke



height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance

Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

6>way blade:

Ripper (3):

Winch:


mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m

3105 3890 4695


PR 722

B - F/N 281 3171→5599

BL - F/N 397 3171→5599

BM - F/N 347 3171→5599




D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (82) 12 - 21 (3,2 - 5,5)


250 B 265 1 stage spur gear i 0,914 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3



2 x BPV 70 2 x 154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 135



A 10 V 071 156 (41,2) 20 160 18 max. 25





TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio


Mjfcifss!


PR 722 B F/N xxx-3171→ 5599

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.23.01

PR 722

B - F/N 281 -

BL - F/N 397 -

3171→5599

3171→5599

BM - F/N 347 3171→5599

TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specification




175,5 / 6,9 43 508 / 610 5/8“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 1 ±2,5°

47 711 / 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2


mm 90 / 50 / 1140 mm 90 / 50 / 850


mm 140 / 70 / 100 mm 120 / 60 / 170


mm 120 / 60 / 325


mm 140 / 70 / 450

90 / 50 / 1030





Basic machine:


Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6,8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2,8) kN 171 mm 750 3105 3890 4695

1800 370

kg 13350 / 13550 kg 13350 / 13550 mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm m3 kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m

3910 5045 5220 5805

3000 2,85 1650 0,51 / 0,43


5190 5895 2084

13740 / 14000 13795 / 14035

14400/14600/14850 14300/14550/14800

0,46 / 0,39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0,46 / 0,39

3600 3,13 1800 0,35 / 0,31 / 0,28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0,34 / 0,31 / 0,28

PR 722

B - F/N 281 5600→

BL - F/N 397 5600→

BM - F/N 347 5600→




D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 22,5 (23,7) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (82) 12 - 21 (3,2 - 5,5)


250 B 265 1 stage spur gear i 0,914 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Gear motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors


2 x BPV 70 2 x 154 (40) 420 38 ZP + 16 ZP 83 (22) +4 16 35 (9,2) +10 130 ZM 0511 +100 1990 2 x BMV 135



A 10 V 071 156 (41,2) 20 160 18 max. 25





TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction

2 x FAT 450 D 584 2 stage planetary gear /.. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


PR 722 B F/N xxx-5600→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.24.01

PR 722

B - F/N 281 -

BL - F/N 397 -

5600→

5600→

BM - F/N 347 5600→

TRAVEL GEAR Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification

disk brake i total 41,7 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 8,5 (8,9) see lube oil - group 1.3



175,5 / 6,9 43 508 / 610 5/8“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 1 ±2,5°

47 711 / 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2


mm 90 / 50 / 1140 mm 90 / 50 / 850


mm 140 / 70 / 100 mm 120 / 60 / 170


mm 120 / 60 / 325


mm 140 / 70 / 450

90 / 50 / 1030





Basic machine:



6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 171 mm 750 3105 3890 4695

1800 370

kg 13350 / 13550 kg 13350 / 13550 mm 3 m kg kg/cm2 mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m

3910 5045 5220 5805

3000 2,85 1650 0,51 / 0,43


5190 5895 2084

13740 / 14000 13795 / 14035

14400/14600/14850 14300/14550/14800

0,46 / 0,39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0,46 / 0,39

3600 3,13 1800 0,35 / 0,31 / 0,28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0,34 / 0,31 / 0,28

> 2003 350

PR 732 Type No.

L>2003 412

M > 2003 351




D 9306 TB LIEBHERR 6 Cyl. V 132 ( 180 HP) 1800 800+50 1900+60 12,0 (732) 25.5 (27) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0,25 / 0,30 1>6>3>5>2>4 59 (15.5) 375 (98.7) 17 > 27 (4.5 > 7.1)


i l (qt)

350 B 375 1 stage spur gear 0,860 3 (3.2) see lube oil group. 1.3



2¥BPV 100 2¥209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2¥BMV 186



A10V100 209 (55) 20 160 18 max. 25


l (gal) l (gal)



V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 143 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 6,6 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual




Typ/ab


01 01

Type/from

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx> 2003Æ 2500


3.1.30.01

>2003 350

PR 732 Type No.

L>2003 412

M > 2003 351


i total l (qt)

46,5 2¥7.5 (7.6) see lube oil > group 1.3



203,2 ( 8,0) 39 508 / 610 3/4∫ UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 3∞

203,2 ( 8,0) 43 508 / 610 3/4 ∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3∞

203,2 ( 8,0) 43 711 / 812 3/4∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 3∞


l (qt)



mm mm

100 / 50 / 1300


mm mm

150 / 70 / 140


a / rod a / stroke

a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

160 / 80 / 530

normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) kg Straight blade: blade width mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 6>way blade: blade width mm width (angled) mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 Ripper: add. length ripper lowered mm add. length ripper raised mm weight > ripper complete kg max. slope angle Winch: additional length mm weight kg max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull mm max. line pull kN (t) max. line speed m/min mm cable size a max. length m

0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3240 4090 5110

4140 5395

4140 5395

1880 415 17150 / 17400

1880 415 17900 / 18100

2180 415 18730 / 19150

3200 4.49 2425 0.63 / 0.53

3200 4.49 2425 0.57 / 0.48

3900 4.34 2452 0.37 / 0.32


1385 1055 1820 31,5∞ 795 1400 1315 500 390 (39) 0 > 92 infinitely variable 26 70

PR 732

B - F/N 350 2501→2999

BL - F/N 412 2501→2999

BM - F/N 351 2501→2999

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption



Visco fan - at rated RPM

D 916 T LIEBHERR 6 cylinder in line - turbocharged 132 (180 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,16 (558,78) 22 (23,25) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,20 / 0,25 1-5-3-6-2-4 56 (14,7) 375 (99,1) 17 - 27 (4,5 - 7,1)

1/min 1630

±50


350 B 375 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3,2) see lube oil - group 1.3



2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 186



A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25

Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications




TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio

2 x FAT 500 P 555 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 46,5 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss! PR 732 B F/N xxx-2501→ 2999 Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.31.01

PR 732

B - F/N 350 -

BL - F/N 412 -

2501→2999

2501→2999

BM - F/N 351 2501→2999

TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specifications

l (qt) 2 x 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3



203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 ¾“ UNF 4 2 e-d-e-e-d-e 1 ±3°

43 812 / 965

4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e 2


mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 100 / 50 / 1300


mm 150 / 70 / 140 mm 150 / 70 / 680


mm 150 / 70 / 785


mm 160 / 80 / 530




km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)


Basic machine: height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


kN 234 mm 800 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474

kg 17150 / 17400 kg 20000 / 20250 mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m

4140 5395 5885 6445 2180

17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950

3200 4,49 2425 0,63 / 0,53 0,57 / 0,48 3600 3390 4,13 3120 0,74 / 0,62 0,66 / 0,56 1385 1055 1720 31 / 36,5 795 1400 500 390 (39t) 0-92 infinitely variable 26 70

18730 / 19150

3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32

PR 732

B - F/N 350 3000→3135

BL - F/N 412 3000→3135

BM - F/N 351 3000→3135

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption




D 926 T - E A2 6 cylinder in line - turbocharged 132 (180 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607,8) 20 (21,1) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 59 / 1,9 (15,5 / 0,5) 375 (99,1) 16 - 28 (4,2 - 7,4)

1/min 1630

±50





2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 186



A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25






2 x FAT 500 P 555 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 46,5 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dénomination



01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.32.01

PR 732

B - F/N 350 -

BL - F/N 412 -

3000→3135

3000→3135

BM - F/N 351 3000→3135


l (qt) 2 x 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3



203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 ¾“ UNF 4 2 e-d-e-e-d-e 1 ±3°

43 812 / 965

4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e 2


mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 100 / 50 / 1300


mm 150 / 70 / 140 mm 150 / 70 / 680


mm 150 / 70 / 785


mm 160 / 80 / 530




km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)


Basic machine: height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


kN 234 mm 800 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474


4140 5395 5885 6445 2180

17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950


18730 / 19150

3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32

PR 732

B - F/N 350 3136→5599

BL - F/N 412 3136→5599

BM - F/N 351 3136→5599






1/min 1630

±50





2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 186



A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25









01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.33.01

PR 732

B - F/N 350 -

BL - F/N 412 -

3136→5599

3136→5599

BM - F/N 351 3136→5599


l (qt) 2 x 11 (11,6) see lube oil - group 1.3



203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 ¾“ UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 ±3°

43 812 / 965

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2


mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 100 / 50 / 1300


mm 150 / 70 / 140 mm 150 / 70 / 680


mm 150 / 70 / 785


mm 160 / 80 / 530





Basic machine:



6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 234 mm 800 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474


4140 5395 5885 6445 2180

17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950


18730 / 19150

3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32

PR 732

B - F/N 350 5600→

BL - F/N 412 5600→

BM - F/N 351 5600→






350 B 375 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3,2) see lube oil - group 1.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Axial piston motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors


2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 45 ZP + 19 ZP 94 (99,36) 25 38 (40,17) +10 150 A 10 FSM +100 1700 2 x BMV 186



A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25




V 24 2 x 12 V, 143 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A kW 6,6 A 35 A see operation and maintenance manual TRAVEL GEAR

Type Construction Parking brake (integrated)

2 x FAT 500 D 585 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss! PR 732 B F/N xxx-5600→ Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.34.01

PR 732

B - F/N 350 -

BL - F/N 412 -

5600→

5600→

BM - F/N 351 5600→

TRAVEL GEAR Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification

i total 46,5 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 11 (11,6) see lube oil - group 1.3 TRACK COMPONENTS

Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation


203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 ¾“ UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 ±3°

43 812 / 965

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2


mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 100 / 50 / 1300


mm 150 / 70 / 140 mm 150 / 70 / 680


mm 150 / 70 / 785


mm 160 / 80 / 530


normal range reduced range

km/h (mph) 0 → 11,0 (0 → 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 4,6 (0 → 2,8)

Travel speed

normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I

km/h (mph) 0 → 11,0 (0 → 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 6,5 (0 → 4,0) km/h (mph) 0 → 4,0 (0 → 2,4)



Basic machine:



6-way-blade:

Ripper(3):

Winch


kN 234 mm 800 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474


4140 5395 5885 6445 2180

17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950


18730 / 19150

3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32

> 2001 352

PR 742 Type No.

M > 2001 353




D 9306 T LIEBHERR 6 Cyl. V 172 (234 HP) 1800 800+50 1900+60 12,0 (732) 25.5 (27) see lube oil > group 1.3 45∞ = 100 % 0.25 / 0.30 1>6>3>5>2>4 69 (18.2) 460 (121.5) 35>40 (9.2 > 10.5)


i l (qt)

350 B 376 1 stage spur gear 0,860 3 (3.2) see lube oil > group. 1.3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > replenishing / coolant circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Gear pump > pump control / replenishing max. flow Q max. max. operting pressure (St) Travel motors

type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type

2¥HPV 130 2¥272 (72) 420 BOSCH ZP 56 117 (30.9) 25 BOSCH ZP 16 33 (8.7) 50 2¥BMV 260



HPR 130 272 (72) 30+5 160 25


l (gal) l (gal)

189 (50) 77 (20.3) see lube oil>group 1.3


V

kW A A

24 2¥12 V 143 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 6.6 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual

TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Benennung Description D±nomination

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Technical Data

2¥FAT 550 / 516 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Typ/ab Type/from

PR 742 Blatt Page Feuille

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx> 2001Æ 2500

3.1.40.01

>2001 352

PR 742 Type No.

M > 2001 353


i total l (qt)

42.9 11 (11.6) see lube oil > group 1.3


mm(inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty.

215.9 ( 8.5) 40 508 / 610 / 710 3/4∫ UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3∞

215.9 (8.5) 43 812 / 914 3/4∫ UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3∞


l (qt)



mm mm

110 / 60 / 1345


mm mm

180 / 80 / 170


a / rod a / stroke

a / rod a / stroke

mm mm

180 / 80 / 530

normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg

0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 3305 4300 5460


Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) 6>way blade: blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) Ripper: add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle Winch: additional length weight max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length

kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg

mm kN (t) m/min mm m

5770

1980 410 21600 / 21900 / 22200

2180 410 23000 / 23300

3860 6.53 3715 0.72 / 0.61 / 0.53

4500 6.23 3805 0.43 / 0.39

1675 1130 2600 29∞ 740 2250 1325 510 520 (53) 0 > 80 infinitely variable 28 60

PR 742

B - F/N 352 -

BL - F/N 581 -

2501→2999

2501→2999

BM - F/N 353 2501→2999

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption




D 926 TI LIEBHERR 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 22 (23.2) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,20 / 0,25 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 (16.4) 450 ( 118.9) 32 - 37 (8.4 - 9.8)

1/min 1560

±50


350 B 376 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3.2) see lube oil - group 1.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Travel pumps type max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar Tandem gear pump - repl.- / cool.- / pump contr. circuit type replenishing / coolant circuit - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar pump control / replenishing - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (St) pmax bar Travel motors type

2 x HPV 130 2 x 272 (2 x 72) 420 PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G 117 (31) 25 33 (8.7) 50 2 x BMV 260


A 10 V 140 292 (77.1) 25 160 25



l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23.2) see lube oil - group 1.3




2 x FAT 550 P 556 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss! PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501→ 2999

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.41.01

PR 742

B - F/N 352 2501→2999

BL - F/N 581 2501→2999

BM - F/N 353 2501→2999


i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 23 (24,3) see lube oil - group 1.3



215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 ¾“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 2 ±3°

43 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s

ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 110 / 60 / 1345

Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. Ø / rod Ø / stroke

mm 180 / 80 / 170


mm 180 / 80 / 530



km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)



Basic machine:

height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm

Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade:

blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width).

Ripper(3):

length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle

Winch

additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size Ø max. length

kN 285 mm 850

kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m

3305 4300 5460 1980 482 22150 / 22450 / 22750 3990 6,37 3540 0,73 / 0,62 / 0,54 1675 1130 2600 29 / 36,5 740 2550 510 520 (53t) 0-80 infinitely variable 28 60

5770 2180

22925 / 23225 23525

0,69 / 0,58 / 0,50

23550 / 23850 4500 6,27 3610 0,44 / 0,40

PR 742

B - F/N 352 -

BL - F/N 581 -

3000→3088

3000→3088

BM - F/N 353 3000→3088





D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35

1/min 1560

±50






A 10 V 140 292 (77.1) 25 160 25







2 x FAT 550 P 556 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dénomination



Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.42.01

PR 742

B - F/N 352 3000→3088

BL - F/N 581 3000→3088

BM - F/N 353 3000→3088


i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 23 (24,3) see lube oil - group 1.3



215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 ¾“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 2 ±3°

43 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s


mm 110 / 60 / 1345


mm 180 / 80 / 170


mm 180 / 80 / 530



km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)



Basic machine:




Ripper(3):


Winch


kN 285 mm 850



5770 2180

22925 / 23225 23525

0,69 / 0,58 / 0,50

23550 / 23850 4500 6,27 3610 0,44 / 0,40

PR 742

B - F/N 352 -

BL - F/N 581 -

3089→5233

3089→5233

BM - F/N 353 3089→5233





D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35 (5.3 - 9.2)

1/min 1560

±50






A 10 V 140 292 (77.1) 25 160 25







2 x FAT 550 D 586 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dénomination



Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.43.01

PR 742

B - F/N 352 3089→5233

BL - F/N 581 3089→5233

BM - F/N 353 3089→5233


i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 14,5 (15,3) see lube oil - group 1.3



215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 ¾“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 2 ±3°

43 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s


mm 110 / 60 / 1345


mm 180 / 80 / 170


mm 180 / 80 / 530



km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8)



Basic machine:




Ripper(3):


Winch


kN 285 mm 850



5770 2180

23700 / 24100 24450

0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53

24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42

PR 742

B - F/N 352 -

BL - F/N 581 -

5234→5599

5234→5599

BM - F/N 353 5234→5599





D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607,9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16,4 / 0,66) 450 ( 118,9) 20 - 35 (5,3 - 9,2)

1/min 1560

±50



HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type 2 x HPV 135 max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 2 x 282 (2 x 75) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar 420 Tandem gear pump - replenishing - coolant circuit / fan drive type PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G max. flow - Qmax total(Q1+Q2) l/min (gal/min) 150 (39,6) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar 25 Travel motors type 2 x BMV 260 Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND)



A 10 V 140 292 (77,1) 25 160 25

l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23,2) see lube oil - group 1.3







Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.44.01

PR 742

B - F/N 352 5234→5599

BL - F/N 581 5234→5599

BM - F/N 353 5234→5599





215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 ¾“ UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty 2 ±3°

43 812 / 914

4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s


mm 110 / 60 / 1345


mm 180 / 80 / 170


mm 180 / 80 / 530





Basic machine:




Ripper(3):


Winch


km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 285 mm 850

kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m


5770 2180

23700 / 24100 24450

0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53

24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42

PR 742

B - F/N 352 -

BL - F/N 581 -

5600→

5600→

BM - F/N 353 5600→




D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35 (5.3 - 9.2)



HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type 2 x HPV 135 max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 2 x 282 (2x 75) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar 420 Tandem gear pump - replenishing - coolant circuit / fan drive type PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G max. flow replenishing - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 117 (30,8) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar 25 max. flow fan drive - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 33 (8,7) +10 max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax bar 210 Axial piston motor - fan drive type A 10 FSM +100 operation RPM 1/min 1475 Travel motors type 2 x BMV 260 Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND)



A 10 V 140 292 (77,1) 25 160 25

l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23,2) see lube oil - group 1.3



/..



Mjfcifss! PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Technical Data

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.45.01

PR 742

B - F/N 352 5600→

BL - F/N 581 5600→

BM - F/N 353 5600→

TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications

2 x FAT 550 D 586 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 14,5 (15,3) see lube oil - group 1.3



215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 ¾“ UNF 4 3 e-d-e-d-e-d-e qty. 2 ±3°

43 812 / 914

4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e


mm 110 / 60 / 1345


mm 180 / 80 / 170


mm 180 / 80 / 530

GENERAL DATA km/h (mph) 0 → 11,0 (0 → 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 6,5 (0 → 4,0) from F/N xxx-6200 reverse 0 → 7,8 (0 → 4,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 4,0 (0 → 2,4) from F/N xxx-6200 reverse 0 → 4,8 (0 → 3,0)

Travel speed




Basic machine:




Ripper(3):


Winch


kN 285 mm 850

kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg ° mm kg mm kN m/min mm m


5770 2180

23700 / 24100 24450

0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53

24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42

PR 752

F/N 3242200→5599

DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance -cold Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption


intake/exhaust

mm

l (gal) l (gal) appr. l/h (gal/h)

D 9406 TI-E A3 6 cyl. V - intercooled 243 (326 HP) 1800 +50 800 +60 1900 12,88 (786) 24 (25,4) see lube oil - group 1.3 45° = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-6-3-5-2-4 68 / 2,5 (17,9 / 0,66) 610 (161) 29 - 50 (7,6 - 13,2)

SPLITTERBOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pumps - replenishing/coolant circuit max. flow - Qmax total (Q1+Q2) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors

type 2xBPV 200 L-EH l/min (gal/min) 2x425 (2x112,3) bar 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L (F/N -2002→2006 = PRR 44+32 SC, type F/N -2007→2027 = HY/ZGGS11/45+32L) l/min (gal/min) 180 (47,6) (162 (42,8)) bar 25 type 4xBMV 186 HF

Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min

A10V28 58 (15,3) 160 30 AA10FM28 1300 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 1900 (500)

Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax

HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200

type l/min (gal/min) bar bar

Control valve block - working hydraulic

type M7-3022

Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity - +circuit capacity Oil specification

bar 25 l (gal) 210 (55,4) l (gal) 170 (44,8) see lube oil - group 1.3


V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 55A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual →/.. Benennung Description Dénomination



01 03

Technical Data

PR 752

F/N 324-2002→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.50.01

PR 752

F/N 3242002→5599 TRAVEL GEAR

Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity - gear area Oil quantity - sealed area Oil specification

2xFAT 650 / 508 spur- + 2 stage planetary gear 4x disk brake i total 54,3 : 1 l (qt) 2x21 (22,2) l (qt) 9,4 (9,9) see lube oil - group 1.3



215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8” UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 ± 3°

ATTACHMENT Semi-U-Blade Lift cylinder Tilt cylinder Cutting angle cylinder

pistonØ / rodØ / stroke pistonØ / rodØ / stroke pistonØ / rodØ / stroke

mm 120 / 070 / 1490 mm 200 / 090 / 0195 mm 220 / 090 / 0145

Ripper 1 tooth / 3 teeth Lift cylinder Ripping angle cylinder

pistonØ / rodØ / stroke pistonØ / rodØ / stroke

mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480

GENERAL DATA Travel speed - 2 ranges


km/h (mph) 0 → 11,0 (0 → 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 4,6 (0 → 2,8)

Travel speed - 3 ranges



Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine

due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance

Operating weight with semi-U blade (varies due to pad width) Ground pressure with semi-U blade (varies due to pad width) Semi-U blade

Ripper 1 tooth

3 teeth

blade width blade capacity weight blade complete add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight - ripper complete max. penetration max. slope angle weight - ripper complete max. penetration max. slope angle

kN 460 mm 1123 mm mm mm mm mm

3640 4885 6515 2180 625

kg 34200 / 34400 / 34800 kg/cm² 0,96 / 0,89 / 0,77 mm 4200 m³ 9,54 kg 6350 mm mm kg mm

2390 1880 4200 1200 33° kg 4900 mm 855 29°

PR 752

F/N 3245600→6199



intake/exhaust

mm







2xBPV 200 L-EH 2x425 (2x112,3) 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L 180 (47,6) 25 4xBMV 186 HF

Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) (electronic regulated) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min

A10V28 58 (15,3) 160 30 AA10FM28 1300 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 1900 (550)


HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200



type M7-3022




V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 80A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual

→/.. Benennung Description Dénomination



01 03

Technical Data


F/N 324-5600→6199

3.1.51.01

PR 752

F/N 3245600→6199 TRAVEL GEAR





215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8” UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 ± 3°



mm 120 / 070 / 1490 mm 200 / 090 / 0195 mm 220 / 090 / 0145



mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480

GENERAL DATA Travel speed - 2 ranges


km/h (mph) 0 → 11,0 (0 → 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 → 4,6 (0 → 2,8)

Travel speed - 3 ranges




due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance


Ripper 1 tooth

3 teeth



3640 4885 6515 2180 625


2390 1880 4200 1200 33° kg 4900 mm 855 29°

PR 752

F/N 3246200→



intake/exhaust

mm







2xBPV 200 L-EH 2x425 (2x112,3) 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L 180 (47,6) 25 4xBMV 186 HF

Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) (electronic regulated) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min

A10V28 58 (15,3) 190 30 AA10FM28 1530 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 2200 (550)


HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200



type M6-1149




V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 80A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual

→/.. Benennung Description Dénomination



01 03

Technical Data

PR 752

F/N 324-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

3.1.52.01

PR 752

F/N 3246200→ TRAVEL GEAR





215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8” UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 ± 3°



mm 120 / 070 / 1490 mm 200 / 090 / 0195 mm 220 / 090 / 0145



mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480

Travel speed


GENERAL DATA normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance


Ripper 1 tooth

3 teeth



reverse 0 → 7,8 (0 → 4,8) reverse 0 → 4,8 (0 → 3,0)


3640 4885 6515 2180 625


2390 1880 4200 1200 33° kg 4900 mm 855 29°

Customer:.................................................Mach.-Type..............F/N.........-..............Hours...............Date............. WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT

every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ at 10 - 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery

Maintenance by operating hours

by maintenance personnel first and only maintenance interval repeat maintenance interval

by authorized trained personnel OM operation/maintenance manual SM service manual

cFor correct oil level, use dipstick marks - for procedure and quantities, see OM d For quality and viscosity guidelines see “Service Fluids”, SM - section 1.3 e For adjustment values, see data page entries in SM

Reference

Notes

DIESEL ENGINE { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

Check engine oil level and pressure

OM

c c

Check coolant level

OM

Check radiator cap and fan

OM

SM

Replace coolant filter, check antifreece / DCA4 percentage in coolant

OM

SM

Check fuel filter water seperator - drain if necessary

OM

Replace engine oil

- at least once a year

OM

Replace lube oil filter


OM

PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel finefilter element - stage 2

OM

Check condition and tension of V-belt

OM

Check engine, radiator and oil pan for dirt - clean if necessary

OM

Check oil, cooling and fuel system for leaks and condition

OM

cd SM SM SM

Check air intake and exhaust system for tightness and leaks

OM

SM

Check oil pan and engine mounts for condition and tightness

OM

SM

Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary

SM

Check and adjust valve clearance

SM

- with cold engine

Check and service injection pump and potentiometer linkage

OM

Drain fuel tank condensation and sediments

OM

PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter element - clean if necessary

OM

PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Replace fuel filter cartridge

OM

Grease flywheel teeth

e e

SM

SM

Check preheater system

(before cold season)

PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel prefilter element - stage 1 Replace air filter elements

SM OM

- if necessary or at least once a year

OM

- every 2 years

OM

SM

- every 2 years

OM

SM

Replace oil separator Replace coolant / corrosion inhibitor and DCA4 Check / adjust fuel injectors

cd

- if necessary or at least every 3000 operating hours

Check coolant pump (at PR 752 not necessary)

SM

- every 2 years / 3000 hrs.

SM

cd e e

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { {

{

{ { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { { {

Check oil level in hydraulic tank

OM

Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing / for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 months)

OM OM

OM

Check hydraulic oil cooler - clean if necessary + check fan at PR 752

OM

01 00

OM

Maintenance and

Inspection Guidelines

Typ/ab

Type/from

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752 Blatt Page Feuille

SM

SM

Check allscrews, nuts connections for tightness Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - al least every 4 years - Whenever “environmentally safe hydraulic fluids” are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer


SM OM

Check all hydraulic pressures according setting prescription, adjust as necessary


c SM

OM

e

SM

OM

cd

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx-3000 → 3039 F/N xxx-3000 → 3024 F/N xxx-2002 → 2008

3.2.12.01

WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT

every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ at 10 - 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Durchführungshinweis

Bemerkungen

SPLITTERBOX {

{ { { { { { {

Check oil level

OM

Replace gear oil

- at least once a years

c cd

OM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { {

{ { { { { {

Check system function incl. indicators and gauges

OM

SM

Check battery electrolyte level

OM

Check, clean and grease battery terminals

OM

SM

Check wire routing and connections

OM

SM

c

Check control system according to adjustment checklist - adjust as necessary

SM

Check battery acid concentration / charge

SM


e e

HEATER / FRESH AIR SYSTEM {

{ { {

Check system for function and leaks

OM

Replace air filter

- as necessary

SM

OM

TRAVEL GEAR {

{ { { { { { { {

Check oil level - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods

OM

Check screws and nuts for tightness

OM

Replace gear oil - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods

- at least every 4 years

c SM

OM

cd

TRACK COMPONENTS { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { {

{

Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check track and carrier rollers, idlers for leaks

OM

PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar

OM

- shorten interval as necessary

Check idler guides / adjust, replace parts as necessary

OM

OM

PR 752 - check screws at the outher rings of support shafts for tight seating

SM

SM

OM

SM

Adjust chain tension to suit application

- as necessary

OM

SM

Clean track components

- as necessary

OM

Check track components for wear

- as necessary

e e

SM

e

SM

e

ATTACHMENTS { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{

{ { { {

Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame

- after every installation

Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Check attachments for damage Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary

OM OM OM OM OM OM

d

GENERAL {

{ { {

Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room

OM - as necessary

OM

SM

Customer:...............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N.........-.............Hours..............Date............ WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT

every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Reference

Notes

OM

c c

DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { {

{ {

{ { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

Check engine oil level and pressure Check coolant level

OM

Check engine, radiator and oil pan for dirt - clean if necessary

OM

Check fuel filter water seperator - drain if necessary

OM


- al least once a week

OM

Replace engine oil

( = as soon as after 30 operating hours)


OM


( = as soon as after 30 operating hours)


OM / SM


OM / SM

Replace coolant filter, check antifreece / DCA4 percentage in coolant

OM / SM


OM / SM


OM / SM


OM / SM


OM / SM


SM


SM

- with cold engine


OM

PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter element - clean if necessary

OM


OM


SM

Replace air filter elements


SM


OM

Replace oil separator

- every 2 years

OM / SM

Replace coolant / corrosion inhibitor and DCA4

- every 2 years

OM / SM

Check / adjust fuel injectors

cd

e e

OM / SM

PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel filter(s) (prefilter and fine filter elements) - stage 1 and 2

Check preheater system

cd


SM

cd e

OM

c

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { { {

Check oil level in hydraulic tank Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing / for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 months) Check hydraulic oil cooler - clean if necessary + PR 752 - fan for condition


01 00

Maintenance and


OM OM / SM OM SM

Check allscrews, nuts connections for tightness Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - al least every 4 years - Whenever “environmentally safe hydraulic fluids” are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer

Typ/ab

OM / SM

OM

Check all hydraulic pressures according setting prescription, adjust as necessary


OM / SM

Type/from

e

OM / SM OM

cd

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

F/N xxx-3001→3083 F/N xxx-3001→ 3170 F/N xxx-3040→ 3135 F/N xxx-3025→ 3088 F/N xxx-2009→ 2059

Blatt Page Feuille

3.2.13.01


every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Reference

Notes

OM

c cd

SPLITTERBOX {

{ { { { { { {

Check oil level Replace gear oil


OM


{ { { { { {

{ { { { { {

Check system function incl. indicators and gauges

OM / SM


OM


OM / SM


OM / SM

Check control system according to adjustment checklist - adjust as necessary

SM


SM


c

e e


{ { {


OM / SM

Replace air filter

- as necessary

OM

TRAVEL GEAR {

{ {

{ { { {

{ { { {


OM

Check screws and nuts for tightness

c

OM / SM



OM

PR 752 - replace lube oil from cone seal area


OM

cd cd


{ { { { { { { { { { {

{

Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check track and carrier rollers, idlers for leaks PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar


OM / SM OM OM


OM / SM

PR 752 - check screws at the outher rings of support shafts for tight seating

OM / SM


- as necessary

OM / SM


- as necessary

OM


- as necessary

SM

e e

e

ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame


OM OM

d

OM / SM

e

OM

Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness

OM

Check attachments for damage

OM

GENERAL { {

{ { {

Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature and/or special instructions / safety guidelines to operating personnel

OM / SM

OM

Customer:............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N(PIN).........-..............Sm.-hours............Date............ WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT

every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery

Maintenance/Inspection by Operating Hours


by authorized trained personnel OM Operation Manual SM Service Manual

cfor correct oil level, use dipstick marks - for procedure and quantities, see OM d for quality and viscosity guidelines see "Service fluids", SM - section 1.3 e for adjustment values, see data page entries in SM

Reference

Notes

DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { {

{ {

{ { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {


OM

Check coolant level

OM

Check engine, radiator and belly pan for dirt - clean if necessary

OM

Check fuel filter water separator / drain if necessary

OM


- at least once a week

c c

OM

Replace engine oil


OM



OM

cd SM


OM

SM

Replace coolant filter, check antifreeze / DCA4 percentage in coolant

OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM


SM


SM

- with cold engine


OM

cd

e e

SM

PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel pre- and fine filter elements - stage 1 and 2 PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter strainer / clean if necessary

OM


OM


SM

Check flame glow plug system

(before start of cold season)


SM


OM


- every 2 years

OM

SM

Replace coolant with antifreeze and DCA4

- every 2 years

OM

SM



SM

cd e


{ { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { { {


OM

Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 month)

OM OM

OM

Check hydraulic oil cooler for dirt / clean if necessary, check fan for condition

OM

01 00

OM

Maintenance and


SM

SM

Check mountings and fittings for tight seating Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - at least every 4 years - whenever “environmentally safe hydraulic fluids” are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer


SM OM

Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures according to adjustment checklist


c SM

Typ/ab

Type/from


OM

e

SM

OM

cd

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx-3084 → 5599 F/N xxx-3171 → 5599 F/N xxx-3136 → 5599 F/N xxx-3089 → 5599 F/N xxx-2060 → 5599

3.2.14.01


every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Reference

Notes

OM

c cd

SPLITTERBOX {

{ { { { { { {



OM


{ { { { { {

{ { { { { {

Check system functions incl. indicators and gauges

OM

SM


OM


OM

SM


OM

SM

c

Check control system according to adjustment checklist / adjust as necessary

SM


SM


e e


{ { {


OM

Replace fresh air filter

- as necessary

SM

OM

TRAVEL GEAR {

{ {

{ { { {

{ { { {


OM

Check bolts and nuts for tightness

OM



OM

Replace lube oil from cone seal area


OM

c SM

cd cd


{ { { { { { { { { { {

{

Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check carrier rollers, track rollers and idlers for leaks

OM


OM


OM

SM


OM

SM

PR 752 - check screws at the outer rings of support shafts for tight seating

OM

SM SM


- as necessary

OM


- as necessary

OM


- as necessary

SM

e e

e

ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear

OM


OM


OM OM


OM


OM

d SM

GENERAL { {

{ { {

Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature, in specially Operation Manual-safety guidelines to the operating personnel

OM OM OM

SM

e

Customer:............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N(PIN).........-..............Sm.-hours............Date............ WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT

every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Reference

Notes

DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { {

{ {

{ { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {


c c

OM

Check coolant level

OM

Check engine, radiator and belly pan for dirt - clean if necessary

OM

Check fuel filter water separator / drain if necessary

OM


- at least once a week

OM

cd

Replace engine oil


OM



OM

SM


OM

SM

Replace coolant filter, check antifreeze / DCA4 percentage in coolant

OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM


OM

SM

Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary Replace fuel prefilter - filter element Check and adjust valve clearance

cd

SM

e

SM

e

OM - with cold engine


OM

Replace fuel fine filter cartridge

OM


SM SM

Check flame glow plug system



SM


OM


- every 2 years

OM

Replace coolant with antifreeze and DCA4

- every 2 years

OM



SM SM SM

cd e


{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { {


OM

Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the replenishing circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 month) - whenever “environmentally safe hydraulic fluids” are used drain once a week Check hydraulic oil cooler for dirt / clean if necessary, check fan for condition

OM OM

OM

Maintenance and Datum Edition Date


SM

OM OM SM

Check mountings and fittings for tight seating Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - at least every 4 years - whenever “environmentally safe hydraulic fluids” are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer

Mjfcifss!

01 03

SM OM

Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures according to adjustment checklist


c SM

OM OM

e

SM

cd


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


Blatt Page Feuille

3.2.15.01


every 2000

every 1000

every 500

every 250

{ every 50

every 8 - 10

at delivery





Reference

Notes

OM

c cd

SPLITTERBOX {

{ { { { { { {



OM


{ { { { { {

{ { { { { {

Check system functions incl. indicators and gauges

OM

SM

c


OM


OM

SM


OM

SM

Check control system according to adjustment checklist / adjust as necessary

SM


SM


e e


{ { {


OM

Replace fresh air filter

- as necessary

SM

OM

TRAVEL GEAR {

{ {

{ { { {

{ { { {


OM

Check bolts and nuts for tightness

OM



OM

Replace lube oil from cone seal area / flush cone seal area


OM

c SM

cd cd


{ { { { { { { { { { {

{

Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check carrier rollers, track rollers and idlers for leaks

OM


OM



OM

OM

PR 752 - check screws at the outer rings of support shafts for tight seating

SM

SM

OM

SM


- as necessary

OM

SM


- as necessary

OM


- as necessary

SM

e e

e

ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

{ { { {

Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear

OM


OM


OM

d

OM


OM


OM

SM

GENERAL { {

{ { {

Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition

OM

PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature, in specially Operation Manual-safety guidelines to the operating personnel

OM OM

SM

e

1. General Guidelines 1.1. Documentation of work to be performed All maintenance work is noted in the Maintenance and Inspection Guidelines for the subject machine model, see group 3.2. A detailed record of completed work can be made by checking off all completed items on a report form and comparison with this list. Record the values obtained during adjustment checks on the adjustment check list form for the corresponding machine model, see group 3.5. In addition, confirm the completion of the inspection / delivery in the machine’s inspection notebook, send the appropriate service check to the applicable LIEBHERR representative. Remove the old sticker and attach the next inspection sticker, which is also in the notebook, in a clearly visible location in the operator’s cab of the machine. Explain the set-up and contents of the machine literature to the operator. Emphasize the safety guidelines and regulations and all necessary maintenance work to be carried out between inspections. 1.2. Safety Guidelines When performing any maintenance, inspection or repair work, observe all appropriate safety guidelines as outlined in group 1.2.01 and in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. In addition, observe all regional labors laws and regulations, accident prevention regulations and all applicable local, state and national laws and regulations. 1.3. Intervals Never exceed the given maintenance and inspection intervals; they can be shortened, if necessary. For example: replace the filters and drain the sediment in the fuel tank in case of contamination, clean the radiator in case of contamination, replace the filters and change the oil during and after repairs, etc. 1.4. Oil samples Any required oil samples must be taken directly from the component before changing the oil. Before taking the oil sample, operate the machine to circulate the oil to distribute any existing concentration of particles and to prevent incorrect test results due to deposits. To determine any residual contamination after the repair is completed, take another sample shortly after putting the machine back in service. Use the hand pump and take an oil sample from the center of the oil tank, do not overfill the oil sample container. Replace the suction hose on the hand pump after taking an oil sample. Fill out all forms to be submitted with the oil sample correctly and completely. Incorrect information can lead to unnecessary measures or to the elimination of necessary procedures and cause unnecessary charges. For further details, refer to the oil sample documentation. 1.5. Oils, filters and miscellaneous If possible, always drain the oil at operating temperature. For that reason complete all work, which has to be performed when the machine is ”cold” first, such as adjusting the valves on the Diesel engine. Change the oil filters after draining the oil and before adding new oil. Before restarting the machine, bleed the system, as necessary. Turn the starter for 10 - 15 seconds before starting the Diesel engine. When possible, cut open the replaced filter cartridges and check them for abnormal deposits. The type and amount of deposits can give clues about the condition of the system and / or future problems. Dispose of used oil, filters and other waste products in an environmentally safe manner !



Mjfcifss!


Maintenance and Inspection Datum Edition Date

01 04

Instructions

Blatt Page Feuille

3.4.10.01

Use only original LIEBHERR spare part and supplies for all maintenance, inspection and repair work. If the operator insists on the installation of other parts, inform the operator that this could cause potential loss of warranty coverage; make sure to note this request and installation on the inspection report. For tightening torques, refer to page 1.4.02. For torque instructions for track pad and sprocket segment screws, refer to page 12.1.00.

2. Maintenance guidelines 2.1. Diesel engine maintenance On new machines, make sure to observe the first oil and filter change interval, because corrosion inhibitors have been added to the engine oil at the factory.

2.1.1 Change the lube oil filter Loosen the filter cartridges with a filter band and unscrew them by hand. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual for installation position. Standing filters can also be removed with a suitable tool on the top of the cartridges. The filters are designed to retain the oil in the filters! 'Hand-tighten' (30 Nm) the filter cartridges.

2.1.2 Check the radiator cap and fan Radiator cap - Check the seal and function of the pressure relief valve. Replace the radiator cap, if necessary. Note:

Insufficient pressure in the cooling system increases formation of vapors and can damage the engine.

Check the fan for damage and make sure the distance between the fan and the radiator guard is the same on all sides. Adjust the guard, if necessary.

2.1.3 Check / replace the coolant / antifreeze mixture / corrosion inhibitor - in cooling systems without coolant filter Check the required percentage of antifreeze or corrosion inhibitor with an optical densimeter - see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. The test procedure is independent of the coolant temperature. A line between light and dark on the right scale of the sight gauge shows the protection value. When using antifreeze / corrosion inhibitor, the lowest temperature for which antifreeze protection is provided will be shown ( minus values above the 0° C mark, protection should be provided to - 37° C). Refer to the user instructions given by the manufacturer for further details. If in certain exceptional cases, the system is filled only with corrosion inhibitors, use the same scale to read the protection. Each -1°C corresponds to 1% by volume of corrosion inhibitor (nominal value = 1%). Replace the coolant containing antifreeze every 2 years. Replace all special mixtures once a year. To drain the coolant from radiator and engine block, refer to instructions given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. See also group 1.3.01 - Service items, paragraph 1.3 - Coolant. If required, check the coolant pump before refilling, see paragraph 2.1.11. 2.1.4 Check / replace coolant - antifreeze and DCA4 concentration - in cooling systems with a coolant filter Check the DCA4 concentration before changing the coolant filter. Check for possible gel formation. Use the DCA4 test kit ”CC2602M”, see Special Tools, group 2.1 to check the system. The kit contains multilanguage test instructions and maintenance guidelines, which must be observed. Check the expiration date of the test kit (example: "Use before Nov.1999").

If gel build up is found, drain the coolant and clean the system. Before refilling, check coolant / antifreeze quality and specification. The antifreeze may not be out of date nor emit silicates. Note: To prepare the coolant mixture, mix water first with the correct ratio of DCA4. Then add the required quantity of antifreeze to the water - DCA4 mixture and mix thoroughly. Replace the coolant with antifreeze and DCA4 every 2 years. Replace special coolant fluids every year. For details on draining the coolant from radiator and engine block, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual. See also group 1.3.01 - Service items, paragraph 1.3 - Coolant. If necessary, check the coolant pump before refilling, see 2.1.11. 2.1.5 V-belt - Check condition and tension Check the belt tension manually, as outlined in the "Operation and Maintenance Manual". To check the V-belt tension with the ”Krikit” test unit, (Id. No. 8122560), refer to the ”Diesel Engine Manual”. Replace worn or brittle V-belts. For details on adjusting and changing the belt, refer to the "Operation and Maintenance Manual".

2.1.6 Check the oil, cooling and fuel systems as well as the intake and exhaust systems Check the systems for leaks, damage and chafed hoses. Repair leaks immediately, tighten loose connections, fittings and hose clamps. Replace chafed hoses or lines. Make sure they are routed properly to prevent chafing and kinks. Check the radiator mounts, change the radiator mounts, if necessary. Check the air filter housing and filter elements in the housing to ensure they are seated tightly. If applicable, replace damaged parts, seals and elements. 2.1.7 Checking the oil pan and engine mounts for tightness Check the screws on the oil pan and engine mounts, retighten if necessary. For torque values, see group 1.4. Check engine mounts, change engine mounts, if necessary. For torque values, see page 15.3. Check other fittings and components, such as fuel injectors, to ensure they are tight. 2.1.8 Check / adjust engine RPM - Service mechanical linkage to injection pump and potentiometer Check the RPMs when you check the electronic control system. See Adjustment checklist, group 3.5. If the required high / low idle RPMs are not reached, adjust the stop screws on the engine throttle control in the cab, adjust the routing / adjustment of the shut off and throttle control cable, check the neutral functions of hydraulic systems, and - if necessary - check the adjustment of the injection pump - see group 17.4. The engine RPMs can also be checked with an impulse tachometer (connect to a clear injection line), see Special Tools, page 2.1.10. Check the mechanical linkage to the injection pump and potentiometer for damage, check the ball joints for wear. Replace any damaged or worn parts.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

Instructions

Blatt Page Feuille

3.4.10.02

2.1.9 Check / adjust valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance when the engine is cold (ambient temperature). For valve clearance, firing order and cylinder location, see page 4.3.10.01. For further details and adjustment instructions, refer to the ”Diesel Engine Manual”. Install the engine turning fixture, see Special Tools page 2.1.10 (see point 2.1.10) in place of the cover on the flywheel housing. 2.1.10 Check / grease the flywheel teeth Remove the cover from the flywheel housing and check the flywheel teeth. Apply about 1 cm³ of grease in the visible tooth cavity. Reinstall the cover. Note:

Whenever possible, use non-metallic based greases. High metal or graphite content as well as too much grease combined with metallic friction, can cause problems with the RPM sensor signal.

2.1.11 Check the flame glow plug system - Replace the oil seperator - Check / test the fuel injectors - Check the coolant pump A defective flame glow plug system can impair the starting performance of the Diesel engine. For that reason, check the system before the start of the cold season. The diaphragm of the oil separator can leak due to aging or external damage and cause contamination damage to the engine. Check the service time and replace old or damaged oil separators. Check / test fuel injectors if there is any decrease in performance, if the engine runs rough, if you hear the engine knocking, or if the exhaust is black. If required, remove the cover on the coolant pump and check the axial play of the pump shaft with a dial indicator. If the axial play ≥0.1 mm, change the coolant pump. For further details, refer to the ”Diesel Engine Manual”.

2.2. Inspect the hydraulic system 2.2.1 Clean the magnetic rod in the hydraulic tank Check and clean the magnetic rod daily on new machines and after repairs until you find only a minute amount of particles. Check the magnetic rod at regular intervals. Any increase in particles indicate abnormal wear. 2.2.2 Check / replace the return filter elements Replace the main return filter elements installed in the hydraulic tank. Check all case drain filters on travel pumps, motors and attachment pump for contamination. If any deposits are found, determine their origin and cause. Repair or replace components, as necessary. Replace case drain filters. 2.2.3 Check the working and the travel hydraulic system for function and leaks / check hose routing and check hoses for chafting, check mountings and fittings for tightness Actuate all travel and working functions, check for problems. Check the actuating disc, plunger and universal joint of the working hydraulic joysticks for wear, lubricate lightly and adjust, as necessary. For details, refer to page 8.5.01.02. Proceed the same way for pilot controls for added attachments. To check the accumulator (safety control) for the working hydraulic (except for on RL machines), start the Diesel engine and raise the front attachment. Shut off the engine (turn ignition key again to position 1) and leave the safety lever in raised position. Actuate the ' attachment down' function quickly and several times. If the attachment can be lowered less than 4 times, the accumulator is defective or there is excessive leakage in the system.

Check hoses and lines for leaks, make sure there are no kinks. Check for chafing. Replace chafed, ”sweaty” (brittle) and old hoses! See safety guidelines, page 1.2.01.07. Do not route control, leak oil and tank lines and hoses together with high pressure hoses, do not route them over sharp corners, edges or hose fittings. Check connections for leaks and replace seal rings, as necessary. Check piston rods for damage, check piston rod bearings for leaks. Repair, as necessary. Check mounting screws on hydraulic components (pumps, motors, tank, etc.) as well as flange connections for tightness. Retighten, if necessary. 2.2.4 Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures Carry out pressure checks / adjustments according to adjustment checklist for the corresponding machine model - see group 3.5 - and record the results. For further details, data and instructions, refer to the quick reference for the adjustment checklist or the appropriate section in the Service Manual.

2.3. Inspect the electrical system 2.3.1 Check the function of the system including indicators and gauges Turn on all electrical functions and test all indicators and gauges on the instrument panel, as outlined in the "Operation and Maintenance Manual". In case of problems, check fuses and / or cables. Refer to the corresponding schematics in group 9.. 2.3.2 Clean / check / grease the battery connections, check the cable routing and connections Check the battery terminals and cable clamps for corrosion and tightness. Clean and grease the clamps and terminals at regular intervals. Check the batteries for external damage and leaks. Check the battery cable harness for chafing, check connections for corrosion. If chafed areas have been found, wrap them with electrical tape, reroute them and shrink fit the cable harness to prevent moisture infiltration.

2.3.3 Check / adjust the electronic control system On machines with electronic crawler control / E-box version CEP, use the test box to check and adjust the system, as outlined in group 10.4.. On machines with electronic crawler control / E-box version RST , use a notebook computer and the LIKOM Service Set, as outlined in group 10.5. Perform all checks / adjustments according to the adjustment checklist for the corresponding machine model - see group 3.5 - and record the results. For special tools, refer to page 2.1.30.01.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

Instructions

Blatt Page Feuille

3.4.10.03

2.3.4 Check the battery electrolyte level (charge condition) Use an optical battery charge tester to check the electrolyte level, see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. The tester displays a line between light and dark on the left scale of the window, which means: GOOD

= battery charged

FAIR

= battery half charged

RECHARGE

= battery discharged

Check the battery acid before adding water. Perform a separate test for each battery cell. If test values are the same for all cells, below 1200, the battery must be re- charged with an external battery charger. If the test values vary (difference is greater than 0.02), or if they are below 1.100, the battery must be replaced. Note:

Disconnect the negative ( ”-” ) terminal first, then disconnect the positive terminal ( ”+”) ; connect the positive ”+” terminal first, then connect the negative terminal ( ”-” ).

For further details on the use of the battery charge tester or on the charging procedure, refer to the manufacturer’s instructions. Caution :

Battery acid is highly corrosive! Handle the battery very carefully, always wear safety glasses and gloves. There is a danger of explosion in case of sparks! Make sure to strictly observe all safety guidelines!

2.4. Inspect the heater, ventilation and air conditioner 2.4.1 Check the system for function and for leaks Check all heater and fresh air functions and/or cooling function, if an air conditioner is installed. For further details, see Operation and Maintenance Manual. In case of heater problems, check the connections of the input and return lines, check for leaks. See group 17.3. For maintenance / malfunctions on air conditioners, call an air conditioning technician. For details, see group 17.5 and/or "Operation and Maintenance Manual".

2.5. Inspect the travel gear 2.5.1 Check screws for tightness Check all mounting screws for tightness, torque as necessary. For tightening torques, see page 1.4.02.01. Note:

If the oil level is too high, the disk brake or travel motor seals may be leaking. On gears with two (2) life time seals, check the oil level (oil volume) in the seal chamber, open gears if necessary and check the inner life time seal (seal chamber is filled with hydraulic oil SAE 20, see Operation and Maintenance Manual).

Remove the gear cover and check hoses and flange connections for leaks.

2.6. Inspect the track components 2.6.1 Check screws and nuts for tightness This inspection is especially important on new track components. Loose track pad screws can also be detected by offset nuts.. Replace loose screws and retorque them. For safety reasons , retorque similar screw connections on the affected part as well. For torque specifications on track pad and sprocket segment screws, refer to page 12.1.00.01. For all other screws, use tightening torques given in section 1.4.

2.6.2 Check / adjust idler guides For check and adjustment details, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Incorrectly adjusted idler guides will lead to idler damage! If the idler guide can no longer be properly adjusted due to excessive wear, replace worn parts. Wear strips for ”vertical play” are attached to the inside of the roller frame and on the claws of the idler guide by tack welding or with screws. If new wear strips are installed and shims are intended to be installed, replace missing shims under the screw heads / covers for subsequent adjustments. If there are no more shims for the ”lateral play” adjustment, replace or recondition the guide plates and add new shims, if the design calls for them, for subsequent adjustments. For details about idler guides for various machine types, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual or group 12.4. 2.6.3 PR 752 - Check screws of the support shaft mounting for tightness Demount wire guard1. Tighten the screws2 of the support shaft crosswise up to the required torque- see section 1.4.02. Note:

It is possible that the ring doesn’t run in smooth. So repeat this action at least twice with different begins to reach the required screw torque for a long time.

2.6.4 Adjust the track chain tension to the job application, check the track components for wear Chain tension must be adjusted to suit the actual job application, since different ground conditions result in different material accumulation, but the slack should always be the same. If chains are tightened too much, track wear is significantly increased. Stop the machine in forward direction on level ground. The track chain tension is correct when the slack between the carrier roller and the idler or carrier roller and sprocket is approx. 40 to 60 mm, depending on track design. The track guards must be selected according to the working conditions, see page 12.2.00.04, paragraph 3.3.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

Instructions

Blatt Page Feuille

3.4.10.04

For track wear inspection, measuring guidelines, wear data (wear chart) and evaluation of wear patterns and causes, see group 12.2. When checking the track components, always visually inspect the elastic bearings on support shafts and the equalizer bar.

2.7. Inspect the attachment 2.7.1 Check all bearings for play / wear To check the bearing play at the trunion, apply pressure upward or downward to one side and check the play with a feeler gauge or similar tool on the opposite site. A minimum play must be present, as soon as the maximum wear limit is reached, replace worn parts. Permissible play = min.0.5 mm → max. 4.0 mm Check the crawler's center bearing on the push frame to ensure it is correctly mounted and adjusted, see page 13.2.10.01 and/or the Operation and Maintenance Manual, chapter ”Blade installation”.

To check the radial play on cylindrical pin bushings, move the attachment vertically to the bolt axis and measure the play with a ruler. Replace excessively worn parts. Measure the axial play with feeler gauge or similar tool. If play is excessive, add shims. Pull or push the pipe layer reverse roller bearing at one point and check the play on the opposite side with feeler gauge or similar tool. Replace worn parts. Permissible radial play = max. 2.0 mm, Permissible axial play = max. 3.0 mm, Note:

Cylindrical mounted hydraulic cylinders must be able to move freely in axial direction up to approx. 5 mm. Do not add shims.

Crawler loaders - Check oil filled bucket pin bearings for leaks, correct mounting and possible wear. Replace leaking or worn bucket pin bearings. Permissible radial play without leakage and/or dry = up to max. 2.0 mm.

When necessary, point out proper attachment selection to match application, i.e. on crawler dozers:

straight corners for precision dozing, HP cutting edge for severe applications, side cutters, correct ripper tooth configuration, etc.

on crawler loaders:

bucket type (rock or standard bucket), proper bucket and ripper tooth configuration, etc.

2.7.2 Crawler loaders - bucket stops and limit switch adjustment With the bucket fully tilted in and in its lowest position, there must be a min. of 5 mm distance between the bucket and the linkage, and the bucket must touch the stops on both sides evenly. With the bucket fully raised (limit switch disabled) and fully tilted out, the linkage must touch the stop, the back of the bucket may touch the stops (bucket unloaded). Replace worn stops as outlined in group 13.2. Hoist and bucket limit switches must be adjusted to suit application and to aid the operator. See "Operation and Maintenance Manual".

2.7.3 Pipe layer - hoist gear - cable winch For further details on maintenance and inspection as well as important safety recommendations, refer to group 14, the winch manufacturer’s instructions and the "Operation and Maintenance Manual".

2.7.4 Pipe layer - function free fall device Caution:

Secure machine and working area. The free fall area of the load has to be free. Observe safety guidelines.

Lift a suitable test load with a weight of appr. 1500 kg with the hoist gear and actuate the free fall device. The load has to drop down faster than normal lowering. Note:

for attaching loads and actuating the free fall device, observe all guidelines of the machine reflected operation manuals.

2.8. General inspection procedures If any maintenance problems have been found, discuss the correct procedures with maintenance personnel. If possible, check for possible operational errors and advise the machine operator, as necessary. If additional measures, maintenance or inspections for special attachments are required, make sure to carry them out and record them on the inspection report. Determine any spare parts requirements or any expected repairs, discuss with and inform the appropriate personnel.



Mjfcifss!



01 04

Instructions

Blatt Page Feuille

3.4.10.05

Customer - Name and address:

Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:

Job application/ location: Checked by: from company:

A. Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at n-max Test No.

Test

Test points

1.

Visual tests and maintenance

2.

Operatingtemperature

Nominal value

Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc.

Hydraulic system

3.

hydraulic tank

Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure

4. 5.

Stand by pressure

6.

Pressure limitation 6.1 Sec. pressure

SD (ND) ND

18+ bar 7

working hydr. HD

working hydr. HD

working hydr. HD to LD

8. 9.

Accumulator Replenishing pressure

10.

Control pressure

ST

11.

Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic

shaft right M1 + M2 shaft left M1 + M2

12.

10

°C °C checked: changed: yes no yes no bar --

+1

6.2 Prim. pressure 6.3 Pressure cut off 6.4 6.5 6.6 Pressure difference = ǻp

7.

70± °C theoretic 1 25± bar

test SP travel hydr.

Max. pressure travel forward Max. pressure travel reverse

at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines working hydraulic

20 bar 1 25+ bar +5 30 bar

bar bar bar

bar PR 712 to 732 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732 (A10V-with stand-by valve) bar PR 742 (HPR 130)

210± bar 5 190± bar ±5 160 bar bar bar bar

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar


5

14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar ±3 25 bar 6

50± bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

bar bar

5

M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left

must remain constant during all tests

bar M1 M2 M1 M2 re li re li

lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range/PR 742(HPR) adjust when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 PR 742 only



pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges! max. engine RPM is 1400 Upm

B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No.

Test

Space No.

During test

After adjustment / repair

Remarks

Diesel engine is not running 1.

Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.

9

4.

Indicator light electron. fault ind. Signal “red. speed.“

9

no signal

no signal

5.

Signal ”counter rot.”

9

signal error

signal error

6.

Travel joystick

4

7.

Proportional solenoids

11

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

752/X.....

undervolt.

light at panel on:

yes no

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k. light at panel on:

good defect

752/X..... record denomination of LED

undervolt. yes no

good defect

light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) select „reduced travel speed range“ press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation



01 01

after approx. 10 sec. of actuation

Adjustment Checklist


PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

F/N xxx-0103→ 0384 F/N xxx-0103→ 0563 F/N xxx-2003→ 2500 F/N xxx-2001→ 2500

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.00.01

Test No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks

Diesel engine running 8.

Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.

underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec.

9.

RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine

A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

11.

Potentiometer nominal RPM

3

12.

Brake release

14

13.

RPM sensor oil motors

13

Basic adjustment left track

14

forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5

14

“Test” forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5

10.

2

+50

...............- Rpm -.................

min: 800 Rpm max: PR 712 / 722 ...............- Rpm -................. PR 732 / 742

{max.-.....Rpm {min.+.....Rpm

{max.-.....Rpm {min.+.....Rpm

min:

max:

min:

good defect

light at panel:

on off

max:

- only if required at PR 742 pos. 3 before pos. 2

15.

Straight run compare track right to track left at PR 742 pos. 3 before pos. 2

Current supply

2

on off

must be functioning for all remaining tests machine must be raised off the ground

right

right

left

left

forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 “Adjust” “Adjust” yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5

16.1 Diesel engine not running

(440± )

mA

max.

mA

20

17.

50

Remarks:

50

mA

PR 732 - 1410± mA, PR 742 - 1380± mA reduced value when steering left

(440± )

mA

initial current jump

(590± )

mA

minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop)

±60

)

20 30

14 +2

note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments

PR 732 - 980± mA, PR 742 - 960± mA 70 70 PR 712 - 1450± mA, PR 722 - 1445± mA

mA

(1180

Straight run compare track right to track left

pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments

throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position

70

in normal speed range

16.2 Diesel engine running

= no indication / must be "ok" for further tests

initial current jump 50 50 PR 712 - 1000± mA, PR 722 - 990± mA

in reduced speed range

max.

+20

should be green at nmax -30 RPM and +20 nmin +30 RPM / = indication at part. range

light at panel:

Special tests - travel operation 16.

+80

2100 Rpm +60 1900 Rpm

good defect

Tracks running

14.

must be green from nmin up to nmax

| | | |

mA mA mA mA

| | | |

mA mA mA mA

forward with approx. 550 mA reverse with approx. 550 mA forward with approx. 950 mA reverse with approx. 950 mA

70

Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines - see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools (test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 and for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00 When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at max. engine RPM unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 3. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 4. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 5. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note:

- Only the new A10V100 pumps in PR732 are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator. - The test value on PR 742 with regulating pump HPR 130 depends significantly on the temperature, the adjustment must be made via the Qmin stop on the pump.

6. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 6.1. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the ”blade down” function, block the line. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!

Quick Reference Datum Edition Date

01 01



PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.00.02

6.2. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments. 6.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure, primary and secondary pressure relief valves are installed for system safety. Check the pressure with the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit. 6.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 6.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 6.6. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 7. Pressure difference -∆p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The ∆p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 from the setting of the stand-by pressure. On machines with HPR 130 regulating pumps = PR742, the LS-regulator must be adjusted separately. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 9. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 10. Control pressure (travel hydraulic PR 742) The existing pressure value depends on the valve adjustment and the replenishing pressure, see schematic, group 6. 11. Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12. Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

B. Tests with test box CET 08 / 03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply.

3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 5. Signal - “counter rotation” If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LED’s light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. 7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and adjust required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10. Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of shut off cable, even check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11. Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30 RPM each.


Mjfcifss!


01 01



PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.00.03

12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up

→ electrical defect

Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ļ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication

→ Problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure → Mark appropriate square on check list

Red diode

→ Sensor sends error signal

14. Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several checks. Beachte: - The pump control / adjustment depends on the type of travel gear installed. - If ”surging" occurs in a speed range, set the corresponding regulating range (= adjustment stage 4, or stage 2 and 4, or stage 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range. - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning. 15. Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position ”Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position ”Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note:

- If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4.

16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Notes:

- If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4.

17. Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.


Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:


A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM Test No.

Test

Test points

1.

Visual test and maintenance

2.

Operating temperature

Nominal value

Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc..

Hydraulic system

3.

hydraulic tank


4. 5.

Stand by pressure

6.

Pressure limitation 6.1 Prim. pressure

SD (ND) ND

18+ bar 7

°C

checked: changed: at PR 712 to PR 732B - only if necessary yes no yes no for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic bar PR 712 to 732 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732 (A10V-with stand-by valve)

working hydr. HD

220± bar 5 210± bar ±5 160 bar bar bar bar

working hydr HD to LD

14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar ±3 25 bar




10.

Control pressure

11.


ST Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2

5

6

50± bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

bar bar

5

M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left

Max. pressure travel reverse

must remain constant during all tests

bar bar


Max. pressure travel forward

°C

20 bar 1 25+ bar

working hydr HD

8. 9.

12.

10

+1

6.2 Sec. pressure 6.3 Pressure cut off 6.4 6.5 6.6 Pressure difference = ǻp

7.

70± °C theoretic 1 25± bar

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar

M1 M2 M1 M2 ri le ri le

lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732B PR 742B PR 742B up to F/Nxxx-5233 only


pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!

B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No.

Test

Space No.

During test

After adjustment / repair.

Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.

Indicator light electron. fault ind.

9

Signal

9

4.

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

undervolt.

light at panel on:

“travel speed range selection ”

752/X.....

yes no

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

752/X.....

undervolt.

light at panel on:

yes no

no signal

no signal

no signal no signal

no signal no signal

5.

Signal ”counter rot.

9

signal error

6.

Travel joystick

4

good defect

7.


11

signal error good defect

light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - select "red. speed range"

--

normal = III

- red. speed range II - red. speed range I

press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation



PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→ 5599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→ 5599 PR 732 B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599


01 03

record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.01.01

Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

11.


3

12.

Brake release

14

13.

RPM sensor oil motors

13

Basic adjustment left track

14


14


10.

2

+50

min: 800 RPM max: PR 712 / 722 ...............- RPM -................. ...............- RPM -................. PR 732 / 742

min:

max:

{max.-.....RPM {min.+.....RPM

min:

good defect

light at panel:

max:


on off

- only if required at PR 742 up to F/Nxxx-5233 pos. 3 before pos. 2

15.

Straight run compare track right to track left at PR 742 up to F/Nxxx-5233 pos. 3 before pos. 2

Current supply

2

on off

must be functioning for all remaining tests

light at panel:

machine must be raised off the ground

right

right

left

left

forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 “Adjust” “Adjust” yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5


(440± ) max. 20

note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump 2-ranges PR 712 - 1450+70 mA, PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA, PR 742 - 1380+70 mA

in normal speed range (switch position III)

PR 712 - 1000±50 mA PR 722 - 990±50 mA PR 732 - 980±50 mA PR 742 - 960±50 mA

mA

in reduced speed range (switch position II)

max.

= no indication / “ must be "ok" for further tests pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments

mA mA

max.

+20


Special tests - travel operation 16.

--

mA

in reduced speed range (switch position I)

(1180± ) 80

(440

16.2 Diesel engine running 17.


14 +2

±20

)

(500+

100

| | | |

mA mA mA mA

)

+80

2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

good defect

Tracks running

14.


3-ranges PR 712 - 1450+70mA PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA PR 712 - 1240+50 mA PR 722 - 1235+50 mA PR 732 - 1230+50 mA PR 742 - 1200+50 mA PR 712 - 910+50 mA PR 722 - 900+50 mA PR 732 - 890+50 mA PR 742 - 880+50 mA

mA

reduced value when steering left (normal range)

mA


mA

minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop) | | | |

mA mA mA mA


If installed:

C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 (see Service Manual section 10.6/chapter "fine adjustment") - Diesel engine not running T.No.

1.

Test Inch/brake pedal

Remarks:

During test adjustments according to guidelines yes no

After adjustment / repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no

Remarks observe display - "Inchpedal ext" etc. LED "Voltage" must be always green

Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines - see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools (test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 3. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 4. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 5. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note:

Only the new A10V100 pumps in PR732 and all A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator.

6. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 6.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief.


Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→ 5599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→ 5599 PR 732 B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.01.02

6.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the ”blade down” function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 6.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 6.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 6.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 6.6. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7. Pressure difference -∆p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The ∆p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712(B), PR 722(B), PR 732B und PR 742B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 9. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 10. Control pressure (travel hydraulic PR 742(B) to F/N xxx-5233) The existing pressure value depends on the valve adjustment and the replenishing pressure, see schematic, group 6. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

B. Tests with test box CET 08 / 03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 → 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LED’s light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:

Do not actuate the push button switch „counter rotation“ while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong „Error“ - indications.

7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid.


Mjfcifss!


01 03




3.5.01.03

8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of shut off cable, even check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ļ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication

→ Problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure → Mark appropriate square on check list

Red diode


14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several checks. Note:

- The pump control / adjustment depends on the type of travel gear installed. - If ”surging" occurs in a speed range, set the corresponding regulating range (= adjustment stage 4, or stage 2 and 4, or stage 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range. - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning.

15.Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position ”Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position ”Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note:

- If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning.

16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes


17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.

C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 1. Inch/brake pedal If there is an Inch / brake pedal installed, always perform the check of the adjustments when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.


Mjfcifss!


01 03




3.5.01.04


Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:


A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined Test No.

Test

Test points

1.


2.

Cold start valve replenishing circuit

3.

4.

Operating temperature Servo pressure

5. 6.

Stand by pressure

7.


LA

hydraulic tank

70± °C 10

°C

ND

18+ bar 7

bar

+1

7.2 Sec. pressure 7.3 Pressure cut off 7.4 7.5 Pressure difference = ǻp

8.

must remain constant during all tests working hydraulic

bar bar

bar PR 712, PR 722 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732, PR 742 (A10V-with stand-by valve)

working hydr. HD

220± bar 5 210± bar ±5 160 bar bar bar


14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar ±3 25 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar


bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar



11.


Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left


--

PR 742

20 bar 1 25+ bar



°C

at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines PR 712 Diesel engine at nmax, PR 722 at least one sensor unplugged. PR 732

working hydr HD

9. 10.

12.


Hydraulic system checked: changed: theoretic 1 25± bar yes no yes no +10 110 bar bar -+10 130 bar bar -+10 150 bar bar -+10 bar -210 bar

SD

Pressure limitation fan drive

Nominal value

5

6


lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!

B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 first observe section D LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.


9

Signal

9

no signal no signal no signal

4.

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4



752/X.....

undervolt. yes no

5.

Signal ”counter rot.

9

signal error

6.

Travel joystick

4

good defect

7.


11

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

752/X.....

undervolt.

light at panel on:

yes no

no signal no signal no signal signal error good defect

light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - normal = III - select "red. speed range" - red. speed range II -- red. speed range I press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation



01 03

record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.02.01

Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

11.


3

12.

Brake release

14

13.

RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track

10.

2

+50


min:

max:


min:

good defect

light at panel:

max:


on off

14


14


- only if required -

15.


16.

Current supply

13

on off


light at panel:


right left

right left

“Adjust” “Adjust” yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5


(440 ) max.

note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump

mA mA

2-ranges PR 712 - 1450+70 mA, PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA,


max.

PR 712 - 1000±50 mA PR 722 - 990±50 mA PR 732 - 980±50 mA

mA


max.


Special tests - travel operation 2

+20



±20

--

mA


(1180± ) 80


(440

±20

(500+

)

100

)

+80

2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

good defect

Tracks running

14.


3-ranges PR 712 - 1450+70mA PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA PR 712 - 1240+50 mA PR 722 - 1235+50 mA PR 732 - 1230+50 mA PR 742 - 1200+50 mA PR 712 - 910+50 mA PR 722 - 900+50 mA PR 732 - 890+50 mA PR 742 - 880+50 mA

mA

reduced value when steering left (normal range)

mA


mA


If installed:


1.





D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit (with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20) - following the software instructions T.No.

1. 1.1

Test Read memory Record codes

Remarks:

Before checklist step B/C memory available: yes no

After checklist step B/C memory deleted: yes no

Remarks Print out memory following the software instructions and add the adjustment checklist, or record here in saved order.


A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 3. Pressure limitation (fan drive) When the sensor is unplugged and the Diesel engine is on high idle, the postulated maximum pressure has to be reached. The proportional - pressure relief valve is not adjustable and is regulated by the electronic. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). for RPM see technical data 3.1, Instructions see chapter 6.5. 4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 5. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 6. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note:

Only the A10V100 pumps in PR732 and the A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.02.02

7. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 7.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. 7.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the ”blade down” function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 7.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 7.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 8. Pressure difference -∆p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The ∆p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712 B, PR 722 B, PR 732 B und PR 742 B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 9. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 10. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

Caution: Before carrying out tests/adjustments following section B, check the version of the electronic box. If there is a CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 or higher electronic box installed, observe section D = evaluate memory.

B. Tests with test box CET 08 / 03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 → 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LED’s light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:




Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.02.03

8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ļ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication

→ Problem due to electrical circuit interruption (wiring), possible total sensor failure → Mark appropriate square on adjustment check list

Red diode


14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several checks. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning



16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes


17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes:

This test can still be carried out. Caused by the rarely use, this test isn't on the checklist any more. Record the result under section "Remarks".

Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.


D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit Can only be used for electronic box version CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 and higher. 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section B, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in the saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes:

If the program displays "Error" from the beginning, check if the right interface COM1,2,3 or 4 is chosen, check plugs/wiring, check the power supply 24V from the instrument panel.


Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.02.04


Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:


A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined Test No.

Test

Test points

1.


2.

Cold start valve replenishing circuit

3.

4. 5.

Operating temperature Servo pressure

6.

Stand by pressure

7.


8.

LA

hydraulic tank

70± °C 10

°C

ND

18+ bar 7

bar

+1

7.2 Sec. pressure 7.3 Pressure cut off 7.4 7.5 Pressure difference = ǻp

must remain constant during all tests working hydraulic

bar bar

bar PR 712, PR 722 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732, PR 742 (A10V-with stand-by valve)

working hydr. HD

220± bar 5 210± bar ±5 160 bar bar bar


14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar ±3 25 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar



bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar



11.


Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left


--

PR 742

20 bar 1 25+ bar



°C

at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines PR 712 Diesel engine at nmax, PR 722 at least one sensor unplugged. PR 732

working hydr HD

9. 10.

12.


Hydraulic system checked: changed: theoretic 1 25± bar yes no yes no +10 110 bar bar -+10 130 bar bar -+10 150 bar bar -+10 bar -210 bar

SD

Pressure limitation fan drive

Nominal value

5

6


lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!

B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit - following the software instructions T.No.

1. 1.1

Test Read memory

Before checklist step C/D memory available: yes no

After checklist step C/D memory deleted: yes no

Record codes


C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 (see Service Manual section 10.6/chapter "fine adjustment") - Diesel engine not running yes

Pedal installed T.No.

1.


no During test adjustments according to guidelines yes no



Remarks to A - B - C:



01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.03.01

D. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - after all adjustments are done check and delete E-Box memory - see step B. LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.


9

4.

Signal

9


A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

752/X.....

o.k.

Inl.6

undervolt.

light at panel on:


yes no

V6/Inl.4

752/X.....

o.k.

undervolt.

light at panel on:

yes no


record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 3-ranges - normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I

5.

Signal ”counterrot."

9

signal error

6.

Travel joystick

4

good defect

7.


11

8.

Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

11.


3

12.

Brake release

14

signal error good defect


Diesel engine running

10.

2

+50


min:

max:


min:

good defect

light at panel:

max:


on off

14.

RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track

13 14

forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 “Test” forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5

- only if required -

15.


14

16.

Current supply

2

on off


light at panel:


right left

“Adjust” “Adjust” yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5

Special tests - travel operation


20

/r.

mA


max. f.

/r.

mA


(1180± ) 20 (440± ) 80


Remarks:

mA mA

right left


note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump

mA mA


max. f.

+20



(440± ) max.

+80

2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

good defect

Tracks running 13.


forward: reverse: forward: reverse:

PR 712 - 1450+70mA PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA PR 712 - 1240+50 mA PR 722 - 1235+50 mA PR 732 - 1230+50 mA PR 742 - 1160+50 mA forward / 1230+50 mA reverse PR 712 - 910+50 mA PR 722 - 900+50 mA PR 732 - 890+50 mA PR 742 - 890+50 mA forward / 1000+50 mA reverse

reduced value when steering left (normal range) initial current jump


A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 3. Pressure limitation (fan drive) When the sensor is unplugged and the Diesel engine is on high idle, the postulated maximum pressure has to be reached. The proportional - pressure relief valve is not adjustable and is regulated by the electronic. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). for RPM see technical data 3.1, Instructions see chapter 6.5. 4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 5. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 6. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note:

Only the A10V100 pumps in PR732 and the A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.03.02

7. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 7.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. 7.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the ”blade down” function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 7.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 7.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 8. Pressure difference -∆p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The ∆p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712 B, PR 722 B, PR 732 B und PR 742 B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 9. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 10. Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2, depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section C/D, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in the saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments according to checklist step C and D, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes:



D. Tests with test box CET 08/03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LED’s light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:




Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.03.03

8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check also the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ļ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication


Red diode


14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the ”green - center" range, even after several checks. Note:

- If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning



16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Notes:

- If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever.

17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes:


Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.


Mjfcifss!


01 03



PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.03.04


Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:


A. Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined Test No.

Test

Test points

Nominal value

Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system

1.


2.

Stand by pressure

fan drive. - LA

30+

bar

3.


Hydraulic tank

70± °C

°C

LA

160± theoretic 28+2 bar

4.

Pressure limitation

5.


6. 7.

Pressure difference = ǻp

8. 9.

13.

bar A10V - check when machine is cold must remain constant during all tests

10

3

travel hydr. SD ND

25+ bar 3

15 bar <13 bar

Stand by pressure

HD

30+ bar


working hydr. HD

9.3 Pressure cut off 9.4 9.5 Accumulator Repl. pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic

test SP right M1 + M2 left M1 + M2


M1 rights M1 left M2 right M2 left


bar

5

270± bar 5 250± bar ±5 250 bar 5 200± bar bar bar min. 4x +7 20 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar M1 = M2 ± 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

°C bar fan drive - A10V/Diesel engine at max RPM

- check only if necessary changed: checked: no - for test / adjustment see guidelines yes no yes bar -working hydraulic

+6

working hydr. HD to LS

9.2 Sec. pressure

10. 11. 12.

3

5

bar bar bar

bar in fine control range - adjust at HPR-pump bar when spool is fully shifted bar working hydraulic - adjust at HPR-pump

bar bar bar bar bar bar


possible actuation after engine is turned off travel hydraulic



lift cylinder circuit - piston bottom side = A1 lift cylinder circuit - piston rod side = B1 max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions


pump right pump left check only if necessary use test plates!

B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.


9

4.

Signal

9



signal error

signal error

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

undervolt.

light at panel on:

“travel speed range selection”

5.


9

6.

Travel joystick

4

7.


11

752/X.....

yes no

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4

o.k.

undervolt.

light at panel on:

good defect

752/X.....

yes no

good defect

record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - normal = III - select "red. speed range" - red. speed range II -- red. speed range I press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation




01 03

PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002→5599


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.50.01

Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

A

min: max: min: max: min: 800 RPM +60 ...............- RPM -................. ...............- RPM -................. max: 1900 RPM

11.


3

{max.-......RPM good {min.+......RPM defect

12.

Overspeeding protection / D-engine

A

Function available:

13.

Brake release

14

14.

RPM sensor travel gear

10.

must be green from nmin up to nmax +50


yes Function available: no

Light at on panel: off Tracks running

13

Light at panel:

+20


yes press button→ RPM drop at engine → working hydraulic - HD = max. no on off


right

right

left

left

= no Indication/ must be „ok” for further tests

Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 14 16.1 Straight run “Test" "Adjust” “Adjust” compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1

15.2 16.2

15.3

forward 3 yes

no reverse 1

Pump end of regulation forward yes

no travel begin reverse - tracks starts to turn

reverse 2

reverse 2

Pump regulating range reverse

reverse 3

reverse 3

Pump end of regulation reverse

Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward 14 left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5

16.3


14

17.

current supply

2

forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation (440± ) max. 20

max.

throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump 2-ranges 70 1350+ mA +50 950 mA

mA mA



right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments

mA

3-ranges 70 1350+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 1170+ mA (Switch pos. II)


max.

--

mA

870+ mA 50

(Switch pos. I)


(1180± ) 80

17.2 Diesel engine running 18.

Straight run compare right to track left

2 14 +2

(440

±20

)

(500+

100

| | | |

mA mA mA mA

)

mA

reduced value when steering left (normal speed)

mA

initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop)

mA | | | |

mA mA mA mA


If installed:

C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 (see Service Manual section 10.6/chapter "fine adjustment") - Diesel engine not running T.No. 1.


Remarks:


After adjustment /repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no


Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools(test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. When the operating temperature is reached in one of the systems - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit or charge air system - the fan drive is automatically changed over from stand by function to working function. 3. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 4. Pressure limitation - fan drive The pressure determines the required working (minimum) RPM of the fan drive motors. For details, see group 6.5. 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10.



Mjfcifss!


01 03


PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.50.02

7. Pressure difference - ∆p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (∆p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1=

blade down

lift circuit - piston rod side

blade up

=B1=

Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11. Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

B. Tests with test box CET 08/03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 → 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness.

5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:





Mjfcifss!


01 03


PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.50.03

8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ļ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication

→problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure →mark appropriate square on check list

Red diode

→sensor sends error signal.

15. / 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2

16.3 - forward 4 - forward 5 - reverse 4

Note:

If the indication is outside the "green center" range for one of these tests, then all tests / adjustment steps must be made according to the check list (right switch on test box in straight run adjustment position "ADJUST").

Attention:

If one of the stages 3 are selected, the chains are running at full speed.

Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side. Group 15.1 / 16.1=

Check / adjustment of pumps. Close of servo lines to motors on pump outlets (motors remain on Qmax).

Correct adjustment for both groups: Group 15.2 / 16.2 =

analog indicator "green center"

Check / adjustment of motor per side. Servo lines to motors on pump outlets are reconnected, close off servo lines to one motor per side (motors remain on Qmax).

Correct adjustment for group 15.2:

Analog indicator exactly over the dividing line between the red indicator field ”SLOW” and the green indicator field. "Center green" may not be exceeded.


Analog indicator "Green center"

Group 15.3 / 16.3 =

Check / adjustment of one motor per side. Servo lines to all motors are reconnected.

Correct adjustment for both groups: Note:

analog indicator "green center", for 15.3, the red indicator field "FAST" may never be reached.

- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks. - If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick

→ on travel motor with larger screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction.

Chain too slow

→ on travel motor with smaller screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction.



Mjfcifss!


01 03


PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.50.04

17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes

- if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - for the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4.

18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning



Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:



Test

Test points

1.


2.

Stand by pressure

3.

Pressure cut off fan drive - ex factory 3.1 spare pump

4.


5.


6. 7.

Pressure difference = ∆p

8. 9.

Test value Remarks actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system

13.

5

fan drive. - LA

30±

bar

bar check w. cold machine/Diesel engine to nmax

LA

177+5 5 205±

bar bar

fuse F9 opened/Diesel engine at max RPM bar Caution: varied adjustments with special equipments - see page 2 bar

Hydraulic tank

70± °C theoretic 28+2 bar

10

°C

must remain constant during all tests travel hydr. SD ND

3

Stand by pressure

HD

30+ bar


working hydr. HD

5

test SP right M1 + M2 left M1 + M2 M1 rights M1 left M2 right M2 left

Max. pressure travel forward Max. pressure travel reverse

5


°C

checked: changed: - check only if necessary no yes no - for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic

+6

15 bar <13 bar


yes

25+ bar


9.2 Sec. pressure

10. 11. 12.

Nominal value

bar bar bar










B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 first observe section D LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.


9

4.

Signal

9



signal error

signal error

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4


“travel speed range selection”

5.


9

6.

Travel joystick

4

7.


11

752/X.....

undervolt. yes no

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4


good defect

752/X.....

undervolt. yes no

good defect

record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 3-ranges -

normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I





01 04

PR 752 F/N xxx-5600→ 6199


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.51.01

Test. No.

Test

Space No.

During test


Remarks


Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

A


11.


3


12.


A

Function available:

13.

Brake release

14

14.


13

10.





Light at panel:

+20


yes press button→ RPM drop at engine → working hydraulic - HD = max. no on off


right left

right left


Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 16.1 Straight run “Test" "Adjust” “Adjust” 14 compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1

15.2 16.2

15.3

forward 3 yes

no reverse 1



reverse 2

reverse 2


reverse 3

reverse 3


Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5

16.3


14

17.

current supply

2

forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation 20

(440± ) max. max.

throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump

mA mA mA

3-ranges 70 1350+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 1170+ mA (Switch pos. II)

mA

870+ mA (Switch pos. I)



right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments


max.

50

in reduced speed range 80

(1180± ) 17.2 Diesel engine running

2

(440

±20

(500+

)

100

)


mA mA


mA



1.



After adjustment /repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no


D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit (with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20) - following the software instructions T.No.

1. 1.1

Test Read memory Record codes

Remarks:

Before checklist step B/C memory available: yes no

After checklist step B/C memory deleted: yes no


Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools( test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. Caution:

When the temperature in the systems hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant or charge air is raising, the electronic control raises the pressure of the fan drive/fan RPM. When changing the standby pressure, the adjustments of the pressure limitation are also changing, according point 3. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances.

3. Pressure cut off - fan drive For tests/adjustments, the power supply for the electronic control has to be interrupted - open fuse F9 (indicator light H7 is on) - the fan drive works with the maximum values (fail-save system) = adjustment-/test values see table "pmax" (fan RPM - main radiator front = n1, - oil cooler = n2). For details, see group 6.5. Machine equipment = standard fans - standard ex factory spare pump

pmax n1 n2

Notes:

177+5 bar

205±5 bar

217 bar

+100

+100

+100

-1

1380 min +100 -1 1990 min

-1

1530 min +100 -1 2200 min

Machine equipment = "waste kit"

fans - reversible ex factory spare pump +5

+5

255 bar -1

1380 min +100 -1 1990 min

+100

fans - standard

fans - reversible

+5

275 bar

+3

225 bar -1

1520 min +100 -1 2180 min

+100

-1

1580 min +100 -1 2280 min

+100

-1

1560 min +100 -1 2240 min

When changing the adjustments of the pressure limitation, the adjustments of the standby pressure are also changing, according point 2. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances. If the temperature in one of the systems, which have to be cooled - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit and charge air system - is too high, the indicator light H7 is flashing and the system regulates to maximum pressure. This pressure value is lower by the ∆p of the regulation than the adjustment value. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). Instructions see chapter 6.5. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→ 6199

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.51.02

4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 7. Pressure difference - ∆p HD to LD ( working hydraulic ) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (∆p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation ( working hydraulic ) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1=

blade down


blade up

=B1=

Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10.Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11.Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic ) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar.

13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

Caution: Before carrying out tests/adjustments following section B, check the version of the electronic box. If there is a CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 or higher electronic box installed, observe section D = evaluate memory.

B. Tests with test box CET 08 / 03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" - rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range.



Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→ 6199

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.51.03

The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:


7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ↔ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication


Red diode


15. / 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2


Note:


Attention:


Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side. Group 15.1 / 16.1=









Group 15.3 / 16.3 =




- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks. - If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick


Chain too slow




Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→ 6199

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.51.04

17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Select the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick. Notes

- if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - for the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4.

18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes:


Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning

C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 1. Inch/brake pedal Always perform the check of the adjustments of the Inch/brake pedal when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.

D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit Can only be used for electronic box version CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 and higher. 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section B, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes:



Machine type:

PIN:

-

Sm-hrs.:

Date:



Test

Test points

1.


2.

Stand by pressure

3.

Pressure cut off fan drive

4.


5.


6. 7.

Pressure difference = ∆p

8. 9.

13.

Test value Remarks actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system 5

fan drive. - LA

30±

LA

205±

Hydraulic tank

70± °C theoretic 28+2 bar

5

bar

bar check w. cold machine/Diesel engine to nmax

bar

fuse F9 opened/Diesel engine at max RPM bar Caution: varied adjustments with special equipments - see page 2 must remain constant during all tests

travel hydr. SD ND

10

3

Stand by pressure

HD

30+ bar


working hydr. HD

M1 rights M1 left M2 right M2 left


5


°C

checked: changed: - check only if necessary no yes no - for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic

5

test SP right M1 + M2 left M1 + M2


yes

+6

15 bar <13 bar


°C

25+ bar


9.2 Sec. pressure

10. 11. 12.

Nominal value

bar bar bar










B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit - following the software instructions T.No.

1. 1.1

Test Read memory

Before checklist step C/D memory available: yes no

After checklist step C/D memory deleted: yes no

Record codes



1.

Test

During test

After adjustment /repair

adjustments according to guidelines yes no

Inch/brake pedal

adjustments according to guidelines yes no


D. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05 - mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space = space No. at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - after all adjustments are done check and delete E-Box memory - see step B. LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = No.

Test

Space

During test


Remarks


Identification

2.

Battery

8

3.


9

A/6

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4


752/X.....

undervolt. yes no

Inl.6

V6/Inl.4


752/X..... record denomination of LED

undervolt. yes no


after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de


01 04

PR 752 F/N xxx-6200→


Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.52.01

No. 4.

Test Signal “travel speed range selection”

Space

During test


Remarks

9



3-ranges -

normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I

signal error

signal error

press button and deflect joystick in all directions

5.


9

6.

Travel joystick

4

7.


11

8.

Alternator

8

overv.

o.k.

underv.

overv.

o.k.


9.


A

low

o.k.

high

low

o.k.

high

A


11.


3


12.


A

Function available:

13.

Brake release

14

14.


13

good defect

good defect

= analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation

Diesel engine running

10.





Light at panel:

+20


yes press button→ RPM drop at engine no → working hydraulic - HD = max. on off


right left

right left


Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 16.1 Straight run “Test" "Adjust” “Adjust” 14 compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1

15.2 16.2

15.3

forward 3 yes

no reverse 1



reverse 2

reverse 2


reverse 3

reverse 3


Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5

16.3


14

17.

current supply

2

forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation 20

(440± ) max.

mA mA



max. f.

/r.

mA

forward: reverse:

mA

forward: reverse:


max. f.

/r.


(1340+50) 17.2 Diesel engine running

Remarks:

2

20

(440± )

right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at “max. RPM” position initial current jump 3-ranges 70 1390+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 +50 1150 mA forward / 1220+ mA reverse (Switch pos. II) 50

50

880+ mA forward / 990+ mA reverse (Switch pos. I)

mA


mA


Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools( test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

A. Tests with standard test instruments All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. Caution:

When the temperature in the systems hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant or charge air is raising, the electronic control raises the pressure of the fan drive/fan RPM. When changing the standby pressure, the adjustments of the pressure limitation are also changing, according point 3. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances.

3. Pressure cut off - fan drive For tests/adjustments, the power supply for the electronic control has to be interrupted - open fuse (automatic circuit breaker) F9 (indicator light H7 is on) - the fan drive works with the maximum values (fail-save system) = adjustment-/test values see table "pmax" (fan RPM - main radiator front = n1, - oil cooler = n2). For details, see group 6.5. Machine equipment = standard fans - standard

pmax n1 n2

Notes:


fans - reversible fans - standard

205±5 bar

255 bar

+100

+100

-1

1530 min +100 -1 2200 min

+5

fans - reversible

+5

+3

225 bar -1

1520 min +100 -1 2180 min

+100

275 bar -1

1580 min +100 -1 2280 min

+100

-1

1560 min +100 -1 2240 min

When changing the adjustments of the pressure limitation, the adjustments of the standby pressure are also changing, according point 2. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances. If the temperature in one of the systems, which have to be cooled - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit and charge air system - is too high, the indicator light H7 is flashing and the system regulates to maximum pressure. This pressure value is lower by the ∆p of the regulation than the adjustment value. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). Instructions see chapter 6.5. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.52.02

4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example ”Quick drop”, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 7. Pressure difference - ∆p HD to LD ( working hydraulic ) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (∆p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of ∆p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation ( working hydraulic ) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1=

blade down


blade up

=B1=

Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10.Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11.Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic ) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar.

13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section C/D, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments according to checklist step C and D, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes:


C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 1. Inch/brake pedal Always perform the check of the adjustments of the Inch/brake pedal when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.

D. Tests with test box CET 08/03 Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" - rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (0→4 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (0→6,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (0→11 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness.



Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.52.03

5. Signal - ”counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a ”jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red ”error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes:


7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up


Indicator light does not turn off → hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn.

14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from ”left ↔ right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication


Red diode


15./ 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2


Note:


Attention:


Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side.

Group 15.1 / 16.1=









Group 15.3 / 16.3 =




- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks.



Mjfcifss!


01 04


PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

3.5.52.04

- If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick


Chain too slow


17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Select the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick. Notes

- if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever.

18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes:


Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning

Sub Group Index Technical data LH engine

4.1

LH - engine in line D 904 TB D 904 T D 916 T D 916 TI

4.1.10

LH - engine in line „E“ D 924 T-E A1 D 926 T-E A2 D 926 TI-E A2

4.1.11

LH - engine V-type D 9306 TB D 9306 T D 9406 TI-E A3

4.1.30

Power, torque LH engine

4.2

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


4.2.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


4.2.11

Fan and cylinder configuration LH - Diesel engine

4.3

Remove and install engine fan

4.4



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Engine

Blatt Page Feuille

4.0.00.01

Technical Data, Wear Limits, Torques Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive - up to F/N xxx-5599 Fan RPM rating at Fan drive - from F/N xxx-5600 Fan RPM rating at

mm (inch) mm (inch) l (cu. in)

appr. 1/min

Fuel consumption at rated RPM Lube oil consumption - in relation to fuel consumption

D 924 T-E A1 4 - in line 122 (4,803) 142 (5,590) 6,64 (405) left right direct 1850 hydr. - regulated see group 3.1

g/kWh 217 appr. % 0,8

Firing order Overlap Firing sequence Injection pump timing

D 926 TI-E A2*

9,96 (607)

viscous ±50 1630 see reverse side

1560

210

205

±50

1-3-4-2 1-5-3-6-2-4 4-2-1-3 6-2-4-1-5-3 °CS 180 120 for details see engine type - plate

Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max.

17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4

Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up)

- low idle RPM - high idle RPM

bar 1,5 bar 3,5

Cooling system - excess pressure bar - minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting °C (°F) - stroke mm (inch)

0,7 1,1 79 (174) 8 (0,314)

Fuel injection pump Governor Injectors

Bosch VE

Screw - injector holder Fuel supply line nuts

D 926 T-E A2 6 - in line

- injector opening pressure - new - operating pressure tightening torque tightening torque

Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex.

type type bar bar Nm Nm

0,8

Bosch MW Bosch RSV

Bosch P 3000

+8

225 +8 217 23 20

mm 0,25 / 0,30 ° 30 / 45

Cylinder head screws tightening torque

(soft gasket)

Cylinder head screws retorque (soft gasket) Ӛ° Cylinder head screws tightening torque (metallic elastomer gasket) Cylinder head screws length mm (inch) Cylinder head screws length - limit max. mm (inch) Cam stroke

30 Nm + Ӛ°30+30+60+60=180 90 30 Nm - 90 Nm + Ӛ°70+70+70+70=280 -1,5 -0,06 161 (6,338 ) 162,5 (6,397)

inl. / ex. mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354)

Turbocharger

- axial play max. mm (inch) 0,16 (0,006) - radial play max. mm (inch) 0,43 (0,016)

Oil drain valve - oil sump

tightening torque

Nm 110

For additional data or updates, refer to the “Diesel Engine Service Manual” For performance data - see machine specific data in groups 3.1 and 4.2

* = at PR 742 installed from F/N xxx-3000 to F/N xxx-5599 and at RL 42 installed from F/N xxx-3002 →



Mjfcifss!



01 03

LH-engine (in line) “E”

Blatt Page Feuille

4.1.11.01

#

Technical Data, Wear Limits, Torques Emission limit values in accordance with Nominal values (maximum) according to engine type plate power RPM Operating (nominal) values power RPM Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at

kW 1/min kW 1/min

D 926 TI-E A2 D 926 TI-E A2* 97/68/EG (stage2) and EPA/CARB (Tier 2) 135 180 2100 2000 132 172 1800 1800

6 - in line mm (inch) 122 (4,803) mm (inch) 142 (5,590) l (cu. in) 9,96 (607) left right hydraulic - regulated appr. 1/min 1680 1475


g/kWh 210 appr. % 0,8


1-5-3-6-2-4 6-2-4-1-5-3 °KW 120 for details see engine type - plate

Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up)

17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 - low idle RPM - high idle RPM

bar 1,5 bar 3,5

Cooling system - excess pressure bar minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting °C (°F) - stroke mm (inch)

0,6 1,1 79 (174) 8 (0,314)


Bosch P 3000 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20



Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex. Cylinder head screws tightening torque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length


30 Nm - 90 Nm + Ӛ°70+70+70+70=280 -1,5 -0,06 mm (inch) 161 (6,338 ) - limit max. mm (inch) 162,5 (6,397) mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354)

Turbocharger



tightening torque

Nm 110


* = at PR 742 installed from F/N xxx-5600 → = at LR 632 installed from F/N xxx-6200 →

0,8

mm 0,25 / 0,30 ° 30 / 45

Cam stroke - inl. / ex.

#

204

Technical Data, Wear Limits, Torques Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at

mm (inch) mm (inch) l (cu. in)

appr. 1/min


D 9306 TB V6 130 (5,118) 150 (5,905) 12 (732) left left direct 1530

D 9306 T

135 (5,314) 12,88 (786) right hydraulic 1300

g/kWh 234 appr. % 0,8


222

206

1-6-3-5-2-4 5-2-4-1-6-3 °CS 150-90-150-90-150-90 for details see engine type - plate

Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max.

17 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4

Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up)

- low idle RPM - high idle RPM

D 9406 TI-E A3*

15,5 : 1 18 - 26

120

17,2 : 1 20 - 28

bar 1,5 bar 3,5

Cooling system - excess pressure bar - minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting °C (°F) - stroke mm (inch)

0,6 1,5 80 (175) 10 - 12,5 (0,393 - 0,492)

0,7


Bosch P 3000 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20

Bosch P 7800





mm 0,25 / 0,30 ° 30 / 30

Cylinder head screws tightening torque

30 / 45

30 Nm - 90 Nm + ∢°60+60+60+60=240 ∢° 90

Cylinder head screws retorque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length

-1,5

-0,06

mm (inch) 170 (6,692 - limit max. mm (inch) 171,5 (6,751)

Cam stroke

)

inl. / ex. mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354)

Turbocharger



tightening torque

Nm 110


* = at PR 752 installed from F/N xxx-2002 to F/N xxx-5599 and at RL 52 installed from F/N xxx-2002 →


Mjfcifss!


01 04

LH - engine (V-type)


PR 732 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2001→ 2500 F/N xxx-2001→ 2500 F/N xxx-2001→ 2500 F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

4.1.30.01

Technical Data, Wear Limits, Torques Emission limit values in accordance with Nominal values (maximum) according to engine type plate power RPM Operating (nominal) values power RPM Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at

kW 1/min kW 1/min

D 9406 TI-E A3* 97/68/EG (stage2) and EPA/CARB (Tier 2) 258 2100 243 1800

V6 mm (inch) 135 (5,314) mm (inch) 150 (5,905) l (cu. in) 12,88 (786) left right hydraulic - regulated appr. 1/min 1300 from F/N xxx-6200→ appr. 1500


g/kWh 210 appr. % 0,8


1-6-3-5-2-4 5-2-4-1-6-3 °KW 120 for details see engine type - plate

Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up)

17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 - low idle RPM - high idle RPM

bar 1,5 bar 3,5

Cooling system - excess pressure bar minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting °C (°F) - stroke mm (inch)

0,7 1,5 80 (175) 10 - 12,5 (0,393 - 0,492)


Bosch P 7800 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20




mm 0,25 / 0,30 ° 30 / 45

Cylinder head screws tightening torque Cylinder head screws retorque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length Cam stroke


30 Nm - 90 Nm + ∢°60+60+60+60=240 ∢° 90

-1,5

)

inl. / ex. mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354)

Turbocharger



tightening torque

Nm 110


* = at PR 752 installed from F/N xxx-5600 →

-0,06

mm (inch) 170 (6,692 - limit max. mm (inch) 171,5 (6,751)

PR 712B F/N xxx-3000→

PR 722B F/N xxx-3000→

PR 732B F/N xxx-3000→

PR 742B F/N xxx-3000→5599

Power P Torque Md

- kW - Nm


Mjfcifss!

Power, Torque Datum Edition Date

01 02

LH-Engine "E"


PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752


Blatt Page Feuille

4.2.11.01

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→

PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→5599

Power P Torque Md

- kW - Nm

PR 752 F/N xxx-5600→

LH - 4/6 cylinder - In line engine Fan - push type = serial version MUL -viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise"

Fan - suction type EDUL - viewed in air flow direction "running anti-clockwise"

= intake valve = exhaust valve

Firing order 4-cylinder engines:

firing overlap

1 4

3 2

4 1

2 3

Firing order 6-cylinder engines

firing overlap

1 6

5 2

3 4

6 1

2 5

4 3

Valve clearance - adjust when the engine is cold: Emission optimised "E"-engines previous types

intake/exhaust intake/exhaust

0,25/0,30 mm 0,20/0,25 mm

To adjust the valve clearance, see "Workshop Manual - Engine"



Mjfcifss!


Fan and Cylinder Configuration Datum Edition Date

01 03

LH-Diesel Engine

Blatt Page Feuille

4.3.10.01

LH - 4/6 cylinder - In line engine / LH - 6/8 Cylinder - V-type engine Fan - push type = serial version MUL - viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise" with hydraulic fan drive motor

LH - 6/8 Cylinder - V-type engine Fan - push type = serial version EDUL - viewed in air flow direction "running anti-clockwise"

Fan suction type MUL - viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise"

= intake valve = exhaust valve Firing order 6-cylinder V-type engines:

firing overlap

1 5

6 2

3 4

5 1

2 6

4 3

Firing order 8-cylinder V-type engines:

firing overlap

1 7

8 3

4 6

2 5

7 1

3 8

Valve clearance -adjust when engine is cold

intake/exhaust

To adjust the valve clearance, see "Workshop Manual - Engine"

0,25/0,30 mm

6 4

5 2

Sub Group Index Technical data coupling and splitter box

5.1

Coupling

5.2

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→ F/N xxx-0103→

5.2.10

PR 732 PR 742

F/N xxx-2003→ F/N xxx-2001→

5.2.30

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→

5.2.50

Splitter box

5.3

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→ F/N xxx-0103→

5.3.10

PR 732 PR 742

F/N xxx-2003→ F/N xxx-2001→

5.3.30

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→5303

5.3.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-5304→

5.3.51



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Coupling and Datum Edition Date

01 01

Splitter box

Blatt Page Feuille

5.0.00.01

Description

PR 712

PR 722

PR 732

PR 742

PR 752

250 B 266

250 B 265

350 B 375

350 B 376 350 B 374*

350 B 365

2,5

2,5

3

3

6

shaft I

61

58

50

50

53

shaft II

49

53

43

43

44

0,803

0,914

0,86

0,86

0,83

0,40 – 1,00 0,016-0,039

0,40 – 1,00 0,016-0,039

0,40 – 1,00 0,016-0,039

0,40 – 1,00 0,016-0,039

0,40 – 1,00 0,016-0,039

shaft II ball bearing

0

0

0

0

0

shaft II roller bearing

--

--

--

--

0,40 – 1,00# 0,016-0,039#

Splitter box

type

Oil quantity (for specification see group 1.3) l No. of teeth

Gear ratio

I,II

Bearing play - axial min. – max. mm inches

Oil level - control dimensions

Note:

i

shaft I roller bearing

dim. A

mm/inch

163 / 6,42

163 / 6,42

218 / 8,58

218 / 8,58

299 / 11,66

dim. B

mm/inch

10 / 0,39

10 / 0,39

10 / 0,39

10 / 0,39

10 / 0,39

* = installed at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→ (new travel hydraulic pumps) # = installed at PR 752 F/N xxx-5304→ F/N xxx-→5303 = bearings will be changed from ball to rollers at repair.

Description Coupling size

PR 712

PR 722

PR 732

PR 742

PR 752

H - 50 - 1

H - 50 - 1

K - 150 D

K - 150 D

H - 400 - 1

Rated torque

Nm

800

800

2400

2400

4000

Max. torque

Nm

2100

2100

6000

6000

10000

min-1

4000

4000

4000

4000

2500

°C

- 40° to + 150°

- 40° to + 150°

- 40° to + 150°

- 40° to + 150°

- 40° to + 150°

set. screw, item 8

Nm

120

120

120

120

200

screws, item 9/14

Nm

220

220

79

79

500

screws, item 7

Nm

--

--

--

--

120

Max. allowable. RPM Allowable. temperature range

Tightening torque



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 01

Coupling and Splitter Box

Blatt Page Feuille

5.1.00.01

1. Construction, function Main components Pos. 6 hub Pos. 10 bushing- axial - with resilient elements Pos. 13 Elements - radial

The axial bushings are screwed onto the flywheel of the engine at fixed positions = torque input The hub is fixed at the input shaft of the splitter box with set screws and at that way also secured against axial and radial movement = torque output. The torque transfer from input to output is done by the plug-in type resilient elements = free of axial forces. 2. Maintenance The coupling is maintenance free and requires no lubrication. The material is oil and grease resistant. If a knocking noise is heard in the area of the coupling when shutting off the engine, maybe the cause is given by worn out resilient elements. Check the coupling as soon as possible and change all worn or damaged parts. 3. Disassembly / assembly Secure components with suitable lifting devices. Disconnect the splitter box 2 from the flywheel housing. Move it in axial direction to make it possible to disassemble parts of the coupling. It is not necessary to disassemble any other parts to change worn out resilient elements. To disassemble the complete coupling loosen set screws 8 in the hub and screw out socket head screws 9 from the bushings. Remove all parts. Assemble in reverse order. Due to cut outs in the flywheel the bushings 10 are centered. Slide the hub 6 together with the screwed on parts on the input shaft of the splitter box until the hub contacts the end of the spline. To secure the hub tighten and torque the set screws 8 correct. Note: The screws 9 and 14 may only be used once (1x) since the adhesive looses its properties after repeated use. Use only original screws of the quality "Inbus Plus". Prior to the installation, lubricate the friction surface on the heads of the screws lightly with grease. -

The curing process of the adhesive at 20°C ambient temperature, after the screws have been tightened with the listed torque, is approx. 4 to 5 hours. The machine should therefore not be operated within this time frame.

-

Tightening torque's of screws 7, 8, 9 and 14 are listed at data sheet 5.1.00.01.

-

After the bushings 10 are bolted, slide on the resilient elements and slide in the hub together with the screwed on elements 13 to check the correct mounting position. The parts must be easily movable in axial direction.

4. Pre-assemble of a disassembled coupling (see also above notes) Combine inner and outer hub together, according to the drawing. screw in socket head screws 7 and tighten it with the correct torque. Assemble radial elements according to the drawing and fix it with screws 14. Fix the elements with a suitable tool against twisting (turning) and tighten the screws with the correct torque. Note: If hub and radial elements are not 100% in line, the coupling will be damaged after a short time. Slide in resilient elements between the radial elements the check there position. The elements must be easily movable in axial direction.


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Coupling

PR 752 RL 52 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002 → F/N 739-2001 →

5.2.50.01

1 2 3 4

Diesel engine Splitter box Hex head screw with washer Coupling complete

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Inner hub Socket head screw M12x20 Set screw Socket head screw M20x70 Bushing- axial Resilient element Outer hub Radial element Socket head screw M20x50

Notes Reference dimension for oil level A, B see page 5.1.00.01




01 01

Splitter box

PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002→ 5303 RL 52 F/N xxx- 2001→5303 Blatt Page Feuille

5.3.50.01

1 housing 2 dipstick 3 tube 4 guide tube 5 oil filler neck 6 fitting - oil filler 7 oil drain valve complete .1 poppet .2 seal ring .3 piston .4 spring .5 valve cap 8 seal ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

input shaft roller bearing roller bearing shaft seal bearing flange O-ring socket head screw

20 21 22 23 24 25

spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring grooved ball bearing socket head screw

26 stud with hex nut and washer 27 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35

spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring grooved ball bearing socket head screw

36 stud with hex nut and washer 37 O-ring 40 identification plate ° install with Loctite 242 or comparable product • install with Omnivisc 1050 or comparable product

* space between sealing lips filled with appr. ca. 30% grease

Repositioned - sectional view




01 01

Splitter box

PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002→ 5303 RL 52 F/N xxx- 2001→5303 Blatt Page Feuille

5.3.50.02

Notes Reference dimension for oil level A, B see page 5.1.00.01




01 01

Splitter box

PR 752 F/N xxx- 5304→ RL 52 F/N xxx- 5304→ Blatt Page Feuille

5.3.51.01

1 housing 2 dipstick 3 tube 4 guide tube 5 oil filler neck 6 fitting - oil filler 7 oil drain valve complete .1 poppet .2 seal ring .3 piston .4 spring .5 valve cap 8 seal ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

input shaft roller bearing roller bearing shaft seal bearing flange O-ring socket head screw

20 21 22 23 24 25

spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring roller bearing socket head screw

26 stud with hex nut and washer 27 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35

spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring roller bearing socket head screw

36 stud with hex nut and washer 37 O-ring 40 identification plate ° install with Loctite 242 or comparable product • install with Omnivisc 1050 or comparable product

* space between sealing lips filled with appr. ca. 30% grease

Repositioned - sectional view




01 01

Splitter box

PR 752 F/N xxx- 5304→ RL 52 F/N xxx- 5304→ Blatt Page Feuille

5.3.51.02


6.1

Description

6.2

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003→

6.2.10

PR 752

6.2.50

F/N xxx-2002→

Function PR 712 PR 722

6.3 F/N xxx-0103→0421 F/N xxx-0103→0606

6.3.10

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422→5599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0607→5599

6.3.11

PR 712B F/N xxx-5600→ PR 722B F/N xxx-5600→

6.3.12

PR 732

F/N xxx-2003→2207

6.3.30

PR 732

F/N xxx-2208→2500

6.3.31

PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→5599

6.3.32

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→

6.3.33

PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→5233

6.3.40

PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→5599

6.3.41

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→

6.3.42

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

6.3.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

6.3.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

6.3.52

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

6.3.53

Hydraulic hose routing

6.4

Installation guidelines travel motor - high pressure hoses

6.4.01

Hydraulic hose routing PR 712 F/N xxx-0103→0421 PR 722 F/N xxx-0103→0606

6.4.10

PR 732

F/N xxx-2003→2207

6.4.30

PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→5233

6.4.40

Test and adjustment

6.5 Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.0.00.01

PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B) PR 752 0103→5599 0103→5599 2003→5599 2001→5599 2002→5599

Description

79

83

83

117* 150#

180

bar

16+4

16+4

16+4

25±3

20+7

bar

25±1

25±1

25±1

--

28+2

one way valve - oil cooler bypass

bar

--

--

--

3

--

Accumulator - replenishing system

bar

--

--

--

15* --#

--

l/min

--

--

--

33

--

bar

--

--

--

50±5

--

l/min

--

--

--

--

58

stand-by pressure

bar

--

--

--

--

30+3

working pressure

bar

--

--

--

--

160±3

l/min

--

--

--

--

≈2-5

125

154

209

272* 282#

425

Gear pump(s) - replenishing oil flow Qmax

l/min

pressure relief valve - replenishing pressure SP pressure relief valve - cold start SD to protect cooler and gear pump

Gear pump - pump control circuit oil flow Qmax pressure relief valve - control pressure (measured value) Regulating pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax

flushing flow Variable pump - travel drive - oil flow Qmax

l

hydraulic regulating pressure - servo control cylinder

bar

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

pressure relief valve - replenishing quantity protection

bar

--

--

--

--

16+2

bar

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

l/min

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15* ≈ 15 - 20#

≈ 10 - 15

10

10

10

10

10

--

--

--

--

≈ 8 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

pressure relief valves - max. high pressure - closed circuit left/right - travel forward/reverse flushing flow

Variable motor - travel drive - pressure relief valve - flushing

bar

hydraulic regulating pressure - at pilot piston

bar

flushing flow

Note:

l/min

* = PR 742(B) F/N xxx- →5233 # = PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→5599 Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Technical data Datum Edition Date

01 03

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.1.00.01

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 5600→ 5600→ 5600→ 5600→ 5600→

Description Gear pump(s) - replenishing oil flow Qmax

79

83

83

117

180

bar

16+4

16+4

16+4

20+7

20+7

bar

25±1

25±1

25±1

--

28+2

bar

--

--

--

3

--

l/min

39

35

38

33

--

110+10

130+10

150+10

210+10

--

l/min

--

--

--

--

58

bar

--

--

--

--

30+3

working pressure - standard (not adjustm. value) F/N xxx- → 6199 max. bar F/N xxx-6200 → max. bar

--

--

--

--

160+10 190+10

flushing flow

--

--

--

--

≈2-5

125

154

209

282

425

pressure relief valve - replenishing pressure SP pressure relief valve - cold start SD to protect cooler and gear pump one way valve - oil cooler bypass Gear pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax

l/min

Proportional solenoid valve - electronic regulated - maximum pressure pmax bar Regulating pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax stand-by pressure

Variable pump - travel drive - oil flow Qmax

l/min

l

hydraulic regulating pressure - servo control cylinder

bar

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

≈2-8

pressure relief valve - replenishing quantity protection

bar

--

--

--

--

16+2

bar

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

420+30/-10

l/min

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 15 - 20

≈ 10 - 15

10

10

10

10

10

--

--

--

--

≈ 8 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

≈ 10 - 15

35±1

35±1

35±1

35±1

35±1

pressure relief valves - max. high pressure - closed circuit left/right - travel forward/reverse flushing flow Variable motor - travel drive - pressure relief valve - flushing

bar

hydraulic regulating pressure - at pilot piston

bar

flushing flow Pressure limitation brake release (towing)

l/min

bar

1. Description The travel hydraulic system consists primarily of two independent hydrostatic circuits. A variable flow pump and variable flow motors for each drive operate in a closed loop circuit and each drive a travel gear / track . The drives are always connected and also serve as the service brake. All travel and steering movements of the machine, from straight travel to counterrotation are infinitely variable by moving the travel lever. Control and regulation of the travel hydraulic system is handled by the electronic control system. The stepless regulation also makes maximum utilization of the existing Diesel engine power possible, since the result of force × speed can be held at a constant level . The pressure between travel pumps and motors depends on the travel resistance, the transferred torque on the angle of the variable flow motors. The oil cooling system and hydraulic tank are also utilized for the working hydraulics of the machine. 2. Main components of drive train 1234-

Diesel engine 7Splitter box 8Swash plate type variable flow pump, right & left 9Bent axis type variable flow motor 102 x right, 2 x left x5- Swash plate type - regulating pump (fan drive) 6- Gear pumps - replenishing

Axial piston fixed displ. motor / engine cooling fan Gear motor/ hydraulic oil cooling fan Hydr. oil cooler Hydraulic tank Travel gear with parking brake (not shown)



Mjfcifss!

Description Datum Edition Date

01 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2002→ F/N xxx-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.2.50.01

2.1. Basic function of main components 2.1.1 Diesel engine - Splitter box - pump configuration The Diesel engine drives the splitter box via an elastic coupling at preselected RPM. The splitter box transfers the input RPM via two output shafts to the travel pumps, mounted on the splitter box. Mounted on the right output shaft are the right travel pump, the variable flow pump for the fan drive as well as the replenishing (tandem) gear pumps. Mounted on the left output shaft is the left travel pump as well as the variable flow working hydraulic pump.

2.1.2 Travel pumps - travel motors (closed loop circuit) The closed loop circuit consists of a variable flow travel pump which is connected to the variable flow travel motor with four high pressure hoses.

The travel pumps are regulated via two proportional solenoid valves per pump. They determine the direction (= travel direction ) and flow (= speed range). The intake volume of the travel motors (= higher speed) is regulated via pressure lines, also by the pump proportional solenoid valves. The change-over from pump to motor regulating range is stepless. The total speed range (= regulating range) ranges from 0 to 6.8 mph ( 0 to 11 km/h) The maximum speed can be limited to 2.8 mph ( 4.6 km/h ) via a switch in the electronic control.

This type of regulation with the same Diesel engine output results in:: a) small travel joystick deflection on travel pumps - small pump angle - small displacement = small flow on travel motors - large angle = large consumption → slow speed - high torque b) large travel joystick deflection on travel pumps - large pump angle = large flow on travel motors - small angle = small consumption → high speed - reduced torque c) in every intermediate position of the infinite joystick deflection →

a corresponding relation between speed and power, depending on the joystick deflection.

a)

b)

The hydraulic pressure created in the closed loop circuit is limited to maximum 420 bar by pressure relief valves integrated in the travel pumps. The required oil to shift the hydraulic pumps and motors is taken from the (tandem) gear pumps - replenishing circuit. Part of the oil in the closed loop circuit is discharged to the tank via valves in the travel motors. This oil as well as leak oil losses are replenished with cooled and filtered oil via the replenishing function in the travel pumps. The travel motors are inserted directly into the travel gears and are accessible from the outside via the rear main frame cover.



Mjfcifss!

Description Datum Edition Date

01 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2002→ F/N xxx-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.2.50.02

2.1.3 Tandem gear pumps - replenishing function The gear pumps deliver oil from the hydraulic tank via a valve block, the filter bracket and the pressure filter →

to the travel pumps to replenish the closed circuits, for flushing the housing, for the pump control and to build up regulating pressure for pumps and motors.

→

to the travel motors to control the motor angle.

→

to the distributor block with solenoid valves for the oil pressure supply for the servo control of the working hydraulic and to release the parking brakes.

The resulting pressure in the system is limited by two pressure relief valves, which are installed in the valve block. Oil not needed in the system flows via these valves and the oil cooler back to tank. The valve block is mounted on the right hand side of the machine in the main frame. This valve block also holds the thermostat switch for the fan control. When the oil is cold and sluggish, part of the oil is displaced directly to the tank, via a pressure relief valve, which also is installed in the right hand side of the main frame. This prevents increased back pressure and the oil will heat up quicker to the required operating temperature. 2.1.4 Regulating pump- fan drive/ hydraulic fixed displacement motors The pump is an axial piston pump with swash plate design and load sensing control. Due to the load sensing control, the axial piston unit draws just enough oil from the hydraulic tank as is presently required to maintain the function (load sensing). When the machine is cold, the load sensing signal from the working circuit is directed via a solenoid valve to tank. The load sensing control regulates the axial piston unit in such a way, that the system pressure required to maintain the minimum speed for the fixed hydraulic motors / fan drive is always maintained. The electric fan drive control monitors the hydraulic oil temperature as well as the temperature for engine coolant and turbocharger. As soon as one item reaches the required operating temperature, the oil flow of the load sensing signal to the tank is blocked by the solenoid valve and the pressurized oil is redirected to the pump. The system pressure required for maximum RPM of the fixed hydraulic motors / fan drive is maintained, in the normal working RPM range of the Diesel engine. This control makes it possible for the oil to heat up quickly, even in cold ambient temperatures, and also makes it possible to maintain a constant operating temperature, even with changing loads. 2.1.5 Hydraulic tank The hydraulic tank is mounted on the left rear of the machine, it contains a return oil filter and serves as a reservoir for the complete hydraulic system of the machine. 2.1.6 Travel gears and disk brakes The travel gears, bolted to the main frame, transfer the output power of the travel motors to the track chains. The integrated parking brakes are always vented during travel operation.

1. Neutralfunction

Functional schematic, see 6.3.11.00

1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 16 and to the distributor block 50. → solenoid valve 51 (parking brake) → blocked. → check valve 54, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve 53 → blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) → test point ND → blocked.

From distributor block 50 to

The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve 53 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 16 to

→ pressure relief valve 17 → pressure filter 18 → → F-travel pump 2 (right) → internal. → test connection SP. →F-travel pump 2 (left) → internal. → pressure switch 19. → restrictor 6 (→ pump housing → tank) → replenishing function relief valve 4 → closed loop circuit - M1(2) → replenishing function relief valve 5 → closed loop circuit - M2(1) → proportional solenoid valve 10 and 11 → blocked. → pilot piston 8 → orifice 12 → pump control cylinder 9.

In F-travel pump 2 left / right to

Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 6, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 3 in neutral position = 0° pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 4 and 5 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to

Control pressure moves from M1 /M2 to

→directional valve 26 → pressure reducing valve 27 → directional valve 26 → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 30 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. → directional valve 26 → pressure reducing valve 27 → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - spring side.

The pressure reducing valves 27 are actuated on both sides with equal pressure, and therefore remain in neutral position = free flow. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is open towards the motor housing/ tank via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29.



PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422→ 5599 PR 722B F/N xxx-0607→ 5599

Mjfcifss!

Function Datum Edition Date

01 02

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.11.01

2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. Note:

The pump control depends on the type of travel gear installed - see "Notes" on the parts listing or sub group 11. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2, with travel gear type "A" or "C", for: Travel forward Travel reverse

Electronic control: on solenoid valve 10 on solenoid valve 11

Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Z at connection Y

Oil flow output: on ”P”(top) on ”S”(bottom)

The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2, with travel gear type "P", for: Travel forward Travel reverse


Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Y at connection Z

Oil flow output: on ”S”(bottom) on ”P”(top)

The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve 51 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the switch 52 is actuated by the oil pressure, flows via support axle 40 to the travel gears 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2 2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves 10/11 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current → small flow volume high current → large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position ”parallel path”. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side.

This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure side→→directional valve 26 → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/path→directional valve 26→ → 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 30 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side →→ directional valve 26 → blocked. → pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 § 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle. As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 3 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2- swash plate pump 3. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 4 or 5 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 (support axles 40 test connections are installed inside, can also be connected to outer flanges) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.



PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422→ 5599 PR 722B F/N xxx-0607→ 5599

Mjfcifss!


01 02

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.11.02

1. Neutralfunction


1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 17 and to the distributor block 45. From distributor block 45 to

→ solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) → blocked. → check valve 51, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 → blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) → test point SD → blocked.

The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 17 to

→ pressure relief valve 18 → pressure filter 19 → → F-travel pump 3 (right) → internal. → test connection SP. →F-travel pump 2 (left) → internal. → pressure switch B6. → restrictor 11 (→ pump housing → tank) → replenishing function relief valve 5 → closed loop circuit - M1 → replenishing function relief valve 6 → closed loop circuit - M2 → proportional solenoid valve Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 → blocked. → pilot piston 8 → orifice 10 → pump control cylinder 9.

In F-travel pump 2/3 left / right to

Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 11, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 18, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0° pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2/3 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to







Mjfcifss!


01 03

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.12.01

1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y64. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A18 is energized, among other items. A18 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 39 and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 → K4 → F6 → A18 қ B38 - coolant temperature қ B39 - hydraulic oil temperature → Y64 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y64 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 → motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y64 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y64 is fully shifted without current by A18. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y64 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 110+10 bar (PR 712), 130+10 bar (PR 722) For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2/3 for: Travel forward Travel reverse

Electronic control: on solenoid valve Y9/Y11 on solenoid valve Y10/Y12



The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to → test center 65-BB to → → distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. → support shafts 40 → travel gear 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2

2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2/3 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current → small flow volume high current → large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.5. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position ”parallel path”. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure side→→directional valve 26 → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/path→directional valve 26→ → 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 41 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side →→ directional valve 26 → blocked. → pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 § 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle.




Mjfcifss!


01 03

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.12.02

As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2/3- swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2/3, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). -

connect M1R→M2R and M1L→M2L on the test center 65 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore.

-

set accumulator 77 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure.

-

bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y63 is currented/switched and the brakes 36 are released via path P→B by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.

The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1→M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y63 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to „0“ position. The solenoid valve Y63 returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path B→T to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.

Notes




Mjfcifss!

Parts list Datum Edition Date

02 02

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.12.00

1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder orifice restrictor

15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 17 oil cooler 18 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP 19 filter - replenishing

70 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - combinated cooler) 72 strainer 75 distributor block 76 pressure relief valve - parking brake 77 accumulator - safety device towing 80 81 82 83 85

hydraulic tank shut off valve return filter bypass valve strainer

90 91 92 93 95

to regulating pump 100 - working hydraulic to control valve block - working hydraulic to pilot (servo) control valve - working hydraulic return line - working hydraulic to /from hand pump - cab tilt

100 regulating pump - working hydraulic 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice orifice

35 travel gear complete left /right 36 ring piston - parking brake

B5 B6 B18 B39

pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) pressure switch - filter monitoring (2,5 bar) temperature sensor - fan drive

Y4

solenoid valve - servo cut off

Y7 Y8

proportional solenoid valve - travel motor left proportional solenoid valve - travel motor right

Y9 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer

proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse

45 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 51 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic

Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse

60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic

Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake

65 test center - test points / connections M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding

Y64 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief - fan drive

Y63 solenoid valve - safety device towing

test points in the machine SD = back-up pressure - cold start (pump 15)

t°


Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de

liebherr

F/N xxx - 5600 F/N xxx - 5600

Datum Edition Date

02 02

Blatt Page Feuille

00

Notes Note: Pump control and position of test points M1, M2 depends on the type of travel gear installed > see sub group 11

Pos.

for FAT > Type ∫A∫or∫C∫

for FAT > Type ∫P∫

10

> Control / travel forward

> Control / travel reverse

11



M1

> upper test point

> lower test point

M2

> lower test point

>upper test point


Datum Edition Date

01 00

Parts List

Travel Hydraulic

Typ/ab

PR 732

Blatt Page Feuille

Type/from

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx >2208Æ 2500

6.3.31.00

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

15 16 17 18 19

Splitterbox Travel pump, complete > right / left Swash plate pump Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve Restrictor Servo control piston Servo piston Pump control piston Proportional solenoid valve (travel > primary regulation) Proportional solenoid valve (travel > primary regulation) Orifice Gear pump > Replenishing pressure Oil cooler Pressure relief valve > Replenishing pressure Pressure filter > Replenishing pressure Oil pressure switch > Replenishing pressure> Indicator light

24

Travel motor, complete > right / left Axial piston unit Control piston Servo piston with proportional solenoid (secondary regulation) Pressure relief valve > flushing circuit

25 26 27 28 29 30

Valve unit Directional valve Pressure reducing valves (integrated) 40 bar Orifice Orifice Filter

35 36

Travel gear, complete > right / left Ring piston > disk brake

40

Support axle > right / left

50

Distributor block with pressure relief valve > cold start

51 52

Solenoid valve > disk brake Oil pressure switch > brake indicator light

20 21 22 23

54 55

Solenoid valve > Safety control working hydraulic Check valve Accumulator

60

Test center

80 81 82 83 85

Hydraulic tank Shut off valve Return filter Bypass valve Filter

90 91 92 93

Suction line > working pump to control valve block WH to servo control WH Leak oil line (from regulating pump to hydraulic tank) Return lines WH to / from hand pump

53

94 95 100

Regulating pump / working hydraulic

Test points SP ND M1 M2

Replenishing pressure Cold start pressure / control pressure working hydraulic High pressure > travel forward High pressure > travel reverse

WH = working hydraulic

1. Neutralfunction


1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 16 and to the distributor block 50. → solenoid valve 51 (parking brake) → blocked. → check valve 53, accumulator 54 and solenoid valve 55 → blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic)

From distributor block 50 to

The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve 55 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic and test point ND. From oil cooler 16 to

→ pressure relief valve 17 → pressure filter 18 → → F-travel pump 2 (right) → internal. → test connection SP. →F-travel pump 2 (left) → internal. → pressure switch 19. → restrictor 6 (→ pump housing → tank) → replenishing function relief valve 4 → closed loop circuit - M2 → replenishing function relief valve 5 → closed loop circuit - M1 → proportional solenoid valve 10 and 11 → blocked. → pilot piston 8 → orifice 12 → pump control cylinder 9.

In F-travel pump 2 left / right to

Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 6, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 3 in neutral position = 0° pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 4 and 5 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to






Mjfcifss!

Function

PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.32.01

2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2 for: Travel forward Travel reverse




The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve 51 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the switch 52 is actuated by the oil pressure, flows via support axle 40 to the travel gears 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2 2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves 10/11 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current → small flow volume high current → large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position ”parallel path”. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side.

This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure side→→directional valve 26 → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/path→directional valve 26→ → 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 30 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side →→ directional valve 26 → blocked. → pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 § 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle. As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 3 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2- swash plate pump 3. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 4 or 5 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 (support axles 40 test connections are installed inside, can also be connected to outer flanges) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.



Mjfcifss!

Function

PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ 5599

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.32.02

Notes


Datum Edition Date

01 00

Parts List

Travel Hydraulic

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 732 B F/N xxx> 2501Æ5599

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.32.00

1

Splitterbox

2 3 4

Travel pump, complete > right / left Swash plate pump Pressure relief valve > HP> reverse with replenishing valve Pressure relief valve > HP > forward with replenishing valve Restrictor Servo control piston Servo piston Pump control piston Proportional solenoid valve (travel reverse > primary regulation) Proportional solenoid valve (travel forward > primary regulation) Orifice

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19

Gear pump > Replenishing pressure Oil cooler Pressure relief valve > Replenishing pressure Pressure filter > Replenishing pressure Oil pressure switch > Replenishing pressure> Indicator light

24

Travel motor, complete > right / left Axial piston unit Control piston Servo piston with proportional solenoid (secondary regulation) Pressure relief valve > flushing circuit

25 26 27 28 29 30

Valve unit Directional valve Pressure reducing valves (integrated) 40 bar Orifice Orifice Filter

35 36

Travel gear, complete > right / left Ring piston > disk brake

40

Support axle > right / left

50

Distributor block with pressure relief valve > cold start

51 52

Solenoid valve > disk brake Oil pressure switch > brake indicator light

20 21 22 23

53 54 55

Check valve Accumulator Solenoid valve > Safety control working hydraulic

60

Test center

80 81 82 83 85 86

Hydraulic tank Shut off valve Return filter > tank Bypass valve > tank Filter > tank Oil pressure switch > return filter monitor

90 91 92 93

Suction line > working pump to control valve WH to servo control WH Leak oil line (from WH pump to hydraulic tank) Return lines WH to / from hand pump

94 95 100

Pump / working hydraulic

Test points SP ND M1 M2

Replenishing pressure Cold start pressure / control pressure working hydraulic High pressure > travel forward High pressure > travel reverse

WH = working hydraulic

1. Neutralfunction


1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 17 and to the distributor block 45. From distributor block 45 to

→ check valve 52 → solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) → blocked. → check valve 51, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 → blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) → test point SD → blocked.

The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 17 to

→ pressure relief valve 18 → pressure filter 19 → → F-travel pump 3 (right) → internal. → test connection SP. →F-travel pump 2 (left) → internal. → pressure switch B6. → restrictor 11 (→ pump housing → tank) → replenishing function relief valve 5 → closed loop circuit - M1 → replenishing function relief valve 6 → closed loop circuit - M2 → proportional solenoid valve Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 → blocked. → pilot piston 8 → orifice 10 → pump control cylinder 9.

In F-travel pump 2/3 left / right to

Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 11, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 18, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0° pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2/3 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to






Mjfcifss!

Function

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.33.01

1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y64. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A18 is energized, among other items. A18 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 39 and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 → K4 → F6 → A18 қ B38 - coolant temperature қ B39 - hydraulic oil temperature → Y64 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y64 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 → motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y64 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y64 is fully shifted without current by A18. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y64 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 150+10 bar For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2/3 for: Travel forward Travel reverse




The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to → test center 65-BB to → → distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. → support shafts 40 → travel gear 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2

2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2/3 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current → small flow volume high current → large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.5. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position ”parallel path”. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure side→→directional valve 26 → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/path→directional valve 26→ → 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 41 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side →→ directional valve 26 → blocked. → pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 § 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle.



Mjfcifss!

Function

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.33.02

As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2/3- swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2/3, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). -


-


-


The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1→M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y63 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to „0“ position. The solenoid valve Y63 returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path B→T to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.

Notes



Mjfcifss!

Parts list

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→

Datum Edition Date

02 02

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.33.00

1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder orifice restrictor

15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 17 oil cooler 18 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP 19 filter - replenishing



90 91 92 93 95


100 regulating pump - working hydraulic 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29


35 travel gear complete left /right 36 ring piston - parking brake

B5 B6 B18 B39


Y4


Y7 Y8


Y9 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer

proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse

45 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 51 check valve 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic

Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse

60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic

Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake

65 test center - test points / connections M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding

Y64 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief -fan drive - max. 150 bar

Y63 solenoid valve - safety device towing

test points in the machine SD = back-up pressure - cold start (pump 15)

t°



liebherr F/N xxx - 5600 Datum Edition Date

02 02

Blatt Page Feuille

00

Notes Note: Pump control and position of test points M1, M2 depends on the type of travel gear installed > see sub group 11 Pos.

for FAT > Type ∫A∫or∫C∫

for FAT > Type ∫P∫

10



11



M1

> upper test point

> lower test point

M2

> lower test point

>upper test point

Benennung Description D∞nomination

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Parts List

Travel Hydraulic

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 742(B) F/N xxx- 2001Æ5233 Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.40.00

1 Splitter box 2 Travel pump, complete > L/R 3 Travel pump > rotary group 4 Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve 5 Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve 6 Pump control piston 7 Orifice 8 Spool valve > pump control 9 Servo control piston 10 Proportional solenoid valve > conn. z. > (travel > primary regulation) 11 Proportional solenoid valve > conn. y > (travel > primary regulation) 12 Check valve > Replenishing 13 Orifice 15 Gear pump > Replenishing / Cooling circuit 16 Gear pump > Pump control / Replenishing 18 Oil cooler 19 Check valve > Bypass (3 bar)

40 Support shaft, complete > L/R 41 Flange 42 Flange 43 Filter 45 Travel gear, complete > L/R 46 Piston > Travel brake 51 Solenoid valve > Travel brake 52 Pressure switch > Brake indicator 53 Check valve 54 Accumulator W.H. 55 Solenoid valve > servo cut off > W.H. 60 Test center 80 Hydraulic tank 81 Shut off valve > tank 82 Hydraulic oil filter 83 Check valve 85 Filter screen

20 Travel motor, complete > L/R 90 Suction line > W.H. 21 Travel motor, rotary group 91 to Control valve 130 > W.H. 22 Motor control piston 92 to Pilot (servo) control valve 115 > W.H. 23 Motor regulator valve w. proportional solenoid 93 from Variable pump to Hydraulic tank (secondary regulation) 94 Return lines W.H. 24 Motor relief valve > flushing 95 to / from hand pump 25 Motor control valve > complete 26 Directional valve 100 Variable pump > W.H. 27 Pressure reducing valve > 40 bar (integrated) 28 Orifice Test points 29 Orifice SP Replenishing pump pressure 30 Valve block ND Servo pressure > W.H. 31 Replenishing pressure relief valve 32 Control pressure relief valve M1 Travel pressure > forward > L/R M2 Travel pressure > reverse > L/R 35 Filter block 36 Filter assembly > Replenishing ST Control pressure 37 Filter assembly > Control 38 Accumulator 39 Pressure switch > Replenishing oil Note: L = Left R = Right T.R. = Travel hydraulic W.H. = Working hydraulic Repl. = Replenishing

Notes Note: travel pump - for sectional drawing see group 8.1.41



Mjfcifss!


07 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→ 5599 Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.41.00

1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder

15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 18 oil cooler 19 bypass valve (3 bar) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29


30 valve block 31 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 35 filter block 36 filter - replenishing 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer 45 travel gear complete left /right 46 ring piston - parking brake 51 orifice 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic 65 test center - test points M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side

80 81 82 83 85


90 91 92 93 95


100 regulating pump - working hydraulic

B5 pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) B6 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) B18 pressure switch - filter monitoring (2,5 bar) Y4


Y7 Y8


Y9

proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake



liebherr F/N xxx - 5234

Datum Edition Date

07 01

Blatt Page Feuille

00

5599

Functional schematic, see 6.3.42.00 1. Neutralfunction 1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 to the valve block 30-P2 → pressure relief valves 31. In the distributor block 30 the temperature sensor B39 determines the oil temperature and sends the value to the electronic box of the fan drive. From distributor block 30 to

-F → F-filter block 35/filter 36 -SP → check valve 52 → accumulator 55 (blocked) → solenoid valve Y4 (servo cut off WH) → blocked. → solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) → blocked.

After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to outlet B → servo control for the working hydraulic and test point ND. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 31/ valve block 30-T → hydraulic oil cooler 18 → return filter 82 back to the hydraulic tank 80. Even with the oil at operating temperature, a back pressure of approx. 5 bar is created in the flow via the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 31 (pressure adjustment 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of approx. 25+2 bar in the system in front of the PR valves = test point SP (and M on valve block 30). If the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed parallel to the oil cooler, via check valve 19 (ǻp 3 bar) to the filter → tank. The system pressure increases proportionally if the oil is cold, depending on the viscosity.

Splitting of the oil flow- filter block35/filter 36 -FR → F-travel pump2 right and test point SP. -FL → F-travel pump2 left and pressure switch B6. -B, -PM, -X → blocked. In travel pump 2 right/left from F to →→ → replenishing function relief valve 6 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2 → replenishing function relief valve 5 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 → pilot piston 8 → control cylinder 9. → proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 → blocked. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0° pump angle. Leak oil in the travel pumps 2 flushes, cools and lubricates the parts of the rotary group and flows via housing connections L and T → strainer 85 into the tank 80. 1.2. Travel pumps 2 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 25+2 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to

→directional valve 26 → pressure reducing valve 27 → directional valve 26 → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 41 → support shaft 40 → tank 80.



Mjfcifss!


01 02

Travel Hydraulic

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.42.01


→ directional valve 26 → pressure reducing valve 27 → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - spring side.

The pressure reducing valves 27 are actuated on both sides with equal pressure, and therefore remain in neutral position = free flow. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is open towards the motor housing/ tank via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29. 1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y45. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y45 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the oil cooler 18 → filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A11 is energized, among other items. A11 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y45 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 40and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 → K4 → F6 → A11 қ B38 - coolant temperature қ B39 - hydraulic oil temperature қ B40 - turbo charge air temperature → Y45 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y45 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 → motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y45 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y45 is fully shifted without current by A11. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y45 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 210+10 bar For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves Y7 to Y12, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic section 6.2 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3., Sectional drawing of the pump/ oil flow outlets - section 8.1.41. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2 for: Travel forward Travel reverse


Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Z at connection Y

Oil flow output: on ”P”(left) on ”S”(right)

The proportional solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to → test center 65-BB to → → distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. → support shafts 40 → travel gear 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2

2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 7 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 7 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. Via a mechanical connection, the piston 8 is moved into the opposite direction. The piston opens the oil flow to the swash plate - control cylinder 9, where the pressure build up occurred and allows the oil to flow into the pump housing from the opposite side of the swash plate - control cylinder 9. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current → small flow volume high current → large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 With the shifting of the swash plate, the pilot piston 8 in the housing is returned to the neutral position (positive overlap) via a mechanical connection. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 4 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids Y7 or Y8, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position ”parallel path”. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure side→→directional valve 26 → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) → 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/path→directional valve 26→ → 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. → pressure relief valve 24 → orifice 28 → motor housing (flushing) → screen filter 41 → support shaft 40 → tank 80. The sum of spring force+SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side →→ directional valve 26 → blocked. → pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side → directional valve 26 → pilot piston 23 → control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring+SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 § 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the solenoid force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume. As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


01 02

Travel Hydraulic


6.3.42.02

As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between solenoid and spring. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2 - swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). -


-


-


The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1→M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to „0“ position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path B→T to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.

Notes Note: travel pump - for sectional drawing see group 8.1.41



Mjfcifss!


02 02

Travel Hydraulic


6.3.42.00

1 splitter box 2 travel pump right /left 4 swash plate pump 5 pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve 6 pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve 7 servo control piston 8 pilot piston 9 pump control cylinder 15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 18 oil cooler 19 bypass valve (3 bar) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice Ø 2,5 mm orifice



90 91 92 93 95


100 regulating pump - working hydraulic

B5 B6 B18 B39


30 valve block 31 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP

Y4


35 filter block 36 filter - replenishing

Y7 Y8


40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer

Y9

45 travel gear complete left /right 46 ring piston - parking brake 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic LA = system pressure - fan drive 65 test center - test points /hose connection M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection: BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding

proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing Y45 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief -fan drive - max. 210 bar test points in the machine M = test point at pos. 30 (SP)

t°



liebherr F/N xxx - 5600

Datum Edition Date

02 02

Blatt Page Feuille

00


1. Neutral function

1.1. Tandem gear pumps 15 - Replenishing function As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 82 and supplies it to the distributor block 16/P1+P2. From the distributor block 16/

K → P-valve block 19 F → F-filter bracket 18

Oil not needed in the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17 → hydraulic oil cooler 66 → return filter 83 to hydraulic tank 80. When the oil is at operating temperature, a certain resistance (appr. 5 bar) is created in the return oil flow by the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 17 (adjusted to 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of appr. 25+2 bar in the section in front of the pressure relief valves = test point SP (and SD). When the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed via the pressure relief valve in block 19 directly to tank and the system pressure is thereby limited to max. 28+2 bar (cold start pressure) = test point SD. Distribution of the oil flow - filter bracket18

/B → check valve 52 → distributor block50 →→ → solenoid valveY13 (parking brake) → blocked. → accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 → blocked. (servo cut off WH) /FR → F-travel pump2 right and pressure switch B6. /FL → F-travel pump2 left and test connection SP. /PM → P-travel motor20 right → pilot piston23 → spring side control piston22. /PM → P - travel motor20 left→pilot piston23→spring side control piston22.

The solenoid valve Y4 is actuated, after raising off the safety lever, and permits passage to outlet GP→ servo control working hydraulic. In travel pump 2 right / left to (oil flow)

→ check valve 6 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 → channel pressure relief valve 4 (blocked). → → proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 → blocked. → pilot piston 9 → control cylinder 10. → orifice11 → pressure relief valve12 → pump housing → screen filter 85 → tank. → channel pressure relief valve 5 (blocked). → check valve 7 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2.

The passages of pilot pistons 9 to control cylinders 10 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally pressurized with oil, keeping the swash plates of pumps 3 in neutral position =0° pump angle. The pressure relief valves 12 are opened by the system pressure. The orifices 11 limit the oil flow Q to ~ 8l/min. The oil flow flushes, cools and lubricates the drive sections of the travel pumps 2. If the system pressure drops below 16 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 12 close. The flushing circuit is interrupted and the entire oil flow is directed to the closed loop circuit and the control. The pump housing remains filled with oil via the tank lines. The control lines for the travel pumps and motors are vented to the pump housing/ tank via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.50.01

1.2. Travel pumps 3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuits With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 3 are in the neutral position, no piston stroke is created and therefore no oil flow, despite the rotation of the axial piston unit and pistons. However, the closed loop circuit is filled with pressurized oil of approx. 23+2 bar through the replenishing circuit (via check valves 6 and 7 (see paragraph 1.1)). In every travel motor 20, the pressurized oil from the closed loop circuit is directed on both sides to the directional valve 24 and blocked. The axial piston unit 21 is held by the spring and the pressurized oil on the springside of the control piston 22 (see paragraph 1.1) at maximum angle = Q max = neutral position. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is vented via the pilot piston 23 to the motor housing / tank.

1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. If the starter switch S1 is in operating position and if the safety lever is raised (switch S2), the thermo switches for the fan drive control are energized. S1 → S1 → S1 →

F6 → B28 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90ºC → opens at 85ºC) F10 → B29 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65ºC → opens at 60ºC) F15 → B30 - Turbo charge air temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 55ºC → opens at 50ºC).

If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch closes and energizes the solenoid valve Y52. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is not energized and remains in neutral position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and actuated via at least one thermo switch B28/B29/B30. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax → the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 160±3 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.

The check valves 39 and 41 are necessary to supply the oil for coasting of the fan / motors after the engine is shut down. Oil flow - working circuit: Hydraulic tank80 → axial piston unit31 → axial piston - fixed displacement motor38 → gear motor40 → oil cooler66 → return filter83 → tank80. Check valves 39 and 41 are kept closed by pressurized oil. Servo oil flow - when machine is cold: Axial piston unit31 →

→ restrictor53 → LP-valve block50 → P-solenoid valve Y52-A → valve block50-T → tank80.

(pump 30 - internal) → return cylinder33. → pressure cut off valve34 → Load Sensing regulator35 → pressure cut off valve34 → control cylinder32. (→ restrictor36 → housing L → screen filter85 → tank80.) Servo oil flow - when machine is at operating temperature: Axial piston unit31 →

→ restrictor53 → LP-valve block50 → P-solenoid valve Y52 (blocked). → regulating pump30 → spring side LS-regulator35.

(pump30 – internal) →return cylinder33. → pressure cut off valve34 → Load Sensing regulator35 (blocked). → pressure cut off valve34 → control cylinder32. (→ restrictor36 → housing L → screen filter85 → tank80.) 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are regulated by the electronic control via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12, which are installed on the travel pump covers. The lever deflection is in relation to the current flow of the solenoid valves and therefore the regulating pressure build-up. See also description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2. and Functional description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The travel direction during travel operation is selected on the travel pumps 2 as follows: Travel forward Travel reverse

electronic control: regulating pressure built up: on solenoid valves Y9 / Y11 at connection Y on solenoid valves Y10 / Y12 at connection Z

oil flow output: on “S” (bottom) on “P” (top)

The travel speed depends on the joystick deflection = current =regulating pressure and can be infinitely regulated. Pump control: Motor control:

flow volume zero → Qmax intake volume Qmax → Qmin

=regulating pressure appr. 2 to 8 bar =regulating pressure appr. 8 to 15 bar

The regulation begin for the travel motors is approx. 0.3 bar before the end of regulation of the pumps, which means there is a slight overlap of pump / motor control in the regulating range of 8 bar. The regulating pressure for the travel motors is supplied from the travel pumps via a two way check valve 13 connection X. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side into which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced, which in turn reduces the travel speed on this side.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.50.02

The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during every travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the pressurized oil flows via distributor block 50 to the pressure switch B5 and via outlet B to the travel gears 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (=rotary resistance of travel motors), hydraulic pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the replenishing pressure ( SP- pressure) is present = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = system - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = system - test point M2

2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again posetively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.

2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Regulating pressure flow: Travel pump2 left - proportional solenoid valve Y9 or Y10 → servo control cylinder8 → two way check valve13-X → X-travel motors20 left → pilot piston23. Travel pump2 right - proportional solenoid valve Y11 or Y12 → servo control cylinder8 → two way check valve13-X → X-travel motors20 right → pilot piston23. If the regulating pressure increases by energizing of one of the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 on the travel pump 2 and exceeds the regulating begin of the travel motors 20, the pilot pistons 23 will be shifted against the regulating and return spring to "parallel passage" position . The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved to the housing / tank, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system is directed to the piston bottom side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston units 21 are moved to a smaller angle = in direction of Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the regulating pressure. When the spring force is the same as the pressure force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume.

As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control. The axial piston units 21 do not reach the mechanical Qmin. stop = smallest angle. As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between regulating pressure to spring.

2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 → pump outlet - distributor block → → →travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 → →travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 →→ → → distributor block-pump inlet → swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure side→directional valve 24→restrictor 25→pressure relief valve 26 (opens)→ motor housing U (flushing)→screen filter 28 →tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.50.03

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.50.00

1 splitter box 2 travel pump cpl. - right / left 3 swash plate pump 4 pressure relief valve - HP forward - M1 5 pressure relief valve - HP reverse - M2 6 check valve - replenishing M1 7 check valve - replenishing M2 8 servo control piston 9 pilot piston 10 pump control cylinder 11 orifice 12 pressure relief valve - repl. circuit 13 two way check valve block 15 tandem gear pumps - replenishing 16 valve block 17 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 18 filter assembly / filter - replenishing

52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump working hydraulic

19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing 28

strainer

30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 34 pressure cut off valve 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor

B5 B6

pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor B29 thermo switch - fan drive Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12

solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse

Y13 Y45 Y52 Y53

solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. solenoid valve - fan drive solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH.

38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve

M1 M2

test points in the machine high pressure travel forward high pressure travel reverse

SD

back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)

45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake 50 distributor block 51 orifice GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH.

unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line working hydraulic pump - return line working hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt

01 00

2062


1. Neutral function










Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→ 5071

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.51.01


1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. In operating position of the starter switch S1, the solenoid valve Y25 gets currented via thermo switch of the fan control (closed in neutral position). S1 → K4 → F10 → B25 - Turbo charge air temperature Diesel engine (closes at 55ºC → opens at 50ºC) → B24 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65ºC → opens at 60ºC) → B23 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90ºC → opens at 85ºC) → Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive control. If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch opens and the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and remains in actuated position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted by at least one thermo switch B23/B24/B25, the solenoid valve is in neutral position. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax → the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 160±3 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.














Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→ 5071

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.51.02


2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.



2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 → pump outlet - distributor block → → →travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 → →travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 →→ → → distributor block-pump inlet → swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side. When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure side→directional valve 24→restrictor 25→pressure relief valve 26 (opens)→ motor housing U (flushing)→screen filter 28 →tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→ 5071

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.51.03

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.51.00


52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump working hydraulic

19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing

B5 B6

28

Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12

strainer

30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 34 pressure cut off valve 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve

pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B24 thermo switch - fan drive B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse

Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH.

40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve

M1 M2

test points in the machine high pressure travel forward high pressure travel reverse

45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake

SD

back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)

50 distributor block 51 orifice GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH.



liebherr Datum Edition Date

01 01

Fahrhydraulik Travel Hydraulic Hydraulique de translation


PR 752

F/N xxx- 2063

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.51. 00

5071


1. Neutral function










Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.52.01


1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. In operating position of the starter switch S1, the solenoid valve Y25 gets currented via thermo switch of the fan control (closed in neutral position). S1 → K4 → F10 → B25 - Turbo charge air temperature Diesel engine (closes at 55ºC → opens at 50ºC) → B24 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65ºC → opens at 60ºC) → B23 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90ºC → opens at 85ºC) → Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive control. If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch opens and the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and remains in actuated position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted by at least one thermo switch B23/B24/B25, the solenoid valve is in neutral position. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax → the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 160±3 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.














Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.52.02


2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.



2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 → pump outlet - distributor block → → →travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 → →travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 →→ → → distributor block-pump inlet → swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure side→directional valve 24→restrictor 25→pressure relief valve 26 (opens)→ motor housing U (flushing)→screen filter 28 →tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.52.03

3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 60). -


-


-


The pressure relief valve 58 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1→M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to „0“ position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path B→T to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 57 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.52.00


52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 57 accumulator - safety device towing 58 pressure relief valve - parking brake 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure M1R high pressure - travel forward - right M2R high pressure - travel reverse - right M1L high pressure - travel forward - left M2L high pressure - travel reverse - left hose connection BB parking brake - operating position BS parking brake - towing position 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler

19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing 28

80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 96 to /from hand pump - cab tilt 97 from safety device towing to hydraulic tank

strainer 100 regulating pump working hydraulic

30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 34 pressure cut off valve 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve 45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake 50 distributor block 51 orifice GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH.

B5 B6

pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B24 thermo switch - fan drive B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12


Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing

SD

test points in the machine back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)




01 03




F/N xxx- 5072

6.3.52. 00

5599


1. Neutral function 1.1. Tandem gear pumps 15 - Replenishing function

As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 82 and supplies it to the distributor block 16/P1+P2. From the distributor block 16/


Oil not needed in the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17 → hydraulic oil cooler 66 → return filter 83 to hydraulic tank 80. When the oil is at operating temperature, a certain resistance (appr. 5 bar) is created in the return oil flow by the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 17 (adjusted to 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of appr. 25+2 bar in the section in front of the pressure relief valves = test point SP (and SD). When the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed via the pressure relief valve in block 19 directly to the hydraulic tank - connector flange of the suction line of the gear pumps 15 - and the system pressure is thereby limited to max. 28+2 bar (cold start pressure) = test point SD. Distribution of the oil flow - filter bracket18


The solenoid valve Y4 is actuated, after raising off the safety lever, and permits passage to outlet GP→ servo control working hydraulic. In travel pump 2 right / left to → check valve 6 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 (oil flow) → channel pressure relief valve 4 (blocked). → → proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 → blocked. → pilot piston 9 → control cylinder 10. → orifice11 → pressure relief valve12 → pump housing → screen filter 85 → tank. → channel pressure relief valve 5 (blocked). → check valve 7 → replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2. The passages of pilot pistons 9 to control cylinders 10 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally pressurized with oil, keeping the swash plates of pumps 3 in neutral position =0° pump angle. The pressure relief valves 12 are opened by the system pressure. The orifices 11 limit the oil flow Q to ~ 8l/min. The oil flow flushes, cools and lubricates the drive sections of the travel pumps 2. If the system pressure drops below 16 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 12 close. The flushing circuit is interrupted and the entire oil flow is directed to the closed loop circuit and the control. The pump housing remains filled with oil via the tank lines. The control lines for the travel pumps and motors are vented to the pump housing/ tank via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.53.01

1.2. Travel pumps 3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuits With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 3 are in the neutral position, no piston stroke is created and therefore no oil flow, despite the rotation of the axial piston unit and pistons. However, the closed loop circuit is filled with pressurized oil of approx. 23+2 bar through the replenishing circuit (via check valves 6 and 7 (see paragraph 1.1)). In every travel motor 20, the pressurized oil from the closed loop circuit is directed on both sides to the directional valve 24 and blocked. The axial piston unit 21 is held by the spring and the pressurized oil on the spring side of the control piston 22 (see paragraph 1.1) at maximum angle = Qmax = neutral position. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is vented via the pilot piston 23 to the motor housing / tank. 1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. Electronic regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A11 is supplied with current. Circuit board A11 regulates the current to the proportional valve Y45, depending on the signal values of the temperature sensors B38 to 40 and limits thereby the pressure built up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 → K4 → F9 → A11 ⇆ B38 - coolant temperature

⇆ B39 - hydraulic oil temperature

⇆ B40 - turbo charge air temperature → Y45 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y45 is supplied with maximum current from A11 and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 30 → motors 38/40 - to the adjusted operating pressure (30±5 bar) (fans turn at minimum speed). With increasing operating temperature (hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant, charge air), the current to Y45 is proportionally reduced and as a result, the pressure in the fan drive ( fan speed ) is increased accordingly. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y45 ,supplied with minimum current from A11, is fully shifted and regulates the fan drive to normal operating pressure (approx. 160 bar) . If there is no current, for example in case of failure of fuse F9 or in case of a broken wire, Y45 regulates the pressure in the fan drive to the adjusted spring value of the pressure cut off valve mechanically / hydraulically (maximum fan speed / fail-save system) - p = 177+5 bar - see section 6.5, Check and Adjustment. For wiring, see sub group 9 - Electrical System, min/max fan speeds in normal operation, see page 3.1.51.01. Pump regulation: The pressure created in the system by the flow from pump 30 is applied against the spring on the load sensing regulator 35. On the proportional pressure cut off valve Y45, the magnetic force created by the winding (regulated by electronic box A11) and the pressure which is available via the restrictor bore 37 acts against the spring of the valve. If the sum of these forces exceeds the spring force, the valve Y45 opens and allows the pressurized oil to flow off into the housing / to the tank. The pressure remaining between the restrictor bore 37 and the pressure cut off valve Y45 ( = regulating pressure) supports the spring force on the LS regulator 35. If the force of the system pressure on the LS regulator 35 surpasses the sum of spring value and regulating pressure, the regulator is moved in direction of the spring and pressurized oil is directed to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface areas, the control cylinder 32 moves the piston unit 31 against the return force of cylinder 33 to a reduced angle = in the direction of Qmin. Via the LS regulator 35 and the force of cylinder 33 the pump angle / pump flow is adjusted based on the regulating forces to create a matching pressure. This pressure determines the speed (RPM) of the fan motor / drive. If the system pressure or the magnetic force, as determined by the electronic box A11, drops, the axial piston unit 31 is moved in reverse order in direction Qmax . The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. Test point LA (pressure build up in fan drive) is connected to the output side P of pump 30.

Oil flow - working circuit: Hydraulic tank80 → axial piston unit31 → axial piston - fixed displacement motor38 → gear motor40 → oil cooler66 → return filter83 → tank80. Check valves 39 and 41 are kept closed by pressurized oil. Oil flow - servo pressure (pump30 - internal): Axial piston unit 31

→ return cylinder33. → restrictor 37 → load sensing regulator35 → proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief Y45 →→ load sensing regluator35 → control cylinder32. (→ restrictor36 → housing L → screen filter85 → tank80.)

2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are regulated by the electronic control via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12, which are installed on the travel pump covers. The lever deflection is in relation to the current flow of the solenoid valves and therefore the regulating pressure build-up. See also description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2. and Functional description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The travel direction during travel operation is selected on the travel pumps 2 as follows: Travel forward Travel reverse






The regulation begin for the travel motors is approx. 0.3 bar before the end of regulation of the pumps, which means there is a slight overlap of pump / motor control in the regulating range of 8 bar. The regulating pressure for the travel motors is supplied from the travel pumps via a two way check valve 13 connection X. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side into which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced, which in turn reduces the travel speed on this side. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during every travel operation. The valve shifts to ”diagonal path”, the pressurized oil flows via distributor block 50 to the pressure switch B5 and via outlet B to the travel gears 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (=rotary resistance of travel motors), hydraulic pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the replenishing pressure ( SP- pressure) is present = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = system - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = system - test point M2



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.53.02

2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Regulating pressure flow: Travel pump2 left - proportional solenoid valve Y9 or Y10 → servo control cylinder8 → two way check valve13-X → X-travel motors20 left → pilot piston23. Travel pump2 right - proportional solenoid valve Y11 or Y12 → servo control cylinder8 → two way check valve13-X → X-travel motors20 right → pilot piston23. If the regulating pressure increases by energizing of one of the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 on the travel pump 2 and exceeds the regulating begin of the travel motors 20, the pilot pistons 23 will be shifted against the regulating and return spring to "parallel passage" position . The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved to the housing / tank, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system is directed to the piston bottom side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston units 21 are moved to a smaller angle = in direction of Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the regulating pressure. When the spring force is the same as the pressure force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume. As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control. The axial piston units 21 do not reach the mechanical Qmin. stop = smallest angle. As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- ”diagonal path” to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between regulating pressure to spring.

2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 → pump outlet - distributor block → → →travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 → →travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 →→ → → distributor block-pump inlet → swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure side→directional valve 24→restrictor 25→pressure relief valve 26 (opens)→ motor housing U (flushing)→screen filter 28 →tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 60). -


-


-


The pressure relief valve 58 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1→M2.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.53.03

3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to „0“ position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path B→T to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 57 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Travel Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.53.00

1 splitter box 2 travel pump cpl. - right / left 3 swash plate pump 4 pressure relief valve - HP forward - M1 5 pressure relief valve - HP reverse - M2 6 check valve - replenishing M1 7 check valve - replenishing M2 8 servo control piston 9 pilot piston 10 pump control cylinder 11 orifice 12 pressure relief valve - repl. circuit 13 two way check valve block 15 tandem gear pumps - replenishing 16 valve block 17 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 18 filter assembly / filter - replenishing 19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing 28

strainer

30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor 37 restrictor

57 accumulator - safety device towing 58 pressure relief valve - parking brake 60 test center - test points /hose connection SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure M1R high pressure - travel forward - right M2R high pressure - travel reverse - right M1L high pressure - travel forward - left M2L high pressure - travel reverse - left hose connection: BB parking brake - operating position BS parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 96 to /from hand pump - cab tilt 97 from safety device towing to hydraulic tank 100 regulating pump working hydraulic B5 B6

pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating B39 temperatur sensor - fan drive

38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve

Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12


40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve

Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine -

45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake

RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing

50 distributor block GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH.

Y45 proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive

52 check valve

SD

test points in the machine back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)

55 accumulator WH. unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line working hydraulic pump - return line working hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt



02 02



PR 752

F/N xxx- 5600

Blatt Page Feuille

6.3.53. 00

Important information The following adjustment instructions are intended for step by step machine adjustment; generally, only sections of the adjustments/instructions are required. However, it must be ensured that the required preconditions are met. Use only glycerin-filled pressure gauges with a reading accuracy of ± 1% or even more accurate test devices. The range of the pressure gauge should be approx. 30%, max. 100% above the test value to be adjusted. Use only the test box with adapter - see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. - to check the electronic system and the straight-run of the machine. For instructions, see group 10.4.00. When adjusting the straight run, just as in actual application, the track tension must be the same on the left and right track - see Operation Manual. Caution: To check / adjust the straight-run, park the machine on firm and level ground, raise it and securely support the machine to allow the chains to turn freely. Secure the danger zone. Observe all safety guidelines as outlined in group 1.2.01. If the operator’s cab is raised, the test box may only be used outside the machine and its danger zone. It is not permitted for persons to be on or near the crawler during these tests. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the instructions given in the Operation Manual. Check the right origin of the indicator lights. Perform all tests and adjustments with Diesel-RPM, as indicated in the adjustment checklist and with the machine at operating temperature. (for exceptions see remarks) Any problems or defects detected during tests must be fixed immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the severity and type of problem. For tests / adjustments, use the corresponding Adjustment Checklist, page 3.5.xx.xx. The sequence of checks corresponds to system requirements, the following instructions have been matched to those requirements as much as possible. The nominal adjustment values are noted on the checklist.

A. Tests with standard measuring devices - adjustments 1. Visual tests and maintenance Perform scheduled maintenance and inspection work before checking the system visually. For intermediate tests / adjustments, observe the following points. 1.1 Service items and filters Check the coolant and oil level in the Diesel engine, splitter box and hydraulic tank. Add oil as necessary. Check the air filter for contamination, damage, correct installation and correct type. Add fuel as necessary, drain water and sediments from tank and separator. If there is any reduction of power, clean the screen filter and replace the pre / fine filters. If component failure is suspected, open / check the hydraulic oil filter for the affected part. In case of temperature problems, check the hydraulic oil cooler and fan for contamination / damage. 1.2 Mechanical components Diesel engine - check engine shut off, RPM adjustment and potentiometer linkage for mounting, function and wear.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Test and Adjustment Datum Edition Date

01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.01

Travel joystick - check rubber boots / covers for damage and correct installation. Wire harnesses - check for damage, chafing and defective plug connections. Leakage - check system functions and for leaks, check hose routing. Mounting tightness - check all items, such as potentiometer, sensors, consoles, etc. for tightness and condition. 2. Location of fixed hydraulic pressure test points 2.1 Machines up to F/N xxx-5599 PR 712→742 - Battery compartment SP ND LD (LS) HD LA

Test center - test points

PR 752 - engine compartment, right

- Replenishing system pressure- TH - Servo pressure (repl.) - WH - Load sensing pressure - WH - High pressure (attachment) - WH - Operating pressure / fan drive - TH (only PR 752)

(Test points listed below in PR 752 starting with 5072) M1L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M1R High pressure travel forward, right - TH M2L High pressure travel reverse, left - TH M2R High pressure travel reverse, right - TH BB Operating pos. of hose to brake - TH BS Towing position of hose to brake - TH Test point SD - on valve block in main frame - right (tilt operator’s cab) PR 712 u.722

PR 732

PR 752

Test point ST - only PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 filter block in main frame right (tilt operator’s cab)

Test points M1 / M2 PR 712→742 up to F/N xxx-5233 on inside of support shaft (tilt operator’s cab)

Additional installation possibilities on blind flanges (see page 2.1.21) and support shaft flanges available.

PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→ engine compartment right

PR 752 F/N xxx-2001→5071 variable pumps on top/below (tilt operator’s cab)

PR 752 F/N xxx-5072→ engine compartment right (see point ”Test center“)

2.2 Machines from F/N xxx-5600 2.2.1 Test points on the test centers PR 712→742 - Battery compartment PR 712→732 engine compartment left PR 742 - engine compartment right

PR 752 - engine compartment right LA SP ND LD (LS) HD

- Operating pressure / fan drive - Replenishing system pressure - Servo pressure - Load sensing pressure - High pressure

- TH - TH - WH - WH - WH

M1L M1R M2L M2R BB BS

High pressure travel forward, left High pressure travel forward, right High pressure travel reverse, left High pressure travel reverse, right Operating pos. of hose to brake Towing position of hose to brake with test point "M" (not marked)

- TH - TH - TH - TH - TH - TH

2.2.2 Test point SD - oil pressure at cold start - on valve block in main frame - right (tilt operator’s cab) PR 712, PR722

PR 732

PR 742,PR 752

SD

3. Cold start valve - replenishing / cooling circuit To protect components, the back pressure in front of the oil cooler when the oil is cold must be limited. When the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature no by-pass to the oil cooler may occur. Normally, this test must be made only for troubleshooting, i.e. if replenishing pressure is too low, the operating temperature is too high in spite of a clean oil cooler, or if excessive pressure values are suspected.. Do not block the existing oil circuit (replenishing), not even for tests! Otherwise the pumps/motors could be damaged by lack of oil.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.02

3.1 Inspection PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 Perform a function check in the corresponding temperature range. Maximum pressure = cold oil = below +20°C, shut off function = oil at operating temperature = above +60°C. If valve adjustment is changed in one temperature range, then - for safety reasons - the function in the other temperature range must be rechecked.

Valve installation position for PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 The distributor block with valve is mounted on the right hand side of the main frame, below the cab. For valve design / function, see group 8.7. PR 712, PR 722

PR 732

PR 752

3.1.1 Checking when oil is cold - Pmax - PR 712 to PR 732 Check on test point SD with a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. On older machines, test point ND is connected instead of SD and has to be checked. Check / monitor the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a remote thermometer. Start the Diesel engine, slowly increase the engine speed and watch the pressure gauge. Pressure should remain constant shortly before reaching high idle = maximum pressure, value to appr. 30 bar admissible. Correct the valve adjustment, as necessary. Remove the protective cap, loosen the locknut, turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise to lower the pressure adjustment, or clockwise to raise the pressure. Tighten the lock nut, reinstall the cap, recheck the pressure setting. Check the shut off function with the oil at operating temperature Note:

Oil temperature increases rapidly when the engine is running and makes it impossible to perform subsequent checks for a long period of time. For that reason, turn the engine off after every pressure check and before readjustment. At PR 752, there is normally no test required - the oil cooler is not in this part of the system.

3.1.2 Checking with the oil at operating temperature - PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 Hold the temperature in the hydraulic tank constant above 60°C (140° F). Check/monitor the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a thermometer. Unscrew the tank line of the valve unit and close off the line. Start the Diesel engine, slowly increase the engine speed to maximum RPM, while monitoring the oil flow from the open tank connection on the valve unit. Only a slight amount of leak oil may emerge. If the leakage is high, correct the valve adjustment: - Remove the cap, loosen the locknut. - Turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise until the pressure on SD drops significantly. - Turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction until the pressure on SD no longer increases. - Continue to turn the adjustment screw by ½ turn in clockwise direction. - Tighten the lock nut, reinstall the cap. - Check the maximum pressure when the oil is cold. (except PR 752). If the shut off function is not reached, check the valve for damage / replace valve.

3.2 Checking the PR 742 Increased backup pressure is released via a check valve, see schematics, group 6.3 and valve description in group 8.7. The distributor block with valve is installed up to F/N xxx-5233 on the right hand side of the main frame, below the variable pump and starting with F/N xxx-5234 underneath the battery box.

PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233

3.2.1 Check opening function Disconnect the valve from the line connection on the block side and push the valve piston several times against the spring with a tool (pretension is approx. 3 bar) to check valve movement. Reinstall the valve, if the piston did not move freely, clean or replace the valve. 3.2.2 Check closing function

PR 742B from F/N xxx-5234

Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a thermometer. Disconnect the return line to the tank from the valve and plug the line. Start the Diesel engine and raise the engine speed slowly to maximum engine RPM while checking the oil flow from the open end of the valve. Only a slight amount of leak oil may emerge. If oil leakage is high, clean / replace the valve.

4. Stand by pressure - fan drive - only PR 752 Check the pressure on test point LA (test panel on right side of engine compartment) with a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. Carry out the test before the machine reaches operating temperature in any range, see description of function on page 6.3.5x.

up to F/N xxx-5599

Connect the pressure gauge and check the pressure. This pressure determines the required minimum RPM for the fan motors, see page 3.1.5x. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the adjustment on the LS regulator of the pump (fan drive pump is mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics, group 6.3). PR 752 up to F/N xxx-5599 - remove the cap on the LS regulator and install the cap after the adjustment Remove the cap on the LS regulator, loosen the locknut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn the screw clockwise, to reduce pressure, turn the screw counterclockwise.

from F/N xxx-5600

After adjustment, tighten the locknut, install the cap and recheck the pressure. Check the fan speed, if necessary - use a photo tach with a reflector strip. Note:

At machines PR 752 F/N xxx-5600→ with electronic regulating, the stand by pressure is changing with the maximum pressure check always both pressures and if necessary correct the adjustments.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.03

5. Pressure limitation - fan drive - PR 712B to PR 742B - from F/N xxx-5600 and PR 752 Check the pressure on test point LA (see group 2. - test center) with a 0-250 bar pressure gauge (PR 752 - with "waste handling arrangement" and reversible fans 0-500 bar).Diesel engine RPM to nmax. - see description 6.3. The available pressure dictates the maximum RPM of the motors/fans. Note:

Any time the system overheats, despite the correct system pressure and a clean cooler / radiator, the fan RPM must be checked. The fan RPM is not only dictated by the pressure, but by pump flow, air supply, turning resistance, component failure) by other conditions as well. For pressure values see adjustment checklist page 3.5.xx, fan RPM see technical data in group 3.1.

5.1 PR 712B to PR 742B - from F/N xxx-5600 Remove the plug from one of the temperature sensors. Connect a pressure gauge. Read the pressure and compare it with the nominal pressure. If the nominal pressure is not correct, determine the reason. Troubleshooting: If there is a temperature problem due to insufficient pressure on LA, unplug the proportional pressure relief valve: → If the pressure does not increase to the nominal value, check the strainer and the gear pump, replace the proportional pressure relief valve, if necessary. → If the pressure increases to the nominal value, check wiring and sensors. If there is no defect, replace the electronic box. If the pressure (RPM) is already obtained when the machine is cold, without unplugging a sensor or the valve, check the wiring (power supply to E-Box and E-Box to valve) and the sensors (resistance). If there is no other defect, replace the electronic box. For test values for temperature sensors see point 5.4. Proportional pressure relief valves with screen filter (= long fitting) - installed in the main frame:

PR 732 - engine compartment right, middle

PR 712, PR 722 - cross traverse rear PR 742 - engine compartment right

Temperature sensors: - Diesel engine coolant front of Diesel engine

- Hydraulic oil PR 742 - SP valve block

- Hydraulic oil PR 712, PR 722 - SP pump outlet

- Diesel engine charge air PR 742 - air intake pipe

- Hydraulic oil PR 732 - SP pump outlet

5.2 PR 752 up to F/N xxx-5599 Test when machine is at operating temperature! Test on test point LA (test panel on right side of engine compartment) with a 0-250 bar pressure gauge. The machine must be at operating temperature, Diesel engine RPM to nmax - see description 6.3. Connect the pressure gauge and check the pressure. This pressure determines the required maximum speed of the fan motors, see page 3.1.5x. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the pressure adjustment on the pressure cut-off valve for the pump (mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics group 6.3). 5.3 PR 752 from F/N xxx-5600→ Test when machine is cold! To check / adjust, interrupt the power supply to the electronic control - open fuse (automatic circuit breaker)F9 - the fan drive runs at maximum values = adjustment / test values (fail save system). Connect a pressure gauge, read the pressure and compare it with the nominal value. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the adjustment on the proportional pressure cut-off valve for the pump (mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics group 6.3.5x.). Remove the cap on the pressure cut-off valve, loosen the locknut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn clockwise, to decrease, turn counterclockwise. After adjustment, tighten the locknut, install the cap and recheck the pressure setting. If necessary, check the fan speed - see data page, paragraph 3.1 - using a photo tach with reflector strip. Note:

The maximum pressure also changes with the standby pressure counter check and possible correction of adjustments is necessary. To check the standby pressure when the machine is warm, 3 "Blind sensors" are required, otherwise the test can only be made when the machine is cold. Procedure: Disconnect all 3 temperature sensor and connect 3 spare sensor on the wire harness. Make sure the 3 sensors do not touch anything hot, reset the fuse F9 and proceed with the test.

Adjustment values:: (the stand by pressure is generally) Stand by pressure:: 30±5 bar → fan RPM - main radiator front = >350 RPM, Pressure cut off = pmax bar → fan RPM - main radiator front = n1,

- oil cooler = 550

pmax n1 n2

177

+5

+100

±5

bar -1

1380 min +100 -1 1990 min

217 bar

+100

+100

-1

1530 min +100 -1 2200 min


fans - reversible F/N xxx-→6199 F/N xxx-6200→

205 bar

+5

+5

255 bar -1

1380 min +100 -1 1990 min

RPM

- oil cooler = n2

Machine equipment = standard fans - standard F/N xxx-→6199 F/N xxx-6200→

+200

+100

fans - standard

fans - reversible

+5

275 bar

+3

225 bar -1

1520 min +100 -1 2180 min

+100

-1

1580 min +100 -1 2280 min

+100

-1

1560 min +100 -1 2240 min

Note regarding function of indicator light H7 on the instrument panel: The indicator light lights up - during the starting procedure in case of temperature sensor failure in case of line interruption (for example broken wire, loose plug) in case of insufficient power supply to the electronic box The indicator light blinks -

if the temperature of the liquids is too high



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.04

Temperature sensors: - Diesel engine coolant - front of Diesel engine

- Hydraulic oil

- Diesel engine charge air

- SP valve block

- air intake pipe

5.4 Test values for temperature sensors - resistance in Ohm: Sensor for coolant and hydraulic oil ID.No. 6290 186 and ID.No. 10 043 264 PR 712 → PR 742 Temp. °C 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Ohm 1300 1350 1420 1480 1560 1620 1680

Sensor for charge air Id.No. 5802 148 PR 712 → PR 742 Temp. °C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Ohm 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1310 1360

Sensor for coolant and hydraulic oil ID.No. 7414 002 and charge air Id.No. 7414 003 PR 752 Temp. °C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Ohm 1640 1778 1924 2078 2239 2408 2584 2767 2959 3157

6. Operating temperature Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with remote mounted thermometer, see special tools, group 2.1.20. With an external thermometer, test the temperature on several points of the tank surface and determine the average value. The pressure values in a hydraulic system may change due to oil viscosity. Viscosity, however, always changes depending on oil temperature. For that reason, always maintain a constant operating temperature, and monitor the temperature during the entire inspection and adjustment procedure. If necessary, the warm up procedure must be repeated or the oil cooler must be partially covered during inspection and adjustment procedures. The operating temperature can be reached in various ways: a.

Move the machine into appropriate work application.

b.

Actuate the ripper or ”blade tilt" function all the way and slowly extend and retract the lift cylinders in fine control range, pressure at HD should be at 105 bar. The oil is warmed up via the restrictions of the spool valves.

c.

"Lower" the ripper and blade lift cylinder function all the way. The oil is heated via the lift cylinder piston check valves. ”Warm up the oil" in intervals of approx. 5 minutes, with a 1 minute break between intervals. The travel drive should also be actuated to full speed at the same time, continuously, provided the machine is raised off the ground and is properly supported. Caution: Do not actuate the blade „quick drop“ function.

d.

Fully actuate the "lift" and "blade tilt" function. The oil is heated by flowing via the check valves in the lift cylinder pistons. ”Warm up the oil" in intervals of approx. 5 minutes, with a 1 minute break between intervals.

e.

Set the adjustment value of the pressure cut-off valve on the working hydraulic pump to max. 5 bar above the adjustment value (nominal value) of the primary pressure relief valve and actuate the ripper or ”blade tilt" function all the way. Fully actuate in intervals of approx. 1 minute, return to neutral position for approx. 20 seconds, otherwise the relief valve can be damaged due to overheating.

f.

On PR 752 machines, actuate the function ”Engine overspeed safety" with the test box, see group 10.4. Actuate in intervals of approx. 1 minute, with a 20 second break between intervals, otherwise the relief valve can be damaged due to overheating.

For procedures b, c, d, e and f, the travel drive (track chain) must be also actuated repeatedly during and after the warm-up procedure to ensure that the entire hydraulic system warms up evenly. For this procedure, the machine must be raised off the ground or driven. 7. Replenishing pressure Check the pressure on test point SP (test panel in battery box or, on the PR 752, on the right side of the engine compartment), using a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. While testing, vary the Diesel engine RPM slowly between appr. 1000 RPM and high idle RPM and observe the replenishing pressure. It should change only slightly. If the nominal value is not reached, or if the pressure drops sharply when engine speed is reduced, find / eliminate the problem before continuing to operate the machine. Failure to do so can result in complete failure of travel pumps / motors. The pressure relief valves are preset by the manufacturer. For design/function of valves, see group 8.7. Pressure loss can be caused, for example, by a defective relief valve, see also par. 3, by gear pump wear or by excessive leakage in the variable flow pumps or motors. On older PR 712, PR 722 and PR 732 models, the pressure limitation was handled by a relief valve in the travel pumps. See function / schematics in group 6.3 or variable flow pump, group 8.1. On all other models, the relief valve (PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→ and PR 752 = 2pcs.) is mounted in a distributor block on the inside of the main frame, on the right hand side next to the variable pumps.

PR 712, PR 722, PR 732



PR 742B from F/N xxx-5234


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.05

PR 752

8. Control pressure - only PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 Check the pressure with a 0-100 bar pressure gauge on test point ST (on the filter bracket in the main frame, on the right hand side) The existing pressure results from the SP pressure acting on the spring side of the valve and from the spring setting, which is preset by the manufacturer, see schematic, group 6.3. The valve is mounted into the valve block, just as the relief valve for SP pressure, on the right side of the main frame, below the variable pump. For valve design / function, see group 8.7.

9. Hydraulic neutral position of the variable pumps Check on test points M1 and M2. Safety lever and joystick must remain in the park position during this test. After starting the Diesel engine, the variable pumps are held hydraulically in the neutral position, which means they may not produce any oil flow. To check the hydraulic neutral position, check the pressure build-up in the closed circuits = test points M1 and M2 on the right and left support shaft, at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→ at the test center, on PR 752 directly on the travel pumps - see schematics in group 6.3. The pressure value (approximately SP pressure) on M1 and M2 must be the same on both sides. Tolerance max ±1 bar. 9.1 Pre-check and basic adjustment After repairs to pumps and when in doubt, recheck the neutral position with a 0-600 bar pressure gauge. On PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 and PR 752 machine, also check the position of the mark (·) on the eccentric pin on the pump cover, which must point towards the proportional solenoids. If necessary, turn the eccentric pin to the correct position, with the Diesel engine shut off. Connect the pressure gauges to test point M1 and M2 on the right and then on the left hydrostatic drive, turn over the Diesel engine with the starter or start briefly and check the increase in pressure. Caution: Chains may already be turning. Adjust the neutral position - see point 9.3 - as necessary, until all four test points show approximately the same pressure. 9.2 Test Connect a 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge one after the other to test points M1 and M2 on both support shafts. Start the Diesel engine, check the pressure values and compare for each side M1 with M2. Adjust the neutral position, if necessary, until nominal values are obtained.

9.3 Adjustment procedure Connect one 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge each to test points M1 and M2 of the pump to be adjusted. Change the adjustment to slightly decrease the higher pressure and to increase the lower pressure on the opposite side. Check also the reference dimension at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→, see Point 9.3.2.2. Caution: Chains may already be turning. Adjust until the same pressure is shown on both sides, tighten lock nut and recheck with one pressure gauge.

9.3.1 Additional instructions for PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 752 Hold the eccentric pin1 with an Allen wrench, loosen the locknut 2. Watch the pressure gauge and turn the eccentric pin carefully until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Hold the eccentric pin and tighten the locknut. Check the pressures again.

9.3.2 Additional instructions for PR 742 9.3.2.1. up to F/N xxx-5233 Remove the plug 65 and loosen the clamp screw 67. Watch the pressure gauge and turn the valve sleeve stop 66 with a suitable screwdriver until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Tighten the clamp screw. Recheck the pressures and reinstall the plug. 9.3.2.2. from F/N xxx-5234→ Check distance A from valve housing C front face to the control housing (clean areas from varnish coat before measuring) Nominal value = 14,75 mm. If adjustment is not correct, loosen locknut B with special tool - see page 2.1.20.01 - and turn valve housing C with a socket wrench until the reference dimension is reached. Hold the valve housing and tighten the locknut. Check pressures at M1/M2. If a further adjustment necessary, loosen locknut again, watch the pressure gauge and turn the valve housing until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Hold the valve housing and tighten the locknut. Recheck the pressures.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.06

10.Pressure limitation - maximum operating pressure of the closed circuits Check pressures on test points M1 and M2 with a 0-600 bar pressure gauge. This test is only needed when troubleshooting, for example in case of undesired steering movements under load, insufficient power or excessive loss of replenishing pressure. A precheck of the existing high pressure should be performed in every application where the problem occurs. Check the high and low pressure on both circuits at the same time as a comparison. At machines without test center - before starting the test, match the components to the test points. They depend on the type of travel gear (see also group 6.3 and 11.3): For PR 712 to PR 742 from the start of production and with travel gear ”Type C” - travel forward - travel backward

- M1 - located on top - M2 - located below

For PR712 to PR742 after change in series / with travel gear ”Type P/D” and PR 752 , from start of series production - travel forward - travel backward

- M1 - located below - M2 - located on top

The position of the high pressure hoses to the pumps and travel motors corresponds to the location of the test points. For this test, close off the high pressure lines. See par. 10.1 resp. 10.2 „Test preparation“. Install pressure gauges on the left and right on test point M1 to check ”travel forward" or M2 to check ”travel reverse". Start the Diesel engine and run at approx. 1400 RPM. Slowly deflect the travel joystick to ”travel forward" or ”travel reverse" until the pressure reading on the pressure gauge remains constant. Leave the travel joystick in this position for a short period and reduce the engine speed gradually to approx. 1000 RPM. The pressure reading on the gauge should remain constant or decrease slightly. Caution:

For safety reasons, carry out this test at the lowest possible oil flow = slightest possible joystick deflection. Hold the highest pressure for no longer than 5 to 10 seconds.

If the nominal value was not reached on one or several points, find and eliminate the cause. Possible causes are loose or damaged relief valves, damaged cylinder barrels or control plates, defective servo piston seal (pressure increases when RPM decreases) or general wear. If nominal values were reached during this test, but they were not reached during the prechecks in working application, then the problem is located in the travel motor. For example, it could be caused by a damaged cylinder barrel or control plate, a defective directional valve for the flushing function. Find and eliminate the cause. After completing the test, reinstall all components with new seals. For tightening torques, see page 1.4.02. Bleed the hydraulic circuits. Test run the travel circuit. 10.1 Test preparation - block HP lines - PR 712 to PR 742 Remove gear cover on both sides, clean the support shaft area as necessary. Disconnect the wire harnesses, loosen and unscrew grommets on support shaft flanges. Remove silicon from mounting grooves and remove harness from flange passage. Remove flange mounting screws, lift the flange from the support shafts. Close the ports on the flanges with plastic plugs. Install special test flanges - see special tools page 2.1.21.01 - on the support shafts and tighten with corresponding screws. Reconnect the wiring harnesses.

Important: Water or dirt in oil ports and cable connections can cause pump and motor damage or electrical malfunctions. Do not damage the wiring harnesses. Check the special flanges and their O-rings before installation. Install test fittings or blind plugs. After the test, remove the flanges and pressure gauges. Replace the seals on the support shaft flange. Reinstall the flange. Insert the wiring harnesses properly, install the grommets, cover the mounting groove with silicon.

10.2 Test preparation - block HP lines - PR 752 Prepare blind plates B (4 or 8 pieces required) - see special tools page 2.1.21.01 - and hex head screws M12 x 50 - 10.9, ID No. 4600 724 (16 or 32 pieces required) for installation. The blind plates are installed with the SAE flanges of the HP lines to the travel motors. The mounting area is accessible via the rear cover plate, the bottom maintenance cover and, if necessary, by tilting the cab.

Caution:

Do not block the oil flow at the pump outlets with the blind plates, because there is no O-ring seal at the pump side. There is danger of serious injury due to hot oil blowing out.

To install, loosen the SAE flange screws and push in the blind plates. Replace the original screws individually with the longer screws mentioned above and tighten.

Caution:

Check the blind plates before installation for damage. Do not damage or push out the seal rings during installation. Protect the lines and ports from water or contamination, this could damage the pumps and motors.

To remove the plates, replace one by one the screws on the SAE flanges again with the original screws and tighten them just to the point where the seal ring touches. Pull out the plate and torque the screws in sequence. For torque values, see page 1.4.02.

Notes: For this test, all 8 HP line connections should be closed off. This makes it possible to check all four areas of the system in one test procedure. If this is not possible, close off at least all 4 line connections for one drive direction. To check the other direction, change over the blind plates to the other connections. It is not permitted to check both travel directions with the plates installed in the same position. The pressure which occurs on both sides of the travel motors could damage the motors. In addition, there is no O-ring seal on the motor. This could cause serious injury due to oil blowing out. For safety reasons, it is not permitted to block only one travel drive (the track chain on the opposite side could start to turn). Notes for troubleshooting: Even for troubleshooting, it is not permitted to disconnect just one travel motor of one travel drive from the high pressure circuit. If only one motor is driven per side, it may be damaged due to overload. If a high pressure oil loss is discovered in the area of the motors, a comparison of the pressure in each housing can show in which of the two motors the problem occurred. The comparison test must be made at the same time when the high pressure loss occurs.

B. Track chain run - test with test box CET 08/03 H - adjustments 1. Preparations Before performing any of the tests, all the points outlined in section A as well as the tests and preparations outlined in ”test box use", group 10.4 and other adjustment guidelines in test sections A and B must have been performed up to/ including ”track chain run - RPM sensor". 2. Type of test / adjustment The extent and procedure for testing and adjustment can be selected based on the problem. The actual adjustment procedure for the individual components is independent of the problems and is always performed in the same manner. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.07

2.1 Checking straight run - minor corrections In this test, the check the speed of the right travel drive is compared to the speed of the left travel drive. For test instructions, see ”test box use" group 10.4, paragraph ”Checking straight run of tracks”. Test steps according to paragraph in adjustment guidelines ”Straight run - right track to left track". If minor corrections/adjustments are made without checking the "basic adjustment / left track", always match the faster track to the slower one. On PR 752 machines, the hydraulic motor control must be disconnected when testing the end of pump regulation. See par. B2.3 2.2 Check / adjustment of speed and straight run = base adjustment Step 1 = Speed - The speed of the left track in relation to the nominal values in the test box is measured / adjusted. - For test instructions, see ”test box use" group 10.4, paragraph ”Base adjustment - left track speed”. - Test steps according to the checklist in paragraph ”Basic adjustment - left track”

Step 2 = Straight run - The speed of right track in relation to the speed of left track is measured / adjusted = matching to nominal speed. - For test instructions, see ”test box use" group 10.4, paragraph ”Checking track straight run”. - Test steps according to the checklist in paragraph ”Straight run - right track to left track”.

Notes: - Speed stages 1 and 5 as well as stage 4 in reverse are only used to double check the adjustment since they are results from adjusting stages 2, 3 and 4 forward. Exception: stage 5 forward on model PR 752 - see par. B-5. - If stop screws are installed in the spring housings of the pump covers they must be used for the adjustment. Additional eccentric pins in the pump cover have been added by the manufacturer as safety stops and may not be adjusted. If the spring housing is changed (regulating range adjustment), the end stop must also be readjusted. If only eccentric pins and spring housings without stop screws are installed, the regulating range and end stop can be adjusted independent of one another. - For travel pumps, type HPV 130 = PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233, the regulating range must be readjusted after the end stop is adjusted. For that reason, check / adjust speed stage 3 before speed stage 2. - Pump control / adjustment of travel pumps depends on the type of travel gear installed. See previous point A-10 ”Maximum working pressure" and the following illustrations in par. 4. - For adjustments on the pumps, the operator’s cab must be raised, and for travel motor adjustments on machine models PR 712 to PR 742, the gear cover must be removed. For travel motor adjustments on model PR 752, remove rear cover plate. Observe all safety recommendations.

2.2.1 Additional preparations for machine models PR 752 The travel motors (2 per side) on the PR 752 are controlled hydraulically from the pump remote control and start regulating shortly before the end of pump regulation. For function / schematics, see group 6.3. Because of this overlap, the servo control of hydraulic motors must be disconnected when testing / adjusting the end of pump regulation. Because internal leakage can cause a build-up in pressure and, as a result, change the motor adjustment, servo lines must be connected to ”tank" and may not be closed off. Test / adjustment of pumps - travel speed and straight run: Remove the servo line to the hydraulic motors on pump port X and connect to free housing port J. Close off connection X with the plug Perform tests / adjustments as outlined in checklist section ”disconnected servo lines". Reinstall parts after adjustment.

Test / adjustment of hydraulic motors - travel speed and straight run: The four displacement motors must be tested / adjusted individually during the basic adjustment. Therefore it is a need, to have on each side only one variable motor connected to the servo line before you start with the next tests/adjustments. In travel direction forward the two motors in front are on the end of the servo line. Remove the plug from connection Y at the remote controls of this motors and install fittings as listed below (drawing shows left hand front motor, seen from the rear side of the machine = cover at the main frame). Disconnect the servo lines "motor to motor" from the rear motors connection X and connect the lines with the fittings at connection Y on the front motors. Close fittings at the rear motors with stopper and union nut. Required parts: 1

2 x IdNo. 4900 038

Stopper

2

2 x IdNo. 4774 001

Union nut

3

2 x IdNo. 7403 569

Elbow fitting

4

2 x IdNo. 7404 259

Reducer fitting

5

2 x IdNo. 7410 458

Fitting

At the front motors connection X is now open to "tank", the rear motors are still connected to the servo lines. Carry out tests/adjustments referring to the checklist step "servo lines connected to one motor on each side", If necessary, adjust the rear motors. Note:

The base adjustment (speed) for the left motor must be set to the line between the red and green field on the ”SLOW" side of the straight run indicator on the test box, the straight run of the right motor is as usual adjusted to the center of the green section. See ”test box use", group 10.4.

Reinstall the servo lines and close off connections Y. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.08

Carry out tests/adjustments referring to the checklist step "servo lines connected to all travel motors". If necessary, adjust the front motors. Note:

The additional Qmin - limit screw (minimum angle) has been preset by the manufacturer to a nominal value and may not be readjusted. The Qmin - screw serves as a safety stop and is normally not reached since the maximum speed limitation is regulated via the electronic control. When replacing / readjusting a variable motor, note point 5 - ”adjustment of variable motors mechanical Qmin -stop - PR752”.

3. Adjustments For simplified illustration of parts as well as component related sequence of test/adjustment steps, see par. 4. For more precise design details, see sectional views in group 8.1 and 8. Note: - If the test result for an existing adjustment is shown in red area on the test box, change the adjustment first past the green range until it is in the other red area. Then reset the adjustment to the required green area. Exception: PR 752 - stage 4 and 5. - Adjustments to reach the green area may only be made when the chain is at a standstill. - Recheck the adjustments to ensure the indicated value several times within a certain time frame approx. 20 seconds. Between the test runs, actuate the travel in different speeds / directions. 3.1 Adjustments on variable pumps type ”BPV” and "HPV 135" - PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→, PR 752 See also „Notes“ under par. 2.2. 3.1.1 Regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test ”forward stage 2" / ”reverse stage 2" Begin of regulation and flow in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, they cannot be adjusted separately. Loosen the nut, turn the spring housing

- clockwise - counterclockwise

→ →

to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed.

Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. If installed, loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment screw - end of pump regulation by the same amount as the spring housing, but in the opposite direction. Tighten the lock nut. Proceed to the next test position for the required fine adjustment. 3.1.2 End stop (maximum pump angle) = test box test ”forward stage 3" / ”reverse stage 3" Version ”adjustment pin in spring housing ” Loosen the lock nut, turn adjustment screw


→ →

to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed

Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. Version ”eccentric pin in pump cover” Remove the plug, loosen the lock nut on the eccentric pin. For special tools, see sub group 2.1.20. Note:

The necessary turning direction for the adjustment cannot be determined beforehand. It must be determined after the first adjustment via a test run.

Move the eccentric pin slightly in one direction and lock it in this position with the lock nut. Perform a test run. Repeat the procedure in the necessary turning direction until the required adjustment is obtained.

3.2 Adjustments on variable pumps type ”HPV 130” - PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 See also „Notes“ under par. 2.2. 3.2.1 End stop (maximum pump angle) = test box test ”forward stage 3" / ”reverse stage 3" Loosen the lock nut, turn the spring housing


→ →


Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the process until the required adjustment is obtained. Loosen the lock nut on adjustment screw, turn the screw the same amount as the spring housing but in the opposite direction. Tighten the nut. For the required fine adjustment, proceed to the next step = regulating range pumps. 3.2.2 Regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test ”forward stage 2" / ”reverse stage 2" Begin of regulation and the flow in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, are not adjusted separately. Loosen the lock nut, turn the adjustment screw


→ →


Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. 3.3 Adjustment of variable motors regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test ”forward stage 4" See also ”Notes" in par. 2.2 as well as par. 2.2.1 „Preparations“ for machine models PR 752. Begin of regulation and the flow consumption in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, are not adjusted separately. The adjustment procedure is the same for all variable motor models "BMV". Loosen the lock nut, turn the adjustment screw

- counterclockwise - clockwise

→ →


Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. Note:

The Qmax limit screw (maximum motor angle) on the variable motors has been adjusted to a nominal value by the manufacturer and may not be readjusted. The Qmax screw determines oil consumption and torque transfer in the low speed range.

4. Sequence and location of adjustments The sequence of adjustments is given in steps 1 to 5 (6) and is valid for both ”base adjustment left track" = speed and ”straight run adjustment" =matching right track to left track. The sections are set up according to the type of travel gear installed (see group 11) and the type of end stops of the pumps. See also ”Notes" in par. 2.2 as well as par. 2.2.1 ”Preparations" for machine models PR 752. Parts are illustrated in simplified form; for more details refer to sectional views in group 8.1 and 8.2.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.09

4.1 PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 - travel gear ”type C” (”A”) Pump type BPV ”adjustment screw in spring housing”

”eccentric pins in pump cover”

Key to 4.1

c = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump e = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pump d = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation f = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulat. g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor

4.2 PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→, PR 752 - travel gear ”type P” / ”type D” and similar Pump type BPV ”adjustment screw in spring housing”

”eccentric pins in pump cover”

PR 752

d c

PR 742

f 3

Key to 4.2

c = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor d = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation

(PR 752 - one hydraulic motor right/left)

e = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pump h = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor f = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulation

(PR 752 - second hydraulic motor right/left)

4.3 PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 - pump type HPV 130 Travel gear ”type C” (”A”)

”type P” / ”type D”

Key to 4.3

c = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation e = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulat. d = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump

f = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pu.

g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor

5. Adjustment of variable motors - mechanical Qmin -stop - PR 752 Note:

When replacing a variable motor, the adjustment of the Qmin stop screw (=protrusion) on the new motor must be compared to the adjustment on the old, original motor. If necessary, change the adjustment on the new motor before installation. The protrusion should be about the same for all 4 motors. Servo lines to variable motors are connected normally.

Check adjustments according to the adjustment checklist with the test box in speed stage 5 - forward. Note:

The correct basic adjustment (speed) for the left motors and the straight run for the right motors is shown on the test box in the " green" area, as usual.

Adjustment procedure: If an adjustment must be made, determine the protrusion of the adjustment screw on both variable motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too fast

→ on the variable motor with the larger screw protrusion: loosen the lock nut, turn the, adjustment screw in clockwise direction.

Chain too slow

→ on the variable motor with the smaller screw protrusion: loosen the lock nut, turn the, adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction.

Note:

Turn the adjustment screw only slightly. Do not change the adjustment past the green range on the straight run indicator into the red "FAST" area.

Tighten the lock nut, run through a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is reached.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 04

Travel Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

6.5.00.10

6. Actuate the parking brake - bleed system and check pressure setting - PR 712→PR752 F/N xxx-5600→ Perform only if necessary - but always after repairs on the system. For schematic, see group 6.3. 6.1 Operating system - bleed pressure line to brake PR 712→PR742 - Loosen the fitting on the brake line on the left and right support shaft flange. PR 752 - Loosen the hose connection to the brake on the right rear and the left front. If possible, place a container underneath to catch the oil. . Connect the test box and prepare to check the "solenoid valve - brake" - see group 10.4, point 3.6. Start the machine as outlined in group 10.4 , press the switch "BRAKE RELEASE" on the test box until oil free of air bubbles emerges on the fittings. Turn the machine off. Remove the test box. Tighten the fittings and clean the machine (oil). 6.2 Actuate the brake to bleed the system for towing Connect a test hose on test point "M" at test console / hose connection "BS" and place hose into a suitable container. Test console, see point 2. Bring starter switch S1, safety lever and the emergency shut off switch into operating position - solenoid valve / towing shifts. Do not start the engine! Move the hand pump of the cab tilt device to "Lift". Actuate the pump until oil free of air bubbles emerges on connection "BS" / test hose. Note: After changing a hose, it may be necessary to actuate the hand pump 30 times. Bring the starter switch S1 and the safety lever to neutral position. 6.3 Check the system for towing and the pressure setting As outlined in the operating manual, the hose from "BB" to "BS" and close off "BB" . Install a 0-60 bar pressure gauge on test connection "M" at "BS". Bring the starter switch S1 and safety lever into operating position - solenoid valve -( towing) is actuated. Watch the pressure gauge and actuate the hand pump for the cab tilt device in position "Lift" until the pressure relief valve opens and the pressure remains constant. Nominal value 35+3 bar. Under no circumstances may it exceed 40 bar - danger of damage to the brake piston seal. If the pressure relief valve does not open in the required range, correct the adjustment. Move the safety lever to the down position or press the emergency shut off switch. The solenoid valve (towing) moves to the neutral position, the indicator light - brake release H4, which was turned off before, lights up again on the instrument panel. Bring the safety lever and the emergency shut off switch again into the operating position. The solenoid valve is actuated, the brake is released by the accumulated pressure in the accumulator. The indicator light - brake release H4 must turn off. If the indicator light H4 does not turn off, the whole process and system check must be repeated. If necessary, check the charge pressure in the accumulator. Move the starter switch S1 to 0 and the safety lever to the down position. Move the lever on the hand pump for the cab tilt to the "down" position. Remove the pressure gauge, reposition the hose from "BS" to "BB" and close off "BS" with plug and nut. Clean the area, as necessary. Pressure relief valve: (tilt cab)

on PR 712→PR742 in main frame - right

on PR 752 in main frame - left


7.1

Description

7.2

Function

7.3

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732

F/N xxx-0103→0384 F/N xxx-0103→0563 F/N xxx-2003→2500

7.3.10

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0385→0500 F/N xxx-0564→1000

7.3.11

PR 712B F/N xxx-0501→ PR 722B F/N xxx-1001→ PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→2627

7.3.12


7.3.30

PR 742

F/N xxx-2001→2500

7.3.40

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

7.3.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→6199

7.3.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

7.3.52

Hydraulic hose routing

7.4

Hydraulic hose routing PR 712 F/N xxx-0103→0384 PR 722 F/N xxx-0103→0563

7.4.10

PR 732

F/N xxx-2003→2500

7.4.30

PR 742

F/N xxx-2001→2500

7.4.40

Test and adjustment

7.5



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.0.00.01

Description Servo control pressure ND

bar

PR 712(B)

PR 722(B)

PR 732(B)

PR 742(B)

PR 752

18+7

18+7

18+7

25±3

25+7

Regulating pump F/N xxx-from→to 0103→ type A10V045 oil flow l/min 112 stand-by pressure bar 20+1 pressure different ǻp HD-LS bar pressure cut-off bar 160±5 flushing flow l/min §2-5

0103→ A10V071 156 20+1 160±5 §2-5

2003→2627 2001→2500 2002→ A10V100 HPR 130 HPR 160 209 272 336 +1 +5 20 30 30+5 +6 14 15+6 160±5 160±5 200±5 §2-5 §2-5 §2-5

Regulating pump type oil flow stand-by pressure pressure cut-off flushing flow

F/N xxx-from→to

2628→ A10V100 209 25+1 160±5 §2-5

Control valve type spool - regulating range spool - stroke primary pressure max. secondary pressure max.

F/N xxx-from→to 0103→0384 0103→0563 2003→2500 2001→2500 M5-1072/20 M5-1073/20 M5-1082/20 M5-1085/25 bar 5,2 - 15 5,2 - 15 5,2 - 15 5,3 - 15 mm 11 11 11 14 bar 190±5 190±5 190±5 190±5 bar 210±5 210±5 210±5 210±5

Control valve type 00 spool - regulating range spool - stroke - lift

F/N xxx-from→to 0385→3084 0564→3175 2501→3206 2501→3095 2002→2077 M7-3001/22 M7-3001/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3022/22 bar 5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 14 4,5 - 22 short cap A - mm 9 9 9 9 11 long cap B - mm 11 11 11 11 short cap A - mm 11 11 11 11 11 long cap B - mm 9 9 9 9 bar 220±5 220±5 220±5 220±5 270±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 bar 210 210 210 210 250±5

l/min bar bar l/min

spool - stroke - tilt primary pressure max. secondary pressure max.

2500→ A10V140 292 25+1 160±5 §2-5 --

Control valve type 10

F/N xxx-from→to 3085→ 3176→ 3207→ 3096→6199 2078→6199 M7-3001/22 M7-3001/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3022/22

Control valve type 10 spool - regulating range spool - stroke - lift

F/N xxx-from→to

spool - stroke - tilt primary pressure max. secondary pressure max. Accumulator - nitrogen pressure

Note:

bar cap A - mm cap B - mm cap A - mm cap B - mm bar bar bar

5 - 14 9 11 11 9 220±5 210±5

5 - 14 9 11 11 9 220±5 210±5

5 - 14 9 11 11 9 220±5 210±5

12

12

12

6200→ 6200→ M6-1149/22 M6-1149/22 5 - 14 4,5 - 22 9 11 11 11 11 9 220±5 270±5 ±5 210 250±5 12

12

Certain equipments, such as winches and special attachments may require different pressure values. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Technical data Datum Edition Date

01 03

Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.1.00.01

Cycle times (in seconds): Raise / lower from level ground to maximum height Description

PR 712 (B) F/N xxx-from→to

PR 722(B) PR 732 (B) PR 742 (B)

103→384

103→563

PR 752

2003→2500 2001→2500

Straightblade

raise lower quick drop tilt

sec. sec. sec. sec.

3,8 5,2 2,0 0,8

2,6 3,6 1,7 0,8

3,0 3,9 1,5 1,0

3,0 3,7 1,9 1,7

-----

6-way blade

raise lower quick drop tilt angle function

sec. sec. sec. sec. sec.

2,8 3,8 1,2 0,9 2,6

2,2 3,0 1,3 1,0 2,7

3,4 3,8 1,8 1,3 3,2

------

------

2501→

2501→

2002→

3,2 2,2 1,4 1,0

2,8 2,1 1,4 1,6

3,3 3,0 1,4 1,6

------

------

F/N xxx-from→to 385→ Straightblade (PR 752 Semi-U blade)

6-way blade

raise lower quick drop tilt

sec. sec. sec. sec.

raise lower quick drop tilt angle function

sec. sec. sec. sec. sec.

564→

3,3 2,7 1,7 0,7 1,9 1,2 1,0 0,9 2,5

Permissible leakage limits Measure on lift cylinder piston rods Bring machine to operating temperature Raise attachments to maximum lifting height

Description Blade attachment Ripper

1-tooth 3-tooth

PR 712 (B)

PR 722(B) PR 732 (B) PR 742 (B)

PR 752

mm / 10 min

25

25

20

18

15

mm / 10 min mm / 10 min

-15

-15

15 12

10 10

8 8

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working hydraulic

PR 732B F/N xxx-2628→ PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→ Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.30.00

53 check valve 54 accumulator

60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LD load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic

80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 return filter 83 bypass valve 85 strainer

130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 140 spool - lift / lower 141 check valve 142 pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side 145 spool - tilt 146 check valve 148 two way check valve 155 end plate 162 check valve

170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston 172 block

92 from TH. - gear pump - replenishing (TH. - see chapter 6.3) 95 to / from hand pump 96 to TH. - gear pump - replenishing 97 from TH. - return line

100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 pressure cut off valve 106 pilot piston 107 restrictor 109 load sensing regulator 110 pilot piston 111 case drain filter 112 stand-by valve 113 valve piston 114 restrictor 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right

173 block 175 tilt cylinder

B11 pressure switch - quick drop (= B22 at PR 742B starting with F /N xxx-5600→) B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor (= B18 at PR 742B starting with F /N xxx-5600→) Y3 Y4 Y6 Y25

solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - float position (rod side)

220

01 03

1. Neutral function

Functional schematic see 7.3.50.00

1.1. Servo control Pressurized oil flows from travel hydraulic ”replenishing" (see group 6.3 → filter base 18/B) → check valve 52 → P-distributor block 50

→ accumulator 55. → solenoid valveY4.

After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to → P-servo control valve115 → regulating piston 116 to119 → blocked. → test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30 +5 bar. Oil flow: Tank 80 → shut off valve 81 → attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 → → internal → return cylinder 103. → intermediate plate 105 → → pressure cut off valve107. → → LS-regulator 109 → 107 → 105 → variable control cylinder 102. → housing X → UP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y53-A → blocked. external → P-control block 130 → relief valve 131 → blocked. → outlet MP → test point HD.. → spool 135 → blocked. → spool 140 → blocked. → end plate 155 →blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 → spool 135/140 → end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y25 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (250±5 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.50.01

2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15 +6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = ǻp on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the ǻp is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 200±5 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = ǻp 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L → filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar → max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path P→user is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 270 ±5 bar.

2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y25 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y25) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y6 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y50 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via the orifice 162 → T-solenoid valve Y50-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 → B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y53 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage P→B, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B22 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.50.02

3. Operating function - Working movement - starting from neutral position according to par. 1 and identical operating functions according to par. 2. 3.1. Blade up 3.1.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 117 to → housing outlet 1 → b1-control valve block 130 → spool 135 - displacement toward a1. 3.1.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to

→ control valve block-outlet-B1 → A-quick drop unit 160-A1/A1 → B1-lift cylinder 170. → pressure relief valve 139. → solenoid valve Y25.

The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to → B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B → A1-control block 130 → → spool 135 → tank line/connection T → return filter 82 → tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to → housing outlet 3 → → → pressure switch B22. → a1-control valve block 130 → spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to → control block-outlet A1 → B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 → A1-lift cylinder170. → relief valve 137. → one-way valve 138. → solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight → load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on → load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valve Y6 → block connection T → return filter83 → tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar → switch B22 / electr. contact closed → solenoid valve Y6 and Y50 energized → actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P → B-solenoid valve Y50. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 → → → orifice 162 → T-solenoid valve Y50-A → blocked. → piston161 → channel B1 - B1 → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. → 160-outlet A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → → → solenoid valve Y6 → blocked → one way valve 138 → oil supply → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.

3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to → housing outlet 2 → WT-distributor block 50 → T- solenoid valve Y45-B → distributor block 50-WB → a2-control block 130 → spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to → control block-outlet A2 → support shaft right 180-B → block 173-B → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to → A-block 173 → A-support shaft right 180 → B2-control block 130 → spool140 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valveY6 → block connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed). Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → right lift cylinder/piston rod side.. Oil flow at ”raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137. Oil flow at ”lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → check valves 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.50.03

3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo Control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to → housing outlet 4 → WP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y45-A → distributor block 50-WA → b2-control block 130 → spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to → control block-outlet B2 → support shaft right 180-A → block 173-A → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to → B-block 173 → B-support shaft right 180 → A2-control block 130 → spool 140 → tank line/connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed). Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 →

left lift cylinder/piston rod side..

Oil flow at ”raised” end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137. Oil flow at ”lowered” end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → end stroke valve 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y25 are energized electrically to ”open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 01

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.50.00

50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH. LP to fan drive / TH.

160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 162 orifice 163 intermediate plate

52 check valve

170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston

55 accumulator

173 block

60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139

spool - lift / lower check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder rod side

140 141

spool - tilt check valve

145

two way check valve

155

end plate

175 tilt cylinder 180 support shaft right B5 pressure switch / TH. B11 pressure switch - quick drop B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor Y3 Y4 Y6 Y13 Y25 Y45 Y50 Y52 Y53

solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - special attachment solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - fan drive - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety

unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive und replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt parts list remarks „TH.“ see group 6, page 6.3.50.00

2062

01 01

1. Neutral function




After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to → P-servo control valve115 → regulating piston 116 to119 → blocked. → test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30+5 bar.

Oil flow: Tank 80 → shut off valve 81 → attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 → → internal → return cylinder 103. → intermediate plate 105 → → pressure cut off valve107. → → LS-regulator 109 → 107 → 105 → variable control cylinder 102. → housing X → UP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y28-A → blocked. external → P-control block 130 → relief valve 131 → blocked. → outlet MP → test point HD.. → spool 135 → blocked. → spool 140 → blocked. → end plate 155 →blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 → spool 135/140 → end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (250±5 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.51.01

2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15+6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = ǻp on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the ǻp is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 200±5 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = ǻp 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L → filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit.. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar → max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path P→user is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 270±5 bar.

2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y5 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y5) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y24 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y23 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via the orifice 162 → T-solenoid valve Y23-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 → B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y28 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage P→B, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B18 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.51.02



The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to → B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B → A1-control block 130 → → spool 135 → tank line/connection T → return filter 82 → tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to → housing outlet 3 → → → pressure switch B22. → a1-control valve block 130 → spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to → control block-outlet A1 → B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 → A1-lift cylinder170. → relief valve 137. → one-way valve 138. → solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight → load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on → load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valve Y24 → block connection T → return filter83 → tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar → switch B22 / electr. contact closed → solenoid valve Y24 and Y23 energized → actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P → B-solenoid valve Y23. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 → → → orifice 162 → T-solenoid valve Y23-A → blocked. → piston161 → channel B1 - B1 → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. → 160-outlet A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → → → solenoid valve Y24 → blocked → one way valve 138 → oil supply → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.

3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to → housing outlet 2 → WT-distributor block 50 → T- solenoid valve Y29-B → distributor block 50-WB → a2-control block 130 → spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to → control block-outlet A2 → support shaft right 180-B → block 173-B → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to → A-block 173 → A-support shaft right 180 → B2-control block 130 → spool140 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valveY24 → block connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed).

Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → right lift cylinder/piston rod side..

Oil flow at ”raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.

Oil flow at ”lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → check valves 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.51.03

3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to → housing outlet 4 → WP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y29-A → distributor block 50-WA → b2-control block 130 → spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to → control block-outlet B2 → support shaft right 180-A → block 173-A → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to → B-block 173 → B-support shaft right 180 → A2-control block 130 → spool 140 → tank line/connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed).

Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → left lift cylinder/piston rod side..

Oil flow at ”raised” end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.

Oil flow at ”lowered” end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → end stroke valve 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 are energized electrically to ”open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.51.00

50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH. LP to fan drive / TH.

160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 162 orifice 163 intermediate plate

52 check valve

170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston

55 accumulator

173 block

60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139


140 141


145

two way check valve

155

end plate

175 tilt cylinder 180 support shaft right B5 B18 B22 B26

pressure switch / TH. pressure switch - return filter monitor pressure switch - quick drop temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating

Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y28 Y29

solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - fan drive - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety solenoid valve - special attachment

unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive and replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt

parts list remarks „TH.“ see group 6, page 6.3.5x.00



01 03

Arbeitshydraulik Working Hydraulic Hydraulique de travail


PR 752

F/N xxx- 2063

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.51. 00

6199

1. Neutral function




After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to → P-servo control valve115 → regulating piston 116 to119 → blocked. → test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30+5 bar.

Oil flow: Tank 80 → shut off valve 81 → attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 → → internal → return cylinder 103. → intermediate plate 105 → → pressure cut off valve107. → → LS-regulator 109 → 107 → 105 → variable control cylinder 102. → housing X → UP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y28-A → blocked. external → P-control block 130 → relief valve 131 → blocked. → outlet MP → test point HD.. → spool 135 → blocked. → spool 140 → blocked. → end plate 155 →blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 → spool 135/140 → end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (250±5 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.52.01

2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15+6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = ǻp on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the ǻp is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 200±5 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = ǻp 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L → filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit.. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar → max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path P→user is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 270±5 bar.

2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y5 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y5) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y24 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y23 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via a channel from A-A1-A1 to → T-solenoid valve Y23-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 → B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y28 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage P→B, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B18 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.52.02



The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to → B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B → A1-control block 130 → → spool 135 → tank line/connection T → return filter 82 → tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to → housing outlet 3 → → → pressure switch B22. → a1-control valve block 130 → spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to → control block-outlet A1 → B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 → A1-lift cylinder170. → relief valve 137. → one-way valve 138. → solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight → load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on → load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valve Y24 → block connection T → return filter83 → tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar → switch B22 / electr. contact closed → solenoid valve Y24 and Y23 energized → actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for ”blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P → B-solenoid valve Y23. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to → A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 → → → T-solenoid valve Y23-A → blocked. → piston161 → channel B1 - B1 → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. → 160-outlet A → B1-control block 130 → spool 135 → tank connection MT1 → → → solenoid valve Y24 → blocked → one way valve 138 → oil supply → A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.

3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to → housing outlet 2 → WT-distributor block 50 → T- solenoid valve Y29-B → distributor block 50-WB → a2-control block 130 → spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to → control block-outlet A2 → support shaft right 180-B → block 173-B → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to → A-block 173 → A-support shaft right 180 → B2-control block 130 → spool140 → tank connection MT1 → solenoid valveY24 → block connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed).

Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → right lift cylinder/piston rod side..

Oil flow at ”raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.

Oil flow at ”lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → check valves 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.52.03

3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to → housing outlet 4 → WP-distributor block 50 → P-solenoid valve Y29-A → distributor block 50-WA → b2-control block 130 → spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to → control block-outlet B2 → support shaft right 180-A → block 173-A → tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to → B-block 173 → B-support shaft right 180 → A2-control block 130 → spool 140 → tank line/connection T → return filter 83 → tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed).

Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → left lift cylinder/piston rod side..

Oil flow at ”raised” end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side → B1-pressure build up → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side → check valves 171 → piston bottom side-A1 → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.

Oil flow at ”lowered” end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side → A1-pressure build up → B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 → A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side → end stroke valve 171 → piston rod side-B1 → A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 → B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 are energized electrically to ”open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Working Hydraulic

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.52.00

50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH.

160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 163 intermediate plate 170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston

52 check valve 173 block 55 accumulator 175 tilt cylinder 60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139


140 141


145

two way check valve

155

end plate

180 support shaft right B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B22 pressure switch - quick drop B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y23 Y24 Y28 Y29

solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety solenoid valve - special attachment

unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive and replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt parts list remarks „TH.“ see group 6, page 6.3.5x.00



01 04

Arbeitshydraulik Working Hydraulic Hydraulique de travail


PR 752

F/N xxx- 6200

Blatt Page Feuille

7.3.52. 00

Important information For pressure tests, use only glycerin filled pressure gauges with a reading accuracy of ± 1 % or higher. The pressure gauge scale value should be approx. 30%, max. 100% above the test value to be checked. Caution:

To check, adjust or repair a machine, observe all safety regulations and park the machine on solid, level ground, raise and support the machine and the attachment properly. Never move the machine with the cab in the raised position. Secure the danger zone. Observe all safety guidelines, as noted in group 1.2.01.

When putting a machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines issued in the Operation Manual, check the correct function of the indicator lights and gauges. Carry out all checks and adjustments with the engine running at the engine speed as noted in the Adjustment Checklist and with the machine at operating temperature. If any defects are found during the inspection, they should be corrected immediately or as soon as possible. For inspection and adjustments, use the corresponding Adjustment check list, page 3.5.xx.xx. The check list sequence corresponds to system requirements, and the following procedure is tuned to this sequence. Refer to the check list for nominal adjustment values. Observe the following instructions accurately.

Test and adjustment

1. Visual inspections and maintenance Before the system inspection, carry out all necessary maintenance and inspections. For checks / adjustments in between, observe the following points. 1.1. Service fluids and filters Check the coolant level as well as the oil level in the Diesel engine, splitter box and hydraulic tank, add fluids, as necessary. Check the air filter for contamination, damage, correct installation and correct type. Add fuel if necessary. Drain water and sediments, corresponding to the machine design, from the tank and water separator. In case of reduced performance, clean the filter screen, replace the pre- and fine filter. In case of suspected component problems/wear, open/check the hydraulic oil filter on the affected component. In case of temperature problems, check the hydraulic oil cooler and fan for contamination / damage. 1.2. Mechanical components Check the Diesel engine shut off, throttle control and potentiometer linkage for installation position, function and wear. Check the working hydraulic joystick, adjustment and wear of the control plate and dust covers. Check wire harnesses for damage, chafing and defective plug connections. Check the systems for leaks and function as well as hose routing. Check the mounting tightness of components, such as cylinders mounts, brackets, etc., check for condition and tightness.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 03

Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.5.10.01

2. Operating temperature Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with remote mounted thermometer, see special tools, group 2.1.20. With an external thermometer, test the temperature on several points of the tank surface and determine the average value. The pressure values in a hydraulic system may change due to oil viscosity. Viscosity, however, always changes depending on oil temperature. For that reason, always maintain a constant operating temperature, and monitor the temperature during the entire inspection and adjustment procedure. If necessary, the warm up procedure must be repeated or the oil cooler must be partially covered during inspection and adjustment procedures.

Various procedures can be selected to obtain the operating temperature: a) Operate the machine to bring it to operating temperature. b) Fully actuate ripper or ”tilt blade” and at the same time, slowly extend and retract the lift cylinder in fine control range, with the HP pressure at approx. 105 bar. Oil is warmed up via the spool valve edge. c)

”Bottom out” ripper and blade lift cylinder. Oil is warmed up via the lift cylinder check valves. ”Heat up” for approx. 5 minutes, then wait for 1 minute. If supported properly, the travel drive can be fully actuated at the same time. Note:

Do not actuate the "quick drop" function.

d) Fully actuate lift cylinder ”blade up” and ”tilt” function. Oil is warmed up via the lift cylinder check valves. ”Heat up” for approx. 5 minutes, then wait for 1 minute. e) Raise the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the attachment pump to maximum 5 bar above the adjustment value (nominal value) of the primary pressure relief valve and fully actuate the ripper or ”tilt” function. Fully actuate for approx. 1 minute, then hold for 20 seconds in neutral position, or the pressure relief valve will be damaged due to localized overheating. f)

On PR 752, actuate the function ”RPM safety - Diesel engine” with the test box - see group 10.4. Fully actuate for approx. 1 minute, then hold for 20 seconds in neutral position, or the pressure relief valve will be damaged due to localized overheating.

For procedures b, c, d, e and f, actuate the travel drive (chain run) during and at the end of the warm up procedure, to ensure that the complete hydraulic system warms up evenly. To do so, raise or drive the machine. 3. Pressure check - fixed test points PR 712→742 - Battery compartment

Test center - test points

PR 752 - engine compartment, right

SP - Replenishing system pressure - TH ND - Servo pressure - WH LD (LS) - Load sensing pressure - WH HD - High pressure - WH LA - Operating pressure fan drive - TH (only at PR 752 and PR 712→PR 742 from 5600) (additional on test center only at PR 752 from 5072) M1L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M1R High pressure travel forward, right - TH M2L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M2R High pressure travel forward, right - TH BB Operating pos. of hose to brake - TH BS Towing position of hose to brake - TH

4. Check servo pressure Check on test point ND with 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge. The pressure results from the SP pressure of the travel hydraulic and the flow restriction between components and the test points (see schematic, section 6.3). If the required pressure is not reached, check the components before (at oil flow direction) the test point connection. If the required pressure is reached and problems occur due to low servo pressure, check the components after the test point connection. Check components for flow problems (excessive restriction results in drop of pressure), as well as for leakage to tank connection (internal leaks). 5. Stand by pressure Check on test point HD with 0-40 bar or 0-100 bar pressure gauge. The initial check should always be made with a 0-100 bar (or higher) pressure gauge. To check, make sure no working function is actuated.

5.1. Adjustment of regulating pump - type ”A10V” If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, remove the cap on the LS regulator, loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn in clockwise direction, to decrease pressure, turn counterclockwise. This adjustment also influences the ǻp value (HD-LS) of LS regulation. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut, install the cap and recheck the pressure setting.

5.2. Adjustment of regulating pump - type ”HPR" If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, loosen the lock nut on the adjustment screw for Qmin flow limitation. If the pressure is too high, turn the screw approx. 360° counterclockwise. Remove the pressure gauge and actuate a WHfunction for a short period. Connect the pressure gauge and recheck the stand-by pressure. Repeat as necessary until the pressure has dropped below 30 bar. To increase pressure to the nominal value, slowly turn the screw in clockwise direction while constantly monitoring the pressure gauge reading. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut and recheck the pressure adjustment. Note:

Stand-by pressure is easier to adjust when the pressure difference - ǻp HD to LD (LS function) has first been set as outlined in paragraph 7.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 03

Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.5.10.02

6. Pressure limitation Check on test point HD with 0-400 or 0-600 bar pressure gauge. For control valve type - see data page 7.1, for control valve design - see section 8.6, other valves design/ function - section 8.7, pump design - section 8.3. Control valve block - type M5 For all pressure checks/adjustments, except maximum working pressure, the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the pump regulator must be raised step by step until it is ensured that the primary pressure relief valve opens before the permissible secondary pressure. Then set the pressure cut off valve above the secondary setting and raise the primary relief valve adjustment until the secondary relief valve to be checked, opens or until its nominal value (including tolerance) has been exceeded by maximum 5 bar. If necessary, adjust the checked pressure relief valve to nominal value. Control valve block - type M7 and M6 Always adjust the primary relief valve first, then check/adjust the secondary relief valves. For all pressure checks/adjustments, except maximum working pressure, the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the pump regulator must be raised step by step until it is ensured that the valve to be checked opens or the nominal value (including tolerance) of the primary relief valve has been exceeded by maximum 5 bar. If necessary, adjust the checked pressure relief valve to nominal value. After the tests, readjust the valves with raised values back to nominal value. “Valve adjustment” procedure: - Remove the lead seal. Loosen the lock nut on the adjustment screw. - Turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction = to increase pressure - Turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction = to decrease pressure - Tighten the lock nut, attach new lead seal. To check/adjust corresponding functions, bottom out function, but do not actuate suddenly. Position of Pressure cut off valves Regulating pumps - type ”A10V”

Regulating pumps - type ”HPR”

Position of Pressure relief valves Control valve block - type ”M5”

1 2 3

Control valve block - type ”M7” and "M6"

Pressure relief valve - primary relief Pressure relief valve - secondary relief / lift cylinder piston bottom side Pressure relief valve - secondary relief / lift cylinder piston rod side = PR752 only

6.1. Test procedure on machines with control valve block - type M5 - see data page 7.1.00.01 6.1.1 Check/adjust secondary pressure, primary pressure and pressure cut off (inspection procedure) On both lift cylinders, loosen the screws on the SAE flange from connection B (line connections to piston bottom side) and install test plates. For required size, see special tools, page 2.1.21.01. Actuate the ”blade down” function, check the pressure gauge reading. Raise pressure setting of cut off valve and primary pressure relief valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust secondary pressure relief valve to nominal value → primary pressure relief valve to nominal value → pressure cut off valve to nominal value. Remove the test plates, replace the seal rings, if necessary, tighten flanges. If additional circuits with secondary relief valves are installed, actuate/set the corresponding functions / pressure relief valves before resetting the primary pressure relief valve. 6.1.2 Check/adjust only primary pressure and pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate the ”tilt blade” or ripper function, monitor the pressure gauge, raise the setting of the pressure cut off valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust primary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary → adjust pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 6.1.3 Check/adjust only pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate the ”tilt blade” or ripper function, monitor the pressure gauge, adjust the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 6.2. Test procedure on machines with control valve block - type M7 and M6 - see data page 7.1.00.01 6.2.1 Check/adjust primary pressure (inspection procedure) Actuate the ”tilt blade” function or additional attachments without secondary relief, monitor the pressure gauge. Raise the setting of the pressure cut off valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust primary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary → leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for secondary pressure check. 6.2.2 Check/adjust secondary pressure and pressure cut off (inspection procedure) Adjustment of pressure cut off valve still raised from primary pressure check procedure. PR 712 to PR 742 (do not use for machine type PR 752) Lightly actuate the ”blade down” function until the lift cylinder pistons bottom out, then continue to deflect the joystick lever past the pressure point to ”quick drop” function and watch the pressure gauge. Set the secondary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary → set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. PR 752 On both lift cylinders, loosen the screws on the SAE flange - connection A and B and install test plates. For size, see special tools, page 2.1.21.01. Actuate the ”blade down” function and check the pressure setting of the secondary pressure relief valve, set to nominal value, if necessary. Actuate the ”blade up” function and check the setting of the secondary pressure relief valve on the pressure gauge, set to nominal value if necessary → set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. If additional circuits with secondary valves are installed, actuate/set the corresponding functions/pressure relief valves before resetting the pressure cut off valve. Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 03

Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.5.10.03

6.2.3 Check/adjust only pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate a function as in paragraph 6.2.1, monitor the pressure gauge, if necessary, set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 7. Pressure difference - ǻp "HD" to "LD(LS)" ("high" pressure to "load" pressure/load sensing) Check at test point HD and LD (LS) with a 0-100 bar and/or 0-250 bar pressure gauge. The initial test should always be performed with a 0-250 bar (or higher) pressure gauge, to determine the more exact value, use a 0-100 bar pressure gauge. Place the blade in horizontal position and raise it all the way. Deflect the joystick about half way in ” blade up" direction (=fine control range) and hold it in this position. Read the pressure values of test points HD and LD (LS) and compare. The pressure difference HD to LD(LS)=ǻp must decrease with corresponding lever movement from the upper tolerance limit down to 15 bar.

When spools are fully opened (= almost full lever deflection), ǻp must decrease abruptly below 13 bar. If this range is not reached, then the pump is not regulating at maximum flow. This test should be performed with all working movements. Determine the pressure during the working movement on test point HD and LD (LS) at the same time. If the ǻp 13 bar range is not reached, then the pump is not regulating at maximum flow. Possible causes for this problem are, for example: LS-regulator is stuck, axial piston unit of the pump or spool is not moved sufficiently, extreme pump wear, etc. 7.1. Adjustment of regulating pump - type ”A10V” The regulating function ”pressure difference” is part of the ”stand by pressure” adjustment and cannot be adjusted separately. If there are problems, check the regulator function, for example: easy movement of the piston. 7.2. Adjustment of regulating pump - type ”HPR” If the pressure difference in the fine control range does not match nominal value, release the lock nut from the adjustment screw on LS regulator. Turn the screw to approx. 90°, depending on deviation, and check the pressure difference again. Repeat procedure until the nominal value is reached.

the the the the

Turn in clockwise direction

to increase ǻp / to raise HD pressure

Turn in counterclockwise direction

to decrease ǻp / to decrease HD pressure

After the adjustment, tighten the lock nut and recheck. If ǻp is not 13 bar, with spool fully open, see paragraph 7.

8. Check accumulator (emergency function) Let the Diesel engine run at high speed for a few minutes, raise the blade, turn the Diesel engine off. Leave the safety lever and the starter switch in operating position or return it to position 1. Actuate the ”blade down” function a short distance several times - the blade must go down step by step (at least 4 times), or actuate the blade until the blade has dropped to the ground. If this requirement is not performed, check system and accumulator, renew defect parts.

9. Check quick drop function Normally, the quick drop function must only be checked in case of problems and therefore, it is not listed on the adjustment check list. If the function is actuated before the joystick reaches the pressure point, then the actuating point of the pressure switch is set too low→check/adjust function (replace switch). If the function does not actuate despite a fully deflected joystick, then the actuating point of pressure switch is set too high, the current supply from the switch to the solenoid valve is interrupted, or the solenoid valve is defective →check electrical system / solenoid valve, check/adjust pressure switch function. For hydraulic functions, see group 7.3, for valve design, group 8.7, electrical system, group 9. 9.1. Check/adjust function of pressure switch Disconnect the oil pressure switch on connection 3 of the pilot control valve (joystick) and install a test fitting for a pressure gauge. Connect a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. Move the control lever towards ”blade down" to the pressure point. Watch the pressure gauge reading and continue to move the joystick past the pressure point. When the pressure point is passed, the pressure must star to increase. If the pressure does not increase or the readings are outside the norm values, check the pilot control / servo pressure, correct problem. On the switch, remove the color seal on the adjustment screw, remove the pressure gauge connection, install the switch and connect it with the currented wire. Check the power supply with a test lamp or voltage meter to determine the actuating point on the second electrical contact of the switch. Actuating point = voltage increase 0→ § 24V. Deflect the joystick in ”blade down" direction, to the actuating point. The switch should not actuate, if necessary, raise the actuating point. Continue to deflect the joystick past the pressure point. The switch must actuate, otherwise lower the actuating point. Turn the adjustment screw on the switch in clockwise direction to raise the actuating point, turn it in counterclockwise direction to lower the actuating point. If the required actuating point cannot be reached, replace the switch.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic


01 03

Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

7.5.10.04

Sub Group Index Variable pump travel hydraulic

8.1

Intermediate flange PR 712 F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722 F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732 F/N xxx-2003→

8.1.01

Variable pump PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→

8.1.10

Variable pump PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→5233

8.1.40

Variable pump PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→

8.1.41

Variable pump PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→

8.1.50

Variable motor travel hydraulic

8.2

Variable motor PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→

8.2.10

Variable motor PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003→

8.2.30

Variable motor PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→

8.2.50

Variable flow pump working hydraulic Variable flow pump A10V PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→

8.3 8.3.10

(fan drive)

Variable flow pump HPR PR 742B F/N xxx-2001→2500 PR 752 F/N xxx-2001→

8.3.40

Constant pumps and motors

8.4

Gear pump travel hydraulic

8.4.01

Axial piston - constant motor fan drive PR 732 F/N xxx-5600→ PR 742 F/N xxx-5600→

8.4.02



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 04

Hydraulic components

Blatt Page Feuille

8.0.00.01

Pilot control valve working hydraulic

8.5

Pilot control valve 2-way

8.5.03

Pilot control valve 4-way PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→6199

8.5.10

Pilot control valve 4-way PR 742B F/N xxx-6200→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2001→

8.5.40

Control valve block PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

8.6


8.6.10

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→3084 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→3175 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→3206 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→3095

8.6.11

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


8.6.12

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2077

8.6.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2078→

8.6.51

Valves

8.7

Overview

8.7.00

Pressure valves

8.7.01

Directional valves

8.7.02

Shut off valves

8.7.03

Other valves

8.7.04

Hydraulic cylinder

8.8

Intermediate flange variable pump BPV - regulating pump A10V 1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 regulating pump - working hydraulic 2.1 drive shaft 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

intermediate flange centering flange connector sleeve hex head screw O-ring washer hex head nut socket head screw stud washer hex head nut O-ring O-ring O-ring

Intermediate flange variable pump BPV - constant pump 1.1st version: PR 712 F/Nxxx-0103 → , PR 722 F/N xxx-0103 → , PR 732 F/N xxx-2003 → xxxx, RL 22 F/N xxx-1001 → 1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 connector sleeve 5 spring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 O-ring 10 O-ring 11 socket head screw 12 washer


Mjfcifss!

Variable pumps Datum Edition Date

01 04

Intermediate flange Travel hydraulic


PR 712 PR 722 PR 732

F/N xxx-0103→ F/N xxx-0103→ F/N xxx-2003→

RL (4)22 F/N xxx-1001→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.01.01

Intermediate flange Variable pump BPV - constant pump 2.2nd version: PR 732 F/N xxx-xxxx → 7149

1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 O-ring 5 O-ring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 connector sleeve 10 lock ring 11 washer 12 spring 13 washer 14 socket head screw

3.3rd version: PR 732B F/N xxx-7150 → 1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 O-ring 5 O-ring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 connector sleeve 10 lock ring 11 sleeve 12 spring 13 washer 14 socket head screw

Notes


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→


01 01


Variable pump Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.10.01

1 housing 1.1 main housing 1.2 cover with electro-hydr. remote control 1.2.1 cover with remote control setscrew - end stop 1.2.2 cover with remote control eccentric pin - end stop 1.3 cover - mech. zero position 2 control plate mounting 3 flange 4 O-ring 5 swash plate 6 needle bearing - segment 7 retainer - guide 8 flange bolt 9 control cylinder 10 washer 11 control piston 12 seal 13 retainer plate 14 spacer 15 spacers 16 socket head screws 18 pilot valve, complete 20 21 22 23 24

ball end pin ball pin spring spacer pin O-ring

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

drive shaft race cover socket head screws radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing spacers pin

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe return plate control plate support ring spring washer (retainer) shim lock ring tapered roller bearing for pumps with internal SP-pressure limitation:

44 pressure relief valve - replenishing 45 plug 46 adjustment shims 47 O-ring 48 spring 49 valve housing 50 piston

for pumps with external SP-pressure limitation: 44/1 intake restrictor ∅ 1,0 mm 47 O-ring 51 comp. pressure relief valve - high pressure with replenishing function 52 plug 53 O-ring 54 valve housing 55 O-ring 56 valve block 59 cylinder pin 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71

spring cup spring spring cup roll pin bracket eccentric pin self sealing lock nut roll pin thrust washer roll pin hex head screw socket head screws

72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

eccentric pin - hydr. zero position O-ring hex nut O-ring lever piston - cylinder spring cup O-ring spring housing nut setscrew - end stop self sealing lock nut regulating spring regulating spring

86 87 88 90 91

spring housing spring cup pressure relief valve proportional solenoid O-ring

92 93 94 95 96

end stop plug hex nut eccentric pin lock ring

100 socket head screws 101 plug with O-ring




01 01



Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.10.02




01 01



Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.10.03




01 01



Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.10.04

Notes




07 01


PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 5233 RL 42B F/N 683-2001→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.40.01

1 1.1 1.2 1.3

housing main housing bearing housing regulator housing with remote control

2 control plate mounting 3 O-ring 4 socket head screw 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

drive shaft race snap ring radial shaft seal snap ring tapered roller bearing spacer shims tapered roller bearing

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

swash plate needle bearing- segment cyl. pin - bearing shell lock bracket - bearing guide stud pin plug - pin lock return plate piston with glide shoe cylinder barrel complete return ball shims pin support ring spring support ring snap ring

32 control plate 33 pin 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

socket head screw pin dowel pin dowel pin O-ring O-ring socket head screw

45 46 47 48 49 50 51

cover - control cylinder socket head screw plug nozzle O-ring O-ring O-ring

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

control cylinder cylinder bushing piston piston seal ring piston rod with ball socket spring cup ball pin hex head nut spring spring

65 66 67 68 69

plug valve sleeve stop socket head screw spring snap ring

70 71 72 73 74 75 76

spring cup spring pin pilot piston valve sleeve spring plug

80 81 82 83 84

plug ball / socket lever pin with lock plate guide pin

85 86 87 88 89

proportional solenoid regulation valve O-ring plug plug

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99

O-ring grooved nut spring spring cup threaded pin collar nut spring housing threaded pin with nut spring cup piston - cylinder

101 102 103 104

O-ring plug dowel pin plug

106 segment 107 hex head screw with washer 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119

valve block outlet socket head screw replenishing valve plug stud O-ring O-ring nozzle O-ring plug

120 121 122 123 124 125

pressure relief valve - HP valve housing threaded pin - pressure adjustment collar nut O-ring O-ring

135 plug 136 O-ring 138 plug 140 pressure line 141 tank line 142 to cylinder F I X

pressure connection - supply side connection - tank return side pressure connection - control pressure




07 01



8.1.40.02




07 01



8.1.40.03

Notes

Notes:

1) Following parts are just for its designated installation position - do not interchange them: 2 pcs. pos. 42 - spacer 2 pcs. pos. 46 - tube guide and 2 pcs. pos. 48 - shim 2) Following parts are suited to the given tolerances of the parts: pos. 17 - shim pos. 21 - shim pos. 29 - shim pos. 72 - spring cap pos. 87 - shim (with pos. 88 - snap ring) 3) Remark when exchanging: heat the race pos. 11 to maximum 150°C and install with Loctite 648 or equivalent. install radial shaft seal pos. 12 with Loctite 648 or equivalent and fill space between sealing lips with appr. 50% grease. 4) The hydraulic zero-position of the pump is given by the position of the valve housing pos. 80. Preadjustment (as necessary): Distance between front area valve housing pos. 80 to housing pos. 60 = 14,75 mm 5) Tightening torque for pressure relief valve Pos. 50 = 170 Nm



Mjfcifss! PR 742B F/N xxx-5234→

Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.41.01

1 2 3 4

housing snap ring O-ring plug

5 6 7 8 9

control plate mounting plug O-ring socket head screw plug (M14x1,5 mm) with O-ring

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

drive shaft race radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing support ring spring washer (retainer) shim snap ring support ring tapered roller bearing shim

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

swash plate bearing race pin retainer plate shim sleeve socket head screw piston with glide shoe return plate cylinder barrel complete

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68

housing with bushings - pump control O-ring O-ring socket head screw sleeve plug plug plug

70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

piston end stop screw spring cup* spring spring cup spring housing O-ring nut setscrew - end stop self sealing lock nut

80 valve housing 81 O-ring 82 nut 83 spring 84 pilot piston 85 86 87 88 89 90

support lever shim snap ring socket head screw sleeve

91 pressure regulating valve - cartridge 35 control plate (ccw) 36 pin 40 41 42 43 44 45

control piston seal ring spacer* washer spring spring cup

46 tube guide* 47 O-ring with support ring 48 shim* 50 pressure relief valve complete with replenishing function 51 O-ring 52 valve support 53 spring 54 guiding plate (fixed onto pos. 57) 55 snap ring 56 valve piston (one way valve) 57 valve piston (pressure relief valve) 58 spring 59 O-ring

95 proportional solenoid 96 O-ring 98 plug 99 O-ring

F L MP P(S) S(P) T U Y (Y) Z (Z)

connection to filter (control pressure/replenishing) connection - housing to tank test point - to P/S connection - high pressure line connection - high pressure line connection / housing (bleeding) connection / housing servo control - flow in direction S(P) test point servo pressure at Y servo control - flow in direction P(S) test point servo pressure at Z

* = observe remarks on the front page accurately




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.41.02




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.41.03

Notes




07 01


PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.50.01

1 2 3 4

housing cover socket head screw radial shaft seal

5 6 7 8

drive shaft race tapered roller bearing shim

9 pin with O-ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

swash plate needle bearing - segment retainer - bearing guide bolt with washer and cotter (bolt fixed with roll pin ) flange bolt control piston seal ring retainer plate spacer shims socket head screw

50 cover with cylinder pins electro-hydr. remote control 51 piston - servo control 52 spring cup 53 regulating spring 54 regulating spring 55 spring housing 56 O-ring 57 nut 58 setscrew - end stop 59 self sealing lock nut 60 lever 61 eccentric pin w. O-ring and counter nut (hydr. zero) 62 pressure regulating valve - cartridge 63 proportional solenoid 64 O-ring 65 shuttle valve block 66 valve seat 67 ball 68 hollow screw with O-ring 70 pilot valve complete (housing, spring, piston)

21 control cylinder 22 spacer

72 flange 73 O-ring 74 O-ring

23 24 25 26 27 28

ball end pin ball pin spring spacer pin O-ring with steel ring O-ring

75 76 77 78 79

check valve housing - replenishing piston spring spring retainer retainer ring

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

cylinder barrel - complete piston with glide shoe return plate control plate (ccw) support ring spring washer (retainer) shim lock ring tapered roller bearing

80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87

pressure relief valve housing O-ring spring retainer shims spring valve socket valve body orifice 2,2 mm

40 41 42 43

control plate mounting O-ring plug plug

44 45 46 47 48 49

cover with cylinder pins - mech. zero position bar eccentric pin with self sealing lock nut spring cup with spring guide spring spring cup with roll pins

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99

pressure relief valve housing - high pressure O-ring shims spring retainer spring spring spring retainer ring O-ring valve cartridge with poppet and closing ball

101 hex head screw 102 hex head screw 105 coupling sleeve




07 01


PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.50.02




07 01


PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.1.50.03

Notes


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→


01 01


Variable motor Travel hydraulic

LR 622 RL(4)22

F/N 392-2030→ F/N xxx-1001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.10.01

1 housing complete 1.1 main housing 1.2 housing - control plate mounting 1.3 housing - remote control 1.4 cover 2 drive shaft bearing unit 2.1 drive shaft 2.2 flange 2.3 socket head screw 2.4 spacer 2.5 O-ring 2.6 radial shaft seal ring 2.7 nut 2.8 tapered roller bearing 2.9 bushing 2.10 socket head screw with washer 2.11 tapered roller bearing 4 retainer plate 5 socket head screw 6 piston with rod / retainer ring 7 cylinder bushing 8 cylinder barrel 9 center pin 10 lock ring 11 spring 12 retainer with spacers 13 lock ring 15 control plate 16 bushing 20 sensor (RPM) 21 O-ring 25 control piston 26 pin 27 threaded pin 28 spring 29 spring cup 30 pilot piston 31 spring cup 32 lock ring 33 spring 34 spring cup with washer 35 O-ring 36 cylinder pin 37 cylinder pin 38 39 40 41 42

socket head screw O-ring set screw self sealing lock nut O-ring

45 O-ring 46 O-ring

50 proportional solenoid 51 adjustment screw with nut 52 spring with washer 53 O-ring 54 bushing 55 plug 60 pressure relief valve (10 bar) 61 valve housing 62 O-ring 63 plug 64 shim 65 spring 66 ball 67 orifice 70 2/7 - directional valve with pressure reducing valves - valve version I and II 71 valve housing 72 plug - version I 73 spring 74 piston (pressure reducing valve) 75 plug 76 O-ring - version II 77 lock ring - version II 78 spring cup - version II 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

HD - channel HD - channel channel - control pressure channel - piston bottom side channel - spring chamber channel - flushing channel - tank

87 set screw - plug




01 01



LR 622 RL(4)22

F/N 392-2030→ F/N xxx-1001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.10.02

Valve Version II

Valve Version I




01 01



LR 622 RL(4)22

F/N 392-2030→ F/N xxx-1001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.10.03

Notes




01 04



LR 632 F/N 393-2002→ RL 42B F/N 683-3002→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.30.01

1 housing complete 1.1 main housing 1.2 housing - control plate mounting 1.3 housing - remote control 1.4 cover 2 drive shaft bearing BMV 186 - PR 732(B)/LR 632 2.1 drive shaft 2.2 flange 2.3 socket head screw 2.4 spacer 2.5 O-ring 2.6 radial shaft seal ring 2.7 nut 2.8 tapered roller bearing 2.9 bushing 2.10 socket head screw with washer 2.11 tapered roller bearing

30 pilot piston 31 spring cup 32 lock ring 33 spring 34 spring cup with washer 35 O-ring 36 cylinder pin 37 cylinder pin 38 39 40 41 42

socket head screw O-ring set screw self sealing lock nut O-ring

45 O-ring 3 drive shaft bearing BMV 260 - PR 742(B)/RL 42B 3.1 drive shaft 3.2 flange 3.3 socket head screw 3.4 spacers 3.5 spacer 3.6 O-ring 3.7 radial shaft seal ring 3.8 race 3.9 straight roller bearing 3.10 ring 3.11 spacer 3.12 bushing 3.13 comb. axial - radial straight roller bearing 3.14 socket head screw with seal ring 3.15 ball cup - center pin 4 retainer plate 5 socket head screw 6 piston with rod / retainer ring 6.1 piston with rod and ball cup 7 cylinder bushing 8 cylinder barrel 9 center pin 10 lock ring 11 spring 12 retainer with spacers 13 lock ring 15 control plate 16 bushing 20 sensor (RPM) 21 O-ring 22 spacers (only PR 742, RL 42B) 25 control piston 26 pin 27 threaded pin 28 spring 29 spring cup

50 proportional solenoid 51 adjustment screw with nut 52 spring with washer 53 O-ring 54 bushing 55 plug 60 pressure relief valve (10 bar) 61 valve housing 62 O-ring 63 plug 64 shim 65 spring 66 ball 67 orifice 70 2/7 - directional valve w. pressure reducing valves 71 valve housing 72 lock ring 73 spring cup 74 spring 75 piston (pressure reducing valve) 76 plug 77 O-ring 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

HD - channel HD - channel channel - control pressure channel - piston bottom side channel - spring chamber channel - flushing channel - tank

87 set screw - plug




01 04



LR 632 F/N 393-2002→ RL 42B F/N 683-3002→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.30.02

Notes




01 03


PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2007→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.50.01

1 housing - drive unit 2 drive shaft 3 retainer plate 4 socket head screw 5 nut 6 tapered roller bearing 7 ring 8 spacer 9 tapered roller bearing 10 set and counter screw 11 snap ring 15 flange 16 radial shaft seal 17 socket head screw with seal ring 18 O-ring 19 spacer 20 cylinder barrel 21 cylinder bushing 22 piston with connecting rod 23 retainer ring 25 26 27 28 29

center pin snap ring spring shims ring

31 set screw 32 self sealing lock nut 33 plug - connection L

71 plug 72 protecting cap 73 socket head screw 80 cover 81 O-ring 82 O-ring 83 plug 84 socket head screw 85 pressure relief valve - flushing 86 O-ring 87 orifice 90 way valve 91 valve housing 92 valve piston 93 ring 94 spring 95 plug 96 O-ring

104 connection to housing/tank 105 connection to spring housing setting in direction Qmax 106 connection to piston bottom side setting in direction Qmin

36 set pin 37 set pin 40 control plate mounting 41 control plate 42 bushing 43 piston 44 pin 45 set screw 50 remote control complete 51 spring 52 spring cup 53 spring 54 spring cup 55 set screw 56 self sealing lock nut 57 plug 58 O-ring 59 pilot piston 60 bushing 61 ring 62 snap ring 63 cover 64 screw 65 plug with seal ring 67 O-ring 68 O-ring

M high pressure connection M1/M2 P connection - pressure oil for setting (from replenishing circuit) U connection for return flow to tank X connection - servo pressure (from prop. solenoid/valve at pump) Y connection - open to housing




01 03


PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2007→ F/N 739-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.2.50.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 02

Variable flow pump A10V Working hydraulic / fan drive

Blatt Page Feuille

8.3.10.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

housing complete main housing connector plate O-ring O-ring socket head screw drive shaft snap ring radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing shim tapered roller bearing spacer

18 coupling - leak oil return 20 swash plate 21 bearing race 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe retainer plate return ball pressure pin support ring spring support ring snap ring

35 control plate 36 set pin 40 control cylinder 41 guide piston 42 ball socket with glide shoe 45 46 47 48

return piston return spring piston guide ball socket with glide shoe

regulator - up to model 100 50 housing with LS-regulator and pressure cut off 51 socket head screw 52 plug 53 O-ring 55 pressure cut off valve 56 cap nut with seal ring 57 hex nut with seal ring 58 adjustment screw 59 spring housing 60 thrust washer 61 O-ring 62 spring 63 spring retainer 64 pilot piston 65 plug 70 load sensing- regulator 71 cap nut with seal ring 72 hex nut with seal ring 73 adjustment screw 74 spring housing 75 thrust washer 76 O-ring 77 spring 78 spring 79 spring retainer 80 pilot piston 81 plug 85 plug 86 restrictor 87 plug

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

in addition from model 100 on stand by valve piston spring coupling with seal ring restrictor plug plug plug O-ring

regulator complete - model 140 100 housing - load sensing regulator 101 adjustment screw 102 lock nut 103 coupling 104 O-ring 105 support ring 106 O-ring 107 snap ring 108 thrust washer 109 snap ring 110 spring 111 spring 112 spring retainer 113 pilot piston 114 plug 115 O-ring 116 orifice 117 plug-in orifice with O-ring 118 O-ring 120 housing - pressure cut off valve 121 adjustment screw 122 lock nut 123 coupling 124 O-ring 125 support ring 126 O-ring 127 snap ring 128 thrust washer 129 snap ring 130 spring 131 spring 132 spring retainer 133 pilot piston 134 plug 135 O-ring 136 orifice 137 plug-in orifice with O-ring 138 O-ring 140 housing - stand by valve 141 piston 142 spring 143 plug 144 coupling 145 seal ring 146 plug 147 restrictor 148 O-ring 149 plug 150 intermediate plate only at RL 42B/RL 52 installed 151 plug / coupling 152 O-ring 155 stud 156 socket cap nut P PST T/T1 X/X1

pressure channel from pump outlet pressure channel to pump control tank line supply line - load pressure



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 02


Blatt Page Feuille

8.3.10.02

Regulator - up to model 100 with stand by valve



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 02


Blatt Page Feuille

8.3.10.03

Regulator - model 140 with intermediate plate

Proportional - pressure relief regulator (Fan Drive PR 752 F/N xxx-5600→)

1 Solenoid coil - proportional solenoid Y45 2 nut 3 Solenoid anchor 4 O-ring 5 poppet 7 8 9 10

piston guide O-ring O-ring with support ring piston

spring housing O-ring setscrew O-ring with support ring hex nut washer spring spring spring cup

35 plug 36 seal

11 spring cup 12 spring 13 spring cup 15 16 17 18 19

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

38 O-ring 39 socket head screws

housing piston plug hex nut cover

40 orifice 41 O-ring P pressure channel from pump outlet PST pressure channel to pump control T tank line

20 pilot piston



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 02


Blatt Page Feuille

8.3.10.04

Notes




01 01

Variable flow pump HPR Working hydraulic

PR 742B F/N xxx-2001→ 2500 PR 752 F/N xxx-2001→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.3.40.01

1 housing 1.1 main housing 1.2 control plate mounting 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10.1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

drive shaft race shaft seal snap ring tapered roller bearing tapered roller bearing shims spacer ring bearing race swash plate (sliding) bearing swash plate piston with glide shoe return ball retainer plate pressure pin support ring spring support ring snap ring cylinder barrel

25 control plate 26 dowel pin 28 cover 29 allen head screw 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

rod with ball socket - mechanical Qmax return snap ring spring retainer spring spring dowel pin press fit pin dowel pin allen head screw

40 two piece retainer plate 41 shim 42 allen head screw 45 46 47 48

piston, complete - hydr. Qmin control bushing self sealing lock nut adjustment screw

50 51 52 53

piston, complete - hydr. return control to Qmax bushing adjustment screw / Qmin / stand- by pressure) self sealing lock nut

55 plug 56 plug

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73

valve block with load sensing regulator and pressure cut off valve load sensing regulator plug O-ring spring washers valve sleeve pilot piston spring spring O-ring spring housing spring washer adjustment screw self sealing lock nut

75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

pressure cut off valve spring housing O-ring plug with seal ring support piston pilot piston spring washer spring spring washer adjustment screw self sealing lock nut

60

87 allen head screw 88 O-ring 90 91 92 93 LS L M X

intermediate plate plug allen head screw O-ring pressure connection - LS(load sensing) connection - tank return test connection - LS signal test connection - control pressure




01 01



8.3.40.02




01 01



8.3.40.03

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input flange Pump housing End cover Input shaft / gear Driven gear Bushing Bushing O-ring

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Form gasket Support gasket Spacer Dowel pin Hex head screw Snap ring Shaft seal Roll pin



Mjfcifss!


Symbolic drawer Datum Edition Date

01 03

Gear pump Travel hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

8.4.01.01

1 2 3 4 5

housing radial shaft seal ring snap ring cylinder pin fixed swash plate

30 31 32 33

connector plate cylinder pin O-ring socket head screw

10 11 12 13 14

drive shaft adjusting spring tapered roller bearing tapered roller bearing shim

35 36 37 38 39

plug valve sleeve valve poppet with seal spring valve poppet guide

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe return plate return ball pin support ring spring lock ring divider plate

A connection return line B connection pressure line L connection leak oil line

(anticlockwise revolving)


Mjfcifss!

Axial piston - constant motor Datum Edition Date

01 03

Fan drive Travel hydraulic


LR 632(B) F/N xxx-5600→ PR 732 F/N xxx-5600→ PR 742 F/N xxx-5600→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.4.02.01

Design The servo control valve, located on the right hand side in the cab is used to control the working hydraulic - basic functions. The joystick, movable in all directions, due to a ball bearing, controls simultaneously up to two of the four pressure relief valves which are integrated in the housing via an actuating disk. On the upper end of the joystick handle is a micro switch, which can actuate an additional function electrically. The mechanical parts on the outside of the housing are protected from contamination, dirt and dust by a dust cover, however, they should still be maintained and checked regularly.

Function 1. Neutral position The return springs 42 keep the actuating disk 15 and lever 11 in neutral position via plunger 35. The pressurized oil in connection P is blocked by regulating pistons 45. The control lines P-St. 1 to 4 are relieved via bores in regulating piston and connection T to the tank.

2. Operating positions

2.1. Lever - partially deflected - Regulating range

The actuating disk 15 pushes plunger 35 against return spring 42. At the same time, regulating piston 45 is moved over spring 46. The connection control line P-St to T-tank is closed and line P to P-St is opened.

The resulting pressure in line P-St. on the front of regulating piston 45 moves it against spring 46 until spring force and hydraulic force = pressure are equalized. The connecting bore is restricted to a point where only leak oil is lost and the P-St. pressure remains constant. Therefore, the resulting pressure in the control line depends on the lever deflection.



Mjfcifss!


Design, Function Datum Edition Date

01 04

Pilot Control Valve 4-way Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.01.01

If the lever deflection is reduced, the return spring 42 pushes plunger 35 in direction of neutral position. Due to the hydraulic force in P-St., the regulating piston 25 follows the movement of the plunger. P is closed off, T is opened and pressurized oil from P-St flows off. Due to the pressure reduction in P-St, the spring force returns regulating piston 45 to its pressure holding position.

2.2. Lever - fully deflected Actuating disk 15 is at stop, plunger 35 is pushed down all the way. The resulting pressure in P-St pushes regulating piston 45 against regulating spring until it hits plunger 35. The connection P to P-St remains open. In P-St, the same pressure builds up as in P = maximum control pressure.

2.3. Added function for control line 3 (Diagram C in overall view) Screw 51 of plunger 50 is designed like a plate. At sufficient movement of plunger via the actuating plate 15, the screw 51 pushes against spring 54 and creates a pressure point, which can be easily felt on the lever. This pressure point signals the operator that he has reached a certain pressure value in the control line, which actuates an oil pressure switch in the system.

2.4. Added function - micro switch Independent from the lever deflection, an additional function (for example: solenoid valve) can be selected electrically via the micro switch 4 on the joystick handle.

A. Adjustment 1. Zero position Loosen dust cover and push towards handle. Check for easy movement, clean all parts, loosen nut 12 and connector 13. Caution:

Do not stretch or pull electrical cable!

Hold lever 11 in center position and turn actuating disk 15 until it touches all four plungers without any play. However, the plungers may not be pushed . Hold actuating disk 12 with connector piece 10 . Watch out for electrical cable! Turn lever 11 to correct position and hold in place with nut 12. Lightly lubricate all parts, reinstall dust cover as shown in overall view.

2. Dead travel on lever Check zero position, adjust if necessary, see paragraph 1. Tilt up cab and secure. Install 0-25 bar pressure gauge with L-fitting and mini test connection step-by-step into control lines 1 to 4. Slowly move lever 11 into required direction until a pressure of ca. 6,5 bar is shown on pressure gauge. Hold lever and determine distance. Should be: A lever distance of max. 15 mm equals a plunger stroke of 0,8 - 1 mm to actuation point. If this distance is higher, remove operational parts and pull plunger with guide from housing. See section on ”Repairs” in these guidelines. Insert required number of shims, Id. No. 4980 679 (6,0×12,0×0,2 mm) or Id. No. 4980 680 (6,0×12,0×0,3 mm) into spring cup 27 (see arrow). Example: A 0,4 mm thick shim reduces dead travel by ca. 8 mm . Reinstall plunger, guide and handle as shown in repair guidelines. Adjust zero position, recheck dead travel. If dead travel matches the desired distance (0-15 mm), remove pressure gauge and reinstall control line to joystick.

B. Removal and installation Tilt up cab, secure. Remove hoses from pilot control valve, close off and unplug electrical cable. Unscrew pilot control valve and take from cab. Install in reverse order. Make sure hoses are installed properly - if necessary, see hose routing, section 7.4. Do not overtighten screws - observe torques - see section 2.

C. Repairs - Servo control valve removed Observe absolute cleanliness, protect all parts from damage. Diverse small parts and fittings are not listed separately.



Mjfcifss!


Adjustment Repair Datum Edition Date

01 04

Pilot Control Valve 4-way Working Hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.01.02

1. To dismantle pilot control valves Remove protective cover 1 and handle 5 from lever 11. Unsolder electrical cable from soldering points on micro switch 4. Remove dust cover 17, pull cable through bottom .

Loosen hex nut 12, unscrew lever 11, connector 13, actuating disk 15 and linkage 20. Remove cover 18 and sleeve 52.

Pull plunger 35 with plunger guide 37 as well as plunger 50 with installation 54, 53, 51 and plunger guide 55 from housing.

Caution:

added

Watch out for shims under the plunger in the spring cup 40 (for dead travel adjustment)

Remove screw 51 from plunger 50. Remove spring cup 53 and spring 54. Push all four plungers from plunger guides, remove seal rings 38 and O-rings 39. Pull resulting piston 45 separately with spring cup 40, lock washer 41, and springs 46, 42 from housing. Check regulating piston and reinstall. If necessary, release lock washer and remove parts. Regulating pistons are not available separately.

2. Assembly: Before assembly, clean all parts. Replace seals as well as damaged or worn parts. Install parts in reverse order. Insert plunger 50 with guide 55 and added installation in housing bore 3 . Torque linkage 20 with 20 Nm . Adjust zero position and dead travel of joystick - see ”Adjustment”. Lightly grease parts, install cable clamp tension relief on electrical cable.

Solder cable on micro switch 4 : gray-1 red- 2 yellow - 3 blue - not used (insolate)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Lever Ball grip Adapter sleeve Shaft Roll pin Radial shaft seal ring Bushing Bushing Cam Roll pin Roll pin

15 Cover 16 Socket head screw with washer 20 Housing - upper 21 O-ring 22 Socket head screw

23 O-ring 24 O-ring 25 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Plunger Plunger guide Seal ring O-ring Spool Spring retainer Lock washer Return spring Regulating spring Shim

40 Housing - lower



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic LR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Pilot control valve - 2-way Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.03.01

Pedal operated

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Pedal right Pedal left Adjustment screw Shaft Bushing Bushing Roll pin Plunger Seal ring Seal ring Bushing

15 16 17 18

Cover Hex head screw Hex. nut Socket head screw with washer

20 21 22 23 24 25

Housing - upper O-ring Socket head screw O-ring O-ring O-ring

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Plunger Plunger guide Seal ring O-ring Spool Spring retainer Lock washer Return spring Regulating spring Shim

40 Housing - lower

Notes Note:

position numbers have changed against the general description in 8.5.01.

* = shims drop out by newer pilot control valves / repair kits - adjustment given by high of the plunger flange.


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 6199


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.10.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14

cap ball actuating lever micro switch S10 (float position) handle shells socket head screw oval head screw lever hex nut connector wire harness

15 actuating disk 17 dust cover 18 cover 20 21 22 23 24 25

universal joint - blind hole on the top joint - upper connector pin pin joint - lower

30 housing 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47

plunger protecting cap plunger guide seal ring O - ring spring cup locking washer and shims* return spring regulating piston regulation spring shims

50 51 52 53 54 55

plunger at connection 3 - lowering screw case spring cup spring plunger guide

X inverted plan view installation: install with connection P/T in direction to backside of machine


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 6199


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.10.02

Notes Note:

PR 742B F/Nxxx-2501→6199 - pilot control valve is only installed with “additional set - hydr. pitch angle adjustment”. PR 752 -

micro switch pos. 6 is only installed on basic machine with „additional set - hydr. pitch angle adjustment”

Description of the electrical components: micro switch pos.4 =

S 10 at PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→5599 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→2062 S6

micro switch pos.6 =

at PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→

S 48 at PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→5599 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→2062 S 32 at PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→

* = shims drop out by newer pilot control valves / repair kits - adjustment given by high of the plunger flange.




01 03


PR 742B F/N xxx-6200→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→ Blatt Page Feuille

8.5.40.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

handle shells cap button micro switch - float position button micro switch - pitch angle adjustment spring rocker type switch - at crawler dozers not installed sealing screw socket head screw lever hex nut connector wire harness

15 16 17 18

Actuating disk coupling nut dust cover cover

20 21 22 23 24 25

universal joint - blind hole on the top joint - upper connector pin pin joint - lower

30 housing 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47

plunger protecting cap plunger guide seal ring O - ring spring cup locking washer and shims* return spring regulating piston regulation spring shims

50 51 52 53 54 55

plunger at connection 3 - lowering screw case spring cup spring plunger guide

X inverted plan view installation: install with connections P/T in direction to backside of machine.




01 03



8.5.40.02

Notes Tightening torques for control valve block parts: (according to manufacturer list - dated 11 /97)

pos. 3 4 5 30 31 35 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 100 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm

description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve

optional section 119 120 125 130 131

9 Nm 200 Nm 100 Nm 5 Nm 10 Nm

bleeder screw check valve plug two way check valve plug


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→ 3084 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→ 3175 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ 3206 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→ 3095


01 01


Control valve block

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.11.01

standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 spring 14 spring retainer with retainer ring 15 cover 16 O-ring 17 cover 18 O-ring 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 spring 24 spring retainer with retainer ring 25 cover 26 O-ring 27 cover 28 O-ring 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw 35 plug 37 38 40 41

plug (MT1) plug (MT1) plug (two way check valve) plug (LS - channel)

45 46 47 48 49 50

O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring

55 pressure relief valve - primary safety 56 O-ring 57 O-ring with retainer ring 60 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 61 O-ring 62 O-ring with retainer ring 65 built-in valve - quick drop (Y6) 66 O-ring 67 O-ring with retainer ring

80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) at PR 712 / PR 722 inlet restricted 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve

optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 spring 114 spring retainer with retainer ring 115 cover 116 O-ring 117 cover 118 O-ring 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150


LS MP P T

connection - test point LD connection - test point HP connection - oil supply / pump connection - oil return flow / tank

70 check valve 71 O-ring 75 built-in valve - float position (Y3) 76 O-ring 77 O-ring with retainer ring




01 01


Control valve block

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.11.02

optional section




01 01


Control valve block

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.11.03

Notes Tightening torques for control valve block parts: (according to manufacturer list - dated 11/97)

Pos. 3 4 5 30 31 32 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95

MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 20 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm

Description hex head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve two way insert valve - quick drop one way valve two way insert valve - blade release two way insert valve - blade release check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve


9 Nm 200 Nm 100 Nm 5 Nm 10 Nm




01 01

Control valve block


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.12.01

standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 hex head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - up/down 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 cover 14 O-ring 15 adjustment screw 16 lock nut 17 O-ring 18 hut nut 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 cover 24 O-ring 25 adjustment screw 26 lock nut 27 O-ring 28 hut nut 30 31 32 35

bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug

37 38 40 41


45 46 47 48 49 50


55 pressure relief valve - primary relief 56 O-ring 57 O-ring with retainer ring 60 pressure relief valve - secondary relief 61 O-ring 62 O-ring with retainer ring 65 two way insert valve - quick drop (Y6) 66 O-ring 67 O-ring with retainer ring

80 two way insert valve - blade release (Y25) at PR 712 / PR 722 inlet restricted 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary relief 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 cover 114 O-ring 115 adjustment screw 116 lock nut 117 O-ring 118 hut nut 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 132 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150


LS MP P T

connection port - test point LD connection port - test point HD connection port - oil supply / pump connection port - oil return flow / tank

70 one way valve 71 O-ring 75 two way insert valve - blade release (Y3) 76 O-ring



01 01

Control valve block


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.12.02

optional section



01 01

Control valve block


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.12.03


pos. 3 4 5 30 31 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95

MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm

description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve


9 Nm 200 Nm 100 Nm 5 Nm 10 Nm





01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2077

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.50.01

standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 spring 14 spring retainer with retainer ring 15 cover 16 O-ring 17 cover 18 O-ring 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 spring 24 spring retainer with retainer ring 25 cover 26 O-ring 27 cover 28 O-ring 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw

37 38 40 41


45 46 47 48 49 50



80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 spring 114 spring retainer with retainer ring 115 cover 116 O-ring 117 cover 118 O-ring 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150


LS MP P T






01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2077

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.50.02

optional section




01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2077

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.50.03


pos. 3 4 5 30 31 32 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95

MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 20 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm

description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve


9 Nm 200 Nm 100 Nm 5 Nm 10 Nm





01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2078→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.51.01

standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 cover 14 O-ring 15 adjustment screw 16 lock nut 17 O-ring 18 hut nut 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 cover 24 O-ring 25 adjustment screw 26 lock nut 27 O-ring 28 hut nut 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw 32 plug 37 38 40 41


45 46 47 48 49 50



80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 cover 114 O-ring 115 adjustment screw 116 lock nut 117 O-ring 118 hut nut 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 132 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150


LS MP P T






01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2078→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.51.02

optional section




01 01

Control valve block

PR 752

F/N xxx-2078→

Blatt Page Feuille

8.6.51.03

Sub Group Index Current flow diagram

9.1

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→0218 F/N xxx-0103→0269

9.1.10

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732


9.1.11

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.1.12

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.1.13

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


9.1.14

PR 712B F/N xxx-3001→3083 PR 722B F/N xxx-3001→3170

9.1.15


9.1.16


9.1.30


9.1.31

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

9.1.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

9.1.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

9.1.52

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

9.1.53

Electrical schematic and wiring

9.2

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→0218 F/N xxx-0103→0269

9.2.10

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.2.11

(9.2.11.01)



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.0.00.01

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.2.12

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.2.13

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


9.2.14


9.2.15


9.2.16


9.2.17


9.2.18


9.2.19


9.2.30


9.2.31

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→5883

9.2.32

PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

9.2.33

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→6199

9.2.40

PR 742B F/N xxx-6200→

9.2.41

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

9.2.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

9.2.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

9.2.52

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

9.2.53

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→5615

9.2.54

PR 752

F/N xxx-5616→6199

9.2.55

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

9.2.56

Instrument panel

9.3

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→0218 F/N xxx-0103→0269

9.3.10

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732


9.3.11

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.3.12

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


9.3.13

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


9.3.14

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


9.3.15

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


9.3.16

PR 712B F/N xxx-5600→5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600→5921 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→5883

9.3.17

PR 712B F/N xxx-5922→6199 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922→6199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

9.3.18


9.3.19

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→6199

9.3.40

PR 742B F/N xxx-6200→

9.3.41

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

9.3.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

9.3.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

9.3.52

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

9.3.53

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→6199

9.3.54

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

9.3.55

Location of electrical components PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

9.4


9.4.10



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.0.00.02

Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the „component/step“ of the continuation, Example: KL.30 = power supply line Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 to A1 are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open cable from F11 d= with float position - ripper open cable Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes:

bl = blue bl-ws = blue-white br = brown br-ge = brown-yellow ge = yellow gn = green

gr = gray rt = red rt-ws = red-white sw = black

Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm² Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F30 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30

Ampere application - standard 35A 3A 5A 8A 10A 5A 8A 25A 8A 5A 10A

automatic circuit breaker - power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn power supply roof panel free quick drop heater

- option

step

back up alarm, radio

monitoring - engine oil level, refueling pump light front

winch release air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner, beacon light additional lights, refueling pump fuel preheater back up light

2A float position 8A free auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) 8A 8A 8A 8A 2A 5A

windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab

warning light canopy beacon light

1 3 1,8,14,18 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,16 12 4,15 11 23 23 19 19 21 20

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A3 A6 A7

electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /17

B7 B8

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5

horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10

B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24



01 00

Parts list - Current flow diagram

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B Blatt Page Feuille

Type/a partir de

F/N xxx-0501 → 2999 F/N xxx-1001 → 2999 F/N xxx-2501 → 2999 F/N xxx-2501 → 2999

9.1.14.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17

working light rear right /19 working light front left /19 working light rear left /19 working light front right /19 dome light /18 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /10 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9

Fx

F1 - F30 see front page for listing

G1 G2

alternator /1 batteries /1

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /20 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /21 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S47

starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /23 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /23 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /19 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /23 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /23 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7

U1

(option) transformer - radio /20

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13

diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16

X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater

K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /17 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /19 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19

V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18

M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

starter /2 windshield wiper front /23 windshield wiper left door /23 windshield wiper right door /23 windshield wiper rear /23 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /23 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /23

P1 P2 P3 P4

hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5

R1 R2 R3 R9 R11

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /5 resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer auxiliary heater /11 (option) potentiometer air conditioner /10

X8 X10 ↓ X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47

plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /23 plug to M2 /23 plug to M4 /23 plug to M5 /23 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /23 plug to U1, A2 /21

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8

(option) plug - auxiliary heater

1

Stromversorgung Power supply Alimentation

2

Startanlage Start equipment Démarrage

3 Flammstartanlage 4 Sicherheitseinrichtung Flame glow plug Prèchauffage

5

Safety installation Installation de sècurité

Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektroniküberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent) Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off,

6

Hupe Horn Klaxon

Steckdose, Anzeigeninstrumente, Warnlampen Plug socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning lamps Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de controle

Electronic System Guard, Red.Travel Speed (at Joystick)or(permanent) Contrôle electronique, Petite vitesse (avec Joystick)ou(permanent)

Electrovanne:

Float Position Ripper Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de sécurité, Lame flottante Scarificateur

30

Kl.30 58

58

F3

F4

30

30

58

Kl.58

8A

5A

58

P,0,1,

S1

D+ +24V

4

P 0 12 3 58 15 54

19 17 50a

86

30

85

87

86

30

X2

X2

85

+

+

S

31

S1

S

S12 X2

31

S1

S47 X2 S

6

69

F3

F10

+

S1

5A

5A

+

S21

31 31

S1

S

S11

2.5

F6

X2 14

2A

25A

F5

8A

10A

2.5

H1 H2

70

87

K39

87a

65

K4

Kl.15 A1-A A1-J

F8

F15

2.5

2.5 2.5

2.5

S1

D+

D+ 30

86

K2

X2

X2

5

38

X4-C,E X4-A,B

2.5

85

2.5

87a

87

S

S10

D+

X2 X2 25

X2

X2

37

13

X4-I

2.5

1

V3 X2

X2

17

62

X4-D 3

35A

D+

2

+

70

P1

12V

+

87

X1

85

K53

16A

K3

12V

-

G

P3

-

G

-

P4

G

H3

H5 H23 V4

H4

X5

H12

H11

S8 S

1

K7

4

5

5

31

S2

2

3

+

-

X2

X2

27

39

X2 51

X2

X2

63

4

X2 X2

X2

52

16

28

X2 X2 40

p 17

41

S22

S

S1

31

B11

31

F2

-

50

U

M

53

26

M1

31

G1

X2

X2

1

64

31

Y1

31

B2

G W

W p

31

B3

31

30 p

p

p

p

500

8

8

2,5

B4

31

B5

31

31

B6 B22

2.5

50

R1

30

85

85

X2

X2 B7

58

3

K5

86

K6 X2 18

S3

88a

50

K1

R2

G o t

Q

86(85)

2.5

88

G

X2

87

30 50

X2

3

87a

G2

G

87

D+

P2

2

1

49a

49

86

20s 87a

50

6

30

V1

+

B+

-

p

+

S1

+

o

+ -

G2

+

t

Q

6

F1

87a

29

86

X2 30

Y25

Y3

H8

Y26

Y16

Y4

X2

31

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2

Y6 A1-D A1-d 24V/A1 Kl.31

54

----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestückt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipées

01 01

Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagramm Schèmas électriques

PR PR PR PR

712 B F/N xxx - 0501®3000 722 B F/N xxx - 1001®3000 732 B F/N xxx - 2501®3000 742 B F/N xxx - 2501®3000

9.1.14.00/1

10

Klimaanlage Air conditioner Climatisation

11

Heizung, Gebläse Heating, Fresh air fan Chauffage, Ventilation

12

Standheizung Auxilary heater Chauffage additionel autonome

13

Rückfahrscheinwerfer Back up lights Phares de recul

Scheinwerfer vorne H3, Biluxscheinwerfer vorne H4 Headlights front H3,high/low beam lights front H4 Phares avant H3, Ampoule Phare H4

Kl.30

Kl.30

Kl.58

Kl.58

5A

9

D+ +24V

D+ +24V

Kl.15

F14 S25

8A

10A

F12

F11

10A

Kl.15

1 2 3

X10 X2 12

R9

30 86

X2

X2

21

50

1

E10 X15

2 9

87

X2 71

p

20

1,5

2.5

31

B9

X8

p 1

87

+

B8

2.5

31

X2

7

X8

X4

47

0 12 3

X13

X4

2.5

1

X4 X2

6

M11

35A

F1

23

M10

X4 E17

S27

2

X12

30 86 9

5

1

4

2

8 11 3

6 10 12

X11

3

1 2

4

K42

6 t°

X8

33

t°

R3

7

-

8

X8

E9

Y17

85

85

E8 F7

F13

8A

8A

G2 4

3 gn

5

M

A3

86 30

K43

+

H

X2

S S1 31

1

G

X43

M

+

85

9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge °t

+

rt-ws bl-ws

X13 B24

E16

M

2

X13

X2

X2

61

49

X2

X2

44

43

2

6

M6

E15

88

86(85)

56a

E13

2

Y14

X13

2

1.5

M

87

S1 31

K35

6

R11

12V

M

1,5

B

30

87 87a

3

p 18bar

B17

87 85

K48 K17 86

C

7

1.5

X43

25A

1

1.5

4

12V

5

F20

30 86 1.5

85 1,5

X43

X43

30 86

1.5

1,5

S

S6

J 87a 87

K

+

1 2 3 4

S9

6

35

1.5

X2

87a 87

85

K12

87a

87 87a

85

8 10 9 11 12

X2 4

K11

2

85

30

86

1 7

2.5

30 86

K18

+

S16

rt

X14 87a

S S1 31

gn 6 5 4 3

X8

K1

56b 56a

56b

E14

88a

3

Kl.31

Kl.31



Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagramm Schèmas électriques .

01 01

PR PR PR PR


9.1.14.00/2

14 Back Up Alarm

16

15

Back up alarm Alarme marche arrière

Ölstandskontrolle Engine oil level Voyant niveau d´huile

17

Betankungspumpe Refueling pump Pompe de remplissage

Luftgefederter Sitz Driverseat w.air suspension Siège conducteur avec suspension air

Kl.30

Kl.58

Kl.58 F13

F6

S1

S1 S 2.5

S

F11

Kl.58 +24V

+

+

S28

5A

F6

5A

F6

8A

Kl.15 +24V

10A

20A

Kl.30

S29

X2 24

86 30

87

K37

85

87

87a

5A

85

K9

A7 M 2.5

F3

87a

86 30

M12

X2 42

X2

X2

10

11

X2 22

X2 8

K13 p 31

B9

H10

X2

p

B8

59

X2

X2

X2

34

31

M

57

31

M8

H18

A6

A7

V13

(C) S +(A) Q

B10

V9 X5

)A(+

S (C)

Q (B)

(B)

V17

5

Kl.31

Kl.31


01 01

PR PR PR PR


9.1.14.00/3

18

Kabinenleuchte Dome light Eclairage cabine

19

20

Rundumleuchte Beacon light Girophare

Arbeitsscheinwerfer Working lights Phares de travail

21

23

22

Warnleuchte Kabine Warning light cab Voyant dálarme cabine

Wisch-Waschanlage:Hinten, Vorne, Links, Rechts Windshield wiper and washer System front, rear, left, right Cirquit essuie lave - glce avant, arrière, gauche, droit

Radio

F8(4) +24

1,5

1,5

F3(8)

X4

X4

X4

X4

C

B

A

E

B

A

X37-2

X37-2

X37-2

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

4

2

4

3

X47 1,5

5

1

S44

U1 86

K38

F26

F25

30

87 1,5

85

+ 24V 12V

-

1

8A

1,5

5

S7

1,5

F30

X4

8A

3

2

5A

X4

E7

M

X37-2 1

7

5 4

7

5 4

2

2

S18

S17

X46

X46

2

53

2,5

M

X37-1

M13

3

X39 1

3

53 M

M

M5

31

M7

2

X38

3

53

M

M2

31

1 2

X40 1

3

53

M

M3

31

2

3

31b

1 2

53a 31

X41

31b

K10

85

53a 31

1

31b

30

E5

E6

53a 31

E3

53a 31

1.5

1.5

86

E4

S4

S5

7

5 4

2

X47

87a 87

3

1.5

X42

2

1.5

X42

7

5 4

2

2 10 0,1

R 2 10

-

2 10 0,1

A2

D

2 10 0,1

8A

X4 P4/5

3A

0,1

F29

H13

31b

8A

F28

2A

+ L

F27

M

M4

31

X42 1 2,5

X4 I

H17

X46

X46

3

3

X5-5(5) KL.31




01 01

PR PR PR PR


9.1.14.00/4

Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the „component/step“ of the continuation Example: Y4 /8 = wire → solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with float position - ripper open cable d= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open cable from F11 e= connect cable at K4 /87 (step 4) Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes:



Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm² Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F30 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30



- option

step


monitoring - engine oil level light front

winch release air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, additional lights, fuel preheater back up light

3A float position auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A


warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light

1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A3 A6 A7


B8

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6

(option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10

B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24



01 01


Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx-3001 → 3083 PR 722 B F/N xxx-3001 → 3170

Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.15.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17

(option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /9 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9

R9 R10 R11

(option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47

starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7

U1


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19

V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18


X1 X2 X4 X5


M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /10

X8 X10 ↓ X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65

plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operator’s seat with air suspension /17

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8


1


2



5


Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektroniküberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent) Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off,

6

Hupe Horn Klaxon



Electrovanne:


30

30 /9 58

58

F3

F4

30

30

58

S1-58 /9

8A

5A

58

P,0,1,

S1

D+/9 +24V /9

4

P 0 12 3 58 15 54

19 17 50a

86

30

85

87

86

30

X2

X2

85

+

+

S

31

S1

S

S12 X2

31

S1

S47 X2 S

6

69

F3

F10

+

S1

5A

5A

+

S21

31 31

S1

S

S11

2.5

F10

5A

F6

X2 14

2A

25A

F5

8A

10A

2.5

H1 H2

70

87

K39

87a

65

K4

S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*)

F8

F15

2.5

2.5 2.5

2.5

S1

D+

D+ 30

86

K2

X2

X2

5

38

X4-C,E /21 X4-A,B /21

2.5

85

2.5

87a

87

S

S10

D+

X2 X2 25

X2

X2

37

13

X4-I /21

2.5

1

V3 X2

X2

17

62

X4-D /21 3

35A

D+

2

+

70

P1

12V

+

K53

16A

87

X1

85

12V

G

P3

-

G

-

P4

G

H3

H5 H23 V4

H4

X5

H12

H11

S8 S

K7

1

4

5

5

31

S2

2

3

+

-

X2

X2

27

39

X2 51

X2

X2

63

4

X2 X2

X2

52

16

28

X2 X2 40

p 17

41

S22

S

S1

31

B11

31

F2

-

50

U

M

53

26

X2

X2

1

64

31

Y2 K1

R2

G o t

Q 31

B2

G W

W p

31

B3

31

30 p

p

p

p

500

8

8

2,5

B4

31

B5

31

31

B6 B22

Y1 R1 2.5

50

50

30

85

X2 58

3

K5

86

K6 X2 18

S3

88a

X32 A1-B(*)

85

X2 B7

86(85)

2.5

88

X2

55

M1

31

G1

G

X2

87

30 50

X2

3

87a

G2

G

87

D+

-

1

49a

49

86

20s

K3

87a

50

6

30

V1

+

B+

P2

p

+ -

G2

-

o

2

+

S1

+

+

t

Q

6

F1

87a

29

86

X2 30

Y25

Y3

H8

Y26

Y16

X2

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2

Y6 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9

54

31

2

Y4


01 01


PR 712 B F/N xxx - 3001®3083 PR 722 B F/N xxx - 3001®3170

9.1.15.00/1

9

10


11


12


13



30/14

30/8 S1-58/8 5A

S1-58/14

D+/14 +24V/14

D+/8 K4(+24V)/8

S1-15/14

F14 S25

8A

10A

F12

F11

10A

S1-15/8

1 2 3

X10 X2 12

X2

X2

21

50

rt 1

E10 X15

2 9

71

p

20 2.5

p

+

1

B8

2.5

31

X2

7

X8

X13

X4

2.5

1

1

X43

3

X4

p 18bar

X2

6

X12

23

M10

30 86

5

1

4

2

8 11 3

6 10 12

X11

3

1 2

85

4

K42

8

6

5

7

4

3

t°

X8

1,5

gn

33

9 10 1 rt br-ge °t

8

Y17

t°

R3

M

A3

E9

F7

E8

86 30

K43

H

X2

S S1 31

30 86 9

X4 E17

S27

87 87a

M11

+

85

K40

6

G

X43

M

R11

B

87

S1 31

K35

85

85

8A

F7

F13

8A

8A

7 6 5 rt-ws bl-ws

X13

X13 B24

M

2

M6

2

X13

1.5

M

1,5

30

87 87a

B17

87 85

K48 K17 86

C

7

1.5

4

1.5

5

F20

25A

X43

30 86 1.5

85 1,5

X43

S

S6 30 86

1.5

1,5

M

+

J 87a 87

K

S1 31

1.5

X4

S

1 2 3 4

S9

6

35

S6

47

0 12 3

87a 87

1,5

31

B9

+

X2

1.5

1.5

87

X2

X8

87

85

K12

87a

87 87a

85

8 10 9 11 12

X2 4

K11

2

85

30

86

1 7

2.5

30 86

K18

+

S16

6 5 4 3

X14 87a

S S1 31

gn

R9

30 86

X2 49

X2 X2 61

X2 61

49

X2

X2

44

43

2

6

E15

E16

56a

E1

2

E2 E13

56b 56a

56b

E14

X8

Y14

3

31/14

31/8

2

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm




.

01 01

9.1.15.00/2

14

Back Up Alarm Back up alarm Alarme marche arrière

16

15 Ölstandskontrolle Engine oil level Voyant niveau d´huile

17Luftgefederter Sitz 18


Driverseat w.air suspension Siège conducteur avec suspension air

20

19

Windenfreischaltung Winch Freespool Débrayage du treuil

Relais zus. zu K4 Relais add. to K4 Relais supl. K4

Kraftstoffwasserabscheider heizbar Fuel water seperator heated Nettoyer - carburant chauffe

2,5

2.5 2.5 86 30

87a

5A

85

87

85

K9

K78

87

85

87

K41 85

87

2,5

2.5

K37

86 30

86 30

87a

S29 86 30

F3

15/21 K4+24V/21

S1 S

S1

87a

S

F11

+

+

S28

F11

10A

F6

5A

F6

5A

F6

8A

15/13 K4+24V/13

F13

10A

F13

16A

30/21 58/21 20A

30/13 58/13

X2 42

+

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

22

8

31

X2

X2

56

9

2,5

S20

S S1

p M

31

M12

H10

br

A7

bl

B9

15°C

p

B8

59

X2

X65

M

57

31

M8

H14

A6

R10 ge/gn

X2

H14

V13 X2 )A(+

Q

B10

V9 X5

48

S (C)

2,5

(C) S +(A)

Q (B)

(B)

V17 Y15

5

31/13

31/21



.

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2


01 01

9.1.15.00/3

21

Kabinenleuchte Dome light Eclaireage cabine

22

23



24

26

25


27


Radio

Warnblitzleuchte Warning flash light Lumière

1,5

1,5

+24V

X4

X4

X4

X4

C

B

A

E

B

A

X37-2

X37-2

X37-2

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

4

3

2

4

X47 1,5

5

1

S44

+ 24V 12V

-

1

F26

U1

12V

M

+ L 3A

1

7

5 4

2

S18

S17

1 2

53

2,5

M

X37-1

M13

3

X39 1

3

53 M

M

M5

31

M7

2

X38

3

53

M

M2

31

1 2

X40 1

3

53

M

M3

31

2

53a 31

X41

3

31b

85

31b

K10

5

2

1

E5

E6

S45

X46

X46

53a 31

30

31b

E3

F30

7

5 4

2

1

53a 31

1.5

86

E4

S4

S5

7

5 4

2

X47

87a 87

3

1.5

X42

2

1.5

X42

7

5 4

2

5A

R 2 10

-

X37-2

2 10 0,1

A2

D

2 10 0,1

X4

2 10 0,1

F29

H13

8A

8A

F28

2A

per+

F27

1.5

X4 D/8 (P4/5)

E7

0,1

X4 A,B/8 (F8 +24V/4) X4 I/8 (X5-5/5)

87 1,5

85

30

31b

K38

53a 31

86

X4 C,E/8 (F3/8)

F25

8A

1,5

5

S7

1,5

F30

X4

8A

3

2

5A

X4

H30

M

M4

31

X42 1 2,5

X4 I

H17

X46

X46

3

3

31

31/20



.

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm


01 01

9.1.15.00/4




Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm² Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F30 pos.

Ampere application - standard

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11

35A 3A 5A 8A 10A 8A 8A 25A 8A 5A 10A

F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30

10A 8A,16A,20A 8A 2A 25A 8A 8A 8A 8A 2A 5A


- option

step



winch release air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner additional lights, fuel preheater, refueling pump back up light

float position auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab


1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A3 A6 A7


B8

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6

(option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner (18 bar) /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /7

B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B34 B35


01 02

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx -3084→ 5599 PR 722 B F/N xxx -3171→ 5599


Typ/ab


Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.16.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step



R2 R3 R9 R10 R11

fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 H36 H39

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /7



U1


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19

V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18


X1 X2 X4 X5


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1

flame glow plug /3

X8 X10 ↓ X15 X32 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65

plug to A1 plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operator’s seat with air suspension /17

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8


1


2


3 Flammstartanlage 4 Sicherheitseinrichtung

5


Flame glow plug Prèchauffage

Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektroniküberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe Ölstandsüberwachung Doppellifetime 7 Electronic Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off, System Guard,Red.Travel Speed

6

Hupe Horn Klaxon


Oillevel monitoring duo-cone seal area Contrôle electronique,Petite vitesse,Contrôle niveau d´huile double joint life-time area

Electrovanne:


30

S1-30 /9 58

58

F4

30

30

F3

58

S1-58 /9

8A

5A

58

P,0,1,

D+/9 K4 (+24V) /9 S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*)

4

P 0 12 3 58 15 54

19 17 50a

S1

86

30

1

3

85

87

2 4

X2

X2

65

K4

K39

+

5

+

S

31

S1

S

S12 X2

S1

S47 X2

31

S

6

F3

F10

+

5A

5A

+

S21

31

S1

31

S1

S

S11

69

2.5 5A

F6

F10

X2 14

2A

25A

F5

8A

10A

2.5

H1 H2

70

F8

F15

2.5

2.5 2.5

2.5

S1

D+

D+

86

2.5 87

X4-I /21 2.5

V3 X2

X2

17

62

X4-D /21

35A

D+

2

+

70

P1

12V

+

20s

K3

5 4

X1

2

K53

G

P3

-

G

-

P4

G

H3

H5 H23 V4

H4

X5

H12

H11

S8 S

S2

31

F2

2

3

-

X2

X2

27

39

X2 51

X2

X2

63

4

X2 X2

X2

52

16

28

30 50

X2

3 50

U

M

53

X2

X2

26

X2

X2

1

64

31

40

X2 X2

X2

67

68

47

X2 X2

Y2

Y1

G t o 96°

0,5

31

B2

31

B3

3 p

p

p

Q

R2

G W

W

B4

p

R1 50

50

X32 A1-B(*)

31

+ p

31

B5

31

3

2

17

S22

S

S1

31

B11

31

C

A

C

A

S

S Q

2

2,5 31

B6 B22

Q

B7

5 4

K5

1

5

K6 X2 18

S3

4

1

B34

B

B35

58

3

B

X2 30

Y25

X2

X2

X2

p

8

12

500 31

88a

2.5

K1

K7

41

86(85)

2.5

88

G

55

M1

31

H39

H36

5

-

G2

G

G1

-

1

49a

49

1

12V D+

P2

30

15

16A

50

6

3

V1

+

B+

-

p

+

S1

+

o

+ -

G2

+

t

Q

6

F1

X4-C,E /21

87

13

87a

X2

37

1

+

X2

38

X4-A,B /21

+

25

X2

5

2.5

85

-

X2 29

X2

-

X2

87a

30

K2

S

S10

D+

Y3

H8

Y26

31


Y16

Y4

Y6 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9

54


01 02


PR 712B F/N xxx - 3084®5599 PR 722B F/N xxx - 3171®5599

9.1.16.00/1

9

10


11


12


13



S1-30/14

30/8 F3

S1-58/14

5A

S1-58/8

D+/14 K4 (+24V)/14

D+/8 K4(+24V)/8 S1-15/8 F14 S25

8A

10A

F12

10A

S1-15/14 F11

1 2 3

X10 X2 12

X2

X2

21

50

rt 1

E10 X15

2 9

71

p 1,5

20 2.5

B9

B8

2.5

+ 31

X2

7

X8

X13

X4

2.5

1

1

X43

3

X4

p 18bar

X12

23

M10

30 86

5

1

4

2

8 11 3

6 10 12

X11

3

1 2

85

4

K42

8

6 t°

X8 5

7

4

3

1,5

gn

33

Y17

t°

R3

M

A3

E9

F7

E8

86 30

K43

H

X2

S S1 31

30 86 9

X4 E17

S27

87 87a

M11

+

85

K40

6

X2

6

S1 31

K35

R11

G

X43

M

87

85

85

8A

F7

F13

8A

8A

9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge °t

rt-ws bl-ws

B24 E16

X13

X13 M

2

M6

2

X13

1.5

M

1,5

B

30

87 87a

B17

87 85

K48 K17 86

C

7

1.5

4

1.5

5

F20

25A

X43

30 86 1.5

85 1,5

X43

S

S6 30 86

1.5

1,5

M

+

J 87a 87

K

S1 31

1.5

X4

S

1 2 3 4

S9

6

35

S6

47

0 12 3

87a 87

1,5

31

p 1,5

1 +

X2

1.5

1.5

87

X2

X8

87

85

K12

87a

87 87a

85

8 10 9 11 12

X2 4

K11

2

85

30

86

1 7

2.5

30 86

K18

+

S16

6 5 4 3

X14 87a

S S1 31

gn

R9

30 86

X2 49

X2 61

49

X2

X2

44

43

6

56a

E1

E2 E13

56b 56a

56b

E14

X8 3

31/14

31/8


61

E15 2

Y14

X2 X2

2



01 02


9.1.16.00/2

14

16

15




Ölstandskontrolle Engine oil level Voyant niveau d´huile


20

19




2,5

2.5 2.5 86 30

87a

5A

85

87

85

K9

K78

87

85

87

K41 85

87

2,5

2.5

K37

86 30

86 30

87a

S29 86 30

F3

S1-15/21 K4+24V/21

S1 S

S1

87a

S

F11

+

+

S28

F11

10A

F6

5A

F6

5A

F6

8A

S1-15/13 K4(+24V)/13

F13

10A

F13

16A

S1-30/21 S1-58/21 20A

S1-30/13 S1-58/13

X2 42

+

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

22

8

S S1

31

X2

X2

56

9

2,5

S20

p 1,5

M

31

M12

H10

br

A7

bl

B9

15°C

X2

p

59

X2

X65

M

57

R10

31

M8

H18

A6

ge/gn

1,5

B8

H14

V13 X2 )A(+

Q

B10

V9 X5

48

S (C)

2,5

(C) S +(A)

Q (B)

(B)

V17 Y15

5

31/13

31/21



.



01 02

9.1.16.00/3

21


22

23

24



26

25


27


Radio


1,5

1,5

+24V

X4

X4

X4

X4

C

B

A

E

B

A

X37-2

X37-2

X37-2

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

4

2

4

3

X47 1,5

5

1

S44

+ 24V 12V

-

1

F26

U1

12V

M

per+ 2A

+ L 3A

1

7

5 4

2

S18

S17

1

X41

1 2

1.5

53

2,5

M

X37-1

M13

3

X39 1

3

53 M

M

M5

31

M7

2

X38

3

53

M

M2

31

1 2

X40 1

3

53

M

M3

31

2

3

31b

4 5

1

K10

53a 31

2

E5

E6

5

2

31b

3

S45

X46

X46

1

53a 31

E3

F30

7

5 4

2

X47

31b

E4

S4

S5

7

5 4

2

53a 31

3

1.5

X42

2

1.5

X42

7

5 4

2

5A

X37-2

2 10 0,1

R 2 10

-

2 10 0,1

A2

D

2 10 0,1

X4

0,1

F28

F29

H13

8A

F27

1.5

X4 D/8 (P4/5)

E7 8A

X4 I/8 (X5-5/5)

87 1,5

85

X4 A,B/8 (F8 +24V/4)

31b

K38

30

53a 31

86

X4 C,E/8 (F3/8)

F25

8A

1,5

5

S7

1,5

F30

X4

8A

3

2

5A

X4

H30

M

M4

31

X42 1 2,5

X4 I

H17

X46

X46

3

3

31

31/20




01 02


9.1.16.00/4




Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm² Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31



- option

step



winch release air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, additional lights, fuel preheater back up light

3A float position auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A 35A



automatic circuit breaker - glow plug system

1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27 3

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A3 A6 A7


B8

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6

(option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10

B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR 732 B F/N xxx-3001→3135 PR 742 B F/N xxx-3001→3088 Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.30.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step



R3 R9 R10 R11

resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27



U1


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K71 K78

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - glow plug system /4 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19

V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18


X1 X2 X4 X5


M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2

X8 X10 ↓ X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65

plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operator’s seat with air suspension /17

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26 Y34 Y47 Y48

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /3 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop left /8 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop right /8


1


2



5


Elektroniküberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent)

6

Hupe Horn Klaxon



Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, zus.Schnellsenkventil, Heckaufreisserfreigabe Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick Drop, add. Quick drop, Servo cut off, Float Position Ripper Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Descente rapide additional, Levier de sécurité, Lame flottante Scarificateur

30

30 58

58

30

F3

F4

30

S1-58

8A

58

5A

58

P,0,1,

58

S1

D+ +24V

4

P 0 123 15 54

19 17 50a

86

30

86

30

X2

X2

K39

85

+

S

31

S1

S

S12 X2

31

S1

S

S11

31 31

S1

S

69

8A

10A

F6

X2 14

2A

25A

2A

F5 F8

F15

S1

2.5

2.5 2.5

5A

5A

2.5

2.5

F2

S1

F3

F10

X2

6

H2

S47

+

+

S21

H1

70

+

87

K4

87

87a

65 85

S1-15 A1-A A1-J

D+

D+ 30

86

X2 1

K2

X2

X2

5

38

X4-C,E X4-A,B

2.5

85

2.5

87a

87

S

S10

D+

X4-I

X2

X2 37

13

1 49a

2.5

49 20s

V3 X2

X2

17

62

X4-D 3

35A

D+

2

6

12V

G1

1 30

86

85

87

86

85

X1

G

-

P4

p G

H3

H4

H5 H23 V4

S2

2

5

S8 X5

S

H12

H11

K7

1

4

17

5

B11

31

+

-

X2

X2

27

39

3

30 50

50

M

53

X2 51

88

G

X2 26

M1

31

X2 64

31

X2

X2

63

4

X2

X2

16

52

X2

X2

X2

28

40

41

R2

G

31

B2

G W

W

30 p

p

o t

Q

p 31

B3

B4

8

8

500 31

31

B5

p

p 31

31

S22

S

S1

31

Y6

B6 B22

K5

K6 18

S3

50

R1

X2

86

X2

Y47

30

Y25

Y3

H8

Y26

X2

Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagram Schèmas électriques .


Y16

Y4 A1-D A1-d A1-24V 31

54

31


Y48

58

3 86

X2 Y1

85

X2

2.5 31

88a

50

30

85

B7

86(85)

Y34 K1

P3

-

-

X2

U

t G

K71

G 3

P2

-

87

G2

87a

K3

87

50

V1

-

2

+

S1

+

p

+

F31 30

+

B+ D+

P1

35A -

+ o

Q

K53 1

6

G2

+

31

2

12V

+

10 70

10

F1

87a

25

87

X2

29

87a

X2

01 03


9.1.30.00/1

9

10Heizung, Gebläse


11

12


Heating, Fresh air fan Chauffage, Ventilation

13Scheinwerfer vorne H3, Biluxscheinwerfer vorne H4


Headlights front H3,high/low beam lights front H4 Phares avant H3, Ampoule Phare H4

30

30

S1-58/2 5A

S1-58/2

F3 D+

D+ +24V

+24V

S1-15/2

F14 S25

1

2

8A

F11

10A

F12

10A

S1-15/2

3

X10

E10

X2 12

4

3

rt 1

9

2

1

K18

X2

X2

X2

21

50

20

9

11 12

X2

p

2.5

31

B9

X8

p

+

1

+

31

B8

2.5

X2

7

X8

1

2

3

X13

X4

31 +

2.5

1 87a

1,5

86

C

7

K17

p

R11

K48 30

86

S27

X12

30 9

5

1

4

2 8 11 3

6 10 12

X11

3

1 2

4

87 t°

X8 5

7

4

3

gn

33

A3

t°

R3 10

9

rt

br-ge

1

8

rt-ws

7

6

1,5

E9

Y17

X13

bl-ws

B24

X13

2

M

M6

F7

E8

2

X2

X13

85

49

X2 X2 61

F13

8A

49

8A

X2

X2

X2

61

43

44

6

E15 56a

E1

X8

E2 E13

56a

56b

.

56b

E14

3

31

31



85

2

2

Y14

30

8A

F7

5

°t

E16

86

K43

M

6

1.5

8

86

K42

H

X2

31

S1

85

X4 E17

S

87

K40 X2 23

M10

+

85

6

G

6

M11

87

K35

87a

1,5

X43

M

M

B

X4

3

30

87

B17

85

31

86

87a

18bar

87

S1

1.5

F20

X43

1

30

1.5

4

86

1.5

X43

5

30

25A

X43

S

S6

85

1,5

M

S1

J 87

K

S

4

87a

X4

S9

6

35

S6

47

0 12 3

1.5

X2

1.5

1,5 87a

K12

87

87

87a

85

85

8 10

71

4

K11

2

85

30

86

7

X15

1.5

S16 86

5

X14

+

30

6

1.5

31

87

S1

87a

S

R9

86

2.5

30

gn


01 03


9.1.30.00/2

14


16

15 Ölstandskontrolle Engine oil level Voyant niveau d´huile




20

19




58

2.5

2,5

10A

2.5 86 30

87a

5A

85

87

85

K9

K78

87

85

87

K41 85

87

2,5

2.5

K37

86 30

86 30

87a

S29 86 30

F3

F11

S1 S

S1

87a

S

F11

15 +24V

+

+

S28

5A

F6

5A

F6

F6

8A

15 +24V

F13

10A

F13

16A

30

58 20A

30

X2 42

+

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

22

8

31

X2

X2

56

9

2,5

S20

S S1

p M

31

M12

H10

br

A7

bl

B9

15°C

p

B8

59

X2

X65

M

57

31

M8

H14

A6

R10 ge/gn

X2

H14

V13 X2 )A(+ Q

Q

B10

V9 X5

48

S (C)

2,5

(C) S +(A)

(B)

(B)

V17 Y15

5

31

31




01 03


9.1.30.00/3

21


22

23



24

26

25


27


Radio


F8(4) +24V F3(8) 1,5

1,5

+24V

X4

X4

A

E

B

A

X37-2

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

4

4

3

2

X47 1,5

5

1,5

5 1

S44

+ 24V 12V

-

1

F26

U1

87

12V

1,5

E7

M

R 2 10

-

X37-2 1

7

5 4

F30

2

S18

S17

1

X41

1 2

53

2,5

M

X37-1

M13

3

X39 1

3

53 M

M

M5

31

M7

2

X38

3

53

M

M2

31

1 2

X40 1

3

53

M

M3

31

2

3

31b

85

53a 31

K10

5

2

1

E5

E6

S45

X46

X46

30

31b

E3

7

5 4

2

53a 31

1.5

1.5

86

E4

S4

S5

7

5 4

2

X47

87a 87

3

1.5

X42

2

1.5

X42

7

5 4

2

5A

A2

D

2 10 0,1

X4 P4(5)

+ L 3A

2 10 0,1

F29

H13

8A

8A

F28

2A

per+

F27

31b

85

0,1

K38

30

53a 31

86

F25

31b

S7

1,5

F30

8A

3

2 10 0,1

X37-2

2

53a 31

X37-2

8A

B

5A

C

X4

X4

X4

X4

H30

M

M4

31

X42 1 2,5

X4 I

H17

X46

X46

3

3

X5-5(5) 31

31


Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm


01 03


9.1.30.00/4

Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the „component/step“ of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire → solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with float position - ripper open cable d= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open wire from F11 e= connect wire at K4 /87 (step 4) Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes:



Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm²

Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31


- option

automatic circuit breaker - power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn

step 1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18



power supply roof panel free quick drop heater

winch release air conditioner, operator's seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, fuel preheater back up light

2A float position auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A 35A



automatic circuit breaker - glow plug system

9 16,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27 3

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A3 A6 A7

electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operator's seat with air suspension /17

B8

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6

(option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner (18 bar) /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /7

B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B34 B35



Mjfcifss!

Parts list -Current flow diagram Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

PR 732 B F/N xxx-3136→ 5599 PR 742 B F/N xxx-3089→ 5599 Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.31.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E15 E16 E17

(option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 heater /9 (option) evaporator air conditioner /10 (option) condenser air conditioner /9

R3 R9 R10 R11

resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 H36 H39

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /7

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47

starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7

U1


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K48 K53 K71 K78

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - glow plug system /4 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19

V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18


X1 X2 X4 X5


M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator's seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2

X8 X10 ↓ X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65

plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operator's seat with air suspension /17

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26 Y34 Y47 Y48

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /3 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop left /8 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop right /8


1


2


3 Flammstartanlage 4 Sicherheitseinrichtung

5


Flame glow plug Prèchauffage

Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektroniküberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe Ölstandsüberwachung Doppellifetime 7 Electronic Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off, System Guard,Red.Travel Speed

6

Hupe Horn Klaxon


Oillevel monitoring duo-cone seal area Contrôle electronique,Petite vitesse,Contrôle niveau d´huile double joint life-time area

Electrovanne:


30

S1-30 /9 58

58 30

F3

F4

30

58

S1-58 /9

8A

5A

58

P,0,1,

D+/9 K4 (+24V) /9 S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*)

4

P 0 12 3 58 15 54

19 17 50a

S1

86

30

1

3

85

87

2

4 5

X2

X2

65

K4

K39

+

+

S

31

S1

S

S12 X2

S1

S47 X2

31

S

6

31

S1

31

S1

S

S11

69

8A

10A

F6

X2 14

2A

25A

F5 2A

5A

5A

2.5

2.5

H1 F2

F3

F10

+ +

S21

H2

70

F8

F15

2.5 2.5

2.5

S1

D+

D+ 30

86

X2

K2

1

85

X2

X2

5

38

X4-C,E /21 X4-A,B /21

2.5

2.5

87a

87

S

S10

D+

X2

37

13

X4-I /21 49a

2.5

49 20s

V3 X2

X2

17

62

X4-D /21 15

35A

D+

2 70

12V 50

6

P1

3

1

F31

87

X2 50

U

M

53

85

G1

S2

2

X2

X2 64

31

86(85)

Y34 K1

G

-

P4

G

H3

H5 H23 V4

H4

3

X2

X2

27

39

X2 51

X2

X2

63

4

X2 X2

X2

52

16

28

H39

H36

K7

31

p 17 31

B11

5

40

X2 X2

X2

67

68

47

X2 X2

+

41

31

B2

G W

W

3 p

p

o t

Q

R2

G

p 31

B3

B4

p

31

B5

31

2,5 31

R1 50

X32 A1-B(*)

3

S22

S

S1

31

Y6

C

A

C

A

S

S Q

2

B6 B22

Q

B7

5

K5

4

5

1

K6 X2 18

S3

Y1

2

4

1

B34

B

B35

B

X2

Y47

30

Y3

H8

Y26

Y16

Y4 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9

54

31


Y48

58

3

Y25

X2

X2

X2

p

8

12

500 31

88a

50

H12

H11

S8 S

-

G

26

M1

31

88

-

X5

30 50

3

P3

30

K71

-

G2

G

G

10

D+

X1

86

2

12V B+

-

1

30 5 4

P2

p

+

K3

+

-

o

+

S1

+

+

t

Q

35A

V1

+

31

1

-

G2

K53

2

+

+

10

+

6

F1

87a 87

X2 1

-

25

29

-

X2

X2


01 02

Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagram Schèmas électriques


9.1.31.00/1

9

10


11


12


13


Scheinwerfer vorne H3 Headlights front H3 Phares avant H3

S1-30/14

30/8 F3

S1-58/14

5A

S1-58/8

D+/14 K4 (+24V)/14

D+/8 K4(+24V)/8 S1-15/8 F14 S25

8A

10A

F12

10A

S1-15/14 F11

1 2 3

X10 X2 12

X2

X2

21

50

rt 1

E10 X15

2 9

71

p 1,5

20 2.5

B9

1,5

31

p 1,5

1 +

B8

2.5

+ 31

X2

7

X8

X13

X4

2.5

1 1,5

85

1

X43

3

X4

F20

p 18bar

M

1,5

30 86

K40 X12

23

M10

85

6

X2

6

M11

87

K35

R11

G

X43

M

30

87 87a

B17

B

87 85

K48 K17 86

C

7

9

5

1

4

2

8 11 3

6 10 12

X11

3

1 2

85

4

X4 E17

H 8

X2

6 t°

X8 5

7

4

3

1,5

gn

33

Y17

t°

R3

M

A3

E9

F7

E8

8A

9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge °t

rt-ws bl-ws

X13 B24

E16

M

X13

2

M6

2

X13

1.5

4

30 86

1.5

X43

5

30 86

1.5

X43

25A

1,5

M

S1 31

J 87a 87

K

S

1 2 3 4

S9

6

35

X4

S6

47

0 12 3 1.5

X2

1.5

1.5

87

X2

X8

87

85

K12

87a

87 87a

85

8 10 9 11 12

X2 4

K11

2

85

30

86

1 7

2.5

30 86

K18

+

S16

6 5 4 3

X14 87a

S S1 31

gn

R9

30 86

X2 49

6

E1

E2

X8 3

31/14

31/8


61

E15 2

Y14

X2

2



01 02


9.1.31.00/2

14

16

15

Back Up Alarm Ölstandskontrolle Back up alarm Engine oil level Alarme marche arrière Voyant niveau d´huile




20

19




2,5

2.5 2.5 86 30

87a

5A

85

87

85

K9

K78

87

85

87

K41 85

87

2,5

2.5

K37

86 30

86 30

87a

S29 86 30

F3

S1-15/21 K4+24V/21

S1 S

S1

87a

S

F11

+

+

S28

F11

10A

F6

5A

F6

5A

F6

8A

S1-15/13 K4(+24V)/13

F13

10A

F13

16A

S1-30/21 S1-58/21 20A

S1-30/13 S1-58/13

X2 42

+

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

22

8

S S1

31

X2

X2

56

9

2,5

S20

p 1,5

M

31

M12

H10

br

A7

bl

B9

15°C

X2

p

59

X2

X65

M

57

R10

31

M8

H18

A6

ge/gn

1,5

B8

H14

V13 X2 )A(+

Q

B10

V9 X5

48

S (C)

2,5

(C) S +(A)

Q (B)

(B)

V17 Y15

5

31/13

31/21




01 02


9.1.31.00/3

21


23

22

24



26

25


27


Radio


1,5

1,5

+24V

X4

X4

X4

X4

C

B

A

E

B

A

X37-2

X37-2

X37-2

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

4

2

4

3

X47 1,5

5

1

S44

+ 24V 12V

-

1

F26

F25

8A

1,5

5

S7

1,5

F30

X4

8A

3

2

5A

X4

U1

12V

M

+ L 3A

1

7

5 4

2

S18

S17

1.5

K10

X41

1 2

53

2,5

M

X37-1

M13

3

X39 1

3

53 M

M

M5

31

M7

2

X38

3

53

M

M2

31

1 2

X40 1

3

53

M

M3

31

2

3

31b

1

53a 31

4 5

31b

2

E5

E6

5

2

53a 31

3

S45

X46

X46

1

31b

E3

F30

7

5 4

2

1

53a 31

E4

S4

S5

7

5 4

2

X47

31b

3

1.5

X42

2

1.5

X42

7

5 4

2

5A

R

X37-2

2 10 0,1

-

2 10 0,1

A2

D

2 10 0,1

X4

0,1

F29

H13

8A

F28

2A

per+

F27

1.5

X4 D/8 (P4/5)

E7 8A

X4 I/8 (X5-5/5)

87 1,5

85

X4 A,B/8 (F8 +24V/4)

2 10

K38

30

53a 31

86

X4 C,E/8 (F3/8)

H30

M

M4

31

X42 1 2,5

X4 I

H17

X46

X46

3

3

31

31/20




01 02


9.1.31.00/4

Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the „component/step“ of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire → solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 7 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 7 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =

blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow

gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =

gray red red-white black green


Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F32 pos.Ampere application - standard F1 F2 F3 F4

45A 3A 5A 8A

F5 F6

10A 5A

F7 F8 F9 F10 F11

8A 25A 20A 5A 10A

F12 F13 F15 F25 F26

3A 8A 8A

F27

10A

F28

10A

F29 F30 F32

2A 8A 45A

- option

step

power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light back up alarm, radio electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn, monitoring - engine oil level fan drive B28, oil level sensor - travel gear cone seal area light front power supply roof panel shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) quick drop, fan drive B29 pin puller heater air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump float position, fan drive B30 windshield wiper and washer system doors windshield wiper and washer system front, rear working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right warning light cab warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light glow plug system


1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15 9,12 9 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 19 18 3


Mjfcifss!

Parts list - Current flow diagram Datum Edition Date

01 01

Electrical System

PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002→2026 Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.50.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A6 A7

electronic box - connection /7 see group 10.2. (option) radio /2 (option) refueling pump /10 (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /12

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

windshield wiper rear /21 fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3 R11 R12

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19

(option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /B14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17

Fx


G1 G2


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S28 S29 S44 S48 S52

starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 push button switch - pin puller /11

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23 H35 H36

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

U1


V1 V2 V3 V17 V18 V34

diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /9 (option) diode 1A (H35) /5

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K37 K38 K39 K53 K70 K71 K73 K74 K75

battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 relay - working light /17 relay - power guard /4 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 (option) relay - light front /14 2. relay - working light /17

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X57

electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y34 Y25 Y45 Y46 Y49

M1 M2 M3 M4

starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 solenoid valve - fan drive /5

Y50 Y51 Y25

1

2 Startanlage

Stromversorgung Power Supply Alimentation

4

3 Flammstartanlage

Start equipment Démarrage

Flame glow plug Préchauffage

5

Sicherheitseinrichtung Safety Installation Installation de sécurité

6

Lüftersteuerung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen Ölstandsüberwachung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrôle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon

Elektroniküberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw., 7 Kabinenanschl.-X4, Boxanschl.-A1 Electronic System Guard,Low Speed Select, Cabine conn.-X4, E-Box conn.-A1 Contrôle electronique,Petite vitesse, Conn. Cabine-X4, Conn.-E-Box-A1

30

30/8 58

58

F3

F4

2,5

30

30

58

58/8

8A

5A

58

Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+/8 +24V/8

S1

2.5

P,0,1, P 0 123 58 15 54

19 17 50a

86

30

85

87

86

15/8 X32 A1-A(*)

30

X2 65

F3

F6

5A

5A

F6

5A

F10

5A

F15

3A

87

85

K39

87a

87a

+

K4

S S1 31

S12 2.5

F8

F15

X2

X2

48

15

44

> 50° < 55°

> 60° < 65°

> 85° < 90°

X2

F6

6

X32 A1-J(*)

3A

F9

25A

20A

F2

H1

3A

F5

X2 5A

10A

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5 2.5

H2

D+ 30

t°

D+

D+ 86

85

B30

30

t°

t°

B29

B28 X4-C,E/16

2.5 87a

87

X4-I/16

X2

13

X2

X2

1

2.5

V3 X2

43

17

X4-D/16

X2 62

45A

2.5 rt

2

70

+

-

12V

45A

X2 V1

-

50

U

87a

85

K53 K71 88a

- G

X2 27

V4

H5

H35

H23

X5

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

51

X2

63

4

52

46

16

28

R2

86(85)

1

31

GW

G W o t

Q

64

H36

S8

X2 X2

X2

69

71

40

H12

H11

X2 41

B2

p

31

B3

30

G W 96°

0,5

31

p

p

p

500

17

2,5

B4

31

B5

31

B22

p

o t

31

Q

8

31

B27

31

B6

+ S

-

A C B

B7 K5

B32

Y49

86

K6

85

86

X2

18

X2

50

30

30

Y52 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) +24V X32 A1-C(*) 31/8

2.5

54

31


85

X2 S3

R1

2

S

5

2

6

R12

H4

V34

39

G

31

A1 - B(*)

H3

X2

96°

Y1

- G

85

88a

50

2 3

X2

Y34

p

- G

50

M1

K1

S2

M

53

31 88

86

20s

31 30

X2

X1

88

S1

P4 +

o

t

-

2.5

D+

3

G1

87

12V G

49a

49

K3

1

86

+

G2 B+

F32

26 30

P3 +

Q

+

1 2.5 rt

50

-

6

G2

P1 D+ P2 +

2.5

2 6

F1

87

37 1

87a

X2

25

X4-A,B/16

2X1,5

87

X2

29

85

K73

87a

X2

86

87a 87

K2



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002®2026

9.1.50.00/1

8 Magnetventile:

9

Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de sécurité

11

10 Klimaanlage,Heizung,Gebläse Air conditioner, Heating, Fresh air fan Climatisation, Chauffage, Ventilation


Bolzenzieher Pin Puller/Ripper Axe dent ripper

30/7

30/12

58/7

20A

58/12

S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+/7 K4(+24V)/4

F13

D+/12 K4(+24V)/12 15/12

F6

5A

F6

5A

5A

F11

10A

F12 F10

S11 +

10A

15/7

F10

5A S

+

+ 31 S1

S

S52 S

S1

S1

S

S29

S1

2.5

S28 S S1 31

X2

14

2

K12 86

V18

30

4

X8

1.5

85

87

85

87a

87

1 +

X2

S2

38

X4

X4

K

1

0 12 3

X8

X2

J

6

35

S9

1 2 3 4

X2

X2

10

5

1

11

7

X2

8

47

R11

18bar

1 4 5

B17 X43

X43

5

X4

3

G

X57

B

A

X2

X43

4

23

6

p

X4

24bar

M

1.5

H

B11 31

X2

t°

X8

X2

5

7

4

3 gn

1.5

3

Y4

Y6

Y50

M

t°

R3 9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge rt-ws

B24 M

M11

M

M10

E16 Y14

X57 )A(+ S (C)

bl-ws

°t

E17 H8

Y51

A6

6

8

Y3

H18

M8

33

Y25

X2

C

X43

p

K7

X2

2

1.5

3

87

7

X56

+

85

K9

M

2.5

S10

87a

S1

87

K37

2.5

K11 30 86

86 30

50 85 87a

X56

86 30

X2

21

+

S16

87a

X2

B

Q

M6

(B)

V17

E15 2 X8 3

31/12

31/7

2

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002®2026

9.1.50.00/2

12

14

13

Luftgefederter Sitz Driver seat with air suspension Siège conducteur avec suspension air


15 Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Réglage de angle de coupe

Scheinwerfer vorne Headlights Front Phares de route

30/11

30

58/11

58

D+ +24V

D+/11 K4(+24V)/11

15

F10

5A

F3

5A

F11

10A

15/11

+ 86

K70 85

2,5

87

S S1 31

87a

1,5

30

S6

X2

42

X2

22

30 86

X2

87 87a

X2

67

68

85

2,5

2

X2 72

K74

X8

8A

3

F7

S48

M M12

X2 B8

31

1,5

X2

49

p

61 1,5

31

B9

1,5

A7

1,5

p

4

X8 E2

B10

1,5

E1

Y45

Y46

1,5

1

31

31/11




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002®2026

9.1.50.00/3

16

Fahrerstandbeleuchtung Dome light Eclairage cabine

17

18 19 Rundumleuchte


20

21

Radio Radio Radio


Beacon light Girophare

Wisch-Waschanlage:Hinten, Vorne, Links, Rechts Windshield wiper and washer system: rear, front, left, right Circuit essuie - glace arriére, avant gauche, droit

X4

X4

B

A

C

X37-2

X37-2

1,5

X4

X4

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

E

A

X37-2

3

2

X4

X4 X37-2

4

F30

4

5A

X4

1,5

1,5

+24V

B

2

A

3

4

X47

5

-

1

S44

+

24V

1

K75

85 87

F26

M

F25

85 87 +

E7

L

X4 D

5 4

X37-2 1

3

S4

7 2

S18

S17

M13

X37-1

M

M

M2

M 31

M

53

M4

M 31

2

3 31b

53

M3

X40 1

3

53a 31

12

31b

X38

3

53a 31

2

31b

53

M7 M5

3

X39 1

3

53a

12

31

X41

53a 31 31b

85

53 2,5

5 4

2

1

87

E5 E19

87a

E6

7 2

30

86

E3 E18

5 4

X46

X46

K10 E4

7 2

1.5

1.5

X47 1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2

5 4

S5

X42

X42

7 2

21 0 0,1

R

0,12 1 0

-

21 0

A2

0,1

F29

21 0,1 0

F28

2A

F27

10A

10A

3A

X4-A,B/7 (F8/4+24V) X4-I/7 (X5-5/5) X4-D/7 (P4/5)

H13

8A

86 30

K38

X4-C,E/7 (F3/7)

1,5

U1 86 30

1,5

12V

8A

S7

1,5

1,5

5

M 31

X42 1 2,5

X4

H17

I

X46 3

X46 3

31

31/15


2



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002®2026

9.1.50.00/4

Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the „component/step“ of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire → solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 7 to X4 = panel plug panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 7 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes:




Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F32 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F32


- option

step

45A 3A 5A 8A

power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light back up alarm, radio electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, monitoring - engine oil level fan drive B28, oil level sensor - travel gear cone seal area 8A light front 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive B29 pin puller 10A heater air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump 3A float position, fan drive B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 8A beacon light, warning flash light 45A glow plug system


Typ/ab

Type/from

1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15 9,12 9 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 19 18 3

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR752 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2027→2062

9.1.51.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A6 A7



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

windshield wiper rear /21 fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3 R11 R12

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19

(option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /B14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17

Fx


G1 G2



starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 push button switch - pin puller /11

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23 H35 H36

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

U1


V1 V2 V3 V17 V18 V34

diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /9 (option) diode 1A (H35) /5


battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 relay - working light /17 relay - power guard /4 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 (option) relay - light front /14 2. relay - working light /17

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X57 X64

electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y34 Y25 Y45 Y46 Y49

M1 M2 M3 M4

starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 solenoid valve - fan drive /5

Y50 Y51 Y25

1

2 Startanlage


4

3 Flammstartanlage

Start equipment Démarrage

Flame glow plug Préchauffage

5


6

Lüftersteuerung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen Ölstandsüberwachung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrôle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon


30

30/8 58

58

F3

F4

2,5

30

30

58

58/8

8A

5A

58

Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+/8 +24V/8

S1

2.5

P,0,1, P 0 123 58 15 54

19 17 50a

86

30

85

87

86

15/8 X32 A1-A(*)

30

X2 65

F3

F6

5A

5A

F6

5A

F10

5A

F15

3A

87

85

K39

87a

87a

+

K4

S S1 31

S12 2.5

F8

F15

F6

3A

F9

25A

20A

F2

H1

3A

F5

X2

X2

X2

48

15

44

2.5

30

> 50° < 55°

86

> 60° < 65°

t°

D+

85

B30

30

V3 X2

43

17

X4-D/16

X2 62

45A

31

M1 88

31

X2 27

V4

H5

H35

H23

X64

H36

S8

H12

H11

X5

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

51

X2

63

4

52

46

16

28

X2 X2

X2

69

71

40

X2 41

X64 18

R2 1

B2

p

31

B3

30

G W 96°

0,5

31

p

p

p

500

17

2,5

B4

31

B5

31

B22

p

o t

31

Q

8

31

B27

31

B6

+ S

-

A C B

B7 K5

B32

50

7

86

K6

85

86

X2

30

Y52

X2

X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) +24V X32 A1-C(*) 31/8

2.5

54

31


30

18

S3 X64

85

X2

2

Y49 R1

31

GW

G W o t

Q

64

6

2

S

5

V34

39

96°

X64

R12

H4

X2

G

86(85)

A1 - B(*)

2 3

X2

6

88a

50

S2

X64

15

Y1

H3

- G

11

85

X64 14

Y34 K1

86

50 M

53

- G

17

K53 K71 88a

X64

p

- G

-

2.5

50

U

87a

87

12V 3

88

85 31

30

X2

X1

20s

-

D+

49a

49

K3

S1

P4 +

o

t

87

V1

1 2.5 rt

50

26

86

P3 +

Q

+

1

F32

X2 30

+

G2

P1 D+ P2 +

2.5

2

70

-

6

G2

X4-A,B/16

87a

2.5

1

12V

1

G1

2X1,5

X2

X2

2.5 rt

+

X64

X64

X4-I/16

13

2 6

F1

G

87a 87

85

K73

45A

16

X4-C,E/16 10

X64

87

37 1

X64

B+

86

X2

X2

25

B28

87a

X2

29

t°

B29 13

2.5 87a

X2

> 85° < 90°

t°

K2 87

X32 A1-J(*)

9

12

2.5

2.5 2.5 D+

6

X64

X64

H2

D+

X2

5A

10A

2.5



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027®2062

9.1.51.00/1

8 Magnetventile:

9

Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de sécurité

11



Bolzenzieher Pin Puller/Ripper Axe dent ripper

30/7

30/12

58/7

20A

58/12

S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+/7 K4(+24V)/4

F13

D+/12 K4(+24V)/12 15/12

F6

5A

F6

5A

5A

F11

10A

F12 F10

S11 +

10A

15/7

F10

5A S

+

+ 31 S1

S

S52 S

S1

S1

S

S29

S1

2.5

S28 S S1 31

X2

14

2

K12 86

V18

30

4

X8

1.5

85

87

85

87a

87

1 +

X2

S2

38

X4

X4

K

1

0 12 3

X8

X2

J

6

35

S9

1 2 3 4

X2

X2

10

5

1

11

7

X2

8

47

R11

18bar

1 4 5

B17 X43

X43

5

X4

3

G

X57

B

A

X2

X43

4

23

6

p

X4

24bar

M

1.5

H

B11 31

X2

t°

X8

X2

5

7

4

3 gn

1.5

3

Y4

Y6

Y50

M

t°

R3 9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge rt-ws

B24 M

M11

M

M10

E16 Y14

X57 )A(+ S (C)

bl-ws

°t

E17 H8

Y51

A6

6

8

Y3

H18

M8

33

Y25

X2

C

X43

p

K7

X2

2

1.5

3

87

7

X56

+

85

K9

M

2.5

S10

87a

S1

87

K37

2.5

K11 30 86

86 30

50 85 87a

X56

86 30

X2

21

+

S16

87a

X2

B

Q

M6

(B)

V17

E15 2 X8 3

31/12

31/7

2




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027®2062

9.1.51.00/2

12

14

13



15 Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Réglage de angle de coupe


30/11

30

58/11

58

D+ +24V

D+/11 K4(+24V)/11

15

F10

5A

F3

5A

F11

10A

15/11

+ 86

K70 85

2,5

87

S S1 31

87a

1,5

30

S6

X2

42

X2

22

30 86

87 87a

X2

67

68

85

2,5

2

X2

X2 72

K74

X8

8A

3

F7

S48

M M12

X2 B8

31

1,5

X2

49

p

61 1,5

31

1,5

A7

1,5

p

B9

4

X8 E2

B10

1,5

E1

Y45

Y46

1,5

1

31

31/11




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027®2062

9.1.51.00/3

16


17

18 19 Rundumleuchte


20

21

Radio Radio Radio


Beacon light Girophare


X4

X4

B

A

C

X37-2

X37-2

1,5

X4

X4

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

E

A

X37-2

3

2

X4

X4 X37-2

4

F30

4

5A

X4

1,5

1,5

+24V

B

2

A

3

4

X47

5

-

1

S44

+

24V

1

K75

85 87

F26

M

F25

85 87 +

E7

L

X4 D

5 4

X37-2 1

3

S4

7 2

S18

S17

M13

X37-1

M

M

M2

M 31

M

53

M4

M 31

2

3 31b

53

M3

X40 1

3

53a 31

12

31b

X38

3

53a 31

2

31b

53

M7 M5

3

X39 1

3

53a

12

31

X41

53a 31 31b

85

53 2,5

5 4

2

1

87

E5 E19

87a

E6

7 2

30

86

E3 E18

5 4

X46

X46

K10 E4

7 2

1.5

1.5

X47 1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2

5 4

S5

X42

X42

7 2

21 0 0,1

R

0,12 1 0

-

21 0

A2

0,1

F29

21 0,1 0

F28

2A

F27

10A

10A

3A

X4-A,B/7 (F8/4+24V) X4-I/7 (X5-5/5) X4-D/7 (P4/5)

H13

8A

86 30

K38

X4-C,E/7 (F3/7)

1,5

U1 86 30

1,5

12V

8A

S7

1,5

1,5

5

M 31

X42 1 2,5

X4

H17

I

X46 3

X46 3

31

31/15


2



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027®2062

9.1.51.00/4


= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4


F7 F8 F9 F10

power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive

F11

10A heater

F12 F13 F15 F25 F26

10A 20A 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 5A 45A glow plug system

F5 F6

F27 F28 F29 F30 F31

45A 3A 5A 8A

- option

step 1 3 1,7,13 4



5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15

pin puller, hydr. pitch angle adjustment air conditioner, operator’s seat with air 9,12 suspension blower air conditioner 9 refueling pump 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light


19 18 3


Mjfcifss!


01 01

Electrical System

PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→5071 Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.52.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A4 A5



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5

M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3 R6 R7

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E12 E13 E18 E19

(option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 evaporator /9 condenser /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17

Fx



starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

G1 G2


U1


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5

V1 V2 V3 V7 V8 V14

diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (H20) /5 (option) diode 1A (K29) /9


battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - working light /17 (option) relay - light front /14 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 2. relay - working light /17 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X57 X64

electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug /8 plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug /9 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole

M1 M2 M3 M4 M5

starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21 windshield wiper rear /21

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27 Y29 Y30

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 solenoid valve - fan drive /5 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

1

2



3

4 Flammstartanlage Flame glow plug Préchauffage

5

6

Ölstandsüberwachung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen Lüftersteuerung Hupe Oillevel Monitor Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrôle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon



30

S1-30/8 58

58 30

F3

F4

2,5

30

S1-58/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+ +24V/8

2.5

P,0,1,

58 8A

5A

58

P 0 123 58 15 54

19 17 50a

S1

S1-15/8 X32-A1-A(*)

86

30

1

3

85

87

2

4 5

5A

F10

X2

K8

F6

8

F3 5A

5A

K4

87a

17

X2 > 50° < 55°

t°

B25

F8

F15

5A

10A

F6

13 > 60° < 65°

3A

F9

25A

20A

H1

3A

F5 F2

X64

2.5

2.5

t°

B24 > 85° < 90°

2.5

2.5

2.5 2.5

H2

t°

D+

D+

D+ 30

B23

85

86

86

85

30

X4-C,E/18/20 2.5 87a

87

X2

X2

49 1

X2

28

X4-D/16

X2 64

D+

V1

1

12V

5

U

30

31

K1

K14 K26 88a

2 3

H4

H16

X2 51

V3

H5

H20

X64

11

H19

S8

S

H12

H11

5

V8

52

X5

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

53

X2

54

55

56

3

41

7

X2 X2

X2

39

71

6

X2 41

X64 18

R2 1

96°

0,5

31

B2

31

B3

B4

31

B5

96°

p

31

B18

Q

8

2,5

17

500

31

3

G W t°

p

p

p

p

Q

40

GW

G W t°

X2

6

15

31

31

B26

31

B6

+ S

-

A C B

B7

B27 Y25

S3 Y26

X64 7

50

R1

X2

2

3

5

4 1

K16 X2 18

2

4 1

X2

19

X32-A1-D(*) X32-A1-d(*) +24V X32- A1/C(*) 31/8

2.5

50

31


5

K15

2

6

R7

H3

- G

X2

G

86(85)

X32-A1/B(*)

- G

85

X64

Y1

X64

p

- G

17

88a

50

S2

X64

Y15

P4 +

o

t

2

X64 14

M1 88

86

50 M

26

31

88

P3 +

Q

-

2.5

50

3

4

31

X2

X1

20s

-

G2 D+

49a

49

+

K3

1 2.5 rt

67

3

-

P2 +

S1

+

1

F31

X2

-

6

G2

P1

45A

50

1

2.5

2

70

12V

X64

G1

42

2.5 rt

+

G

X2

39

2 6

F1

B+

V2 X2

45A

16

X4-A,B/17/19/21 X4-I/19

25 2.5

X64

2X1,5

X2

X2

61

43

K27

87a 87

K2



01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.1.52.00/1

8 Magnetventile:

9

Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken, Abschleppschaltung Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off, safety device towing Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de sécurité

11



Bolzenzieher Pin Puller/Ripper Axe dent ripper S1-30/12

S1-30/7 S1-58/7

20A

S1-58/12

S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+ F8-+24V/4

F13

D+ F8-+24V/12 S1-15/12

F6

5A S

+

+

S

S27 S30

S

S1

S1

S1

S

S31

2.5

31 S1

F10

5A

F6

5A

5A

F11

10A

F12 F10

S11 +

10A

S1-15/7

S S1 31

X2

X2

65

X2 V14

30

K29

4

X8

1.5

85

87

87

87a

K12 85

1

+

X2

S2

66

X4

1

X4

K

S9

6

35

1 2 3 4

5

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

1

47

30

87

B17

7

R6

X4

3

G

X43

X43

X43

5

4

6

p

C

X43

B

X2 23

X4 H

B22 31

X2

M

70

t°

X8

X2

5

4

3

Y4

Y23

Y24

M

R3 9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge rt-ws

B24 M

M11

M

M10

E12 Y14

X57 bl-ws

°t

E13 H8

t°

7

gn

1.5

44

Y51

A4

6

8

Y3

H15

M8

)A(+ S (C)

M

B

Q

M6 E11

2.5

24

1.5

87a

1 p 18

1.5

+

Y5

87

0 12 3

X8

X2

J

X2

K7 31

85

K9

7

X33

15

87

2.5

K11

87a

S1

30

86

87a

2

S6

86

30 86

85 87a

X33

30

86

50

21

+

S16

(B)

V7

2

X8 3

31/7

31/12

2




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.1.52.00/2

12

14

13



15


Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Réglage de angle de coupe

S1-30/11

S1-30

S1-58/11

S1-58

D+ F8-+24V

D+ F8-+24V/11

S1-15

F10

5A

F3

5A

F11

10A

S1-15/11

+ 86

K31 85

2,5

87

S1 31

87a

1,5

30

S18S

X2 14

X2 X2

X2

72

69

71

85

rt

X2

2,5

5

86

87a

K19

87

30

bl

46

X8 8

8A

F7

S32

p

A5

M

31

M12

X2

X2

29

p

1,5

1,5

1,5

B9

31

31

1,5

B8

1,5

1,5

4

X8 1

1,5

B10

Y29

Y30

1,5

E2

E1

31/11

31




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.1.52.00/3

16

17

18



20

19


21

Radio Radio Radio



X4

X4

B

A

C

X37-2

X37-2

1,5

X4

X4

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

E

A

X37-2

X37-2

4

3

2

X4

X4

F30

4

5A

X4

1,5

1,5

+24V

B

2

A

3

4

X47

5

-

1

S23

+

24V

1

K28

85 87

H13

F26

M

85 87 +

E7

-

R

5 4

1

3

S4

1

5 4

7 2

S21

S20

M13 X37-1

M

M

M

M2

M 31

X38

3

12

53

M3

X40 1

3

53

M4

M 31

2

3 31b

2

53a 31

53

M7 M5

3

X39 1

3

31b

12

53a 31

X41

5

31b

4

53a

2

31

E5 E19

53 2,5

7 2

2

53a 31 31b

E6

5 4

3

1

E3 E18

7 2

X46

X46

K10 E4

5 4

1.5

1.5

X47 1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2

7 2

S5

X42

X42

21 0

X37-2

21 0,1 0

D

P4(5)

21 0 0,1

A2

0,12 1 0

F29

2A

F28

0,1

10A

10A

F27

X4

L

3A

F8-+24V/4

X5-5(5)

F25

8A

86 30

K17 F3/7

1,5

U1 86 30

1,5

12V

8A

S7

1,5

1,5

5

M 31

X42 1 2,5

X4

H14

I

X46 3

X46 3

31

31




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.1.52.00/4


= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4


F7 F8 F9 F10

power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive

F11

10A heater

F12 F13 F15 F25 F26

10A 20A 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 5A 45A glow plug system

F5 F6

F27 F28 F29 F30 F31

45A 3A 5A 8A

- option

step 1 3 1,7,13 4



5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15

pin puller, hydr. pitch angle adjustment air conditioner, operator’s seat with air 9,12 suspension blower air conditioner 9 refueling pump 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light


19 18 3


Mjfcifss!


01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx-5072→ 5599

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.1.53.00

pos.

description /step

pos.

description /step

A1 A2 A4 A5



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5

M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13

fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator’s seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3 R6 R7

flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E12 E13 E18 E19

(option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 evaporator /9 condenser /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17

Fx



starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

G1 G2


U1


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5

Vx V1 V2 V3 V7 V8 V14

diode 1A (Y4) /8 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (H20) /5 (option) diode 1A (K29) /9


battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - working light /17 (option) relay - light front /14 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 2. relay - working light /17 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X57 X64

electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug /8 plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug /9 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole

M1 M2 M3 M4 M5

starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21 windshield wiper rear /21

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y29 Y30 Y43 Y51

solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 solenoid valve - fan drive /5 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 solenoid valve - safety device towing /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11

1

2



3

4 Flammstartanlage Flame glow plug Préchauffage

5

6

Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen Ölstandsüberwachung Lüftersteuerung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrôle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon


Fahrgeschw., 7 Elektroniküberwachung,Reduz. Kabinenanschl.-X4, Boxanschl.-A1 Electronic System Guard,Low Speed Select, Cabine conn.-X4, E-Box conn.-A1 Contrôle electronique,Petite vitesse, Conn. Cabine-X4, Conn.-E-Box-A1

30

S1-30/8 58

58

30

F3

F4

2,5

30

S1-58/8 Y43/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+ +24V/8

2.5

P,0,1,

8A

58

5A

58

P 0 123 58 15 54

19 17 50a

S1

1

30

86

S1-15/8 X32-A1-A(*)

3 5A

F10

X2 17

2

4 5

X2

K8

F6

8

F3 5A

5A

K4

87

87a

85

> 50° < 55°

t°

B25

F8

5A

10A

13 > 60° < 65°

t°

F15

H2

B24 > 85° < 90°

2.5

2.5

2.5 2.5

F6

3A

F9

25A

20A

H1

3A

F5 F2

X64

2.5

2.5

t°

D+

D+

D+ 30

B23

86

85

30

X4-C,E/18/20 2.5 87a

87

X2

X2

49 1

X2 39

42

28

X4-D/16

64

2

70

1

12V

5

50

U

4

30

31

M1 88

14

15

31 X64

X64

2 3

X2 51

X64

Q

40

R2

H16

V3

H5

H20

H19

S8

S

H12

H11

5

X5

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

X2

53

X2

54

55

56

3

41

7

X2 X2

X2

39

71

6

X2 41

X64 18

p

B2

31

B3

31

1

G W

A

0,5

96°

31

GW

G W

p

p

500

2,5

B4

31

p

2

B18

17

B5

6

R7

H4

V8

52

t°

X2

6

Y1

H3

- G

X2

G

86(85)

B

t°

3

A

96°

Q

31

31

p

B26

-

A C B

B7

B27

8

B6

+ S

R1

Y26

X64 7

B

Y25

X2

2

3

5

4 1

K16 X2 18

2

4 1

X2

19

X32-A1-D(*) X32-A1-d(*) +24V X32- A1/C(*) 31/8

2.5

50

31


5

K15

S3

50

X32-A1/B(*)

t

- G

11

85

88a

50

S2

X64

Y15 K1

86

50 M

26

X64

p

17

K14 K26 88a

S1

P4 +

o

Q

2 31

X2

88

P3 +

- G

-

2.5

D+

3

X1

20s

-

G2

49a

49

+

K3

1 2.5 rt

50

67

3

V1

-

P2 +

+

1

F31

X2

-

6

G2

P1

45A

12V

1

2.5

2.5 rt

+

X64

X4-A,B/17/19/21

X2 D+

2 6

F1

G1

V2 X2

X2

45A

16

G

2X1,5

X4-I/19

25 2.5

X64

B+

85

K27

X2

X2

61

43

86

87a 87

K2



01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072®5599

9.1.53.00/1

8 Magnetventile:

9

Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken, Abschleppschaltung Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off, safety device towing Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de sécurité

11



Bolzenzieher Pin Puller/Ripper Axe dent ripper S1-30/12

S1-30/7 S1-58/7 S3/4 S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+ F8-+24V/4

20A

S1-58/12

F13

D+ F8-+24V/12 S1-15/12

S11 +

F6

5A S

+

+

S

S27 S30

S

S1

S1

S1

S

S31

2.5

31 S1

F10

5A

F6

5A

5A

F11

10A

F12 F10

10A

S1-15/7

S S1 31

X2

X2

X2

65

V14

30

K29

4

X8

1.5

85

87

87

87a

K12 85

1

+

X2

S2

66

X4

1

X4

K

S9

6

35

1 2 3 4

5

X2

X2

10

11

X2

X2

1

47

30

87

B17

7

R6

X4

3

G

X43

X43

X43

5

4

6

p

C

X43

B

X2 23

X4

24

H

B22 31

M

1.5

87a

1 p 18

1.5

+

X2

t°

X8 5

4

3 gn

1.5

Vx H8

Y4

Y23

Y24

M

R3 9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge rt-ws

B24 M

M11

M

M10

E12 Y14

X57 bl-ws

°t

E13 Y3

t°

7

2.5

Y43

44

Y51

A4

6

8

X2

H15

M8

70

Y5

87

0 12 3

X8

X2

J

X2

K7 31

85

K9

7

X33

15

87

2.5

K11

87a

S1

30

86

87a

2

S6

86

30 86

85 87a

X33

30

86

50

21

+

S16

)A(+ S (C)

M

M6 E11

B

Q (B)

V7

2

X8 3

31/7

31/12




01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072®5599

9.1.53.00/2

12

14

13



15


Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Réglage de angle de coupe

S1-30/11

S1-30

S1-58/11

S1-58

D+ F8-+24V

D+ F8-+24V/11

S1-15

F10

5A

F3

5A

F11

10A

S1-15/11

+ 86

K31 85

2,5

87

S1 31

87a

1,5

30

S18S

X2 14

X2 X2

X2

72

69

71

85

rt

X2

2,5

5

86

87a

K19

87

30

bl

46

X8 8

8A

F7

S32

p

A5

M

31

M12

X2

X2

29

p

1,5

1,5

1,5

B9

31

1,5

B8

31

1,5

1,5

4

X8 1

1,5

B10

Y29

Y30

1,5

E2

E1

31/11

31




01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072®5599

9.1.53.00/3

16

17

18



20

19


21

Radio Radio Radio



X4

X4

B

A

C

X37-2

X37-2

1,5

X4

X4

X37-1

X37-2

X37-2

E

A

X37-2

3

2

X4

X4 X37-2

4

F30

4

5A

X4

1,5

1,5

+24V

B

2

A

3

4

X47

5

-

1

S23

+

24V

1

K28

85 87

H13

F26

M

85 87 +

E7

-

R

5 4

1

3

S4

5 4

7 2

S21

S20

M13 X37-1

M

M

M

M2

M 31

12

53

M3

X40 1

3

53

M4

M 31

2

3 31b

X38

3

53a 31

2

31b

53

M7 M5

3

X39 1

3

12

53a 31

X41

5

31b

4

53a

2

31

E5 E19

53 2,5

7 2

2

1

53a 31 31b

E6

5 4

3

1

E3 E18

7 2

X46

X46

K10 E4

5 4

1.5

1.5

X47 1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2

7 2

S5

X42

X42

21 0

X37-2

21 0,1 0

D

P4(5)

21 0 0,1

A2

0,12 1 0

F29

2A

F28

0,1

10A

10A

F27

X4

L

3A

F8-+24V/4

X5-5(5)

F25

8A

86 30

K17 F3/7

1,5

U1 86 30

1,5

12V

8A

S7

1,5

1,5

5

M 31

X42 1 2,5

X4

H14

I

X46 3

X46 3

31

31




01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072®5599

9.1.53.00/4

1. Panel plug X2 (72 poles) central wiring harness (Harting HAN 72 DD) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in instrument panel

Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 314 8 911 15 22 924 29 300 36 937 43 908 50 102 57 921 64 323 71 934 2 6270 9 917 16 401 23 930 30 667 37 105 44 914 51 402 58 927 65 610 72 940 3 604 10 923 17 304 24 936 31 900 38 602 45 920 52 442 59 933 66 643 4 400 11 929 18 670 25 105 32 913 39 406 46 926 53 302 60 939 67 910 5 601 12 935 19 681 26 301 33 919 40 403 47 932 54 600 61 706 68 916 6 615 13 317 20 912 27 408 34 925 41 325 48 938 55 909 62 101 69 922 7 665 14 674 21 918 28 407 35 931 42 311 49 705 56 915 63 409 70 928

2. Panel plug X4 (14 poles) cab wiring harness (Cannon CA COM-E-20-27S-B-01) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in instrument panel Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 174 D 708 G 901 J 903 M 906 B 173 E 178 H 902 K 904 N 907 C 172 F 941 I 445 L 905



01 01

Plugs - positioning chart

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.14.01

3. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater

Plug in cab

4. Plug (2 poles) - back up alarm (AMP) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in back up alarm

Socket on wiring harness

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3 sw 7 4 102 8 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -

Notes Color codes: bl = br = ge = gn = gr = rt = sw =

blue brown yellow green gray red black



01 01

Wiring list

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.14.02

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 400 401 402 403 405 406

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 F4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5,6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 F10X2 -Y2 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5 /5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3

wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 533 534 535 536 546 547 548 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670

Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X4 /I

-X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9-M6 /R3 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5

wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270

S3S11Y25A1A1-

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725

electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

Connector plugs X2 X2 X2

-S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3

open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2

MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1

Description parts list /schematic: e.g.

pos. A1

description /area electronic box /B /B = area basic machine with operators platform /P = area instrument panel /C = area cab

Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) white(ws)

with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire with ”MASSE” = minus supply to electronic-box (wire from K1 to A1) with number, e.g. 600 = other wires

Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue br = brown ge = yellow gn = green

gr = gray rt = red sw = black

d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection

→ main frame / area battery box → instrument panel → roof panel (cab)

Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F29 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29

Ampere application - standard 35A 16A 5A 8A 10A 5A 8A 25A 5A 10A 2A 8A 8A 8A

automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn

- option

area


light front power supply roof panel quick drop heater operator’s seat with air suspension float position windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy



01 01

Parts list - Electrical schematic

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

B P P P P P P P P P P C C C C C

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.14.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C diode combination V1-V4 /P

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2.5 bar) /B

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch additional lights /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C

U1

(option) transformer - radio /C

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15

(option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B

V1 V3 V4 V5

diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P

Fx


G1 G2

alternator /B batteries /B

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P

MP

ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing

M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C

P1 P2 P3 P4

hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P

R1 R2 R3

flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B

X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y25

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B solenoid valve - float position /B



Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 314 8 519 15 942 22 531 29 300 36 937 43 908 50 102 57 921 64 323 71 934 2 6270 9 917 16 401 23 522 30 667 37 105 44 914 51 402 58 927 65 610 72 940 3 604 10 542 17 304 24 936 31 900 38 602 45 920 52 442 59 933 66 643 4 400 11 sw 18 670 25 105 32 913 39 406 46 926 53 302 60 939 67 910 5 601 12 935 19 681 26 301 33 524 40 403 47 932 54 600 61 706 68 916 6 615 13 317 20 912 27 408 34 925 41 325 48 938 55 392 62 101 69 922 7 665 14 674 21 521 28 407 35 553 42 311 49 705 56 915 63 409 70 928






01 01


Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx-3001→3083 PR 722 B F/N xxx-3001→3170

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.15.01

3. Plug (2 poles) solenoid valves (AMP Junior Timer) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in solenoid valve



Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -

5. Plug (3 poles) - neutral starting switch (Cannon - Deutsch) Plug in neutral starting switch

Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. A 304 B 101 C 323

6. Plug (4 poles) - cab /roof panel (MATE-N-LOK) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in cab




8. Plug (2 poles) - air conditioner (Cannon - Deutsch) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in compressor


9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank, - travel gear - cone seal area (Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor


10. Plug (4 poles) - windshield wiper motors (AMP) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in windshield wiper motors




01 01


Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.15.02





01 01

Wiring list

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.15.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 400 401 402 403 405 406

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5,6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5/5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3

wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670

Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X4/I

-X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5/1 A1X2 -X5/3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5

wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270

S3S11Y25A1A1-

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725

electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942


-S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -X5/3


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1


pos. A1



with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire with ”MASSE” = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) with number, e.g. 600 = other wires






Ampere application - standard 35A 16A 5A 8A

automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab

- option

light front operator’s seat with air suspension


Electrical System

Typ/ab

P P P P P P P C C C C C

warning light canopy

Mjfcifss!

01 01

B P P P



Datum Edition Date

area

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx-3001→3083 PR 722 B F/N xxx-3001→ 3170

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.15.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C

U1


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17

diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator’s seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B

MP 516

R3

Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre

517 518 2

3

4

610

M6

+

S9

S +

rt

6

X8

325 302

Q

31

G

R2

408

610 615

325

rt

2,5

105

rt

2,5

105 670

B7

667 311 314 317

2,5

314

105 105

2,5

600

1

643

35A

R1

681

70 rt

rt

+

103 D+

B+

6270 908 900 910

50

30

12V

G

926

M

3

Y1

U

50 rt

G2

317

70

rt

301

2

392

300

665

F1

G1

913

31

M1

31

914

A1

915 916

302

12V

+

912

Y2

917

88

311

939

50 rt

G2

MASSE 86(85)

313

K1 50

p

p 31

1.5

312

B8

88a

31

B9 MP

1.5

938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925

B10

519 542

M

SW

M12

531

B

V17

S

M8

932

+

Y14

A6

531

X65

933

53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59

673

1,5 602 392

315

118

531

101

102

315

1.5

111 1.5

1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

416

172

178

314

109

113

705

706

108

1040

2,5

110

407 403 318

442 323

300

601

415

940 304

304 300

4

2

9

85

6

1

610

7

2,5

rt

105

2,5

rt

30

86

30

85

K3

K2

5

86

305

615 105

100

172

85

708 445 178

A8

302

174 173

8 V4 V3 V1

V5

325

307

87

85

86

303

302

941

K6

K5

86

30

901

30

902

3

670 667 311 314

2.5

317

2.5

903 904

2

905

+

906 907

K7 1

4

5

317

A B C D I E F G H J K L M N

X4

600 643

MP

665 681 6270

123

908 2.5 119

900

119

119

120

910 2.5 D+

S1

926 2.5

+

912 2.5

Q

913 2.5

S8

914 2.5 915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5

325

1

2

939 938

+

3

4

S

P1

P2

-

5

+

o

t G

P3

-

G

P4

G

H4 H5 H23

H3

H11

H12

H2

H1

H8

S3

MP MP

920 1.5 942 1.5

673

p

X5

921 1.5 922 1.5

415

927

445

445

928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 937

.

.

932 1,5 933 1,5

. .

519 542 SW

MP

524 937

Q

A7

1,5

M

41

2,5

108

126

407

B2

29

708

401

412

300

31

149

604

W

17

K53 85

601

304

85

400

323

406

5

87

409

600

G

64

72

K39

K4

402

412

940

o

52

406

410

601

5A

408

307

t

31

323

403

F6

10A

416

W

402

F5

25A

20s

308

G

F8

5A

49a

49

86

123

442

0.5

F3

324

p

31

F2 16A

87

B3

40

30

87a

MP

403

5A

418

31

150 86

667

407

28

10A

418

409

16

F11 F10

8A

410

335 30

392

417

401

4

1.5

604

87a 87

p

63

1.5

706

417

500

B4

51

F4

114

324

409 400

2A

670

402

MP

400

173

120

8 p

31

39

705

306

B5

27

MP

174

101

120

406

3 55

102

442

408

61

602

87

E2

49

87a

E1

401

31

392

62

301

F15

8A

674

120

604 p

50

F7

934 1.5

120

706

38

318

935

401 405

1,5

706

26

936

400

705

14

553

409

1,5

71

301

402

101

12

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

522

306

102

24

2.5 521

708

602

35

321

935

23

408

553 936

21

113

522

87

521

1.5

X1

P 0 12 3

87a

1.5

323

304

MP 2.5

705

P,0,1,

MP

319

674

X2

7

+

30

107

8

p

8

107

118

rt

308

553

101

6

301

B6

rt

4

2

643

5

681 6270 665

1

521

3

102

4

MP

442

105 30

674

2.5

rt

320

5

934

31

324

521

522

7

2.5

3

320

8

S11 rt

87a

4

522

C

2

MP

100

1.5

B22

S

S12

406

1

A

B

X34 601

1

bl

B11

553

S2

607

674

601

S2

102

p

S1

3

2

17

S10

615

sw

br

31

-

Grundgerät mit Fahrerstand Basic Machine with Operator Platform Machine de base avec poste de conduite

E15 S1

S1

405

604

M

Y4 605

679

674

Y6

126

1 0 12 3

Y3

Y25


.

Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schèmas de câblage électriques


.

2

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm

01 01

9.2.15.00/1

MP

48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59

31

31

31 53

31b

53a

sw

bl

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

53

sw sw-gr gr

31b

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

31b

gn

4

502

1,5

534

508 506

504

505

118

7 2

MP

719

MP

5 4

515 514

548 720

500

502

210 0,1

534

210 0,1

7 2

721 720

MP

5 4

536

547

515

536

546

547 722 721

535

508

509

210 0,1

210 0,1

546 722

533

111 1.5

1.5 1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

178

416 172

314

109

108

113

706

705

1040 2.5

321

503

602 392

315

101

531 102

320

315 113

3

2

601

+

K7 1

317

4

5

507

514 501

506 504

723

30

F

MP

X37 1-2

G

F25

H J

2

1

3

3

1

4

2

8A

8A

1,5

Kabine Cab Cabine

X46

3

2

1

K

2

1

F26

MP

L

E7

M

172

86

I E

173 175

30

D

174 1050

86

C

535

324

87a 87

K6

K5

85

303

126

87

85

418

86

305

87a 87

324

306

85

667

K2

5

86

417

7

30

K3

302

rt rt

N

1,5 1,5

X4 1,5

325

S

P1

P2

-

G

5

P3

-

G

P4

-

G

H3 H4 H5 H23

H11

H12

H1

H2 H8

175

719

723

1050

85

86

704 725

30

K38

1,5

F27

F28

8A

8A

708

85

MP

445

E3

E6

719 700 701

MP

MP

415 445

1,5

X47

S3

MP 1,5

S7

p

o

5

2,5

30

U1

1,5 1,5 2,5

1.5

S8

t

1

176

2A

701

X42

703

MP E4 K10

86

H17

+

1.5

Q

+

F29

700

+

1,5

MP 673

724

+

120

87

D+

S1

123

119

176

119

119

1,5 445

MP

939 1 2 3 4 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 937

2

704

60

915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5

5 4

1.5

9

S5

S18 7

1.5

68

3

1.5

56

1 2

3

3

44

X41 2

1 2

32

6

1

30

174 173 172 708

B

443

20

503

2

MP

87

46

85

A

87a

67

1

3

S4

7

178

31

X40 2

1

443

43

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

178

2

X39

3

S17

604 412

7 19

2

1

323

66

X38

600

54

304

A8

412

13

307 100

410

1

5A

308 307 416

42

300 415

123

30

F6

10A

318

418

18

F5

25A

110

417

37

F8

2,5 2,5

149 108

670

6 25

F3 5A

114

120

65

F2 16A

708

120

53

5A

31

442

41

10A

K53 85

405

29

85

87

17

940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 2.5 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5

87

87a

5 72

K39

K4

120

64

F11 F10

8A

5

120

52

F4

2A

505 4 512

401

40

F15

8A

20s

400

28

M7

49a

49

86

409

16

M13

M5

MP

174 173

402

4

M

M

410 30

306

63

335 150

86

320

51

30

87a

39

F7

708

27

406

3 55

408

61

87

50 49

87a

38 62

319

26

318

405

14

301

308

71

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

107

12

643 681

24

2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 1.5 674 301 602 102 101 705 1.5 706 1.5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601

M4

P 0 12 3

6270 665

35

X1

-

23

30

30

M

+

P,0,1,

MP 21

118

501 500

105 107

rt rt

rt

MP

M

512

rt

X2

M3

S11 100 rt

548

S12

673

MP

324

S

31b

M2 M

+

S1

53a

S S1

615

MP

M 31

610

MP

126

674


444

24V

E5

12V

12V 1460 +

932 1,5 933 1,5

+

L

-

R

A2

3A

SW

----- Option verkabelt nicht bestückt Option wired not equipped Options non equipées

. .

.



.

01 01

9.2.15.00/2



Socket Pin






Mjfcifss!


PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-3084→ 5599 F/N xxx-3171→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.16.01

Wiring Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System




Plug in cab






7. Plug (2 poles ) - back up alarm (AMP) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in back up alarm




9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank /- travel gear - cone seal area(Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor





Mjfcifss!


PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-3084→ 5599 F/N xxx-3171→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.16.02


01 02

Electrical System




Mjfcifss!


PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-3084→ 5599 F/N xxx-3171→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.16.03


01 02

Electrical System

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 400 401 402 403 405 406

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 F10X2 -Y2 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5 /5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3

wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670

Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35-

X2 -X5 /5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 -H17 X4 /I -K10 X2 -B34 /B35 X2 -H36 X2 -H39

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9- M6 /R3 X2-A6 /M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5

wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270

S3S11Y25A1A1-

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725


900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942


-S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1


pos. A1



with number, e.g.105 without number with”MASSE” with number, e.g. 600

= wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) = other wires



d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection → main frame / area battery box → instrument panel → roof panel (cab)



automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab

- option

area B P P P


P P light front

operator's seat with air suspension

C C



Mjfcifss!

P P P P P C C C


PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-3084→ 5599 F/N xxx-3171→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.16.00

Parts list - Electrical schematic Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35

temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B

MP 516

R3


517 518 3

4

0 12 3

M 610

Y4 605

M6

+

S9

S +

521

rt

6

X8

304 300

407

B2

325 302

Q G

31

R2

408

610 615

325

rt

2,5

105

rt

2,5

105 670

B7

667 311 314

2,5

314

105 105

2,5

317 600

1

643

35A

R1

681

70 rt

103 D+

B+

6270 908 900 910

50

30

12V

G

926

M

3

Y1

U

50 rt

G2

317

70 rt

rt

+

301

2

392

300

665

F1

G1

913

31

M1

31

914

A1

915 916

302

12V

+

912

Y2

917

88

311

939

50 rt

G2

MASSE 86(85)

313

K1 50

p

p 31

1.5

312

920 942 921

1.5

31

B8

88a

938

922

B9

927

MP

928 925

B10

519 542

M

SW 531

B

M8

S

Q

B34

S

Q

B35

72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

673

1,5 602 392

315

118

531

101

102

1.5

111 1.5

1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

416

172

178

314

109

108

113

705

706

110

403 318

442 323

300

601

415

940 304

304

300 325

85

6

1

610

7

2,5

rt

105

2,5

rt

3

1

2

4

5

2

708 4

5

445

K2

5

941 86

305

615 105

30

172

178

A8

302

173

4 9 8 V4 V3 V1

2

V5

174

307 100

5

K3

87

4

2

K5

303

302

1

3

K6

1

3

901 902

670 667 311 314 317

904 905 906 907

31

2.5

903

30

15 +

K7

2.5 317


X4

600 643

MP

665 681 6270

123

908 2.5 119

900

119

119

120

910 2.5 D+

S1

926 2.5

+

912 2.5

S8

914 2.5 915 2.5 917 2.5

325

1

2

939 938

3

4

S

P1

P2

-

5

+

o

Q

913 2.5

916 2.5

+

p

t G

P3

-

G

P4

G

H4 H5 H23

H3

H11

H12

H2

H1

H8

S3

MP MP

920 1.5 942 1.5

673

H39 H38

X5

921 1.5 922 1.5

415

927

445

445

928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462

.

461

.

.

SW

.

C A B

+

SW

MP

C A B

461

542

+

531

519

SW

462

A6 X65

465 462

0,75 0,75

Y14

465 461

+

461

S

-

V17

524 0,75

Q

A7

1,5

M

-

M12

5

2,5

407

126

406

W

64

108

87a

940

52

2,5

401

87

601

708 149

412

96° G

31 t°

323

403

31

400

604

W

402

2

4

5

K39

85

409

601

G

K4 87

402

K53

323

442

0,5

406

600

p

31

408

412

B3

5A

410

403

40

F6

10A

20s

307

407

28

F5

25A

416

409

16

F8

5A

49a

49

1

308

401

3

123

p

4

F3

324

31

63

F2 16A

418

500

B4

51

5A

410

86

667

400

335 150 30

392

418

409

1.5

604

417

402

MP

400

1.5

706

417

12 p

31

39

10A

461

B5

27

705

462

406

55

F11 F10

8A

101

324

408

3

102

173

114

670

401

392

E2

61

174

120

E1

49

602

F4

2A

465

p

62

674 301

F15

8A

306

8

50

934 1.5

120

604

38

F7

935

442

706

26

318

936

120

1,5

14

301

120

705

706

31

MP

1,5

71

553

401 405

101

12

522

400

102

24

MP

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

521

409

602

35

1040

935

23

306

936

21

708

553

315

522

1.5

321

521

1.5

408

1.5

X1

P 0 12 3

2.5

113

2.5

705

P,0,1,

MP

MP

323

304

674

X2

7

+

30

107

8

p

B6

107

118

rt

308

553

101

6

MP

442

rt

4

2

643

5

681 6270 665

1

521

3

102

4

301

2.5

105 30

674

31

rt

402

5

320

522

7

2.5

3

320

8

S11 rt

87a

4

522

C

2

MP

100

934

B22

S

S12

406

1

A

B

X34 601

1

bl

B11

607

601

S2

674

S10

553

S2

17

S1

3

2

324

sw

br

31 p

102

S1

S1

615

-


E15

319

604

674

Y6

679

405

Y3

Y25

126

2

1

----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestückt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipées Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2

.



.

01 02

9.2.16.00/1

MP


48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

31

31

31 53

31b

53a

sw

bl

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

53

sw sw-gr gr

31b

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

31b

gn

1,5

502

4

534

508 506

504

505

118

500

502

7 2

515 514

5 4

MP

719

MP

720

210 0,1

210 0,1

534

548 720

536

547

515

547 722 721

536

546

535

508

509

210 0,1

210 0,1

546 722

533

111 1.5

1.5 1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

178

416 172

314

109

108

113

706

705

1040 321

2.5

503

602 392

315

101

531 102

320

315 113

4

5

K2 87

K3

5

4

K5

2

303

1

K6

3

1

3

126

86

305

418

5

30

15

601

+

87a

31

317

87

K7

I

507

514 501

D

535

C

MP

E F

X37 1-2

G

F25

H J

2

1

3

2

1

1

4

2

F26

8A

1,5

Kabine Cab Cabine

X46

3

2

1

K

3

8A

MP

L

E7

M

172

2

5

174 173 172 708

B

506 504

723

324 4

2

667

7

302

rt rt

1

417

6

1

3

30

A

173 175

85

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

174 1050

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

100

324

304

A8

N

1,5 1,5

X4 1,5

325

S

P1

P2

-

G

5

P3

p

o

-

G

P4

-

G

H4 H5 H23

H3

H11

H12

H1

H2 H8

719

175

723

1050

85

86

S7 1,5

X47

S3

MP

704 725

1,5

H39 H38

K38

1,5

F27

F28

8A

8A

708

700 701

MP 2

MP

445

E3

E6

719

MP

415 445

5

2,5

3

U1

701

X42

703

MP E4 K10

+

1,5 1,5 2,5

1.5

S8

t

1

176

2A

1 4

H17

5

1.5

Q

+

F29

700

+

1,5

MP 673

724

+

120

87

D+

S1

123

119

30

119

119

1,5 445

MP

939 1 2 3 4 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465

7 2

704

9 60

915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5

MP

5 4

721

1.5

68

MP

2

1.5

56

5

1.5

44

3

S5

3

32

1 2

3

1 2

20

X41 2

S18 7

4

176

46

503

2

443

67

1

3

S4

7

178

31

X40 2

1

443

43

307

300 415

178

2

318

604 412

7 19

X39

3

S17

323

66

2

1

600

54

X38

110

412

13

5A

410

1

F6

10A

308 307 416

42

F5

25A

2,5 2,5

149 108

123

30

F8

708

417

18

F3 5A

31

K53

2

4

5

418

37

K39

462

6 25

F2 16A

461

65

85

670

53

5A

114

120

41

10A

465

29

F11 F10

8A

306

17

940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 2.5 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5

87

120

5 72

F4

2A

442

64

K4

405

52

F15

8A

5

120

40

MP

174 173

505 4 512

120

28

M7

20s

401

16

M13

M5

49a

49

400

4

1

409

63

3

402

51

M

M

410

335 150

86

306

39

30

320

27

87a

3 55

F7

708

61

406

50 49

408

38 62

319

26

318

405

14

301

308

71

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

107

12

643 681

24

2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 1.5 674 301 602 102 101 705 1.5 706 1.5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601

M4

P 0 12 3

6270 665

35

X1

-

23

30

30

M

+

P,0,1,

MP 21

118

501 500

105 107

rt rt

rt

MP

M

512

rt

X2

M3

S11 100 rt

548

S12

673

MP

324

S

31b

M2 M

+

S1

53a

31 S

S1

615

MP

M

126

674

610

MP

444

24V

E5

12V

12V 1460 +

462 461

+

L

-

R

A2

3A

SW


.

01 02



9.2.16.00/2



Socket Pin







PR 712B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921

Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.17.01




Plug in cab














11. Plug (15 poles) - Electronic - fan drive (Bosch-AMP) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in electronic box


Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 6061 10 ws 2 6071 11 3 467 12 4 466 13 5 sw 14 6 1780 15 7 469 8 468 9 ws



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.17.02






Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.17.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178

S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4 /C F8-X4 /B F8-X4 /B F3-X4 /I

1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780

X4 /A- X37 /2,F25 X4 /B- X37 /2 X4 /C- X37 /2 X4 /E- X37 /1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2 /X71

-F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392

G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2S12S8K4F10-

-K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -R1 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y2

Connector plugs

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

wire no. 3180 3190

B9B9-

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469

B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -

-H4 -H5 -P4 -X5 /5 -H5 -P3 -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4 /I -B34 /B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39

516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553

S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 S4 S4 S5 X2-

X2 -

-R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681

S3S10F10K7B11S2S12S12A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

-A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2

6000 6001 6002

K17F27K17-

X42 -

-F27 -E4 -F28

Connector plugs -

-B8 -B8

wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270

F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7K10X4 /IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20A18S3Y64A1-

705 706 708

F7F7X4 /D -

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

open connection X2

wo.no.

Connector plugs X42 X37 /2 X37 /1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2

-E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4 /D -M13 -K17 -H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5 /3

X2 X2 -

-E1 -E2 -P2,3,4

open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2

ground wire black


pos. A1


Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws)

with number, e.g.105 without number with number, e.g. 600

= wires for main power supply = ground wire = other wires

Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes:

bl = blue br = brown ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red

sw = black sw-bl = black-blue sw-gr = black-gray ws = white ws-bl = white-blue ws-sw = white-black



Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F29 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6

F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front

operator’s seat with air suspension

C C



P P P P P C C C



Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.17.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 B38 B39

temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y63 Y64

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP

610

S

S12

p

M

R1

U

+

31

M1

31

Y1

54 66 7 19 2 43 59 20

-

32

50

44 56

+

36

12V

9

-

302

60 48 45 15

50

57 69 58

88

70

86(85)

34 8 10

88a

11 22

50

K1

A1

33 68 47 67


1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F10

F11

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

113

705 706

673

320

315

113

321

4

1040 6

7

5

305

K2

302

86

87

K3

5

4

2

2

1

K5

303

4

5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

A8 1

30

85

1

418

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

3

667

304

324

307

3

601

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

B C D I E F G H J K L M N

X4

K7

317

2

A

1 4

5

604 412

13

72

G2

G2

1

31

Y2

12V

G1

42

300 415

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

H2 H8

673

S3

323

50

30

18 30

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

1

2

6062 600

D+

37

110

412

G

3

25

2,5 2,5 708

410

rt 6 rt 70

B+

6

6

5A

123 308 307 416

103 rt

314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270

65

F6

10A

31

418

70

301

rt

392

2

317

35A

F1

41 53

K53 149 108

H12

300

1

29

85

H11417

2,5 2,5

17

F5

25A

5A

461

105

rt rt

71

K39

462

325

B7

5

85

324

408

64

87

670

R2

40 52

K4

417

G

28

F8

16A

H36

Q

16

F2 F3

5A

114

120

W 407

B2 31

406

4

10A

20s

H39

96° G

31 t°

63

8A

49a

49

86

465

B3

51

F4

MP

174 173

410 30

442

402 W 403

335 150

86

306

p 0,5 G

31

2A

120

B4

30

120

409

F15

8A

H23

p

27 39

405 401

500

31

3 55

100

604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 0,75 615 105 105 0,75 670 667

400

120

1

409

61

15 p

B5

49

F7

402

2

50 62

306

101

401

318

X1

708

1

38

301

406

8 p

2

26

S1

321

2,5

14

54 19 17 50a

15

408

46

674 301 602

442

B22 B6

12

p

2,5

P 0 12 3 58

87 87a

323

24

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

319

35

+

30

107

23

MP 31

21

118

P,0,1,

MP 2.5

30

308

MP

643 681 6270 665

607

X2

C

674

601

A

rt

-

B

X34

105 107

S11

100 rt

rt rt rt

304

601

674

B11

101

S2

S10

bl 1

405

S2

17

108

31

MP

324

3

2 S1

S1

615 S1

673

sw

br

400

Y4 1

674 126

1

320

Y6


87a

1

Y3

2

+

679

2

605

1

6062

Y25

604

1

Y63

2

2,5

2

+


2

MP

X5


415 445

.

01 02



9.2.17.00/1

R3


516 517 518

1 2 3 4

674 126

M 610

M6

S

MP t°

311

t°

B39

B38

42 1 13

Y64

54

2

66 7 19 2

3180 p

p

MP

313

B10

311

31

31

B8

B9 3190

M B

M12

M

Q S

A7

V17

+

M8

A6

X65

2,5

531

519 542 SW

MP

1,5 524

0,75

Y14

C A S


B

+ -

31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

673

C A S

Q

B34

B35

1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F10

F11

111 1,5

1,5 1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

1,5

K2

302

87

K3

5

4

2

1

K5

303

5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

305

86

3

+

MP

119 S1

325

S

P1

119

119 D+

-

P2

-

120 +

+

+

Q

S8

2

D I E F G H J K L M N

X4

K7

317

t G

P3

-

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

1 4

5

673

H2 H8

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

B

+ -

Q

113

4

1040

705 706

673

320

315

321 5

465 461 sw

462 461 sw

0,75 0,75

908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461

43

7

4

C

604 412

18 30

6

2

601

1 2

A8 1

30

85

1

B

323

37

1 2

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

3

A

6062 600

25

304

412

6

307

410

65

300 415

123 308 307 416

41 53

1

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

418

29

110

418

6071

1780

17

467 466

469 468

WS WS

SW

6061

71

2,5 2,5 708

H12

X71

5A

324

5

F6

10A

31

667

64

6

K53 149 108

H11417

2

F5

25A

5A

461

1

85

324

4

K39

670

3

85

417

8

87

H39

7

F8

16A

H36

10

K4

462

9

52

F2 F3

5A

20s

465

> 85° < 90°

> 60° < 65°

10A

49a

49

86

120

A18

8A

114

120

28 40

F4

MP

174 173

410 30

442

16

2A

306

4

335 150

86

120

63

F15

8A

H23

51

30

405 401

27 39

100

3 55

120

61

409

705 706

400

1,5 1,5

705 706

E2

49

320

MP

50 62

F7

402

102

2,5

E1

318

306

38

301

X1

708

14

321

46

408

12

S1

113

24

87 87a

35

2,5 54 19 17 50a

15

319

23

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

405

21

+

30

308

1780

521 522 553 936 935 1780

118

P,0,1,

MP 1,5 1,5 1,5

30

107

102

MP

rt

108

X2

3 1 5 2 6 8 7

553 522 521

4

105 107

-

X8

rt rt

S11

100 rt

rt 2 4 8 3 7 5 6

643 681 6270 665

1

MP

324

102

S12

26

5

+


E15

S1

615 S1

406

S9

+

+

87a

0 123


01 02



9.2.17.00/2

45 15 57 69 70 34 8 10 11 22 68 47 67

S

P1

-

P2

-

G

P3

-

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

MP


31

31

53b

53

31b

53a

bl

sw-bl

31

53a 31b

53

53b

ws/sw

53

53b

31b

53a

gr

sw-gr

53a

31

6045 6035 6044

6047 6036 6046

6021 6016 6019

6043

MP

6038 6037

6011 6037 6006

MP

6018 6015

2

4

6034

6041

6018

6042 6041 6039 6038

6019

0,1

21

6021

21 0,1

6045

21 0,1

6022

6044

6020

6046

21 0,1

6047 6042 6039

p G

7

5

H1

6033 6036 6035

S3

X46

3

L

1 2

3

4

MP

6014

M

E7

1,5 1,5

X37/1

1,5 1015 1030

1

6012

S7 1,5

1

85

5

87

1029

2A

1029

F29

Kabine Cab Cabine

1028

604 412

1,5

1,5

86

5

6040

N

1015 1015

K

MP 1,5 1,5

K17

1,5

X47

2

MP

2

3

F28

8A

8A

12V

6003 6001 2,5

MP

+

24V

U1

F27

6004

6006 6007

-

1017

1 2

3

1016 1028

1 2

30

J

323

412

H2 H8

673

1,5

8A

H

X4 1 4

F26

8A

G

6002

F

MP

F25

1019

6000

I E

6015 6016 6017

D

6003

325

2

C

1019

126 +

601

S8

31b

sw

M7

M13

111 1,5 1,5

123

1,5

1,5 418

3

1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

B

MP 120 +

o

6033 6034

118 110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

324 1

667

306

324

K6

417

670

3

5

A

X37/2

+

t

53

53b

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

F11 108

113

1040 2,5

705 706

673

320

315

321

4

113

321

F10

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

X5

58

33

K5

1

4

K7

119

+

Q

7

2

4

K10 1

415 445

4 5

E6 1,5

1,5 1,5 1 2,5 2

6001

X42 MP

6005

E4 1,5

1032

H14

E3

3

1,5 1,5

48

2

2

MP

D+

S5

5

MP

3

6004

60

4

5

317

S1

7 2

2

1,5

9

K3

5

4

3

119

6040

X411

2 3

S21

4

MP

1030

36

87

303

119

X401

3

5

6014

56

302

7 2

4

1031

44

305

K2

86

2

S4

5

1019

32

5

X391

3

S20

6062 600

72 20

7

2

410

59

6

1

123 308 307 416

31

A8 1

3

30

85

418

2 43

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

H12

19

304

2

110

H11417

7

5A

461

66

10A

H36

54

25A

307

462

1 13

300 415

120

42

16A

318

H39

18 30

5A

114

2,5 2,5

465

37

F6

708

120

25

F5

5A

MP

31

120

6

K53 149 108

H23

65

85

442

41

K39

405 401

29 53

85

100

17

87

120

71

K4

409

5

10A

F8

20s

400

64

8A

X381

F2 F3

6043

320

52

2A

F4

49a

49

86

87a

28 40

8A

402

4 16

F15

MP MP

174 173

410 30

306

63

F7

X1

708

51

86

406

27 39

30

408

3 55

335 150

87 87a

61

M5

3 5

0

49

1

4

0

62

2

3 4 2 1

0

50

M4

M

0

38

319

26

301

318

405

46 14

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

308

12

30

107

24

643 681 6270 665

35

+

2,5

P 0 12 3 58

M2

1 3 5

-

23

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

2 4

M

M

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

30

M

rt

1,5

105 107

S11

100 rt

rt

M3

6011

324

MP

673

+

S12

X2

+

S S1

615 S1

MP

M

M

674 126

610

rt rt

MP

ws/bl gr


per+

6013

+ L

E5

3A

12V

A2

-

R

SW

.


01 02



9.2.17.00/3



Socket Pin








Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.18.01




Plug in cab




















Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.18.02






Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.18.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178

S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4/C F8-X4/B F8-X4/B F3-X4/I

1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780

X4/A- X37/2,F25 X4/BX37/2 X4/CX37/2 X4/E- X37/1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2/X71

-F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392

G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4F10-


Connector plugs

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

wire no. 3180 3190

B9B9-

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469

B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -

-H4 -H5 -P4 -X5/5 -H5 -P3 -X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4/I -B34/B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39

516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553


X2 -

-R3/M6 -R3/M6 - M6/R3 -A6/M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681

S3S10F10K7B11S2K5A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

-A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5/1 -X5/3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2

6000 6001 6002

K17F27K17-

X42 -

-F27 -E4 -F28

Connector plugs -

-B8 -B8

wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270

F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7K10X4/IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20A18S3Y64A1-

705 706 708

F7F7X4/D -

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

open connection X2

wo.no.

Connector plugs X42 X37/2 X37/1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2 X2 X2 -

-E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4/D -M13 -K17 -H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5/3 -E1 -E2 -P2,3,4


ground wire black


pos. A1










F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front


C C



P P P P P C C C



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.18.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18




S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C

U1


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y63 Y64

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP

S

p

31

M1

31

Y1

54 66 7 19 2 43 59 20

-

32

50

44 56

+

36

12V

9

-

302

60 48 45 15

50

57 69 58

88

70

86(85)

34 10

88a

11 22

50

K1

8

A1

33 68 47 67


1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F10

F11

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

108

113

705 706

673

320

315

113

321

4

1040

2,5 2,5

110

708 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318 300 415

307

7

5

305

K2

302

86

87

K3

5

4

2

1

K5

303

324

610 2

4

5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

6

1

418

A8 1

3

30

85

667

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

670

304

3

601

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-


X4

K7

317

2

A

1 4

5

604 412

1 13

72

G2

G2

42

31

Y2

12V

G1

18 30

31

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

H2 H8

673

S3

323

R1

U

+

0,75

37

K53 149 108

1

2

6062 600

M

3

0,75 0,75 0,75

25

85

412

50

30

6

5A

410

6

65

F6

10A

123 308 307 416

rt 6 rt 70

G

D+

301

103 rt B+

314 317 600 643 665 681 6270

41 53

K39

418

70

317

rt

392

2

29

85

H12

300

1

17

87

H11417

0,75 670 667

71

K4

417

105 105

2,5 2,5

5

F5

25A

5A

461

105

rt rt

64

F8

16A

20s

H39

B7

52

F2 F3

5A

H36

325

40

10A

49a

49

86

462

R2

408

28

8A

410 30

465

G

4 16

335 150

86

120

Q

63

F4

MP

174 173

114

120

W 407

B2

51

30

442

406

27 39

2A

306

96° G

31 t°

402 403

3 55

120

B3

35A

49

F15

8A

H23

p 0,5 G W

F1

62

405 401

409

31

50

100

1

p

B4

31

400

604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610

38

120

31

101

61

15 p

B5

401

306

2

500

B6

1

F7

X1

708

8 p

2

318

406

B22

26

301

2,5

674 301 602

442

2,5

14

321

46

S1

408

12

p

2,5 54 19 17 50a

15

87 87a

323

24

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

319

35

+

30

308

23

MP 31

21

118

P,0,1,

MP 2.5

30

107

MP

643 681 6270 665

607

X2

C

674

601

A

105 107

-

B

X34

304

601

674

rt rt

rt

100 rt

rt

405

S2

B11

bl 1

101

S2

S10

S11

31

17

673

MP

3

2 S1

S1

sw

br

409

Y4 1

400

1

320

Y6

Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre 674 126

1

Y3

2

402

679

2

605

1

6062

Y25

604

1

Y63

2

87a

2

+


2

MP

X5


415 445

.

01 03



9.2.18.00/1

R3


516 517 518

1 2 3 4

S

102

18 30

MP t°

311

t°

B39

B38

42 1 13

Y64

54

2

66 7 19 2

3180 p

p

MP

313

B10

311

31

31

B8

B9 3190

M B

M12

M

Q S

A7

+

V17

M8

A6

X65

2,5

531

519 542 SW

MP

1,5 524

0,75

Y14

C A S

B

+ -

C A S

59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

Q

Q

B34

B35

1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F10

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

113

1040

705 706

673

320

315

321

4

K3

5

4

2

1

K5

303

324 5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

302

87

3

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

2


X4

K7

317

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

1 4

5

673

H2 H8

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

B

+ -

2


31

305

K2

86

465 461 sw

462 461 sw

0,75 0,75

908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461

43

5

4

C

604 412

1 2

7

2

601

1 2

6

1

B

323

37

A8 1

3

30

85

A

6062 600

25

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

412

6

304

410

65

307

123 308 307 416

41 53

1

300 415

418

29

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

667

6071

1780

17

467 466

469 468

WS WS

SW

6061

71

110

418

X71

2,5 2,5

H12

5

5A

708

H11417

64

6

F6

10A

461

2

F5

25A

5A

31

610

1

K53 149 108

670

4

85

417

3

F8

16A

H36

8

K39

462

7

F2 F3

5A

114

120

10

85

H39

9

87

465

5

52

K4

442

> 85° < 90°

> 60° < 65°

10A

20s

306

A18

40

8A

49a

49

86

120

28

F4

MP

174 173

410 30

120

4 16

2A

H23

63

335 150

86

405 401

51

30

100

27 39

120

3 55

409

61

F15

8A

402

49

320

62

87a

E2

50

306

705 706

705 706

F7

X1

708

1,5 1,5

406

102

2,5

38

E1

318

321

14 26

301

319

46

408

12

113

24

S1

87 87a

35

2,5 54 19 17 50a

15

405

23

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

107

1780

521 522 553 936 935 1780

+

30

308

1,5 1,5 1,5

30

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

rt

F11

X2

3 1 5 2 6 8 7

MP

105 107

108

rt rt

553 522 521

4

102

X8

2 4 8 3 7 5 6

643 681 6270 665

1

S11

100 rt

rt

-


MP

673

S1

E15

MP

+

S9

674 126

M M6

+

400

0 123


01 03



9.2.18.00/2

45 15 57 69 70 34 8 10 11 22 68 47 67

31

M7

Q

S8

325

P1

P2

-

t G

P3

-

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

MP


53b

53

31b

53a

bl

sw-bl

31

53a 31b

53

53b

ws/sw

53

53b

31b

53a

gr

sw-gr

53a

31

0,1

21

6021

6038 6037

6011 6037 6006

6018 6015

6034

6041

6018

6019

6044

21 0,1

6045

21 0,1

6022

21

6020

6046

6042 6041 6039 6038

MP

H1

H2 H8

S3

1 2

3

4

MP

M

E7

1,5 1,5

X37/1

1,5 1015

MP 1,5 1,5

K17

6002

1,5

Kabine Cab Cabine 6000

6012

S7

1

85

1

87

1029

2A

5

1028

F29

86

604 412

1,5

1,5

30

5

6040

N

1015 1015

L

1,5

X47

2

MP

2

3

F28

8A

8A

12V

6003 6001 2,5

MP

+

24V

U1

F27

6004

6006 6007

-

1017

X46

3

1016 1028

1 2

3

1029

673

6015 6016 6017

6033 6036 6035

1 2

K

X4 1 4

1,5

8A

H J

MP

F26

8A

G

1030

120

p G

0,1

6047 6042 6039

2

F

MP

+

o

MP

F25

1019

6014

+

I E

1019

126

418

3

601

-

6045 6035 6044

6043

6047 6036 6046

M13

6011

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

324 667

306

610 670

417

1

D

323

S

+

6033 6034

F10

118

6021 6016 6019

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

F11

1040 2,5

113

673

320

315

321

4

113

321

705 706

K6

5

MP

119

31b

sw

673

3

4

C

X5

58

33

1

2

1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

B

X37/2

119

2

4

K10 1

415 445

4 5

E6 1,5

1,5 1,5 1 2,5 2

6001

X42 MP

6005

E4 1,5

1032

H14

E3

3

1,5 1,5

48

K5

5

K7

+

7

5 2

4

6004

643 681 6270 665

60

2

4

317

D+

7

5

MP

3

1,5

9

4

303

119

7 2

2

S5

6003

36

K3 5

87

2

3

S1

6040

X411

2 3

S21

4

MP

1030

56

302

86

X401

3

5

6014

44

305

K2

7 2

4

1031

32

5

1

A

1019

72

7

2

S4

5

6062 600

59 20

A8

1 6

3

30

85

412

31

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

410

2 43

307

123 308 307 416

19

300 415 304

X391

3

S20

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

418

7

5A

2

110

H12

66

10A

2,5 2,5

H11417

54

25A

461

1 13

16A

708

H39

42

5A

H36

18 30

F6

5A

MP

31

462

37

K53 149 108

465

25

85

120

6

F5

114

120

65

K39

442

41

85

120

29 53

87

H23

17

K4

405 401

5 71

10A

F8

20s

100

64

8A

X381

F2 F3

6043

120

40 52

2A

F4

49a

49

86

409

28

30

400

16

8A

402

4

86

306

63

30

320

51

F15

MP MP

174 173

410

87a

27 39

F7

X1

708

3 55

335 150

406

61

M5

3 5

0

49

1

4

0

62

2

3 4 2 1

0

50

M4

M

0

38

408

26

318

87 87a

14

301

319

46

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

405

12

2,5

P 0 12 3 58

308

24

30

107

35

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

M2

1 3 5

-

23

+

P,0,1,

MP 21

30

2 4

M

M

118

1,5

105 107

M

rt

108

rt rt

X2

S11

100 rt

rt

M3

53

53b

674 126

+

S

MP

M

M

S1

MP 31

MP

ws/bl gr


per+

6013

+ L

E5

3A

12V

A2

-

R

SW

.


01 03



9.2.18.00/3



Socket Pin








Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.19.01




Plug in cab










9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor fueltank /- travel gear - cone seal area(Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor










Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.19.02






Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.19.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178


1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 1350 1360 1780

X4 /AX4 /BX4 /CX4 /EF26K17F29K10U1S1F25 F26F25S35F26F25F25X98X98G2F31F6-

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 3160 3161 3172 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178

Connector plugs

X37 /2,F25 X37 /2 X37 /2 X37 /1,X47 X2 /X71

-F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -K24 -S35 -S35 -K50 -K52 -K51 -X97 -X99 -F31 -K71 -A18

G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4F10-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2


B9B9S4S35S35S35V16V16-

-

-B8 -B8 -K50 -K24 -K24 -V16 -K49 -K49

wire no. 3177 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191

V16V16V16K24V15V15V15S20S21V16V15V16V15-

-

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469


X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -


516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553


X2 -

-R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681


X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

-A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2

6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012

K17F27K17F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7-

X42 X42 X37 /2 -

-F27 -E4 -F28 -E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4 /D -M13 -K17

Connector plugs -K49 -K49 -S4 -K49 -K24 -S35 -S4 -K51 -K52 -S20 -S20 -S21 -S21

wire no. 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6061 6062 6071 6270

K10X4 /IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20S35X100X100X100X100A18S3Y64A1-

X37 /1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2

-H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -S5 B52 B52 B53 B53 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5 /3

705 706 708

F7F7X4 /D -

X2 X2 -

-E1 -E2 -P2,3,4

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

open connection X2

wo.no.

Connector plugs


ground wire black

Description Parts list /Scheme: e.g.

pos. A1








d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ ĺ ĺ

main frame / area battery box instrument panel roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F50

Ampere application - standard 35A 16A 6.3A 8A

automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 8A electrical outlet 12V

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front


C C C



P P P P P C C C



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.19.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A9 A18

electronic box connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3



temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left back up alarm /B (option) horn back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B temperature switch cold start device /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B speakers right /C speakers left /C

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper. front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater /B push button switch -joystick right - float position /P push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper door left /C rocker switch - windshield wiper door right /C rocker switch - preselection interval switch / Waschanlage /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11

S35

U1



V1 V2 V3 V4 V15 V16 V17

diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B

Fx


G1 G2


X1 X2 X4 X5

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K17 K24 K39 K49 K50 K51 K52 K53

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C time relay - interval timer /C relay - power guard /P relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch door left /C relay - interval switch door right /C time relay - glow plug system /P

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper door left /C windshield wiper door right /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator’s seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14-poles /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal for K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B X97 electrical outlet 12V /C X98 plug to X97, X99 /C X99 plug to A2 /C X100 plug to B52/B53 /C Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y54 Y63 Y64

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off Arbeitshydr. /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - cold start device /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP

Vx

S

p

31

M1

66 7 19 2 43 59 20

-

32

50

> 50° < 35°

+

5791

2

t°

X75

1

44 56

1

36

5790

9

12V

B33 302

-

60 48 45

Y2

50

Y54

15 57 69

SW

58

88

70

86(85)

34 10

88a

11 22

50

K1

8

A1

33 68 47 67

1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F11

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

113

705 706

673

320

315

113

321

4

1040

F10

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318 300 415

307

7

5

305

K2

302

86

87

K3

324

610

1

2

4 5

2

5 4

2

1

3

1

K5

303

K6

4

5

3

126

6

3

418

A8 1

30

85

667

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

670

304

3

601

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

2


X4

K7

317

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

MP

1 4

5

H1

H2 H8

673

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

2


110

604 412

54

72

G2

G2

1 13

31

Y1

31

12V

G1

42

2,5 2,5 708

323

R1

U

+

0,75

18 30

31

6062 600

M

3

0,75 0,75 0,75

37

K53 149 108

412

50

30

25

5A

410

6

6

F6

10A

123 308 307 416

rt 6 rt 70

G

D+

65

85

418

103 rt B+

314 317 600 643 665 681 6270

53

K39

H12

70

301

rt

392

2

317

35A

41

85

H11417

300

1

29

F5

25A

5A

461

0,75 670 667

17

87

417

105 105

2,5 2,5

71

K4

462

105

rt rt

5

F8

16A

20s

H39

B7

64

F2 F3

5A

H36

325

52

10A

49a

49

86

465

R2

408

40

8A

410 30

120

G

28

F4

MP

174 173

114

120

Q

4 16

335 150

86

442

W 407

B2

63

2A

306

406

51

30

120

96° G

27 39

F15

8A

H23

B3

402 403

3 55

405 401

W

F1

49

100

p 0,5 G

31 t°

62

120

409

31

50

320

604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610

1

p

B4

31

400

38

306

31

101

61

15 p

B5

401

F7

X1

708

2

500

B6

1

406

8 p

2

2,5

B22

26

321

674 301 602

442

2,5

301

318

408

46

S1

87 87a

12 14

2,5 54 19 17 50a

15

319

323

24

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

308

674

601

35

p

31

21 23

MP

P,0,1,

MP 2.5

+

30

107

MP

30

118

108

X2

C

643 681 6270 665

607

A

105 107

-

B

X34

304

601

674

rt rt

rt

100 rt

rt

405

S2

B11

bl 1

101

S2

S10

S11

31

17

673

MP

3

2 S1

S1

sw

br

409

Y4 1

400

1

402

Y6


1

Y3

2

605

679

604

1

6062

Y25

2

+


1

Y63

2

87a

2

2


01 03


PR 712B F/N xxx - 6200® PR 722B F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.19.00/1

R3


516 517 518

1 2 3 4

S

102

18 30

MP t°

311

t°

B39

B38

42 1 13

Y64

54

2

66 7 19 2

3161 p

p

MP

313

B10

311

31

31

B8

B9 3160

M B

M12

M

Q S

A7

+

V17

M8

A6

X65

2,5

531

519 542 SW

MP

1,5

524

0,75

Y14

C A S

B

+ -

C A S

59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

Q

Q

B34

B35

1,5

1780 602 392 315

101 531 102

118

F10

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

113

705 706

673

320

315

321

4

1040

K3

324

5 4

2

1

3

1

K5

303

K6

4

5

3

3

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

2


X4

K7

317

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

1 4

5

673

H2 H8

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

B

+ -

2


31

302

87

2

465 461 sw

462 461 sw

0,75 0,75

908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461

43

305

K2

86

4 5

126

1 2

5

2

C

604 412

1 2

7

1

601

37

6

3

B

323

25

A8 1

30

85

A

6062 600

6

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

412

65

304

410

53

307

123 308 307 416

41

1

300 415

418

29

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

667

6071

1780

17

467 466

469 468

WS WS

SW

6061

71

110

418

X71

2,5 2,5

H12

5

5A

708

H11417

64

6

F6

10A

461

2

F5

25A

5A

31

610

1

K53 149 108

670

4

85

417

3

F8

16A

H36

8

K39

462

7

F2 F3

5A

114

120

10

85

H39

9

87

465

5

52

K4

442

> 85° < 90°

> 60° < 65°

10A

20s

306

A18

40

8A

49a

49

86

120

28

F4

MP

174 173

410 30

120

4 16

2A

H23

63

335 150

86

405 401

51

30

100

27 39

120

3 55

409

61

F15

8A

402

49

320

62

87a

E2

50

306

705 706

705 706

F7

X1

708

1,5 1,5

406

102

2,5

38

E1

318

321

14 26

301

319

46

408

12

113

24

S1

87 87a

35

2,5 54 19 17 50a

15

405

23

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

107

1780

521 522 553 936 935 1780

+

30

308

1,5 1,5 1,5

30

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

rt

F11

X2

3 1 5 2 6 8 7

MP

105 107

108

rt rt

553 522 521

4

102

X8

2 4 8 3 7 5 6

643 681 6270 665

1

S11

100 rt

rt

-


MP

673

S1

E15

MP

+

S9

674 126

M M6

+

400

0 123


01 03



9.2.19.00/2

31

31

31

31

53

53b

53a

5

6035 2

6044

1

6035

MP

M

gr

53b

31b

53a

6038

21 0,1 5

7

4

2

MP

6037

S5

6015

6019

1,0

S21

SW

6.3A

MP

MP

S4

6011

F3

3

3190 3191

6006

F8

1

6021

1

MP 6039

25A

7

5

3185

6055

6040

175

172

1

2

0

174

3180

5

S20

1

1

1

7

1,0

1

1,0

3188 3189

178

2

0

0

7

5

4

X41

0

1,5

sw-bl

53

MP

1

1,5

ws/bl

bl 3

6021

K52

1080

MP

Kabine Cab Cabine

2

6019

3172

3186

MP

K50

4

1

2

3187

K51

5

3

4

1

2

1081

6043

6011

5

3

4

1079

5

3 1

M5

3

6044

6020

6017

6022

M7

31

X40

M

M

M13


MP X39

3

6046

X38

6016

3

3

6045

gr

2

1

ws/sw

1

4

31b

53b

53

6036

sw 6036 2

2

5

sw-gr

6047 1

31b

31 3

53a

31b 1

6047

4

M4

6046

53

53a

53b 2

M

M

M2

6045

M

M3

X4

2A 1029

MP

1

5

6012

H14

3

4

1093

ws

6001 2,5

3 2 1

X42

1094

sw

6003

-

sw

3176

SW

1077

3177

3178

3188

3190

3180

3191

3189

3176

3182

MP K24

E6

MP

3

4

1

I

86

MP

3178

3177

K49

3174 1,5

X97

8A

445

415

415

445

3185

3183

8A

+

F50

X99

1078

2

F28

8A

6007

E3

3175

1,5 1,5

6001


2,5

6005

E4 1,5

7

GE 2

per+

+

BL/SW

3 4

6056 6057

+ -

BL

RT

E5

B52

X100 5A


1

1078

0,2

F27 6006

8 4

5

3181

1,5

5

X98

5

S

31

1,5

2

6017

6004

1,5

1 4

K10

15 31b

2

1,5

6013 1

1076

12V

10A

X5

MP 1,5

K17

4

S35

6004

24V

1029

3

9

6055

1,5

U1

2

+

S7

1031

-

1019

p

2

3174

1,5

+

6003

6014

6

V16

3182

6040

F29

MP

X47

G

1079

1,5

7

V15

7 2

3175

1015

1,5

X37/2

P4

1076

1,5 1,5

3183

N

A9 8

5 4 6

6043

M

X37/1

-

6016

6015

1077

1080

6043

1030

708

1016

MP

E7

1028

4

2

1,5

119

6035

6036 3 1

L

1

5

1,5

X46

3

1017

907

K

2

6002

906

1,5

1

6000

1,5

3

2 1

J

85

905

8A

H

87

904 1,5

F26

8A

G

0

903

F25

1019

F

1028

901 902

MP

6014

E

86

941

6007

I

30

178

1017

D

1015

445

1016

C

1015

708

1015

B

1081

172

A

6014

173

1019

174

A2 BR/SW BR

BR

6 5

.

B53 6058

-

6059

+

Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schèma de câblage électriques

01 03


9.2.19.00/3



Socket Pin






Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System


9.2.30.01




Plug in cab










9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank (Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor





Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System


9.2.30.02




Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Wiring list

Electrical System


9.2.30.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 397 400 401 402

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F31 F31-K71 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4

wire no. 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667

Connector plugs B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X4/I

-X5/5 -H5 -P3 -X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5/1 A1X2 -X5/3 A1X2 -K6

wire no. 670 673 674 679 681 6270

A1S3S11Y25A1A1-

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725

electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28

900 901 È 907 908 912 È 942

Connector plugs X2 X2 X2 X2

-K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -X5/3


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1


pos. A1








Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


light front operator’s seat with air suspension

C C B



Typ/ab

P P P P P P P C C C

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System


9.2.30.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B

MP 516

R3


517 518 3

4

610

M6

+

S9

S +

rt

6

325 302

Q

31

G

R2

408

610 615

325

rt

2,5

105

rt

2,5

105 670

B7

667 311 105 105

314 317

2,5 1350

600

2

1

643

35A

665 300

F31

10 rt

70 rt

rt

900 910

50

30

1360

12V

50 rt

Y34

U

30

86

G1 K71

12V

926

M

3

+

31

M1

912

Y1

913

31

914

A1

915 916

85

87

917

Masse 86(85)

10 sw

88

939

MP

311

50 rt

397

302

-

K1 50

D+

B+

908

G

-

G2

103

6270

301

70

rt

+

G2

681

1

386

2

317

35A

314

F1

p

p 313

31

1.5

312

B8

88a

R1

31

938 920 942 921

1.5

922

B9

927

MP

928 925

B10

519 542

M

SW

M12

531

B

V17

S

524 937

Q

A7

1,5

M

M8

932

+

Y14

A6

933

28

673

531

MP

602

315

118

531

101

111

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

416

172

178

314

109

113

705

706

108

1040 321

2,5

108

2,5

110

407

40

403

52

318

442

64 5 72

323

300

601

415

940

17

304

304

29

300

41 53

8 V4 V3 V1

6

1

85

7

37 18

2,5

rt

105

2,5

rt

30

86

30

85

K3

K2

5

86

305

615 105

100

172

85

708 445 178

610

6 25

174 173

9

A8

302

65

4

2

V5

325

307

87

85

86

303

302

941

K6

K5

86

30

901

30

902

3

670

30

667

42

311

1 13

317

54

903 904

2

905

+

906 907

K7

314

1

2.5

4

5

317


X4

600

66

643

7

MP

665

19

681

2

6270

43

123

908 2.5

31

119

900

67

119

119

120

910 2.5

46

D+

S1

926 2.5

20

+

912 2.5

32

Q

913 2.5

44

S8

914 2.5

56

915 2.5

68

325

916 2.5

9

917 2.5

60

939

48

938

45

+

4

1

2

S

P1

P2

3

-

5

p

t G

P3

-

120

G

P4

H23 G

H4 H5

H3

H11

H12

H2

H1

942 1.5

57

H8

S3

MP MP

920 1.5

15

673

+

o

X5

921 1.5

69 58 70

922 1.5

415

927

445

445

928

34

925

8

519

10

542

11

SW

22

531

33

524 1,5

36

937

47 59

932 1,5

.

933 1,5

. .

X65 519

.

Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schèmas de câblage électriques .

542 SW

102

315 113

708

401

126

407

B2

16

412

300

31

149

604

W

K53 85

601

304

85

400

323

406

87

409

4

600

G

K39

K4

402

63

412

940

o

t

31

5A

410

601

51

307

323

403

F6

10A

416

W

402

406

308

442 G

F5

25A

408

39

123

p 0.5

31

F8

5A

324

B3

MP

F3

2A

87

403

F2

20s

87a

31

5A

418

407

10A

49a

49

86

667

409

F11 F10

8A

418

401

30

417

p

86

324

500

B4

F4

410

335 150 30

909 2,5

27

87a 87

409 400

1.5

604

670

402

MP

400

1.5

706

417

8 p

31

2A

114

306

B5

705

120

406

3 55

442

408

61

87

E2

173

101

49

87a

E1

401

31

909

102

62

120

8

602

50

120

604 p

38

401 405

706

301

400

1,5

26

F15

8A

674

409

705

F7

934 1.5

14

MP

174

402

706

1,5

318

935

71

306

101

936

12

708

102

553

24

301

408

602 p

522

35

87

935

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

521

23

87a

553 936

2.5

21

319

522

X1

P 0 12 3

308

521

1.5 323

304

MP 2.5

705

P,0,1,

MP 1.5

+

30

1,5

X2

7

4

8

301

B6

107

118

rt

107

101

6

MP

442

rt

665

2

643 6270 681

5

521

1

102

3

522

607

4

674

2.5

105 30

934

31

rt

320

5

1.5

B22

324

521

522

7

2.5

3

320

8

87a

4

S11 rt

100

X8

674

601

2

MP

406

1

553

601

674

1

bl

553

S2

B11

S

S12 102

p S2

S1

3

2

17

S10

615

sw

br

31

-


E15 S1

S1

405

604

M

Y4 605

679

674

Y6

126

2

1 0 12 3

Y3

Y25

2



01 01


9.2.30.00/1

MP

31

M

48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59

31 53

31b

53a

gn

sw

bl

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

53

31b

sw sw-gr gr

31b

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

31b

501 500

1,5

502

4

534

508 506

504

505

118

500

5

7

4

2

515 514

536

MP

719

MP

720

210 0,1

502

534

508

515

546

547 722 721

536

535

210 0,1

533

210 0,1

509

210 0,1

546 722

547

111 1.5

1.5 1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

178

416 172

314

109

108

113

705

706

1040 2.5

503

602

315

101

531 102

320

315 113

321

86

86

3

2

601

+

K7 1

317

4

5

514 501

535

507

723

30

506 504

324

30

I

MP

E F

X37 1-2

G

F25

H J

2

1

3

1

2

3

1

4

2

8A

8A

1,5

Kabine Cab Cabine

X46

3

2

1

K

F26

MP

L

E7

M

172

85

303

126

87

418

86

305

85

K6

D

173 175

85

K5

C

174 1050

86

87a 87

324

306 30

K3

667

30

87a 87

85

K2

5

302

rt rt

N

1,5 1,5

X4 1,5

S

P1

P2

-

5

t G

P3

+

p

o

-

G

P4

-

G

H11

H12

H1

H2 H8

1,5

X47

S3

175

719

5

MP

704 725

1,5

K38

1,5

F27

F28

8A

8A

708

85

MP

445

E3

E6

719 700 701

MP

MP

415 445

1

176

2A

S7

H23 H3 H4 H5

723

1050

F29

85

MP 673

700

+

120

86

120

724

+

Q S8

119

1,5

87

D+

S1

123

30

119

119

1,5 445

MP

325

939 4 1 2 3 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5 1.5 1.5

7

174 173 172 708

B

2,5

30

U1

1,5 1,5 2,5

1.5

915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5

921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 937 932 933

548 720

701

X42

703

MP E4 K10

86

H17

+

704

60

7 2

1.5

9

MP

5 4

721

1.5

68

2

1.5

56

7

5

1.5

44

3

S5

3

32

1 2

3

1 2

20

X41 2

S18

4

176

46

503

MP

87

67

7

443

31

6

1

A

87a

43

1

3

S4

2

178

2

X40 2

1

443

19

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

A8

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

178

7

X39

3

S17

604 412

66

2

1

323

54

X38

600

13

304

412

1

307 100

410

42

5A

308 307 416

30

300 415

940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5

123

18

F6

10A

110

418

37

F5

25A

318

417

6 25

F8

2,5 2,5

417

65

F3 5A

708

670

53

F2 2A

31

120

41

5A

114

149 108

442

29

10A

K53 85

87

17

85

87a

5 72

87

120

64

K39

K4

120

40

F11 F10

8A

5

401

28 52

F4

2A

505 4 512

400

16

F15

8A

20s

405

4

M7

49a

49

86

409

63

M13

M5

410 30

320

51

M

M

MP

174 173

402

39

335 150

86

306

27

30

2,5

87a

3 55

F7

708

61

1.5 1.5

406

50 49

408

38 62

87

26

318 1.5

87a

14

301

319

71

405

12

58 15 54 19 17 50a

308

24

X1

M4

P 0 12 3

S1

107

35

2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102 101 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601

643 6270 681 665

23

30

30

M

+

P,0,1,

MP 21

118

-

X2

rt

MP

M

512

rt 105 107

rt rt

M3

S11 100 rt

548

S12

673

MP

324

S

M2

M

+

S1

53a

S S1

615

MP

31

MP

31

610

126

674


444

24V

E5

12V

12V 1460

1,5

+

1,5 1,5

+

L

-

R

A2

3A

SW


. .

.


01 01


9.2.30.00/2



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System


9.2.31.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -















Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System


9.2.31.02





Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System


9.2.31.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 397 400 401 402

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F31 F31-K71 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4

wire no. 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667

Connector plugs B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35-

X2 -X5 /5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5 /5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 -H17 X4 /I -K10 X2 -B34 /B35 X2 -H36 X2 -H39

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9- M6 /R3 X2-A6 /M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6

wire no. 670 673 674 679 681 6270

A1S3S11Y25A1A1-

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725


900 901 È 907 908 912 È 942

Connector plugs X2 X2 X2 X2

-K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1


pos. A1



with number, e.g.105 without number with ”MASSE” with number, e.g. 600

= wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) = other wires




Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P light front


C C B



P P P P P C C C


Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System


9.2.31.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35

temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B

MP 516

R3


517 518 3

4

0 12 3

M 610

Y4 605

M6

+

S9

S +

521

rt

6

X8

406

304

W

300

407

B2

325 302

Q

31

G

R2

408

610 615

325

rt

2,5

105

rt

2,5

105 670

B7

667 311 105 105

314 2,5 1350

317 600

2

1

643

35A

300

665

F31

rt

900 933

1360

M1

Y1

913

31

914

A1

915 937

85

87

917

397

302

12V

31

912

939

MP

311

12V

50 rt

86

G1

50 rt

MASSE 86(85)

10 sw

88

Y34

U

30

K71

-

926

M

3

+

K1 50

908

50

30

G

-

G2

103 D+

B+

6270

301

70 10 rt

70 rt

rt

+

G2

681

1

386

2

317

35A

314

F1

p

p 313

31

1.5

312

R1

920 942 921

1.5

31

B8

88a

938

922

B9

927

MP

928 925

B10

519 542

M

SW 531

B

M8

S

Q

B34

S

Q

B35

5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 46 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

673

1,5 602

315

118

531

101

102

1.5

111 1.5

1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

416

172

178

314

109

108

113

705

706

708 2,5

401

108

2,5

110

407 403 318

442 323

300

601

415

940 304

304

300 325

85

6

1

610

7

2,5

rt

105

2,5

rt

3

1

2

4

2

5

708 4

5

445

K2

5

941 86

305

615 105

30

172

178

A8

302

173

4 9 8 V4 V3 V1

2

V5

174

307 100

5

K3

87

4

2

K5

303

302

1

3

K6

1

3

901 902

670

903

667

904

30

15 +

905 906

311

907

K7

314 317

2.5

31

317


X4

600 643

MP

665 681 6270

123

908 2.5 119

900 933 1.5 926 2.5

+

912 2.5

S8

914 2.5 915 2.5

325

937 917 2.5 939 938

4

1

2

S

P1

P2

3

-

5

120

+

+

o

Q

913 2.5

119

119 D+

S1

p

t G

P3

-

G

P4

G

H4 H5 H23

H3

H11

H12

H2

H1

H8

S3

MP MP

920 1.5 942 1.5

673

H39 H36

X5

921 1.5 922 1.5

415

927

445

445

928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462

.

461

.

.

SW

.

C A B

+

SW

MP

C A B

461

542

+

531

519

SW

462

A6 X65

465 462

0,75 0,75

Y14

465 461

+

461

S

-

V17

524 0,75

Q

A7

1,5

M

-

M12

64

31

149

126

940

52

K53

2

4

5

87a

601

K39

85

400

87

96° G

31 t°

323

403

87

409

412

W

402

K4

402

604

442 G

406

601

0.5

408

323

p

31

20s

600

B3

MP

5A

412

403

40

F6

10A

410

407

28

F5

25A

49a

49

1

307

409 31

16

F8

5A

416

401

4

3

308

p

63

F3

2A

410

86

123

500

B4

51

F2

324

400

5A

418

409

335 150 30

909 2,5

667

402

MP

400

1.5

604

418

12 p

31

1.5

706

417

B5

39

705

417

406

27

10A

461

408

55

F11 F10

8A

101

462

401

31

909

E2

3

102

173

114

324

E1

61

F4

2A

670

p

49

602

MP

174

120

8

62

674 301

F15

8A

465

604

50

934 1.5

306

706

38

F7

935

120

1,5

26

318

936

442

705

14

301

120

706

1,5

71

553

120

101

12

522

401 405

102

24

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

521

400

602

35

409

935

23

1040

936

21

306

553

708

522

1.5

315

521

1.5

321

1.5

X1

P 0 12 3

2.5

408

2.5

705

P,0,1,

MP

MP

323

304

674

X2

7

+

30

107

8

118

rt

308

553

101

6

p

B6

107

4

2

MP

442

rt

665

5

643 6270 681

1

521

3

102

4

301

2.5

105 30

674

31

rt

402

5

320

522

7

2.5

3

320

8

S11 rt

87a

4

522

C

2

MP

100

934

B22

S

S12

406

1

A

B

X34 601

1

bl

B11

607

601

S2

674

S10

553

S2

17

S1

3

2

324

sw

br

31 p

102

S1

S1

615

-


E15

113

604

674

Y6

319

Y3 679

405

Y25

126

2

1

----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestückt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipées Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2

.


01 02


9.2.31.00/1

MP


48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

31

31

31 53

31b

53a

sw

bl

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

53

31b

sw sw-gr gr

31b

sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr

31b

gn

1,5

502

4

534

508 506

504

505

118

500

502

7 2

515 514

5 4

MP

719

MP

720

210 0,1

210 0,1

534

548 720

536

547

515

547 722 721

536

546

535

508

509

210 0,1

210 0,1

546 722

533

111 1.5

1.5 1.5

1.5

110

123

149

311

178

416 172

314

109

108

113

705

706

1040

503

602

315

101

531 102

320

315 113

321

921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465

7 2

5

K2 5

4

2

K5

303

1

K6 1

3

3

126

K3

87

418

86

305

667

5

302

30

15

601

+

87a

31

317

87

K7

I

507

514 501

535

MP

E F

X37 1-2

G

F25

H J

2

1

3

1

3

1

4

2

F26

8A

1,5

Kabine Cab Cabine

X46

3

2

1

K

2

8A

MP

L

E7

M

172

4

D

173 175

2

5

C

174 1050

4

2

174 173 172 708

B

506 504

723

324

324

1

417

7

3

30

A

N

1,5 1,5

X4 1,5

325

S

P1

P2

-

G

5

P3

p

o

-

G

P4

-

G

H4 H5 H23

H3

H12

H1

H2 H8

719

85

86

1,5

X47

S3

175

723

1050

S7

H39 H36

H11

MP

704 725

1,5

K38

1,5

F27

F28

8A

8A

708

700 701

MP 2

MP

445

E3

E6

719

MP

415 445

5

2,5

3

U1

1,5 1,5 2,5

1.5

S8

t

1

176

2A

701

X42

703

MP E4 K10

H17

5

1 4

+

1.5

Q

+

F29

700

+

1,5

MP 673

724

+

120

87

D+

S1

123

119

30

119

119

1,5 445

MP

704

9 60

915 2.5 937 917 2.5 939 4 1 2 3 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5

MP

5 4

721

1.5

36

2

1.5

56

5

1.5

44

3

S5

3

32

1 2

3

1 2

20

X41 2

S18

4

176

46

85

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

443

59

503

MP

178

31

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6

1

3

7

443

43

304

A8

100

178

2

307

300 415

1

X40 2

1

S4

7

2

110

318

rt rt

X39

3

S17

604 412

7 19

2,5 2,5

149 108

940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 933 1.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5

2

1

323

66

X38

600

54

5A

412

13

F6

10A

410

1

F5

25A

308 307 416

42

F8

708

123

30

F3 5A

31

417

18

K53

2

4

5

418

37

K39

462

6 25

F2 2A

461

65

85

670

53

5A

114

120

41

10A

465

29

F11 F10

8A

306

17

87

120

5 72

F4

2A

442

64

K4

405

52

F15

8A

5

120

40

MP

174 173

505 4 512

120

28

M7

20s

401

16

M13

M5

49a

49

400

4

1

409

63

3

402

51

M

M

410

335 150

86

306

39

30

2,5

320

27

1.5 1.5

87a

3 55

F7

708

61

406

50 49

2.5

38 62

408

26

318 1.5

319

14

405

71

301

308

12

58 15 54 19 17 50a

S1

107

24

2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102 101 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601

M4

P 0 12 3

643 6270 681 665

35

X1

-

23

30

30

M

+

P,0,1,

MP 21

118

501 500

105 107

rt rt

rt

MP

M

512

rt

X2

M3

S11 100 rt

548

S12

673

MP

324

S

M2

M

+

S1

53a

31 S

S1

615

MP

M

126

674

610

MP

444

24V

E5

12V

12V 1460 +

462 461

+

L

-

R

A2

3A

SW


.

01 02



9.2.31.00/2



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.32.01




Plug in cab



















Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.32.02





Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.32.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178


1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780


-F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386

G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2S12S8K4M1-

-K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -K71 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y34

Connector plugs

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -

wire no. 392 397

F10K71-

X2 -

-Y2 -R1

3180 3190

B9B9-

-

-B8 -B8

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469


X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -


516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 553

S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 X2-

X2 -

-R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -X8

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681

S3S10F10K7B11S2S12S12A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1-

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

-A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2

6000 6001 6002

K17F27K17-

X42 -

-F27 -E4 -F28

Connector plugs

wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270


705 706 708

F7F7X4 /D -

900 901 È 907 908 912 È 942

open connection X2

wo.no.



X2 X2 -

-E1 -E2 -P2,3,4


ground wire black


pos. A1










F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front


P P P P P P C C C


C C B



Mjfcifss!


PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.32.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B



S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) Y49 /P

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y63 Y64

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1=pull, 2=hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP

610

S

S12

M

+

Y49

rt 10

12V

G1

M1

31

2 43 59 72 20

MP

-

32

1360 314

50

44 56

301

+

36 9

30 86

12V

7 19

31

31

386

G2

88

48

397

87 85

86(85)

Y1

45

Y34

15 57

MP

69 58

sw 10

-

302

60

K71

50

G2

1

F31

2,5

U

66

70 34 8 10

88a

50

K1

11

R1

22

A1

33 68 47 67

1,5

1780 118

315

602

101 531 102

F10

111

1,5

398

1,5 1,5

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

1040

F11 108

113

320

1400 rt 2,5

673

113

321 398 315

4

705 706

1390

110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

87a

318 300 415

7

5

305

K2

302

86

87

K3

5

4

4 5

2

2

1

3

1

K5

303

K6

4

5

3

126

6

2

418

A8 1

30

85

1

667

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

3

324

304

324

307

3

601

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-


X4

K7

317

2

A

1 4

5

604 412

50

30

54

2,5 2,5 708

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

H2 H8

673

S3

323

D+

1 13

309

149 108

1

2

6062 600

G

3

42

2,5

K73

412

2

18 30

5A

410

B+ 1

37

F6

10A

123 308 307 416

rt 6 rt 70 1350

2

35A

25

F5

25A

5A

87

418

1350

6

31

H12

rt 70 103 rt 6

65

K53

H11417

rt 10

314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270

317 386

2

300

309

35A

2,5

53

F8

2A

461

1

41

F2 F3

5A

H36

2,5 2,5

29

85

462

105

rt rt

17

K39

670

325

B7

71

85

10A

30

417

408

5

85 87

8A

114

120

R2

64

86

20s

K4

F4

MP

174 173

49a

49

86

H39

G

40 52

410 30

465

Q

28

2A

442

W 407

B2 31

406

4 16

F15

20A

306

96° G

31 t°

402 403

F9

8A

120

W

335 150

86

120

p 0,5 G

31

B3

63

F7

H23

B4

51

30

405 401

409

27 39

100

p

3 55

120

500

2,5

31

49

320

604 309 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 0,75 615 105 105 0,75 670 667

87a

1

400

B5

62 61

15 p

306

2

50

X1

708

101

401

318

406

1

38

301

2,5

8 p

2

26

S1

321

B22

14

2,5

54 19 17 50a

15

408

46

2,5

B6

12

674 301 602

442

P 0 12 3 58

87 87a

323

24

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

319

35

+ rt

1400

30

308

23

p

31

21

118

P,0,1,

MP 2.5

30

107

304

MP

6270 665 681 643

607

X2

C

674

601

X34

A

rt

-

B

105 107

S11

100 rt

rt rt rt

674

601

B11

101

S2

S10

bl 1

405

S2

17

MP

F1

MP

123

31

p

1,5

3

2 S1

S1

615 S1

673

sw

br

409

Y4 1

400

1

402

Y6

674 126

1


605

Y3

2

+

679

604

1

6062

Y25

2

+


1

Y63

2

324

2

2

MP

X5

415 445

.



01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5600®5883

9.2.32.00/1

R3


516 517 518

1 2 3 4

674 126

M

18 30

MP t°

311

t°

B39

B38

42 1 13

Y64

54

2

66 7 19 2

3180 p

p

MP

313

B10

311

31

31

B8

B9 3190

M B

M12

M

Q S

A7

V17

+

M8

A6

X65

2,5

531

519 542 SW

MP

1,5 524

0,75

Y14

C A S

B

+ -

C A S

59 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

Q

Q

B34

B35

1780

F10

111

1,5

1390

398

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

108

113

673

rt 2,5

705 706

1040

F11

118

315

602

101 531 102

1400

320

4

113

321 398 315 305

K2

302

86

87

K3

5

4

2

K5

303

87a 1

4

5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

3

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

2

C D I E F G H J K L M N

X4

K7

317

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

1 4

5

673

H2 H8

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

B

+ -

2


31 72

5

2

465 461 sw

462 461 sw

0,75 0,75

908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461

43

7

1

126

1 2

A8

1 6

3

30

85

B

604 412

1 2

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

601

37

304

A

323

25

307

6062 600

6

300 415

412

65

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

410

53

110

123 308 307 416

41

1

2,5 2,5 708

418

1780

6071

6061

29

467 466

469 468

WS WS

SW

17

2,5

149 108

418

X71

K73

H12

5 71

5A

324

64

6

F6

10A

87

667

2

F5

25A

5A

309

H11417

1

F8

2A

461

4

F2 F3

5A

H36

3

31

462

8

K53

324

7

85

670

10

K39

417

9

85

10A

114

120

5

52

85 87

8A

30

H39

> 85° < 90°

> 60° < 65°

86

20s

K4

F4

MP

174 173

49a

49

86

465

A18

40

410 30

306

28

335 150

86

120

4 16

30

120

63

2A

H23

51

F15

20A

442

27 39

405 401

3 55

100

61

120

49

F9

8A

2,5

62

409

E2

50

400

705 706

320

1,5 1,5

705 706

F7

402

MP

306

102

X1

708

38

E1

406

26

301

318

321

14

408

46

87 87a

12

S1

319

24

2,5

54 19 17 50a

15

405

35

P 0 12 3 58

308

23

+ rt

1400

30

107

1780

521 522 553 936 935 1780

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643

102

1,5 1,5 1,5

30

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

rt

1,5

X2

3 1 5 2 6 8 7

MP

105 107

1,5

rt rt

553 522 521

4

2 4 8 3 7 5 6

S11

100 rt

rt

-

X8

MP

324

102

S12

673

+


S1

615 S1

1

+

S

E15

1,5 1,5

610

M6

+

S9

87a

0 123


01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5600®5883

9.2.32.00/2

45 15 57 69 70 34 8 10 11 22 68 47 67

S

P1

-

P2

-

+

+

t G

P3

-

o

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

MP


31

31

53b

53

31b

53a

bl

sw-bl

31

53a 31b

53

53b

ws/sw

53

53b

31b

53a

gr

sw-gr

53a

31

31b

sw

p G

6045 6035 6044

6047 6036 6046

6021 6016 6019 6038 6037

6011 6037 6006

6018 6015

6034

6041

6018

6019

0,1

21

6021

21 0,1

6045

21 0,1

6022 6042 6041 6039 6038

6033 6034

6044

6020

6046

21 0,1

6047

H1

H2 H8

S3

6015 6016 6017

6033 6036 6035

X46

3

L

1 2

3

4

MP

M

E7

1,5 1,5

X37/1

1,5

1030

1

6012

S7 1,5

1

85

5

87

1029

2A

1029

F29

Kabine Cab Cabine

1028

604 412

1,5

1,5

86

5

30

N

1015 1015

K

MP 1,5 1,5

K17

1,5

X47

2

2

3

F28

8A

8A

12V

6003 6001 2,5

MP

+

24V

U1

F27

6004

6006 6007

-

MP

1017

1 2

3

1016 1028

1 2

323

673

1,5

8A

H

6040

1 4

F26

8A

G J

MP

6002

F

MP 120

MP

F25

1019

X37/2

119

+

M7

M13 I E

6000

D+

Q 325

D

X4

MP

S8

2

C

1015

601

+

K7

317

S1

6011

6042 6039 3

1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

B

6014

1

5

126

K6

4

418

3

2

A

1019

324 5

667

K5

1

670

2

4

417

4

2

3

119

53

53b

1780 111

123

1,5

1,5

398

1390 87a

324

306 1

303

119

6043

1,5 110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

108

113

673

rt 2,5

705 706

1040 2,5

F11

118

315

602

101 531 102

1400

320

321 398 315

4

113

321

F10

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

X5

58

33

K3

5

MP

K10 1

415 445

4 5

E6 1,5

1,5 1,5 1 2,5 2

6001

X42 MP

6005

E4 1,5

1032

H14

E3

3

1,5 1,5

48

302

87

2

4

6004

60

305

K2

86

7

5 2

4

MP

3

1,5

6270 665 681 643

9

5

7

5 2

6003

36

7

6040

1030

56

A8

1 6

7

5

2

S5

S21

4

MP

X411

2 3

110

307

3

7 2

4

6014

44

300 415

30

X401

3

S4

1031

32

2,5 2,5

85

2

309

318

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

X391

3

5

708

304

2

S20

6062 600

72 20

5A

412

59

10A

410

31

25A

123 308 307 416

2 43

2,5

418

19

2A

K73

H12

7

5A

5A

MP

87

H11417

66

F6

461

54

F5

H36

1 13

10A

F8

6043

462

42

8A

X381

F2 F3

114

120

18 30

31

H39

37

K53

465

25

F4

30

149 108

120

6

85

120

65

K39

H23

41

85

442

29 53

87

405 401

17

K4

100

71

2A

85

120

5

20A

20s

409

64

8A

86

400

52

F15

MP MP

174 173

49a

49

86

320

28 40

F9

402

4 16

F7

410 30

306

63

335 150

86

87a

51

X1

708

27 39

30

406

3 55

408

61

M5

3 5

0

49

1

4

0

62

2

3 4 2 1

0

50

M4

M

0

38

318

87 87a

26

2,5

301

319

46 14

S1

405

12

rt

54 19 17 50a

15

308

24

P 0 12 3 58

107

35

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

M2

1 3 5

-

23

+

1400

30

2 4

M

M

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

30

M

rt

1019

105 107

S11

100 rt

rt

1,5 1,5

324

MP

M3

673

+

S12

X2

+

S S1

615 S1

MP

M

M

674 126

610

rt rt

MP

ws/bl gr


per+

6013

+ L

E5

3A

12V

A2

-

R

SW

.


01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5600®5883

9.2.32.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.33.01




Plug in cab



















Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.33.02





Mjfcifss!

Wiring

PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.33.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178


1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780


-F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18

300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386

G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4M1-

-K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -K71 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y34

Connector plugs

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -

wire no. 392 397

F10K71-

X2 -

-Y2 -R1

3180 3190

B9B9-

-

-B8 -B8

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469


X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -


516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 553

S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 X2-

X2 -

-R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -X8

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681


X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

-A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5/1 -X5/3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2

6000 6001 6002

K17F27K17-

X42 -

-F27 -E4 -F28

Connector plugs

wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270


705 706 708

F7F7X4 /D -

900 901 È 907 908 912 È 942

open connection X2

wo.no.



X2 X2 -

-E1 -E2 -P2,3,4


ground wire black


pos. A1











F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front


P P P P P P C C C


C C B



Mjfcifss!


PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.33.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18




S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C

U1


V1 V2 V3 V4 V17


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39


K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) Y49 /P

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13


P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3


X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator’s seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y63 Y64

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1=pull, 2=hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP

S

G

D+

M

+

Y49

rt 10

12V

M1

31

66 7 19 2 43 31

31

59 20

MP

32

1360 314

50

44 56

301

+

30 86

12V

54

72

-

36 9

K71

48

397

87 85

86(85)

Y1

45

Y34

15 57

MP

69 58

sw 10

50

-

302

60

88

70 34 8 10

88a

50

K1

G1

386

G2

G2

1

F31

2,5

U

13

11

R1

22

A1

33 68 47 67


1,5

1780 118

315

602

101 531 102

F10

111 1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

398

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

1040

F11 108

113

320

1400 rt 2,5

673

113

321 398 315

4

705 706

1390

110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

87a

318 300 415

307

6

7

5

305

K2

302

86

87

K3

5

4

2

2

1

K5

303

324 4

5

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

A8 1

30

85

1

418

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

3

667

304

3

601

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-


X4

K7

317

2

A

1 4

5

604 412

50

30

3

1

2,5 2,5 708

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

H2 H8

673

S3

323

2

42

309

149 108

1

2

6062 600

B+ 1

18 30

2,5

K73

412

rt 6 rt 70 1350

2

35A

37

5A

410

1350

25

F6

10A

123 308 307 416

rt 70 103 rt 6

6

F5

25A

5A

87

418

rt 10

314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270

317 386

2

300

309

35A

F1

2,5

65

31

H12

1

53

K53

H11417

0,75 670 667

41

F8

2A

461

105 105

2,5 2,5

29

F2 F3

5A

H36

1001

rt rt

17

85

462

325

B7

71

K39

610

408

5

85

670

R2

64

85 87

10A

30

417

G

40 52

86

20s

K4

8A

49a

49

86

F4

MP

174 173

114

120

Q

28

410 30

H39

W 407

B2 31

406

4 16

335 150

86

465

96° G

31 t°

402 403

63

30

442

W

51

2A

306

p 0,5 G

31

B3

27 39

F15

20A

120

409

3 55

120

p

B4

49

F9

8A

H23

500

2,5

31

62

405 401

604 309 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610

1

100

400

50

F7

2,5

101

61

15 p

B5

401

306

2

1

38

X1

708

8 p

2

26

406

2,5

301

318

321

674 301 602

442

14

408

46

B22 B6

12

S1

87 87a

323

24

p

54 19 17 50a

15

319

35

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

P 0 12 3 58

308

23

MP 31

21

2,5

P,0,1,

MP 2.5

+ rt

1400

30

107

304

MP

6270 665 681 643

607

X2

C

674

601

A

30

118

-

B

X34

105 107

rt

100 rt

rt rt rt

674

601

B11

101

S2

bl 1

405

S2

17

S10

S11

31

p

673

MP

3

2 S1

S1

sw

br

120

Y4 1

409

1

400

Y6

402

1


Y3

2

320

679

2

605

1

6062

Y25

604

1

Y63

2

87a

2

+


2

MP

X5

415 445

.


01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884®

9.2.33.00/1

R3


516 517 518

1 2 3 4

674 126

M M6

S

t°

311

t°

B39

B38

42 1 13

Y64

54

2

66 7 19 2

3180 p

p

MP

313

B10

311

31

31

B8

B9 3190

M B

M12

M

Q S

A7

V17

+

M8

A6

X65

2,5

531

519 542 SW

MP

1,5 524

0,75

Y14

C A S

B

+ -

C A S

59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

Q

Q

B34

B35

1780

F10

111

1,5

1390

398

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

108

rt 2,5

113

1040 2,5

F11

118

315

602

101 531 102

1400

320

705 706

673

113

321 398 315

4

K3 5

87

4

2

K5

303

87a 1

3

2

K6

4

1

5

3

126

302

86

3

+

MP

119 S1

D+

119

119

+

+

Q

S8

325

S

P1

-

2


X4

K7

317

P2

-

t G

P3

-

120 +

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

1 4

5

673

H2 H8

S3

1

2

MP

X5

415 445

.

B

+ -

2


31

K2

465 461 sw

462 461 sw

0,75 0,75

908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461

43

305

5

C

604 412

MP

5

4

601

18 30

7

2

B

323

1 2

6

1

A

6062 600

1 2

A8 1

3

30

85

412

37

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

410

25

304

123 308 307 416

6

307

418

65

300 415

418

53

1

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

318

H12

41

110

324

1780

6071

6061

29

467 466

469 468

WS WS

SW

17

2,5 2,5 708

667

X71

5A

309

2,5

149 108

H11417

5 71

F6

10A

461

64

6

F5

25A

5A

H36

2

F8

2A

K73

462

1

F2 F3

5A

87

610

4

31

670

3

K53

417

8

10A

114

120

7

85

H39

10

K39

8A

30

465

9

85

306

5

52

85 87

120

> 85° < 90°

> 60° < 65°

86

20s

K4

F4

MP

174 173

49a

49

86

120

A18

40

2A

H23

28

F15

20A

442

4 16

F9

8A

410 30

405 401

63

335 150

86

100

51

30

120

27 39

409

3 55

320

61

F7

402

E2

50 49

306

705 706

87a

1,5 1,5

705 706

62

X1

708

102

406

38

E1

321

26

301

318

408

46

87 87a

12 14

S1

319

24

2,5

54 19 17 50a

15

405

35

P 0 12 3 58

308

23

+ rt

1400

30

107

1780

521 522 553 936 935 1780

2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643

1,5 1,5 1,5

30

118

P,0,1,

MP 21

rt

1,5

X2

3 1 5 2 6 8 7

MP

105 107

1,5

rt rt

553 522 521

4

102

X8

2 4 8 3 7 5 6

1,5 1,5

102 1

S11

100 rt

rt

-


MP

673

S1

E15

MP

+

+

S9

400

0 123


01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884®

9.2.33.00/2

45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67

S

P1

-

31

P2

-

t

+

G

P3

-

o

p G

P4

-

H3 H4 H5 G

H1

MP

H2 H8

53b

53

31b

53a

bl

sw-bl

31

53a 31b

53

53b

ws/sw

53

53b

31b

53a

gr

sw-gr

53a

31

6045 6035 6044

6047 6036 6046

6038 6037

6011 6037 6006

6018 6015

6034

6041

6018

6019

0,1

21

6021

21 0,1

6045

21 0,1

6022 6042 6041 6039 6038

6033 6034

6044

6020

6046

21 0,1

S3

6015 6016 6017

6033 6036 6035

X46

3

L

1 2

3

4

MP

M

E7

1,5 1,5

X37/1

1,5

1030

1

6012

S7 1,5

1

85

5

87

1029

2A

1029

F29

Kabine Cab Cabine

1028

604 412

1,5

1,5

86

5

6040

N

1016 1028

1 2

3

K

MP 1,5 1,5

K17

1,5

X47

2

MP

2

3

F28

8A

8A

12V

6003 6001 2,5

MP

+

24V

U1

F27

6004

6006 6007

-

X5


M7 1 2

30

J

323

673

1,5

8A

H

1015

1 4

F26

8A

G

1017

F

MP

F25

1019

MP 120

MP

6002

I E

X37/2

+

+

6043

6047 D

X4

K7

119

MP

6000

D+

Q 325

2

C

1015 1015

126 601

+

MP

S8

M13

6042 6039 3

1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

B

6014

1

5

418

K6

4

A

1019

324 3

2

667

670

K5

1

5

417

2

4

4

317

S1

6021 6016 6019

1780 111

123

110

149

178 311 416 172

314

109

1,5

398

1390 87a

610

306

2

3

119

6011

1,5

F10

118

315

602

101 531 102

F11 108

113

rt 2,5

705 706

1040

K3

5

1

303

119

31b

sw

673

1400

320

2,5

321

673

113

321 398 315

4

302

87

2

4

K10 1

415 445

4 5

E6 1,5

1,5 1,5 1 2,5 2

6001

X42 MP

6005

E4 1,5

1032

H14

E3

3

1,5 1,5

48

305

K2

86

7

5 2

4

6004

60

5

3

1,5

9

7

6040

7

5

MP

2

S5

6003

36

6

7 2

4

MP

X411

2 3

S21

5

1030

56

A8 1

7 2

4

6014

44

174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907

307

3

S4

1031

32

300 415

30

X401

3

110

1019

72 20

2,5 2,5

85

2

309

318

2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1

X391

3

5

708

304

2

S20

6062 600

59

5A

412

31

10A

410

2 43

25A

123 308 307 416

19

2,5

418

7

2A

K73

H12

66

5A

5A

MP

87

H11417

54

F6

461

1 13

F5

H36

42

10A

F8

6043

462

18 30

8A

X381

F2 F3

114

120

37

31

H39

25

K53

465

6

F4

30

149 108

442

65

85

120

41

K39

120

29 53

85

H23

17

87

405 401

71

K4

100

5

2A

85

120

64

20A

20s

409

52

8A

86

400

28 40

F15

MP MP

174 173

49a

49

86

320

4 16

F9

410 30

87a

63

F7

402

51

86

306

27 39

30

X1

708

3 55

335 150

406

61

M5

3 5

0

49

1

4

0

62

2

3 4 2 1

0

50

M4

M

0

38

408

26

318

87 87a

46 14

2,5

301

319

12

405

24

rt

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

308

35

P 0 12 3 58

107

23

6270 665 681 643

21

+

P,0,1,

MP 2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461

M2

1 3 5

118

1400

30

2 4

M

M

-

X2

30

M

rt

1,5 1,5

105 107

S11

100 rt

1,5

rt rt

M3

53

53b

674 126

+

S

rt

M

M

S1

MP

MP 31

MP

ws/bl gr


per+

6013

+ L

E5

3A

12V

A2

-

R

SW

.


01 02


PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884®

9.2.33.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.40.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -
















Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 7017 10 6344 2 7018 11 3 6341 12 4 6340 13 5 sw 14 6 1071 15 7 6343 8 6342 9 6345


Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.40.02





Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.40.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1003rt 1004rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1056 1057 1065 1066 1071

X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 F31-K18 K18-R1 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 S1-F9 F9-K27 H12X2 /63 -B36 B36-B35 F6X2 /33,X88 -A11

3000 3004 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3015 3016 3046 3047 3160 3161

F11- X2 /46,X49-A5 /M12 F3X2 /14 -B9 B9-B10 X2 /70-Y14 X2 /34-X8 /7 X2 /21-X8 /8 X2 /38-X8 /6 F7X2 /29 -E1 F7X2 /31 -E2 X2 /1-A4 X2 /10-V7 B9-B8 B9-B8

5000 5004 5005 5929 5990

S1M1K27G1K2-

Connector plugs

X2 /67 X2 /42 X2 /43 X2 /25

-Y1 -Y15 -Y26 -K2 -M1

wire no. 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047

K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 K17-F28 F28X42 /3 -E6 E6-E5 E4-E3 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10-H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3

6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127

S1S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1-

-

6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305

H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3-

X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52

Connector plugs

-K2 -K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2

wire no. 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6312 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345

H3X2 /54 P3X2 /52 X5 /5X2 /7 P2X2 /51 H16X2 /56 F14S2sw-X34 /C-X2 /40 S2br- X34 /B-X2 /28 V2S3S6X2 /5 S11- X2 /65 X33 H5V3F10X2 /66 B35X2 /69 B36X2 /71 A11A11A11A11A11A11-

6500 6501 6502 6503 6505

F2S1V1K3S1-

X2 /39 X2 /26 -

-K18 -F2 -K1 -V1 -K14

6600

S8-

X2 /68

-B7

6800 6803 6804 6805 6806 6808 6854

S3A1A1A1A1A1A1-

X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /2 X2 /20 X2 /4 X2 /17

-A1 -K15 -K16 -X5 /1 -X5 /1 -X5 /2 -K15

7002 7003 7004 7011 7016 7017 7018

K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22S3X2 /9 A11Y45-

-Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y43 -Y45 -A11

9000 È 9007

open connections cab

Connector plugs -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S11 -S3 -V2 -K2 -F14 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5 /5 -B22 -H25 -H26 -B38 -B38 -B39 -B39 -B40 -B40

9010 È

open connections basic machine

9045 sw

wo.no.

K1-

-

ground wire black (sw)

-A1


pos. description /area A1 electronic box /B /B = area basic machine with operators platform /P = area instrument panel /C = area cab

Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt)with number, e.g. 1001

= wires for main power supply

black(sw)without number

= ground wire

white(ws)with ”MASSE”

= minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1)

white(ws)with number, e.g. 6800 = other wires Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ main frame / area battery box ĺ instrument panel ĺ roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F14 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, float position safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front

air conditioner, operator's seat with air suspension

5A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 35A glow plug system


P P P P P P C C C C C B


Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.40.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A11

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B

P1 P2 P3 P4


B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B35 B36 B38 B39 B40

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B

R1 R2 R3


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S20 S21

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. rear /C push button switch - float position right joystick /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. right door /C

U1


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7

diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26


X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X88

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug to A11 /B

K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K27

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M12 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y43 Y45

X2

sw

br 3

2,5

5005 5929

1001

2,5

rt

1001

2,5

1001

1

2,5

5990

43 61 49 37 25

1000 rt

1002

5000

rt 70 rt 10

5004

5990

2

0,75

6800

50 45

6

6500

39 15

B+ D+

35A

1002

rt 70

2

rt 6

30 50

14

G 1

2

M

3

16

U

1

Y26

12V

rt 10

F31

G2

G1

2,5

+

6854 31

M1

31

0,75

Y1

6803 6804

MP

-

0,75

6806

0,75

6805 6808

17 18 19 20 2 4

5004

72 58 59

86

12V

30

6500

1003

50

3

+

G2

K18 87

85

57

Y15

69 71

50

1004

-

6502

60

63

MP

1056 1057

2,5

rt 2,5 6322

6303 3007 1,5

6316

K1

86(85)

1071

1018

1017

1024

1010

2,5

1,5

1009

3016

3015

9002

86

6315

9001

6112

30

3

1

2

6319

6306

6111

4

5

2

4

3

5

6108

5929

9003 9004

2

+

V4 V3 V2 V1

6316 6600 5005

K2

A6

6502 2,5

6502

5929 1001

2,5

1001

2,5

9028

2,5

5990

2,5

3046

2,5

9034

2,5

85

6317 6503

5

87

4

2

rt

6800

1

K15

K3

9040

3

K16

1

3

K7

1

MP

1,5

9005

1,5

9006

1,5

9007


5

4

6500 9038 3004 9045 1026

6854 6803

S8

6804

1026

Q

6805 6808

1

2

S

P1

6600

9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5

X5

3

4

-

P2

5

1025

+ o

6806

9035 1,5

1026

+

D+

S1

t

+

1

p

H3 H4 H5

- G P3 - G P4 -

G

H11 1025

H25

H12

H8 S3

1025

MP

H26

2

1024

MP

9013 1,5

H1 H2

9014 2,5 6338 6339 1065


rt 10

88

6116

3004

3000

1021

6325 1011

1008

1007

6318

1020

1013

6312

1016

1015

6127

1057 87a

9000

6101

6301

sw

A1

88a

50

F1

13

5929

5005

1

35A

6300

6315

2,5 rt

42

6304

C

6318

B7

26

1019

6800

6502

68

6014

B

7016

6600

6600

28

MP

6302

A

6117

6315 6316

40

6007

6305

7002

6307

G

R2

70

1017

6110

31

6

1016

6307

6115

6303

6308

6804

6306

Q

7

X4 1015

6117

6306

41

1011 1009

2,5

1008

9036

6106

6301

5A

6854

6300

6305

55

F6

10A

2,5

1007

9037

6803

W

B2

6304

87

F5

5A

6114

G

54

1,5

85

6107

96°

53

3016

K27

K14

K8

6116

31 t°

6302

31

2

6112

W

6305

6303

4

F3

1014

6113

B3

6302

52

1,5

8A

5A

10A

6115

G

51

5

K4

3015

8A

1065

31

6307

85

7002

F7

F4 F11 F10

25A

5A

6114

6308 0,5

p

87

6325

F14 F8

30

6339

B4

56

1020

86

2A

6338

30

6304

20s

1025

32

p

F2

49a

49

1

6014

500

31

3

6322

31

B5

86

5005

66 44 29

6300

30

1021

1019

6111

7002

A

6320 5000

1025

6325 15 p

64

6106 6107

H16

1020

6301

B6 B 31

67 62

A

1012

6301

B 31

65

6319

6105

6308

5000 8 p

6104

6500

6320

5

6501 1,5

3000

1006

2,5

B18

6319

6308

3010 1,5 7016

1025

31

3008 1,5

6304

7016

1,5

6300

p

9

MP

1,5

3009 1,5

6100

46

9033 1,5 9031

87a

38

X1 -

5990

34

MP

1071

6302

8 21

9026

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

SW

6100

6315

27

3047

6007

6320

6319

33

5000

6316

1020

12

P 0 12 3 58

2,5

11

20A

9023

6305

7004

1

X33

+

F9

P,0,1,

9022

1018

30

30

9021 1,5

6127

10

rt

1006

9020

6103

24

rt

6103

X34

rt

6102

22 23

1005

6307

C

rt 2,5

1056

1001

6101 1013

A

rt

9019

6321

2

36

MP

6113

6325

B

35

rt 4

bl

S2

9017

1005

B22

gr

ge

1

1

9016

6306

48

6303

47

p

6322

2

17

S6

S11

MP

31

2

S

S1

Y43

1025

1

6321

1

7004

7002

Y4

7016

1

Y23

6014


7003

1

7011

Y3

+

1

Y5

6312

Vx

6320


2

2

6808

2

6806

2

6805

2

6108

MP

R1


Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schèma de câblage électriques .

01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 5600®6199

9.2.40.00/1

M6

+

S9

61

M8

+

49 37

2,5 9028

A4 3046

2,5

3047

2,5

3046 9034

SW 3161

9040 p

p

MP

3006

1,5

31

B10

31

1,5

9038 3004

3004 9045

B9

B8

25 1 13 50 45 39 15 14 16 17 18

3160

19 20 2 4

A11 5

> 60°C < 65°C

> 50°C < 55°C

9

11

10

> 85°C < 90°C

8

7

3

1

4

2

6

2,5

9010

2,5

9011

2,5

9012

1,5

9013

2,5

1071

7018

9035

0,75

6339 1065

0,75

MP

1

9014 6338

0,75

6340

6341

6342

6343

6344

SW

6345

7017

X88

1,5

3 72 58 59 60 57 69 71 63

1056 1057

6322

6303 3007

6316

1,5

6315

t°

t°

t°

C A

210bar

B40

B39

B38

1071

1018

1017

1024

1010

2,5

1,5

1009

3016

3015

1011

1008

6116

3004

3000

6325

1020

1021

1013

1016

1015

6312

6127

1057

6318

1007

9001

6112

9002

86

30

3

1

2

6319

6306

6111

4

5

2

4

3

5

6108

5929

6110

6301

9003 9004

2

+

V4 V3 V2 V1

6316 6600

A6

6502 5005

K2

2,5

5929 1001

2,5

1001

2,5

9028

2,5

5990

2,5

3046

2,5

9034

2,5

85

6317

6502

6503

5

87

4

2

1

K15

K3

3

K16

1

3

K7

rt

6800

1

MP

1,5

9005

1,5

9006

1,5

9007


5

4

9040 6500 9038 3004 9045 1026

6854 6803

S8

6804

S1

1026

Q

6805 6808

1

2

S

P1

6600

-

P2

9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5

X5

3

4

5

1025

+ o

6806

9035 1,5

1026

+

D+

t

+

1

p

- G P3 - G P4 -

H3 H4 H5 G

H11 1025

H25

H12

H8 S3 MP

H26

2

1024

MP

9013 1,5

H1 H2

1025

9014 2,5 6338 6339 1065


Y45

2

S

+

C A S

+

Q

Q

B35

B36

sw

B

-

1065

2

6339

1

87a

5005

9000

6101

6300

MP

sw

2

1066

1

6338

2

2,5

rt 2,5

6100

1019

6304

MP 1

6014

6315

V7

S

MP

6302

B

6318

43

Q

6007

6800

42

M

1017

6305

7016

B

6307

A

6117

26

1016

7002

68

1015

6308

6115

28

X4

1009

2,5

1008

6804

40

1011

2,5

1007

9036

6117

Y14

70

5A

6106

3007

F6

10A

6854

1,5

3007

1,5

9037

6803

6

3016

K27

K14

K8

F5

5A

6114

7

1,5

6107

41

3015

87

6116

55

K4

7002

85

F3

1014

6112

54

31

2

8A

5A

10A

6113

53

4

8A

6115

52

5

F7

F4 F11 F10

25A

1065

51

6325

85

5A

6114

56

87

F14 F8

30

6339

30

1020

86

2A

20s

6338

32

F2

49a

49

1

1025

31

3

6014

9036

86

1021

6322

3016 9037

30

5000

1019

6111

1,5

E2

29

6320

6106 6107

1025

3016

3015

1012

1025


1,5

6319

6105

H16

66 44

3015

6104

6301

E1

62 64

6501 1,5

3000

6321

67

1021

3010 1,5 7016

6308

5 65

3008 1,5

6500

9

1006

46

1,5

1025

38

MP

1,5

3009 1,5

6304

3000

9033 1,5 9031

6300

3010

34

1071

X1 -

5990

3008 1,5

3000

8 21

6302

3009

27

6100

9031

9026

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

SW

87a

9033

33

6007

1,5

1,5

1,5

1,5

12

5000

9029

1071

MP

X49

11

P 0 12 3 58

2,5

SW

3047

6305

3047 9026

20A

9023

6103

8

9022

+

F9

P,0,1,

6103

A5

7

10

1018

30

30

9021 1,5

6102

2 6

3009

5

3010

1

1021

3

3008

4

24

rt

1006

9020

6307

9023

23

6101 1013

9022

M12

22

6321

1,5 9021

5

rt

6113

6

rt

rt 4

7

1005

1005

9020 3

rt 2,5

1056

1001

9019

6306

8

rt

9017

6322

4

36

MP

9016

6808

M

2

35

6303

X8 1

48

6014

9019

2,5 47

6806

9017

6127

2,5

6805

0102

MP

9016

MP

S11

MP X2

E11

MP

S S1

M

6312

0 12 3

6320

0518 4

+


0517 3

6108

R3

0516

2

1

B

-

2



01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 5600®6199

9.2.40.00/2

MP

3 72 58 59 60 57 69 71 63

53b

53

31b

31

53a

31b

53

53a

53b

bl

sw-bl

ws/bl

gr

ws/sw

6019

6016

6021

6044

6035

6045

6803

S8

6804

1026

+ Q

6805 S

6600

9011 2,5

X5

1

2

3

4

1025

+ t

+

5

X47

G

H11 1025

H25

H12

H1 H2

H8

1025

S3

MP

H26

6006

6037

6011

6018

6034

6015

6019

2 1 0 0,1

6021

6044

2 1 0

6041 6037

8A

6006 6007

1

E6 1,5

2

U1

1024

6001

2 12V

2,5

MP

+

24V

2 1

MP

E3

1,5 1,5

6001

2,5 6005

X42

3

1

4

5

H14

1032

6013


3

E4 1,5

K10

9014 2,5

1065

6004

F28

6003

H3 H4 H5

MP

9013 1,5

6017

6016

6015

K17

8A

p

- G P3 - G P4 P1 P2

9010 2,5

1,5

1,5

o

6806

6045

0,1

S7

MP 1,5

F27 1026

D+

S1

0,1

2 1 0

6020 6018

6038

6041

6038

6039

6012

1,5

1 5

6002

1029

2A

Kabine Cab Cabine

6003

1026

6854

6339

6042

1,5

1,5

3004

9012 2,5

6035

1,5

X37/2

9045

6808

6036

1,5

X37/1 MP

E7

1,5

F29

9038

9035 1,5

6022

6046 6034

6033

MP

4

1017

N

1028

3

1016

2

1015

1

M

6500

6338

gr

6046

6047 2 1 0

6033

L

5

4

X46

3

K

MP

9040

MP

MP

6000

1

2

85

K7

1

3

6040

3

2

1

1,5

6800

MP

1028

9007

J

1015

rt

1

6115

K16

6804

3

7 2

1,5

8A

H

87

2,5

1

K15

K3

5 4

F26

8A

G

86

2,5

9034

9006

F

30

2,5

3046

2

7 2

F25

1019

1029

5990

4

MP

5 4

6014

E

1030

2,5

9005

1,5

6117

2,5

9028

5

87

7002

2,5

1001

85

6503

6803

6317

6502

1,5 1,5

6114

2,5

2

6007

I

1015

9004

2

+

A6

6502

6039

6042

1024 3

5

6108

6319 4

1017

D

6014

2

1016

C

1019

5

7

5 4

MP

S5

S21

1010

6110 4

K2

5929

3

1,5

1009 2,5 2

V4 V3 V2 V1

6600

0,1

6047

1071

1018

1017 3016

3015

1011

1008

6116

3004

3000

6325

1020

1021

1013

1016

1015

6312

1007

6318

6854

1

9003

6316

1001

6036

6043

6011

1056 1057 rt 2,5 1057

6127

5005

87a

6500

3

30

2

2,5

5000

6103

6127

rt 4

6101 1013

6100

9001

6112

9002

86

1

1,5

4

6316

1,5

6315

X41

3

6004

2

6111

6322

6303

2

1,5

20

6306

X40 1

3

1030

19

5929

7

2

6040

6014

18

9000

6101

6301

2

1031

17

6300

5005

1

1015

B

1019

16

1019

6304

6315

14

6014

6318

39 15

MP

6302

6800

45

6007

A

7016

50

6305

6117

1 13

1017

6106

25

6307

3007

2

X4

6308

6107

37

5A

1016

6116

49

10A

1015

6112

61

5A

1011

6113

43

F6

1009

2,5

1008

6115

42

8A

F5

2,5

1007

X39 1

3

S4

4

6043

F3

9036

1065

26

F7

5A

10A

6114

68

1,5

9037

2

1

5

1014

6339

28

3016

K27

K14

K8

87

8A

1025

40

1,5

85

6014

70

K4

7002 3015

31

6338

6

2

6322

7

4

6111

41

6325

5

85

1025

55

87

1019

F4 F11 F10

25A

5A

1025

54

2A

1021 1020

F14 F8

30

H16

52 53

20s

5000

86

6301

51

F2

6321

56

6107 49a

49

1

6308

30

3

86

1006

32

30

1025

31

1012

6320

6106

6304

29

6319

6105

6300

44

6104

6100

66

6501 1,5

3000

87a

62

3010 1,5 7016

5990

67

64

4

MP

S20

6007

65

3008 1,5

6302

5

3

MP

1,5 1,5

2,5

9

9033 1,5

X38

3009 1,5

6305

46

X1 -

9031

6103

38

1071

6102

34

9026

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

SW

6307

8 21

MP

+

F9

P 0 12 3 58

6321

27

5

M7

6113

33

3047

1005

12

3

20A

9023

6306

11

rt

1006 P,0,1,

9022

1018

1

4

30

30

9021 1,5

6303

10

rt

9020

6322

24

rt

6014

22

1005

9019

2

M

M13

rt 2,5

1056

1001

9017

6808

36

23

rt

9016

sw-gr

4

sw

M

6806

35

53b

53

5

31b

31

3

53a

31b

53

53b

6312

1

M4 2

MP

6805

48

31

31

M5

M3

X2

47

M

M

M2

S11

MP

2,5

MP

M

M

S1

53a

6108

6320

S

+


E5 per+

12V

+

L

3A

A2

-

R

SW

2



01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 5600®6199

9.2.40.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.41.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -
















Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 7017 10 6344 2 7018 11 3 6341 12 4 6340 13 5 sw 14 6 1071 15 7 6343 8 6342 9 6345


Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.41.02





Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.41.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1003rt 1004rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1056 1057 1065 1066 1071 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 3000 3004 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3015 3016 3046 3047 3160 3161 3172 3174 3175 3176

Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6/R3 M1-G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 F31-K18 K18-R1 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 S1-F9 F9-K27 H12X2/63 -B36 B36-B35 F6X2/33,X88 -A11 F26-K24 F25-S35 S35-S35 F26-K50 F25-K52 F25-K51 X98-X97 X98-X99 F11- X2/46,X49 -A5/M12 F3X2/14 -B9 B9-B10 X2/70-Y14 X2/34-X8/7 X2/21-X8/8 X2/38-X8/6 F7X2/29 -E1 F7X2/31 -E2 X2/1-A4 X2/10-V7 B9-B8 B9-B8 S4-K50 S35-K24 S35-K24 S35-V16

wire no. 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6019 6020 6021 6022 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6112 6114

Connector plugs V16-K49 V16-S4 K24-K49 V15-K24 V15-S35 V15-S4 S20-K51 S21-K52 V16-S20 V15-S20 V16-S21 V15-S21 S1X2/67 -Y1 M1-Y15 K27X2/42 -Y26 G1X2/43 -K2 K2X2/25 -M1 K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 K17-F28 F28X42/3 -E6 E6-E5 E4-E3 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10-H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5X41/3 -M5 K5X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 K5X39/1 -M2 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S35X46/2 -M7 K52X40/3 -M4 K52X40/1 -M4 K51X38/3 -M3 K51X38/1 -M3 S35-S5 X100B52 X100B52 X100B53 X100B53 S1-K2 S1-K8 K8-V1 S1-K8 K8-K4 S1-K14 K14-H2 H2-K14 S11-K7 K15-K16 K3-H1 K15-H11

wire no. 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6312 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6500 6501 6502 6503 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6805 6806 6808 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7016 7017 7018 9000 È 9007

Connector plugs F3K7S1H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 F14S2sw-X34/C-X2/40 S2br- X34/B-X2/28 V2S3S6X2/5 S11- X2/65 X33 H5V3F10X2/66 B35X2/69 B36X2/71 A11A11A11A11A11A11F2X2/39 S1V1X2/26 K3S1S8X2/68 S3X2/50 A1X2/18 A1X2/19 A1X2/2 A1X2/20 A1X2/4 A1X2/17 K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22S3X2/9 A11Y45-

-H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S11 -S3 -V2 -K2 -F14 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -H25 -H26 -B38 -B38 -B39 -B39 -B40 -B40 -K18 -F2 -K1 -V1 -K14 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -X5/1 -X5/1 -X5/2 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y43 -Y45 -A11


9010 È


9045 sw

wo.no.

K1-

-

ground wire black (sw)

-A1






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ ĺ ĺ

main frame / area battery box instrument panel roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F14 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 F50

Ampere application - standard 35A power supply 3A glow plug system 5A charge indicator, dome light, electrical outlet 12V 8A electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, float position safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater

- option

area


B P P P P P

light front

air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension

5A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 35A glow plug system 7,5A electrical outlet 12V Benennung Description Dénomination

P P P P P P C C C C C B C


Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.2.41.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A9 A11

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B speakers /C speakers /C

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S20 S21 S35

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system rear /C push button switch - float position right joystick /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system right door /C rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position

U1

(option) transformer - radio / electrical outlet 12V /C

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V15 V16

diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C

Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26


K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K24 K27 K49 K50 K51 K52

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - interval timer /C relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch left door /C relay - interval switch right door /C

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X88 X97 X98 X99 X100

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug to A11 /B electrical outlet 12V /C plug to X97, X99 /C plug to A2 /C plug to B52, B53 /C

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M12 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - operator’s seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y43 Y45

X2

sw

br 3

2,5

5005 5929

1001

2,5

rt

1001

2,5

5005

1001

1000 rt

1002

5000

rt 70 rt 10

49 37 25

13

5004

2

5990

61

1

1

5990

35A

2,5

5929

1

43

0,75

6800

50 45

6

6500

39 15

B+ D+

rt 70

1002

rt 6

2

35A

30 50

14

G 1

2

M

3

16

U

1

Y26

12V

rt 10

F31

G2

G1

2,5

+

6854 31

M1

31

0,75

Y1

6803 6804

-

0,75

6806

0,75

6805

86

19 20 2 4

72

MP

58 59

12V

30

18

3

2

5004

+

6500

1003

50

6808

17

G2

K18 87

85

57

Y15

69 71

50

1004

-

6502

60

63

MP

1056 1057

2,5

rt 2,5 6322

6303 3007 1,5

6316

30

3

1071

1024

1010 1,5

1009 2,5

1

2

4

5

2

4

3

5

9003 9004

2

+

V4 V3 V2 V1

6316 6600 5005

K2

A6

6502 2,5

6502

5929 1001

2,5

1001

2,5

9028

2,5

5990

2,5

3046

2,5

9034

2,5

85

6317 6503

5

87

4

2

rt

6800

1

K15

K3

3

K16

1

3

K7

1

MP

1,5

9005

1,5

9006

1,5

9007


5

4

9040 6500 9038 3004 9045 1026

6854 6803

S8

6804

1026

Q

6805 6808

1

2

S

P1

6600

9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5

X5

3

4

-

P2

5

1025

+ o

6806

9035 1,5

1026

+

D+

S1

t

+

1

p

H3 H4 H5

- G P3 - G P4 -

G

H11 1025

H25

H12

H8 S3

1025

MP

H26

2

1024

MP

9013 1,5

H1 H2

9014 2,5 6338 6339 1065


rt 10

A1

88a

50

K1

86(85)

1018

1017 3016

3015

1011

9002

86

6315

9001

6112

6108

6306

6111

6319

5929

sw 88

6116

3004

3000

6325

1020

1008

1007

6318

1021

1013

1016

1015

6312

6127

1057 87a

9000

6101

6301

6315

2,5 rt

42

6300

C

6318

B7

26

1019

6304

6800

6502

68

6014

B

7016

6600

6600

28

MP

6302

A

6117

6315 6316

40

6007

6305

7002

6307

G

R2

70

1017

6110

31

6

1016

6115

6303

6308 6307

6804

6306

Q

7

X4 1015

6117

6306

41

1011 1009

2,5

1008

9036

6106

6301

5A

6854

W

B2

6300

6305

55

F6

10A

2,5

1007

9037

6803

G

54

F5

5A

6114

96°

6304

53

87

6107

31 t°

6302

1,5

85

6116

W

6305

6303

3016

K27

K14

K8

6112

B3

6302

52

31

2

F3

1014

6113

G

51

1,5

8A

5A

10A

6115

31

6307

4

K4

3015

8A

1065

6308 0,5

p

5

85

7002

F7

F4 F11 F10

25A

5A

6114

B4

56

87

6325

F14 F8

30

6339

30

6304

1020

86

2A

6338

32

p

20s

1025

500

31

F2

49a

49

1

6014

31

B5

F1

66 44 29

6300

3

86

6322

7002

A

30

1021

5005

6325

C

15 p

6320 5000

1019

6111

B 31

1020

64

6106 6107

1025

6301

B6

67 62

A

1012

H16

B 31

65

6319

6105

6301

5000

6104

6308

6320 C 8 p

5

6501 1,5

3000

6500

2,5

B18

6319

6308

3010 1,5 7016

1006

31

3008 1,5

1025

7016

A

1,5

6304

p

B

MP

1,5

3009 1,5

6300

46 9

X1 -

9031

6100

38

C

9033 1,5

87a

34

MP

1071

5990

8 21

9026

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

SW

6007

6315

27

3047

6302

6320

6319

33

5000

6316

1020

12

P 0 12 3 58

6100

11

20A

9023

2,5

7004

1

X33

+

F9

P,0,1,

9022

6305

10

1018

30

30

9021 1,5

6127

24

rt

1006

9020

6103

X34

rt

6103

23

rt

6102

22

1005

6307

C

rt 2,5

1056

1001

6101 1013

A

rt

9019

6321

2

36

MP

6113

6325

B

35

rt 4

bl

1

S2

9017

1005

B22

gr

ge

1

1

9016

6306

48

6303

47

p

6322

2

17

S6

S11

MP

2

31

2

S

S1

Y43

1025

1

6321

1

7004

7002

Y4

7016

1

Y23

6014


7003

1

7011

Y3

+

1

Y5

6312

Vx

6320


2

2

6808

2

6806

2

6805

2

6108

MP

R1

2



01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.41.00/1

M6

+

S9

49 37

2,5 9028

A4 3046

2,5

3047

2,5

3046 9034

SW 3161

2

MP

p

2

1

3006

31

9040

1

B10

p

2

1,5

31

31

9038

1

3004

1,5

3004 9045

B9

B8

25 1 13 50 45 39 15 14 16 17 18

3160

19 20 2 4

A11 5

> 60°C < 65°C

> 50°C < 55°C

9

11

10

> 85°C < 90°C

3

8

7

1

4

2

6

1071

7018

9035

2,5

9010

2,5

9011

2,5

9012

1,5

9013

2,5

9014 6338

0,75 0,75

6340

6341

6342

6343

6344

SW

6345

7017

X88

1,5

1065

0,75

MP

1

6339

3 72 58 59 60 57 69 71 63

1056 1057 rt 2,5

6322

6303 3007

6316

1,5

6315

t°

t°

t°

C A

210bar

B40

B39

B38

1071

1018

1017

1024

1010

2,5

1,5

1009

3016

3015

1011

6116

3004

3000

6325

1020

1008

1007

6318

1021

1013

1016

1015

6312

1057

6127

9002

86

30

3

1

2

4

5

2

4

3

5

9003 9004

2

+

V4 V3 V2 V1

6316 6600

A6

6502 5005

K2

2,5

5929 1001

2,5

1001

2,5

9028

2,5

5990

2,5

3046

2,5

9034

2,5

85

6317

6502

6503

5

87

4

2

1

K15

K3

3

K16

1

3

K7

rt

6800

1

MP

1,5

9005

1,5

9006

1,5

9007


5

4

9040 6500 9038 3004 9045 1026

6854 6803

S8

6804

S1

1026

Q

6805 6808

1

2

S

P1

6600

-

P2

9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5

X5

3

4

5

1025

+ o

6806

9035 1,5

1026

+

D+

t

+

1

p

- G P3 - G P4 -

H3 H4 H5 G

H11 1025

H25

H12

H8 S3 MP

H26

2

1024

MP

9013 1,5

H1 H2

1025

9014 2,5 6338 6339 1065


Y45

2

S

+

C A S

+

Q

Q

B35

B36

sw

B

-

1065

2

6339

1

9001

6112 6108

6306

6111

6319

5929

6110

6301

MP

sw

2

1066

1

6338

2

87a

5005

9000

6101

6300

MP 1

2,5

5000

6100

1019

6304

6315

V7

M8

+

6014

B

6318

61

S

MP

6302

6800

43

Q

6007

7016

42

M

1017

6305

A

6117

B

6307

7002

26

1016

6115

68

1015

6308

6804

28

X4

1009

2,5

1008

6117

40

1011

2,5

1007

6106

Y14

70

5A

6854

3007

F6

10A

9036

6803

1,5

3007

F5

5A

6114

6

1,5

9037

6107

7

3016

K27

K14

K8

6116

41

1,5

F3

1014

6112

55

3015

87

8A

6113

54

K4

7002

85

5A

10A

6115

53

31

2

8A

1065

52

4

F7

F4 F11 F10

25A

6114

51

6325

5

85

5A

6339

56

87

F14 F8

30

6338

30

1020

86

2A

20s

1025

32

F2

49a

49

1

6014

31

3

6322

9036

86

1021

1019

6111

3016 9037

30

5000

1025

1,5

E2

29

6320

6106 6107

1025

3016

3015

1012

H16


1,5

6319

6105

6301

66 44

3015

6104

6321

E1

62 64

6501 1,5

3000

6308

67

1021

3010 1,5 7016

6500

5 65

3008 1,5

1006

9

1025

46

1,5

6304

38

MP

1,5

3009 1,5

6300

3000

9033 1,5 9031

6100

3010

34

1071

87a

3008 1,5

3000

8 21

X1 -

5990

3009

27

9026

54 19 17 50a

15

S1

SW

6007

9031

33

6302

9033

12

P 0 12 3 58

2,5

9029 1,5

1,5

1,5

1,5

1071

MP

X49

11

3047

6305

SW 9026

20A

9023

6103

8

9022

+

F9

P,0,1,

6103

A5

3047

7

10

1018

30

30

9021 1,5

6102

2 6

3009

5

3010

1

1021

3

3008

4

24

rt

1006

9020

6307

9023

23

6101 1013

9022

M12

22

6321

1,5 9021

5

rt

6113

6

rt

rt 4

7

1005

1005

9020 3

rt 2,5

1056

1001

9019

6306

8

rt

9017

6303

4

36

MP

9016

6322

M

2

35

6808

X8 1

48

6014

9019

2,5 47

6806

9017

6127

2,5

6805

0102

MP

9016

MP

S11

MP X2

E11

MP

S S1

M

6312

0 12 3

6320

0518 4

+


0517 3

6108

R3

0516

2

1

B

-

2



01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.41.00/2

31

31

31

31

53

53b

53a

5

6035 2

6044

1

6035

MP

M

gr

53b

31b

53a

6038

21 0,1 5

7

4

2

MP

6037

S5

6015

6019

1,0

S21

SW

5A

MP

MP

S4

6011

F3

3

3190 3191

6006

F8

1

6021

1

MP 6039

25A

7

5

3185

6055

6040

1016

1017

1

2

0

1015

3180

5

S20

1

1

1

7

1,0

1

1,0

3188 3189

1019

2

0

0

7

5

4

X41

0

1,5

sw-bl

53

MP

1

1,5

ws/bl

bl 3

6021

K52

1080

MP

Kabine Cab Cabine

2

6019

3172

3186

MP

K50

4

1

2

3187

K51

5

3

4

1

2

1081

6043

6011

5

3

4

1079

5

3 1

M5

3

6044

6020

6017

6022

M7

31

X40

M

M

M13


MP X39

3

6046

X38

6016

3

3

6045

gr

2

1

ws/sw

1

4

31b

53b

53

6036

sw 6036 2

2

5

sw-gr

6047 1

31b

31 3

53a

31b 1

6047

4

M4

6046

53

53a

53b 2

M

M

M2

6045

M

M3

X4

1029

MP

1

5

6012

H14

4

F27

1093

6014

sw

ws

2,5

-

SW

3176

1077

3177

3178

3188

3190

3180

3191

3189

3185

3183 3 2 1

X42

1094

6322

6322

6001

X97 sw

X99

1078

2 6003

+

F50

3

3176

5

3181

MP

3

4

1

31

MP K24

E6

I

86

MP

3178

3177

K49

3174 1,5

7,5A

6014

1

1078

8A

6007

E3

3175

1,5 1,5

6001


2,5

6005

E4 1,5

8

GE 2

per+

+

BL/SW

5 4

6056 6057

+ -

BL

RT

E5

B52

X100 5A


3183

6002

F28

8A

6006

1

S

1,5

5

X98

5

6017

6004

1,5

1,5

1 4

K10

15 31b

2

1,5

3

1076

6004

2

1079

K17

6013 1

MP

12V

10A

X5

6055

1,5

24V

1029

3

4

S35

1,5

6003

U1

2

+

9

3174

1,5

S7

1031

-

1019

p

2

3182

6040

2A 6014

+

G

1076

1,5

F29

MP

X47

P4

2

3175

1015

1,5

X37/2

-

6016

6015

1077

1,5 1,5

X37/1

7

1017

N

6

V16

8

5 4 6

6043

M

1030

6007

1080

6043

7

V15

3182

MP

E7

A9

0,2

4

2

1,5

1026

6035

6036 3 1

L

1

5

1,5

X46

3

6000

9007

K

2

1016

9006

1,5

1

1028

1,5

3

2 1

J

85

9005

8A

H

87

9004 1,5

F26

8A

G

0

9003

F25

1019

F

1028

9001 9002

MP

6014

E

86

9000

6007

I

30

1019

1017

D

1015

6014

1016

C

1015

6007

1015

B

1081

1017

A

6014

1016

1019

1015

A2 BR/SW BR

BR

1 8

-

6059

+


B53 6058

01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.41.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!

Plugs - positioning chart Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.50.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 531 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 1021 8 522 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -















Mjfcifss!

Plugs - positioning chart Datum Edition Date

01 01

Electrical System


9.2.50.02





Mjfcifss!

Wiring list Datum Edition Date

01 01

Electrical System


9.2.50.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 1380 1390 1400 1450 1460 1660 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 311 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 396 397

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F32 F32-K71 F25-K75 F9-K73 S1-F9 F10-S52 U1-A2 F6-H36 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 K73X2 -Y49 F3X2 -B9 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5/K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 R1-R6

wire no. 398 3010 3020 3030 3040 3050

S1F15F10F6B30B29-

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 458 459 460 461 462 465

B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5B27H35A13H36B32B35-

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S5 S5-S4 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -X8 S4X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18

Connector plugs -K73 X2 -B30 X2 -B29 X2 -B28 -B29 -B29 instrumentation X2 -H4 X2 -H5 X2 -P4 X2 -X5/5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5/5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 X37/1 -H17 X4/I -K10 X2 -H35 -A13 -X5/5 X2 -B32 X2 -H36 X2 -H39

wire no. 548 553

Connector plugs

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 667 670 673 674 679 6800 6830 6840

X46 -M13 -X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11-Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5 S3F15 -S11 S11X2 -S10 Y25-Y3 Y6-Y50 S52X2 -Y51 B28-Y52

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 727 728 729

electrical installation lights F28X42 -E6 F27X42 -E4 X42-E3 X42-E5 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K75-F28 K38-K75 X42-E18 X42-E19

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

S5 X2-


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1



Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt)with number, e.g.105



= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


c = connections option operator’s seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection

→ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear → instrument panel → roof panel (cab)

Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F32 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F32


power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, temperature switch B28, oil level sensor travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, temperature switch B29 10A heater 3A float position, temperature switch B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P

monitoring engine oil level light front light front pin puller air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension

P P P P P P C C C C



C B Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

Mjfcifss!


01 01

Electrical System


9.2.50.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A8 A13

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V5 /P diode combination V34 - V37 /P

P1 P2 P3 P4


B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B11 B22 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

R1 R2 R3 R12

flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15 E18 E19

(option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P

U1


Fx


G1 G2


V1 V3 V4 V5 V17 V34 V35 V36 V37

diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H35) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 K75

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay /P relay - warning light /C relay - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /P 2. relay - working light /C


electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y24 Y25 Y34 Y49

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B (option) solenoid clutch - air conditioner /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y51 Y52

24

B

X34

A

C

96°

0,5

96°

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002 ® 2026

01 01

9.2.50.00/1

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002 ® 2026

01 01

9.2.50.00/2



Socket Pin






Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.51.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 531 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 1021 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -













11. Plug (18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE) Plug in engine wiring harness

Plug in central wiring harness

Positioning chart pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9


Typ/ab

c.no. 103 658 649 654 646 309 sw

pole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3030 18

Type/from

c.no. 3050 6840 3010 3040 386 301 300 406 407

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.51.02




Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Wiring list

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.51.03

wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 1380 1390 1400 1450 1460 1660 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 311 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 396 397

Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1X64 -M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 F4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F32 F32-K71 F25-K75 F9-K73 S1-F9 F10-S52 U1-A2 F6-H36 engine start / safety installations G1X64,X2 -K2 S1X64,X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 K73X2,X64 -Y49 F3X2 -B9 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5/K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 R1-R6

wire no. 398 3010 3020 3030 3040 3050

S1F15F10F6B30B29-

400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 458 459 460 461 462 465

B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5B27H35A13H36B32B35-

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547

electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S5 S5-S4 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -X8 S4X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18

Connector plugs -K73 X2/X64 -B30 X2 -B29 X2/X64 -B28 X64 -B29 X64 -B29 instrumentation X2 -H4 X2 -H5 X2 -P4 X2 -X5/5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5/5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 X37/1 -H17 X4/I -K10 X2 -H35 -A13 -X5/5 X2 -B32 X2 -H36 X2 -H39

wire no. 548 553

Connector plugs

600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 667 670 673 674 679 6800 6830 6840

X46 -M13 -X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11-Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5 S3F15 -S11 S11X2 -S10 Y25-Y3 Y6-Y50 S52X2 -Y51 B28X64 -Y52

700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 727 728 729

electrical installation lights F28X42 -E6 F27X42 -E4 X42-E3 X42-E5 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K75-F28 K38-K75 X42-E18 X42-E19

900 901 È 907 908 910 È 942

S5 X2-


MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1


pos. A1




Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue gn = green br = brown gr = gray ge = yellow rt = red

sw = black ws-sw = white-black sw-gr = black-gray


→ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear → instrument panel → roof panel (cab)



power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, temperature switch B28, oil level sensor travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, temperature switch B29 10A heater 3A float position, temperature switch B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P

monitoring engine oil level light front light front pin puller air conditioner, operator’s seat with air suspension

P P P P P P C C C C



Typ/ab

C B Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR752 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2027→2062

9.2.51.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A6 A8 A13

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V5 /P diode combination V34 - V37 /P

P1 P2 P3 P4


B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B11 B22 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32

temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

R1 R2 R3 R12


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15 E18 E19



starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P

U1


Fx


G1 G2


V1 V3 V4 V5 V17 V34 V35 V36 V37


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007→

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 K75

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay /P relay - warning light /C relay - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /P 2. relay - working light /C


electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y24 Y25 Y34 Y49

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B (option) solenoid clutch - air conditioner /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y51 Y52

24bar

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027 ® 2062

01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027 ® 2062

01 01

9.2.51.00/2



Socket Pin






Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.52.01




Plug in cab

Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 3000 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -















Positioning chart pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9


Typ/ab

c.no. 1000 6822 6824 6825 6823 5005 sw

Type/from

pole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

c.no. 7013 6329 5004 5000 2529 6305 6306

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.52.02




Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Wiring list

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.52.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048

Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9-M6/R3 M1-G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28 F11F3B8B9X2/70X2/34X2/21X2/38K19F7F7X2/1X2/10S27-

X2/46 X2/14 X2/29 X2/31 X2/47

-X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8/7 -X8/8 -X8/6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27

wire no. 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990

S1X2/67 M1K27- X2/42-X64/6 G1- X2/43-X64/16 K2X2/25

6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053

K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 F28X42/3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1/1 -H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41/3 -M5 S4X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 S4X39/1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46/2 -M7 S21X40/3 -M4 S21X40/1 -M4 S20X38/3 -M3 S20X38/1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42/2 -E19 X42/2 -E5 X42/1 -E18 X42/1 -E3

6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127

S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1-

Connector plugs

-

-Y1 -Y15 -Y26 -K2 -M1

-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27

wire no. 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337

H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 S2- X34/C-X2/40 S2- X34/B-X2/28 V2S6X2/5 S11X2/65 H5V3F10X2/66 F10X2/8 B25X64/13 B24H20X2/3 F15H19X2/37 V8H19X2/36 H20S3-

-B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S3 -V2 -K2 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -B25 -B24 -B23 -B21 -S11 -B27 -X5/5 -B27 -V8 -F15

6502 6503 6504 6505

V1K3F2S1-

X2/26 X2/39 -

-K1 -V1 -K26 -F2

6600

S8-

X2/68

-B7

6800 6803 6804 6854

S3A1A1A1-

X2/50 X2/18 X2/19 X2/17

-A1 -K15 -K16 -K15

7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7013

K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22Y23B23X64/11

-Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y25

9000 È 9007


Connector plugs

9010 È


9045

MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



ĺ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear ĺ instrument panel ĺ roof panel (cab)



power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive (B23, B24, B25, Y25) 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P light front light front pin puller operator’s seat with air suspension

P P P P P P C C C C



C B


Mjfcifss!


01 01

Electrical System

PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→5071 Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.52.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P

P1 P2 P3 P4



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B

R1 R2 R3 R7


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27

starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19


U1


Fx


V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P

K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K27 K28

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P 2. relay - working light /C


electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y27

MP

> 85° < 90°

t°

t°

t°

13 6329

S27

S +

50

V7

S

+

A4

1051

1,5 9009

5000

2,5 9010

MASSE

9019 1,5 6800

Y1

3007 1,5 9015

Y14

9017 9042 9043 9044

A1

9021

7

6331

X64 MP

R1

Q

+

A

S

C

-

B

6335 6333

6335

3046

6333

sw

MP

3047 SW

B27

3048

2,5

2,5 9014

rt

32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

1,5

1,5 1018

1053

6326 6505

1,5

1,5

1,5

1010

1009 2,5

1054

1055 1007

3004 6116 1017

1019

1011

6504

1013

1008

1024

1020

3000 1,5 1021 6325

1056 rt rt 1057

3016

6337

3015

6100 2,5

6105

2,5 2

6127

rt 1057

9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006

30

86

K2

1,5 9007 87

6503

K15

K3

6317

1

3

K16

3

1

85

K27

87

X4 6108

rt

1001 2,5

5 4

2 4 5

2 4 5

6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5

15 +

30

K7 31 87a 87

5990

6854

MP

9041 9038 5005

2,5 1026

9033 1,5

S8

9029 1,5 9036

1026 D+

S1

9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9037

P2

+ Q

9013 1,5

S

P1

-

- G

1025

1026

P3

+ t

o

- G

P4

+ p

- G

H3 H4 H5 H16

9019

5

X5 MP

3007 1,5 9015 1,5 9017

H20

1025

H11

H12

H1

H2 H8

6336

9009 1,5 9010 2,5

6117

1001 2,5

85

1

7002

6502

3

6337

A6

9040

30

9002

6315

9034 2,5

86

9001

6319

6502

6112

V3 V2 V1

V4

6600

9045

59

6316

5929

6111

6110

6316

16 63

58

1013

6322

6800

27 33 30

6127 5929

6319

9000

6100

9026

50 17

15 42

2,5

6308 6315

A8

H19

MP V8 V9 V10 V11

S3 6800

5990

1,5 9013

9022

MP

3046

9037

6014 1019

1054

5004

2,5 9011

15

2

Y26

88a

R7

9036

Y15

2,5 MASSE 86(85)

6

K1

M8

1

6

88 B

5005 1,5 9033 1,5 9029

X64

86

88a 85

1052

50

MP

2,5

2,5 9012

K26

6502

-

MP

9038

25

6007

6303


6333

rt 25 88

12V

G2

9041

31

6

6504

1050

+

B10

Q

5929

rt 25

12V 50 rt

3006

B9

M1 X64

-

31

31

6

3005

1,5

9045

U

+

G2

6854

14

X64

50

30 M

G1

p

X64

2,5

31

1000

3

rt 6

1,5

1

rt 6

F31

5990 6800

5005

3004

2

F1

p

B8

1

B+ D+ G

45A 45A

2,5

2

2,5

6306

6335

rt 70 1002

1

39

1008

1017

6117

6504

1001

1001

3004

1016

6107

6804

1015 2,5

6106

6803

6600

B7

49 18 19 14

6301

K14

6112

1001

6300

6116

1001

2,5

31 MP 1007

6113

2,5

2

K8

K4

6304

1024

rt rt

13 45 61

5 4

87 85

6302

87a

R2

2,5 9034 9040

16

6305

2,5

X64

F6 5A

5005

6502

X64

F5 10A

20s

6804

6600

6306

G 6307

43 68 26

49

1

6115

18

F8 25A

1009

6115

W

31 Q

5929

G 6305

3

6114

B2

6316

17

40 5 12 28

86

1025

96°

t°

9026

30

7002 3000 1,5 6307

49a

6331

31

6315 6319

6302 G 6303 W

5A

6106

6854

p

31

F3

3A

5A 1014

1,5 6104 1012

6803

6308

7 6 56

10A

8A

1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5

1025

6303

F4 F11 F10 F2

F9 20A

MP

1016

6308

6306 6304

55 41

F7 8A

1025

500

6301

p

54

1021

F15 3A

6321

6300

53

6325

1025

6300

46 51 52

3010 1,5 5000

6301

6302

31

B3

7002 3000

6304

31

MP

1,5

6305

6301 17 p

B4

3016

6307

31

B5

1,5

31 44

3008 1,5 6320

6300

E2

3015

6101

6107

6308

8 p

1,5

3009 1,5

1015

1006

MP

2.5

31

3015 3016

66 62 64 29

5000 6505

6304

1020

p

B6

1021

50a

6302

B18

6325

E1

6331

17

87a

W

67

+

X1

6007

G

B26

38 65

19

6307

3010

54

9032

6103

3008

5000

15

6326

6102

96°

t°

34

58

S1

9023

6113

1,5

6320 31

9 21

1005

1,5

3009

8

1018

2,5

6101


MP

1,5

24

6600

6319

9032

6306

1021

6320

6326

3 1 5 2 6 7 8

1,5

P 0 12 3

2,5

6303

9023 4

30

6334

6315

X8

30

P,0,1,

MP 2,5

1055

S18

1056

rt

1005

X2

2 4 8 3 7 6 5

6322

1

X34

7004

6325

gr

ge

E11

C

A

rt

2

1

X33

B22

S1

rt

-

B

24 1

S6

rt

1001

rt

6321

S9

p

6316

2

MP

S

rt

1006

M

M6

+

6305

0 12 3 1

bl

S2

31

1053

+

7011

Y4

7012

S

S1

3048

S11

0518

3000

Y24

Y23

7002

MP

0517 1 2 3 4

0102

Y3

7003

sw

1020

Y5

3

2

6332

S1

R3

6014

br

0516

6114

B25

1025

X64

B24

B23

6108

6330

X64

6320

7013


> 50° < 55°

6326

11

Y25

MP

> 60° < 65°

6334

9042 9043

6322

9044

6014

9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5

3047 SW


Y27


Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schèmas électriques .

01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.2.52.00/1

M

48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

3

1 2

3

1 2

4

1

3

9019

9017

31

53b

gr ws-sw

sw-gr

53

53a

sw 6021

6016

31b

53b

53

31b

53a

gr ws-sw

sw

sw-gr

6044

53b

H20

1025

H11

H12

A8

H2 H8

6006

6015

6018

6034

6019

2 10

0,1

6021

6044

2 10

2

2

1

1

1,5

6337

X42 -

+

E6

E3 MP

E4

E5 MP

K10

12V

6003 6001

3

2

1

5

4

E18

Kabine Cab Cabine

24V

U1

S3

6003 6001

6007

H19

6050

F28 10A

1,5

6051

F27

6051

K17

MP E19 MP

6053

1054

6117

6107

6106

6112

6116

1024

6113

H1

MP

6013 V8 V9 V10 V11

6019

6045 6041

6037

MP 6000

6052

H3 H4 H5 H16

0,1

6045

6020 6018 6016

6015 1029

1030

6014

1019

7002

6117

S7

X47

p - G

MP

3007 1,5 9015 1,5

6115

+

1025

P4

6336 5

X5

6017 86

6012

6053

1 5

1 2 3 4

1029

6006

6315

o

6114

+ t

- G

9009 1,5 9010 2,5

53a

sw sw-gr

2A

1

MP

1058

1031

P1

6020

6048

1,5

K7

K28

1,5

1015

F29

1019

S

P3

E7

1,5

2

6333

9013 1,5

- G

6335

9037

-

6308

9012 2,5

+ Q

1025

P2

1026

6331

D+

S1

9011 2,5

1025

1025

1026

1025

S8

9029 1,5

31b

53

MP

10A 1025

1026

2

1,5

30

MP

9036

6017

6022

2 10

0,1

6022 6038

6042

6041

6039

8A

MP

9033 1,5

gr ws-sw

53b

6034

6033

2

X46

2

31 87a 87

5990

2,5

MP

S5

F26

8A

30

15 +

6854

9038

7 2

MP

6049

6504

9041

MP

5 4

6037

1017

1 2

1

F25

86

3004 5990 2,5

6011

1

30

6804

X37 1-2

X4

5005

6803

S21

85

87

H14

6108

85

K27

6319

K16

87a

K15

K3

2,5

6503

3

1

6804

87

3

6115

85 6317

1

6114

87a

1,5 9007 2

3

87

K2 5 4

7 2

1,5

9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006

30

86

5 4

6038

1028

9003

6007

1016

9002

1017

1028

6127

2 4 5

2 4 5

1

1 2

1016

1,5

3

30

X41

2 3

MP

1015

6040

86

9001

rt 1057

6112


85

9000 6111

6803

rt

MP

S4

87

6007

V3 V2 V1

6502 rt

MP

S20

2

6035 6036

2,5

6110

6316

6600

9040

7

4

6033

1008

6854

9026

1001 2,5

1

1015

6322

1001 2,5

X40

3

1015 1058

6319

A6

31b

53a

53

1017

6100

9034 2,5

gr ws-sw

0,12 10

1016

1019 5929

6502

2

5

6039

6042

1015 2,5

6303 6308 6315

V4

1

6040

2,5 1006

K14

1007

6014

5929

6046

2

1009

6306

6316

6046

6036

6047

6043

1,5 1,5

1,5

1,5

1054

1009 2,5

7

4

6043

6013

6301

X39

3

5

6047

1010

F6 5A

6107

6300

5005

6011

1,5

F5 10A

1007

3004 6116 1017

1019

1011

6504

1013

F8 25A

1024

1055

1018

1053

6326 6505

1020

3000 1,5 1021 6325

1056 rt rt 1057

6337

3016

6100 6105

2,5

3015

1013

6127 6103

5A

1014 1008

2,5

1005

F3

3A

5A

1 2

6800

69

MP

6321

71 72 35 70

31

2

6300

60

5 4

6301

32

49a

49

1

K8

K4

6304

9045

59

3

85

87

6302

16 63

58

10A

8A

X38

20s

6305

6800

27 33 30

1012 86

3000 1,5 6307

50 17

15 42

F4 F11 F10 F2

F9 20A

M7

6106

6304

39 25

F7 8A

1,5 6104 30

M13

MP

1016

1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002

6302

49 18 19 14

1021

F15 3A

M

1015

6007

13 45 61

6325

6305

43 68 26

5000

6307

5 12 28

3010 1,5

6102

40

6505

6321

7 6 56

50a

6113

55 41

17

6101

54

19

3008 1,5 6320

6306

53

6101

6600

46 51 52

54

5000

3009 1,5

M

X1

2,5

15

6326 9032

6303

31 44

+

S18

1056

30

6334

66 62 64 29

58

S1

9023

6322

67

1018

1,5

P 0 12 3

2,5

6014

38 65

1055

-

34

30

P,0,1,

MP 9 21

S1

rt rt

1005

X2

8

S

rt

+

rt

24

1053

1001

rt

M5

S11

1006 rt

S

M

M4

6035

MP

S1

3048

sw sw-gr

6108

6320

+

6332

M

M2

S27

S

MP

31

31

M M3

S1

MP

MP 31

MP Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre

6334

9042 9043

6322

9044

6014

12V

9021

1032

9022 6331

+

6335

+

L

3A

A2

6333 3046 2,5

-

SW

3047

R

SW 3048 9014 2,5

2




01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2063®5071

9.2.52.00/2



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.53.01




Plug in cab

















Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 1000 10 2 6822 11 7013 3 6824 12 4 6825 13 6329 5 6823 14 5004 6 5005 15 5000 7 sw 16 2529 8 17 6305 9 18 6306


Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.53.02





Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.53.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058

X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28

3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048

F11X2 /46 F3X2 /14 B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7X2 /29 F7X2 /31 X2 /1X2 /10S27X2 /47

Connector plugs

-X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27

wire no. 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990

S1X2 /67 -Y1 M1-Y15 K27- X2 /42-X64 /6 -Y26 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1

6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053

K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 F28X42 /3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1 /1 -H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42 /2 -E19 X42 /2 -E5 X42 /1 -E18 X42 /1 -E3

6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127


Connector plugs

-

-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27

wire no. 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337

H4X2 /55 -B5 H5X2 /41 -B6 P4X2 /53 -B3 X5 /5X2 /6 -B3 H3X2 /54 -B4 P3X2 /52 -B2 X5 /5X2 /7 -B2 P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 S11X2 /65 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 B25X64 /13 -B24 B24-B23 H20X2 /3 -B21 F15-S11 H19X2 /37 -B27 V8-X5 /5 H19X2 /36 -B27 H20-V8 S3-F15

6502 6503 6504 6505

V1K3F2S1-

X2 /26 X2 /39 -

-K1 -V1 -K26 -F2

6600

S8-

X2 /68

-B7

6800 6803 6804 6854

S3A1A1A1-

X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17

-A1 -K15 -K16 -K15

7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7013 7016

K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23B23X64 /11 S3X2 /9

-Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y25 -Y43

9000 È 9007


Connector plugs

9010 È


9045

MASSE

K1-

-

wo.no.

ground wire black

-A1






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


c = connections option operator’s seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear ĺ instrument panel ĺ roof panel (cab)



power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive (B23, B24, B25, Y25) 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P light front light front pin puller operator’s seat with air suspension

P P P P P P C C C C



C B


Mjfcifss!


01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx-5072→5599

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.53.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A8

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator’s seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P

P1 P2 P3 P4



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B

R1 R2 R3 R7


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19


U1


Fx


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11

diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P

G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P

K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K27 K28

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P 2. relay - working light /C


electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26

MP


solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B

M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C

Y27 Y43

MP

> 85° < 90°

t°

t°

50

V7

S

+

A4

5000

2,5 9010 9019

6800

2

1,5 9015

Y14

9017 9042 9043 9044

A1

9021 9022

7

6331

X64 MP

R1

Q

+

A

S

C

-

B

6335 6335

6333

6333

3046

sw

MP

3047 SW

B27

3048

2,5

3046

3007

2,5 9014

6320 59 32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

1,5

1,5 1018

1053

6326 6505

1,5

1010 1,5

1,5

1009 2,5

1054

1055 1007

3004 6116 1017

1019

1011

6504

1013

1024

1020

3000 1,5 1021 6325

1056 rt rt 1057

6334

3016

6100

6103

3015

1013

6127

2,5

1008

2,5

2,5 6107

rt

1001 2,5

rt

6127

rt 1057

6110

87a 87

87a 87

6854 85

9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006

30

86

K2

1,5 9007 87

6503

K15

K3

6317

86 30

K16

86 30

85

K27

87

X4 6108

1001 2,5

85

85

6803

6319

6502

85

87a

A6

9040

86

6804 3004

3 2 +

K7

6504 5990 2,5

1 4

5990

5

9041 9038 2,5 1026

9033 1,5

S8

9029 1,5 9036

1026 D+

S1

9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9037

P2

+ Q

9013 1,5

S

P1

-

1025

1026

P3

+ t

o

P4

+ p

- G

- G

- G

H3 H4 H5 H16

X5

5

9019

MP

3007 1,5 9015 1,5 9017

H20

1025

H11

H12

H1

H2 H8

6333

9009 1,5 9010 2,5

6117

MP

9045

5005

7002

6854

6334

6800

A8

H19

MP V8 V9 V10 V11

7016

2,5

1,5 9009

1,5

Y26

MP

6

9037 1,5 9013

58

6600 9034 2,5

30

V3 V2 V1

V4

6502

30

6315

2,5 9011

15

27 33 30

5929

86

9001

S3 6800

6

Y15

Y1

88a

R7

9036

16 63 15 42

6112


1054

5990

1,5 9029

X64

1

1051

1052

86(85)

6

K1

M8

31

86

88a 85

6502

50 88

5005

2,5 9012

K26

B Q

M1 6

6504

1050

12V

88

-

MP

2,5

1,5 9033

31

rt 25

12V 50 rt

3006

+

MP

9041

M

X64

31

G2

9045 9038

U

-

B10

14

X64

50

30

25 50 17

6316

6333

rt 6

3160

3161 1,5

X64

3

+

G2

1000

5004

F31

G1

p

1

rt 6

6854

6111

6322

6316

6335

5929 B+ D+ G

2,5

F1

1,5

rt 25

2

5990 6800

5005

3004

1

45A 45A

p

2,5

2

5929

6319 9026

6117

rt 70 1002

1

39

9000

6100

6107

6504

1001

1001

3004

6308 6315

6106

6804

6014 1019

6112

6803

6007

6303

6116

6600

B7

49 18 19 14

2,5

6306

1024

1001

1008

1017

6113

1001

2,5

1016

2,5

2,5

F6 5A

5005

rt rt

F5 10A

1015 2,5

6804

X64

G 6307

13 45 61

6301

K14

6115

6502 2,5 9034 9040

16

MP

6115

6600

X64

F8 25A

1009

1007

6114

R2

18

6306

6300

1025

W

31 Q

5929

K8

K4

6304

31

6114

G 6305

43 68 26

87 85

6302

85

6331

B2

17

5 12 28

6305

6803

96°

6316

5A

20s

3000 1,5 6307

1025

t°

9026

49a

49

86

1025


31

6315 6319

6302 G 6303 W

F3

3A

5A 1014

6308

p

31

40

10A

8A

6106 30

6321

6308

7 6 56

F4 F11 F10 F2

1,5 6104 86

87 87a

6303

55 41

F9 20A

1012 30

1025

6306

54

F7 8A

1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002

1025

6301

p

53

1021

F15 3A

6301

6300

5000 6325

6300

6300

6304

A

46 51 52

3010 1,5

MP

1016

1006

6305

31

B9

3000

3008 1,5 6320

6304

1,5

31 44

6101

6302

7002

E2

6302

B3

31

3016

6301

6304

B8

3015

1,5

6307

A

17 p

B4 MP

1,5

66 62 64 29

3009 1,5

1015

6007

B5

6308

2.5

8 p

500

B

B6

1020 3015 3016

MP

p

31 B

1021

6505

6305

B18

6325

E1

6331

5000

6307

5000 G W

+

X1

50a

7016

87

96°

t°

67

17

6326

87a

31

B26

38 65

19

6102

3010

S1

9023

54

6321

3008 6320

1018

2,5

15

6113

1,5

34

58

1005

1,5

3009

9 21

30

6101

MP

1,5

8

6600

6319

7016

6306

1021

6320

6326

3 1 5 2 6 7 8

1,5

P 0 12 3

2,5

6303

9023 4

24

30

P,0,1,

MP

X8

2

1

X2

2 4 8 3 7 6 5 2,5

6315

6316

1020

7016

7004

6325

ge

1

1055

S18

1056

rt

1005

6334

E11

C

A

6322

B

rt

B22

S1

rt

1001

rt

6014

X34

rt

1053

-

gr

+

S9

MP

M6

S

rt

1006

M

S2

6105

0 12 3

S

S11

0518

1

bl

p

X33

MP

S1

3048

87a

1 2 3 4

Y43

7012

24 1

R3

0517

31

2

S6

0516

sw

6332

+

7011

Y4

S27

S

S1

3000

Y24

Y23

3

2

0102

Y3

7002

B25

+

br

7003

X64

B24

B23

Vx Y5

t°

13 6329

6330

X64

6108

7013


> 50° < 55°

6326

11

Y25

MP

> 60° < 65°

6334

9042 9043

6322

9044

6014

9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5

3047 SW

2


Y27



01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072 ®5599

9.2.53.00/1

M

48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

31

53b

gr ws-sw

sw-gr

53

53a

sw 6021

6016

31b

53b

53

31b

53a

gr ws-sw

sw

sw-gr

sw sw-gr

6044

53b

53

53a

31b

6019

6045

6020

1 2

3

6037

S21

7 2

MP

S5

6015

5 4

6037

6018

MP

6019

2 10

0,1

6021 6011

6006

7 2

6034

5 4

6038

6041

6018

6041

6038

6039

6034

6033

6042

MP

S4

6044

2 10

0,1

6045

6020

2 10

7

1025

H11

H12

6333

MP

3007 1,5

A8

-

85

1017

E3

6050

MP E4

E5

85

MP K10

12V

E6

30

86

E18

Kabine Cab Cabine

24V

U1

S3

+

6003 6001

6051

6003 6001

MP E19 MP

6053

1,5

6334

6315

F28 10A

1,5

X42

H19

6013 V8 V9 V10 V11

1

6051

1029

1030

6014

1019

7002

1054

6117

6106

6112

6116

1024

6107

H2 H8

MP

6308

5

H1

2

1

6052

H20

87

H3 H4 H5 H16

87a

- G

9009 1,5

X5

6113

6115

1025

6114

+ p

1031

- G

P4

2

6007

1019

- G

F27

X47

7016

-

o

K17

6006

6333

P1

+ t

6335

9013 1,5

S

P3

6331

+ Q

1025

P2

1025

D+

S1

9011 2,5

1025

1026

6321

S8

9029 1,5 9036

1026

1025

1026

S7

MP 6000

10A 1025

2,5

9033 1,5

6117

MP

9038

6016

6015 6012

6053

1 5

1 2 3 4

1029

1,5

2A

5

MP

1058

MP

9041

6017

6048

F29 1

K28

1,5

1015 2

1 4

E7

1,5

K7

5990

1028

MP

3 2

6854

2

1,5

+

6504

1016

2

1

8A

6049

3004 5990 2,5

3

87

6804

1 2

4

X4

5005

6803

3

2

1,5

87

1 2

F26

8A

86

85

K27

3

F25

X46

30

K16

1 2

6108

K15

K3

6319

6503

87a

87

X37 1-2

86

6127

rt 1057

6110

9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006

30

86

2,5

85 6317

86 30

6804

rt

86 30

6115

rt

1001 2,5

85

6114

6502

9040 1001 2,5

85

9003

1,5 9007

6803

A6

9034 2,5

85

86

9002

K2 87 87a

6502

30

30

87a 87

86

9001

V3 V2 V1

6600

87a

V4

87a 87

6316

5929

6112 6854

9026 6316

6111

MP

1

1

85

9000

6100

H14

30

6322

6007

1028

5929

6319

1016

87

6007

MP

1015 1017

6040

2,5


6033

1008

1017

6035 6036

1016

1015

1015 2,5

1015 1058

6308 6315

9017

X41

2 3

6040

2,5

K14

1007

6014

9015 1,5

1

2

1,5

31 MP

1006

87

85

87a

K8

1019

9019

X40

3

4

MP

S20

6013

6301

9010 2,5

2

0,1

6022

0,12 10 6042

6046

2

1009

6303

9037

6017

6022 1

5

4

6039

1,5

1,5

1,5

1054

1009 2,5

7

5

6047 6043

6306

9012 2,5

gr ws-sw

53b

53

53a

31b

gr ws-sw 6046

6036

6047

6043

1,5

F6 5A 1010

F5 10A 1024

1055 1019

1011

F8 25A 1007

5A 3004 6116 1017

F3

3A

6504

1013

X39

3

6107

6300

5005

6011

1,5 1018

1053

6326 6505

1020

3000 1,5 1021 6325

1056 rt rt 1057

6334

3016

6100 6105

6103

3015

1013

6127

2,5

F2

1014 1008

2,5

1005

5A

1 2

6800

69

85

87

6301

71 72 35 70

10A

49a

49

86

6300

60

30

6304

32

86

K4

6304

9045

59

F11 F10

8A

X38

20s

6302

16 63

58

F4

1012

6305

6800

27 33 30

F9 20A

M7

6106

3000 1,5 6307

50 17

15 42

F7 8A

1,5 6104 30

M13

MP

1016

1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002

6302

39 25

1021

F15 3A

M

1015

6007

49 18 19 14

6325

6305

13 45 61

5000

6307

43 68 26

3010 1,5

6102

40 5 12 28

6505

6321

7 6 56

50a

6113

55 41

17

6101

54

19

3008 1,5 6320

6600

53

6101

6306

46 51 52

54

5000

3009 1,5

M

X1

2,5

15

6326 7016

6303

31 44

+

S18

1056

30

6334

66 62 64 29

58

S1

9023

6322

67

1018

1,5

P 0 12 3

2,5

6014

38 65

1055

-

34

30

P,0,1,

MP 9 21

S1

rt rt

1005

X2

8

S

rt

+

rt

24

1053

1001

rt

M5

S11

1006 rt

S

M

M4

6035

MP

S1

3048

sw sw-gr

6320

6108

+

6332

M

M2

S27

S

MP

31

31

M M3

S1

MP

MP 31

MP Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre

6334

9042 9043

6322

9044

6014

12V

9021

1032

9022 6331

+

6335

+

L

3A

A2

6333 3046 2,5

-

SW

3047

R

SW 3048 9014 2,5




01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072 ®5599

9.2.53.00/2



Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 3046 8 9031 15 9038 22 9021 29 3015 36 6335 43 5929 50 6800 57 9014 64 1020 71 9009 2 9042 9 7016 16 9045 23 9022 30 9036 37 6336 44 7002 51 6307 58 9011 65 6320 72 9010 3 6331 10 3047 17 6854 24 9023 31 3016 38 3010 45 9040 52 6305 59 9012 66 6325 4 9043 11 sw 18 6803 25 5990 32 9037 39 6504 46 3000 53 6302 60 1074 67 5000 sw 5 6319 12 9026 19 6804 26 6502 33 9029 40 6315 47 3048 54 6304 61 1001 68 6600 6 6303 13 9034 20 9044 27 9033 34 3008 41 6301 48 9017 55 6300 62 1021 69 6347 7 6306 14 3004 21 3009 28 6316 35 9019 42 9039 49 1001 56 6308 63 9041 70 3007






Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→5615

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.54.01



4. Plug X8(8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater

Plug in cab


5. Plug X2(3 poles) - neutral starting switch (Cannon - Deutsch) Plug in neutral starting switch












11. Plug X64(18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE) Plug in engine wiring harness



Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 1000 10 2 6822 11 --3 6824 12 4 6825 13 --5 6823 14 5004 6 --- 15 5000 7 --- 16 2529 8 17 6305 9 18 6306


Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→5615

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.54.02

12. Plug X90(25 poles) - electronic box fan drive (AMP Junior Timer) Socket on wiring harness


Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 sw 14 1074 2 7018 15 7017 3 --- 16 --4 --- 17 6347 5 --- 18 --6 --- 19 --7 --- 20 6340 8 6341 21 6342 9 6343 22 6344 10 6345 23 --11 --- 24 --12 --- 25 --13 ---

Notes Color codes: bl = br = ge = gn = gr = rt = sw = ws =

blue brown yellow green gray red black white



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→5615

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.54.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1073 1074

X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9 X2 /60 -A11

3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048

F11F3B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7F7X2 /1X2 /10S27-

5000 5004 5929 5990

S1X2 /67 -Y1 M1-Y15 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1

Connector plugs

X2 /46 X2 /14 X2 /29 X2 /31 X2 /47

-X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27

wire no. 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053


6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127


-

6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306

H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3X5 /5-

X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52 X2 /7

Connector plugs

-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2

wire no. 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347

P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 S11X2 /65 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 H20X2 /3 -B21 F15-S11 H20-V8 V8-X5 /5 H19X2 /36 -B27 B27X2 /37 -H19 S3-F15 B38-A11 A11-B38 B39-A11 A11-B39 B40-A11 A11-B40 A11X2 /69 -H7

6502 6503 6504 6505

V1K3F2S1-

X2 /26 X2 /39 -

-K1 -V1 -K26 -F2

6600

S8-

X2 /68

-B7

6800 6803 6804 6854

S3A1A1A1-

X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17

-A1 -K15 -K16 -K15

7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018

K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23S3X2 /9 A11Y45-

-Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11

9000 È 9007


Connector plugs

9010 È


9045

wo.no.

ground wire black






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


c = connections option operator's seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear ĺ instrument panel ĺ roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P

light front light front


P P P P P P C C C C



C B


Mjfcifss!


01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx-5600→5615

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.54.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A11

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P electronic box - fan drive /B

P1 P2 P3 P4



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B

R1 R2 R3 R7


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19


U1


Fx


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - fan drive /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P

K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K28

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45

solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C

MP

S

X64

50

30

X64

M

3

rt 6

17 16 15 42 27

31

6

M1

33

31

30

Y15

58 59

rt 25

12V

50

63

U

G1

25

69 60

-

71

+

88

72 35

X64

6504

1050

50 rt

15

70 32 48

86

88a

85

1051

86(85)

6 50

K1

20 22 23

6331

Y1

36 37 1

MP 88a

3

10

6

1052

MP 88

4

A1

6502

50

-

5000

K26

6800

12V

2

G2

11 47 57

R7

R1

1053

6332

1,5

1,5

1,5 1,5

6505

1018

1,5

1,5

1010

1009 2,5

1,5

1055 6116

1007

3004

1017

1019 6504

1011

1008

1054

6325

1053

1020

1021

3000

1073 1074

6337

3016

3015

6100 6105

6103

1024

1013

2,5

1013

2,5 1005

6308 6322

9026 6316

6111

6316

3

30

1

2

4

2

5

4

5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

L M

1,5 9006

N

1,5 9007

K2

9040 1001 2,5

K

1,5 9005

85

K3

87

5

4

2

K15

6503

6502 6317

1

1073

3

1

K16

3

X4 6108

A6

J

9004

V4 V3 V2 V1

9034 2,5

H

9003

6600 6502

G

9001 9002

86

5929

6112 6110

5929

6319

I E F

9000

6315

D

3

6803 6804

2

+

3004

K7

6504 5990 2,5

1 4

5990

5

6800 MP

6854 9045 9041 9038

6007 6113

9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5

1026

S8

9036 9011 2,5

S1

1026

1026

P1

D+

P2

+

P3

Q

6347 1074

-

S

-

-

+ p

t G

1025

P4

+ o

9012 2,5

G

-

H3 H4 H5 H16 G

9009 1,5 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 9017 9042

H20

1025

H11

H2 H8

1025

H12

H7

H1

6333

X5

5 MP

9037

7016

1000

6854

14 5004

rt 25

rt 6

+

G2

1

B+ D+ G

1

F31

5990 6800

5990

45A

2

F1

2,5

5929

45A

2

1019

6117

rt 70 1002

39

6303

6337

6504

1

14

6014

6315

X64

18 19

6306

H19

S3

MP

6800

6804

49

6007

7002

1001

1001

16

61

1017

2,5

6319

1001

2,5

1008

1054

1001 6803

C

1007

6336

2,5

B

1016

6335

2,5

rt

A

1015

6117

rt

K14

6107

45

5A

31

6112

13

F6

10A

MP

1024

26

6301

2

6113

6502

B7

68

6300

4

K8

K4

6304

6804

6600

F5

6115

6600

43

5

85

87

6302

6115

5929

28

6305

6114

6316

F8 25A

20s 1,5

1025

6307

3000 6307

6114

5 12

5A

1009

1025

40

3A

1014

49a

49

1

6331

R2

56

7002

3

86

6854

6315 6319

G

6

5A

10A

6106

6104 1012

30

6803

6308

X64 31 Q

7

1,5

1025

6303

41

1,5

3016

6321

18

55

8A

6308

6306

6305 W 6306

B2

6301

17

96° G

31 t°

54

F4 F11 F10 F2 F3

5A

MP

1,5

3015

1006

6300

B3

53

3A

1020

1025

6302 6304

1021

1025

6302 6303

5000

F9

F15

8A

6301

6305

G W

52

3010 1,5

6300

p 0,5

31

46 51

F7

3008 1,5 6320 6325

1016

6107

6307

6101

6304

7002 6304

3009 1,5

1015

6505

6100

p

44

7016

6302

29

5000

87a

64

50a

6305

500

31


62

31

B4 MP

66

-

19 17

6307

B5

67

+ X1

30

15 54

S1

6101

1020

6300

31

30

9031

6306

6325 1

65

1018

rt

6102

6315

38

6320 5000

17 p

21 34

6301

B6 2

1005

P 0 12 3 58

9023

6600

1

31

9

6303

6319

7016 6320

8 p

2

6316

gr

6308

2.5

B18

8

2

1

S18

P,0,1,

MP 2,5 24

X33

p 31

rt

X2 2,5

S27

1001

V8 V9 V10 V11

A8

6334

B26

rt rt

6322

W 6331

ge

6325

96° G

31 t°

X34

1

S6

1020

24

B22

MP

C

A

6321

B

p

S11

1055

S1

rt

1006

2

6014

31

S

S1 3048

MP

6347

7016

S

S1

6106

1

6116

bl

S2

+

7011

Y43

3

+

7002

Y4

7012

sw

2

6108

Y24

Y23

7003

7004

Y3

Y5

br

6320

Vx

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022

6334

6331 6335 6336 3046 2,5


3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5



01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5600®5615

9.2.54.00/1

rt rt

9041 > 50°C < 55°C

1

10

> 60°C < 65°C

22

9

> 85°C < 90°C

21

8

2,5 9039 20

15

2

14

1,5 9033

17

1,5 9029

6347

1074

7018

9036 2,5 9011 2,5 9012

6340

6341

6342

6343

6344

6345

SW

7017

X90 6347

1,5 9015

1074

1,5 9013 1,5 9009 2,5 9010

1 1 2

B40

t°

B39

1,5

t°

+

A

S

C B

B27

M8

9017 9042

30 Q

B38

3007 9037

Y14 pmax

9043 9044

6335 6336 sw

9021 MP

9022 6335 6336

M

3046

2,5

3046 3047

A4

MP

SW 3048 2,5 9014

+

MP

9019

Y45

1 2

1 2

t°

2

B

Q

S

3047

16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 69 60 71 72 35 70 32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

1053

6332

1,5 1,5

6505

1018

1,5

1,5

1010

1009 2,5

1,5

1055 6116

1007

3004

1017

1019 6504

1011

1008

1054

6325

1053

1020

1021

3000

1073 1074

1013

6337

3016

3015

6100 6105

1024

1013

9026 6316

6111

6316

3

30

1

2

4

2

5

4

5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

L M

1,5 9006

N

1,5 9007

K2

9040 1001 2,5

K

1,5 9005

85

K3

87

5

4

2

K15

6503

6502

1073

6317

1

3

1

K16

3

X4 6108

A6

J

9004

V4 V3 V2 V1

9034 2,5

H

9003

6600 6502

G

9001 9002

86

5929

6112 6110

6322

3 6319

6803 6804

2

+

3004

K7

6504 5990 2,5

1 4

5990

5

6800 MP

6854 9045 9041 9038

6007 6113

9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5

1026

S8

9036 9011 2,5

S1

1026

1026

P1

D+

P2

+

P3

Q

6347 1074

-

S

-

-

+ p

t G

1025

P4

+ o

9012 2,5

G

-

H3 H4 H5 H16 G

9009 1,5 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 9017 9042

H20

1025

H11

H2 H8

1025

H12

H7

H1

6333

X5

5 MP

9037

7016

9045 9038

5929

6319

I E F

9000

6315

D

6117

17

6308

6337

50

1019

6315

25

3160

A11

39

6303

H19

S3

MP

6800

3004

6014

7002

3004

B9

B8

B10

1,5

6306

1054

31

6007

6336

1,5

1017

2,5

6335

31

2,5

1008

6117

3006

14

C

1007

6107

p

p

MP

18 19

B

1016

6106

49

A

1015

6116

61

3161

K14

6112

45

5A

31

1024

9040

F6

10A

MP

6113

13

6301

2

6347

2,5 9034

6300

4

K8

K4

6304

6804

26

F5

25A

6115

68

5

85

87

6302

6115

43

6305

6114

28

F8

20s 1,5

1025

5 12

3000 6307

6114

40

9026

7002

1025

56

5A

1009

6331

6

3A

1014

49a

49

1

6854

7

5A

10A

6106 3

86

6803

41

6104 1012

30

1025

55

1,5

6321

54

8A

6308


53

1,5

3016

1006

52

F4 F11 F10 F2 F3

5A

MP

1,5

3015

1025

46 51

3A

1020

1025

3000

44

1021

6301

1,5

31

6300

E2

29

1016

6107

3016

6325

6304

3015

1,5

5000

F9

F15

8A

6100

1,5

3016

3010 1,5

6302

3015

64

F7

3008 1,5 6320

87a

MP

62

6101

6305

1021

3009 1,5

1015

6505

6103

66

E1

7016

6307

38 67

5000

6102

34 65

50a

9031

6321

3010

-

19 17

15 54

S1

9023

1005

3008

1,5

21

P 0 12 3 58

6101

1,5

9

6306

3009

8

6600

MP

1,5

24

6303

1021

3000

9031

+ X1

30

V8 V9 V10 V11

A8

6334

9023

3 1 5 2 6 7 8

2,5

6322

X8

2,5

2,5 4

30

P,0,1,

MP

2 4 8 3 7 6 5

6014

1

1005

X2

2,5

0102

E11

1018

rt

1001

1,5

rt

S18

1,5

MP

S27

rt

1006

M6

3048

S11

1055

S1

MP

M +

S

+

0518

S

S1

S1

0 12 3

S9

6108

6320

+

0517 1 2 3 4

S

R3

0516

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022

6334

6331 6335 6336 3046 2,5


3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5

SW

V7 Y27



01 02

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5600®5615

9.2.54.00/2

35 70 32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

1,5 1

K16

-

-

G

-

+

G

-

H3 H4 H5 H16 G

H20

H11

H2 H8

1025

1025

MP

9037

31

ws-sw

53

gr 6019

31b 53b

sw

sw-gr

6021

6016

ws-sw

53

31b 53b

53a

gr 6044

sw

sw-gr 6035

ws-sw

53

6045

6019

21 0

6018

6006

6015

6021

6034

6041

6037

0,1

6044

21 0 0,1

6045

6020 6018 6017

6016

6015

1028

H12

H7

H1 MP

V8 V9 V10 V11

-

H19

X42 +

85

24V

U1

30

12V

S3

6003

E6

1017

E3

6001

MP E4

6051

6001

MP E19 MP

6053

10A

6050

6051 1,5 6003

1 2 3 4

86 30

1030

1054

p

6333 5

F28

1 1 1,5

6052

P4

+ t

9010 2,5

X5

2 2

6053

P3

1019

+

MP

6007

7016

P2

o

S

F27 6006

6337

D+

1025

6117

1026

6315

P1

K17

MP 6000

10A

9009 1,5

9042

S7

6012

X47

Q

1074

9017

1

5

6007 6113

9033 1,5

3007 1,5

6014

9041

9019

1029 1019

6117

7002

9045

1029

MP

6040

5

1028

1058 1 4

MP

S1

31b 53b

53a

6048

1,5

1

K28

1,5

2A

6049

F29

85

6319

1015 2

2

+

5990

S8

gr

X4 3

6800

9012 2,5

E7

1,5 1,5

6854

9011 2,5

53a

31

MP

N

3

K7

6347

sw-gr

sw 6038

6042

6041

6039

6036

6035

6033 6013

2

M

87

3

1

2

1,5

K15

1

6504

1026

MP

S5

MP

86

2

K L

1,5 9005

6804

1026

2

6037

MP

S21

7

4

8A

3004

9036

6038

30

4

1073

9038

5 6011

X46

3

1016

5

1 2

1058

4

6803

9029 1,5

6020

6022 21 0

6022

0,1

0,1

6033

6042

1,5

1,5

9004

2

5

1 2 3 4

85

5

6503

9039 2,5

7

1

F26

87

K3

87

6317

5990 2,5

MP

S4

1,5

85

1 2 3

2

4

2

1 2 3

6108

K2

5

8A

J

1015

4

1,5 9007

6502

7 2

1

F25

1015

2

6804

rt

2 3

6040 1

6115

rt

1001 2,5

5 6034

1010

1054

1009

21 0

1018 1055

1007

6116

3004

1017

1019

2,5

1,5

1053

6505

1011

6504

1008

6110

6854

3

30

9003

1,5 9006

9040 1001 2,5

H

9002

86

A6

G

9001

V4 V3 V2 V1

9034 2,5

6017

6046

1,5

1,5 6325

1020

1021

3000

1073 1074

6107

6112

6600 6502

ws-sw

gr

53

31b 53b

53a

sw

1053

6332

3048

6337

3016

3015

6100 6105

2,5

1024

1013

6103 1005 6316

5929

1

H14

X37 1-2

E5 MP

K10

86

Kabine Cab Cabine

87

72

6316

6111

6007

I E

87a

71

6322

X41

2 3

MP

1031

60

5929

6319

1

4

MP

S20

6800

69

6315

6046

1017

D

F

6336

59

9000

6335

58

6308

6107

30

6014

6106

33

6007

6116

27

7 2

1016

C

1019

6112

15 42

2,5

6113

63

1008

9026

X40

X39

3

4

1015

B

6303

1024

50 17 16

A

6306

6347

25

1 2

5

6047 6043

1017

6115

39

5A

1016

1025

14

F6

10A

1015 2,5

6114

18 19

F5

25A

K14

1007

6803

49

F8

31

6114

45 61

5A

MP

1025

13

6301

2

6331

26

6300

4

K8

K4

6304

1025

68

5

85

87

6302

6321

43

3A

1014

6308

28

6305

1006

5 12

5A

10A

X38

MP

20s

1025

40

8A

49a

49

1

1025

56

3

86

1,5

6307

6301

6

F4 F11 F10 F2 F3

5A

M7

1009

6300

7

30

7002

M

6106

6304

41

1012

6100

55

6104

1,5

87a

54

1,5

3016

6302

53

3015

3000

1016

1,5

6305

52

3A

1020

6307

44 46 51

1021

F9

F15

8A

6102

31

6325

6321

64

6101

62 29

6600

66

F7

3010 1,5 5000

M13

1015

6505

6320

6306

67

6101

3008 1,5

6303

65

7016 3009 1,5

6013

A8

6334

38

50a 5000

6322

21 34

19 17

15 54

9031

6014

9

P 0 12 3 58

S1

9023

1013

2,5

2,5

8

M -

P,0,1,

MP

6039

X2

+ X1

30

6043

30

M M5

1018

rt 1,5

1005

M4

S18

1001 rt

24

S27

6011

rt

sw-gr

S1

rt

1006 rt

+

S11

1055

6047

+

S S

S1

S1 MP

M2

MP

M

M

6036

6108

6320

M M3 S

MP 31

MP

31

MP

E18

12V

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022

6334

1032 per+

+ L 3A

6331

A2


6335 6336 3046 2,5 3047 SW

SW

R

3048 9014 2,5

2


01 02


PR 752 F/N xxx - 5600®5615

9.2.54.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5616→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.55.01




Plug in cab



















Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5616→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.55.02








Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5616→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.55.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012rt 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050rt 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1058 1073 1074

X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1X64 /1 -G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 K8-K3 K4-F8 K4-F10 F10-F2 F2-F5 F5-F6 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 X2 /14-X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9 X2 /60 -A11

3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048

F11H1B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7F7X2 /1X2 /10S27-

5000 5004 5929 5990

S1- X2 /67-X64 /15 -Y1 M1X64 /14 -Y15 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1

Connector plugs

X2 /46 X2 /14 X2 /29 X2 /31 X2 /47

-X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27

wire no. 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053


6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127


-

6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306

H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3X5 /5-

X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52 X2 /7

Connector plugs

-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H1 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2

wire no. 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347

P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 K7X2 /65-X33 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 B26X2 /3 -H20 F15-S11 H20-V8 V8-V3 H19X2 /36 -B27 B27X2 /37 -H19 S3-F15 B38-A11 A11-B38 B39-A11 A11-B39 B40-A11 A11-B40 A11X2 /69 -H7

6502 6503 6504 6505

V1K3F2H2-

X2 /26 X2 /39 -

-K1 -V1 -K26 -F2

6600

S8-

X2 /68

-B7

6800 6803 6804 6854

S3A1A1A1-

X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17

-A1 -K15 -K16 -K15

7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018

K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23S3X2 /9 A11Y45-

-Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11

9000 È 9007


Connector plugs

9010 È


9045

wo.no.

ground wire black






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


c = connections option operator’s seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ main frame - left operator’s platform support rear ĺ instrument panel ĺ roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31


power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system

- option

area B P P P


P P



P P P P P P C C C C



C B


Mjfcifss!


01 03

PR 752 F/N xxx-5616→ 6199

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.55.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A11

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P electronic box - fan drive /B

P1 P2 P3 P4



temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B

R1 R2 R3 R7


S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19


U1


Fx


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20


K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K28

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45


MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C

MP

30

MP

6325

66

6325

62

1021

6307 6305

6319 9026

28

6316

1001

61 49 18 19 14

1,5 6505

1018 1055

1054

1,5

1011

1025

2,5

1010

6116

1009

6504

2,5

1008

1019

1053

1021

6325

3000

1,5 2

4

2

5

9003 4

5

1,5 9005 1,5 9006

6600 6502 9034

A6

2,5

9040 1001 2,5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

6

7

1,5 9007

5

K2 85

6301 6502

K3

87

5

4

2

1073

6503

1

K15

6317

3

K16

1

A B C D I E F G H J K

9004

V1

L M N

3

6803

15

6804 1017

X4

30

+

6504

70 32

86

48

6800

5000

85

4 20 22 23

6331

Y1

3 36 37 1 10

MP

11 47 57

1074

S8

S

P1

-

P2

-

G

P3

-

G

P4

-

5

X5

9042

H11 6333

7002

6117 6337

6116

1025

H12 1

H7

H1 H2

H19

H8 MP

MP

9037 9017

1025

H3 H4 H5 H16 H20

9010 2,5 3007 1,5

6107

1 G

9009 1,5 9019

6106

p

t°

7016

+

+

Q

6315

9012 2,5 6347

1026

+

1054

D+

6117

S1

9011 2,5

6113

9036

3004

1026

1026

V8 V9 V10 V11 2

A8

S3

2

6800

35

X64

6113

9029 1,5

6336

72

9039 2,5 9033 1,5

6335

rt 25

69

MP

87

6007

6505

58

9038

6112

30

Y15

87a

9041

1025

33

9045

6347

42

31

31

6854

6115

15

K7

5990

6800

6114

16 63

5990 2,5

1025

17

6504

1025

50

59

1050

30

6331

6

M1

6

1051

86

8

1025

39 25

27

6502

1052

V4 V3 V2

9

1

6308

6854

14

X64

A1

6

4

5929

3

1025

rt 6 12V 50 rt 12V

6322 6316

1025

50

30

M

31

K26

50

9002

6321

X64

5004

rt 25

1000

5990 6800

71

R7

9001

6320

26

6112

6111

6108

68

5929 6334

6319

43

6101

6110

6315

5

6854

40

9000

6803

1001

6308

12

6014 1019

1006

56

60

88a

1073

6303

2

K1

1020

6

U

86(85)

1074

6306

6303

15

88

6337

6306

7

2,5

2,5

3

MP

3015

6007

2,5

1 rt 6

88a

6105

6301

rt

5990

5929

1

B+ D+ G

-

6100

41

-

G2

1013

6301

6300

1001

1001

2

88

6305

3004

45A

+

K14

1017

6504

+

31

MP

1016

rt

rt 70

G1

2

1015

6804

1

F31

4

2,5

X64

2

5

K8

1,5

3000 1,5 6307

K4

2,5

6502

45A

6107

46

45

50


7002

1008

6803

G2

44

13

F1

MP

1007

6600

1002

F6 5A

6300

B7

16

10A

6304

6316 5929

6600

F5

25A

6302

6319

6307

3016 1,5

1025

G

R2

F8

55

6308 6315

X64 31 Q

5A

1014

49a

6100

18

49 20s

6304

B2

17

F3

3A

1006 rt

1

6302

6305 W 6306

5A

10A

6106 3

6305

96° G

31 t°

8A

54

6300

B3

85

F4 F11 F10 F2

6102

W

3015 1,5

31

52

87

5A

-

X1

53

6304

6303

1020

29

51

86

6307

G

6302

6302

64

6600

31

6104 1012 rt

30

F9

3A

1016

1,5

5000

F15

8A

+

1015

1,5

5000

6306

500

6304

2,5

3010 1,5 6320

67

7002

p 0,5

3008 1,5

38

6320

1020

6300

p

B4 MP

3009 1,5

65

B5 31

7016

21

6303

1

9

F7

6322

17 p

31

9031 6103

6315

B6 2

9023

8

34

6301

31

1018

MP

SW2 2,5 24

1005

6319

1

6320

8 p

2

1020

7016

6308

2.5

B18

2

1

6014

31

6101

S18

5000

X2 2,5

X33

p

MP

C

A

6316

6325

W 6331

B26

gr

S6

ge

B22

96° G

31 t°

X34

1

S11

17 50a

2,5

6321

B

p 24

1055

S1

1,5

2

S

S

S27

1007

58 15 54 19

87a

31

S1

1013

4

P 0 12 3

S1

S

S1

P,0,1,

6332

30

3048

1005

6804

7016

rt

1001 rt

1053

rt rt

6115

1

6114

bl

S2

+

7011

Y43

3

+

7002

Y4

7012

sw

2

6108

Y24

Y23

7003

7004

Y3

Y5

br

3016

Vx

6334

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022 6331 6335


6336 3046

2,5

3047 SW1 3048 9014

2,5

R1


01 03


PR 752 F/N xxx - 5616®6199

9.2.55.00/1

6108

rt

1001 30

3015 1,5

31

3016 1,5

44

7002

46

3000 1,5 6307

40

6315

5

6319 9026

28

6316

14

B39

3007

Y14

70

48

4

30 Q

B38

+

A

S

C

-

B

B27

M8

20

6335 6336 sw

22 23

MP

3

6335 6336

2,5

3046 3047

A4

MP

SW 3048

+

B

Q

S

6332

1,5 1,5

1018 1055

1054

1,5

1011

1025

2,5

1010

1007

6116

1009

6504

2,5

1008

1019

1053

6505

1,5 1021

6325

3000

1073 1074 5

1,5 9005 1,5 9006

6600 6502 9034

A6

2,5

9040 1001 2,5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

6

7

1,5 9007

5

K2 85

6301 6502

K3

87

5

4

2

1073

6503

1

K15

6317

3

K16

1


3

6803

15

6804 1017

36 37 1 10 11 47 57

3047

X4

30

+

5990 2,5

K7

5990

31

87a

MP

7002

6504

87

6854 9045

6117

6800

9041 9038

6007

9039 2,5

6113

1074

S8

S

P1

-

P2

-

P3

-

G

P4

-

5

X5

9042

H11 6333

6337

7016

1054

6117

6116

6107

6106

6113

3004

6112

1025

1025

H12 1

H7

H1 H2

H19

H8 MP

MP

9037 9017

1025

H3 H4 H5 H16 H20

9010 2,5 3007 1,5

6347

1 G

9009 1,5 9019

6114

p

t° G

6115

+

+

Q

6315

9012 2,5 6347

1026

+

1025

D+

1025

S1

9011 2,5

1025

9036

1025

1026

1026

1025

9029 1,5

1025

9033 1,5

6336

35

Y45

32

3046

4

6335

60 71

M

5

6505

69

2

B40

4

C

9004

V1

6331

1,5 9013

pmax

MP

2

2

9003

B

V8 V9 V10 V11 2

A8

S3

2

6800

t°

1

6308

1074

1,5

t°

30

6321

6347

1,5 9015

72

t°

86

8

6300

6347

1074

7018

59

6340

6341

6342

6343

6344

6345

SW

7017

58

1 2

V4 V3 V2

9

3

6304

30

1 2

4

5929

6302

X90

1 2

6322

6305

33

2

9001 9002

6307

17

1

6112

6111

6316

6600

14

5929 6334

6306

2

6101

6303

15

9000

A

3004 39

42

20

6308

12

6014 1019

6322

8

6337

6303

50

> 85°C < 90°C

21

3016

6306

6

27

9

3015

7

6014

> 60°C < 65°C

6105

6007

6320


6301

15

22

6305

41

16

10

K14

1017

63

> 50°C < 55°C

31

MP

1016

17

1

2

1015

25

3160

A11

4

2,5

19

B9

B8

5

K8

2,5

18

B10

K4

1008

49

3004

49a

1007

61

3004

49 20s

6300

45

p

1006 rt

1

6304

13

1,5

6106 3

6302

26

31

MP

55

68

p

F6 5A

54

43

1,5

10A

53

56

3161

F5

25A

1,5

1020

29

52

85

F8

1,5

64

51

87

5A

1014

1,5

1021

86

F3

3A

6108

3000

62

6104 1012 rt

30

5A

10A

6319

1,5

6325

8A

6110

3016

66

6804

1,5

5000

F4 F11 F10 F2

-

X1

6115

3016

3010 1,5 6320

6114

3015

3008 1,5

38

67

5A

6854

1,5

34

65

F9

3A

6803

1021 3015

3009 1,5

F15

8A

1016

6107

3010

7016

21

F7

1006

3008

1,5

9

6100

3009

1,5

6100

9031 2,5

9023

8

87a

3000

1021

24

1,5

MP

SW2 2,5

2,5 9023 9031

+

1015

6102

3 1 5 2 6 7 8

6321

4

6103

2 4 8 3 7 6 5

1005

1

E2

31

1018

1020

0102

6101

S18

5000

X2

E1

3006

S11

1013

MP

1055

S1

1013

M6

S

S

S27

17 50a

2,5

MP

MP

58 15 54 19

S1

X8

MP

P 0 12 3

M +

S9 E11

MP

P,0,1,

4

1 2 3 4 0 12 3

S1

S1

0517

3048

30

+

1005

0518

S +

rt

1053

rt rt

R3

0516

6334

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022 6331 6335


6336 3046

2,5

3047 SW1 3048 9014

2,5

SW

V7 Y27 2


01 03


PR 752 F/N xxx - 5616®6199

9.2.55.00/2

H

K

1

L

2

MP

32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57

P2

-

P3

-

G

P4

-

3007 1,5

X5

9042

6333

H12 1

H1 H2

31

31

ws-sw

gr 6019

53

31b 53b

53a

sw

sw-gr

6021

6016

ws-sw

gr 6044

53

31b 53b

53a

sw

6019

21 0

6018

6006

6015

6034

0,1

6021

6044

21 0

1,5

10A 6003

6001

S3

12V

86

30

E6

E3

MP E4

E5 MP

K10

2

6003

6001

6051

F28

1 1 1,5

MP E19 MP

6053

2 2

4

U1

H19

H8 MP

V8 V9 V10 V11 2

A8

H7

1019

6337

7016

6315

1054

6117

6116

6107

6106

6113

3004

6112

1025

6347

6115

6114

H11

1025

MP

9037 9017

1025

H3 H4 H5 H16 H20

9010 2,5 5

1025

85

24V

1 G

9009 1,5 9019

1025

p

t° G

86

E18

Kabine Cab Cabine

87

-

sw-gr

6045

F27

X42 +

87a

P1

-

1031

S

6336

Q

S8

0,1

6045

6041

1028

MP 6000

6007

6335

6347 1074

+

+

1025

+

9012 2,5

1025

D+

9011 2,5

1025

S1

1026

1025

9036

6013

12V

6334

9043

1032

9044

6322

9021

per+

6014

9022

+ L 3A

A2

6331 6335 6336 3046

K17

MP

6050

S7

6012

30

1030

6014

1019

6117

7002

1

5

1029

1029

6040

MP

6800

70

1026

1026

6505

72

9029 1,5

6331

71

35

87

6006

6308

60

87a

31

9033 1,5

6321

69

6037 1058

10A

6300

59

6020 6018

6048

X47

6304

58

K28

1,5

2A

1

6113

6302

30

6017

1015

F29

6007

9039 2,5

6305

33

6016

6015

1,5

X4

9041 9038

6307

27

6600

15 42

ws-sw

53

1,5

2

MP

9045

E7

N

+

K7

5990

6306

63

31b 53b

53a

M

30

6854

6303

16

6504 5990 2,5

gr

sw

2

X46

3

6800

6322

17

sw-gr

21 0

0,1

6022 6038

6042

6041

6034

6033 1 2

6051

6319

6804 1017

8A

2

1 2 3 4

3

15

6014

39 25

6020

6022

6046 8A

1 2 3

3004

50

6017

ws-sw

gr

53

31b 53b

53a

sw

X37 1-2

J

MP

1

F26

6052

K16

1

G

1

F25

6053

6317

3

H14

1 2 3

1

K15

1073

6503

MP

S5

1,5

2

6320

4

6108

6803

K3

87

5

6804

18

K2 85

6301 6502

2

1017

1,5 9005 1,5 9007

5

F

9004

5

6115

rt

7

6114

rt

6

7

4

6037

6049

4

6007

I E

85

2

5

D

87

4

1017

1,5

2

1016

C

86

1

6803

A6

2,5

5 6011

MP

S21

30

3

30

87a

9034

6321

6502

7

2

6038

MP

1015

B

85

86

8

V1

1,5 9006

1001 2,5

14

9

A

87

4 V4 V3 V2

MP

S4

1,5

6316

9003

6600

9040 1001 2,5

19

9002 6322

49

61

9001 6110

5929

6112

6111 6854

6316

43

45

5929 6334

9026

28

13

9000

6101

1006

6319

6014 1019

6100

6315

5

26

6007

6308

40

68

1017

6102

6301 6303

1 2 3

1028

1016

6306

5 4

1016

1015

2,5

6033

2,5

1008

6300

6013

1007

6304

12

6043

1,5

21 0

1054

1011

6302

55

56

6011

1018 1025

1010 2,5

MP

6305

7

MP

S20

7 2

K14

54

6

5 4

49a

53

41

6046

2

6039

31

7

4

6036

2

2 3

1

1058

4

K8

X41

2 3

1

6040

7002 3000 1,5 6307

5

5

6047 6043

49 20s

X40

X39

3

6035

1

sw-gr

1,5 1,5 1055 1007

1019

1009

6504

2,5

1008

6116

1053

6505

1,5 1021

6325

3000

1020

1073 3

1 2

1015

3016 1,5

44 46

X38

1015

K4

M7

MP

1,5

3015 1,5

52

85

F6 5A

6107

1020

29

51

87

10A

1006 rt

1021

64

31

86

F5

25A

6106

1012 rt

30

1014

F8

0,1

6325

5A

M

6039

66

6104

F3

3A

M13

6042

5000

M M5

-

X1

1,5

3010 1,5 6320

67

5A

10A

M

1016

F4 F11 F10 F2 8A

+

1015

1,5

38 65

5A

1074

3008 1,5

F9

3A

6337

3009 1,5

F15

8A

3016

7016

21 34

F7 3015

9

62

6105

2,5

9031 6103

8

1005

9023

6100

MP

SW2 2,5

M4

1018

X2

24

M2

S18

5000

1013

6101

1053

6332

S11

S27

17 50a

2,5

6047

P 0 12 3

1055

S1

3048

MP 58 15 54 19

S

S

1013

4

S1

S1

M

M

6036

30

+

30

P,0,1,

S1

S +

1001 1005

rt

6108

rt

rt

MP

6035

M M3

rt

MP

31

MP

31

MP

2,5

3047 SW1


SW

R

3048 9014

2,5



01 03

PR 752 F/N xxx - 5616®6199

9.2.55.00/3



Socket Pin







Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.56.01




Plug in cab



















Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.56.02








Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.56.03

wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012rt 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1050rt 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1058 1073 1074 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048 3172 3174 3175 3176

Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6/R3 M1X64/1 -G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 K8-K3 K4-F8 K4-F10 F10-F2 F2-F5 F5-F6 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 X2/14- X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9X2/60 -A11 F26-K24 F25-S35 S35-S35 F26-K50 F25-K52 F25-K51 X98-X97 X98-X99 F11X2/46 -X8 H1X2/14 -B8 B8-B9 B9-B10 X2/70-Y14 X2/34-X8/7 X2/21-X8/8 X2/38-X8/6 K19-F7 F7X2/29 -E1 F7X2/31 -E2 X2/1-A4 X2/10-V7 S27X2/47 -Y27 S4-K50 K24-S35 K25-S35 S35-V16

wire no. 3177 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 5000 5004 5929 5990 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6019 6020 6021 6022 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112

Connector plugs V16-K49 K49-V16 V16-S4 K24-K49 K24-V15 V15-S35 V15-S4 S20-K51 S21-K52 S20-V16 S20-V15 S21-V16 S21-V15 S1- X2/67-X64/15 -Y1 M1X64/14 -Y15 G1- X2/43-X64/16 -K2 K2X2/25 -M1 K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 F28X42/3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1/1 -H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5X41/3 -M5 K50X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 K50X39/1 -M2 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S35X46/2 -M7 K52X40/3 -M4 K52X40/1 -M4 K51X38/3 -M3 K51X38/1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42/2-E19 X42/2-E5 X42/1-E18 X42/1-E3 S5-S35 X100-B52 X100-B52 X100-B53 X100-B53 S1-K8 K8-V1 S1-K8 K8-K4 S1-K14 K14-H2 H2-K14 S11-K7 K15-K16 K2-K3 K3-H1

wire no. 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018 9000 È 9007

Connector plugs H1K15K16F3K7S1H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 S2- X34/C-X2/40 S2- X34/B-X2/28 V2S6X2/5 K7X2/65-X33 H5V3F10X2/66 F10X2/8 B26X2/3 F15H20V8H19X2/36 B27X2/37 S3B38A11B39A11B40A11A11X2/69 V1X2/26 K3F2X2/39 H2S8X2/68 S3X2/50 A1X2/18 A1X2/19 A1X2/17 K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22Y23S3X2/9 A11Y45-


9010 È


9045 wo.no.

-P1 -H11 -H12 -H1 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S3 -V2 -K2 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -B25 -H20 -S11 -V8 -V3 -B27 -H19 -F15 -A11 -B38 -A11 -B39 -A11 -B40 -H7 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11

ground wire black






= ground wire




= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


c = connections option operator’s seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection ĺ ĺ ĺ

main frame area - left operator’s platform support rear instrument panel roof panel (cab)


F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 F50

Ampere application - standard 45A power supply 3A glow plug system 5A charge indicator, dome light, electrical outlet 12V 8A electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 7,5A electrical outlet 12V

- option

area


B P P P P P



P P P P P P C C C C



C B C Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

Mjfcifss!


01 03

PR 752 F/N xxx-6200→

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.2.56.00

pos.

description /area

pos.

description /area

A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A9 A11

electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B

M6 M8 M7 M13

fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C


temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96°C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B speakers /C speakers /C

P1 P2 P3 P4


R1 R2 R3 R7


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19



starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position

U1


Fx


G1 G2


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20


Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 V15 V16

diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C

K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K24 K26 K28 K49 K50 K51 K52

battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - interval timer /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch left door /C relay - interval switch right door /C

X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90 X97 X98 X99 X100

electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B electrical outlet 12V /C plug to X97, X99 /C plug to A2 /C plug to B52, B53 /C

MP


M1 M2 M3 M4 M5

starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45


MP

rt

30

6325

66

6325

62

1021

6307 6305

68 26

1001

61 49 18 19 14

1,5 1018 1055

1054

1,5

1011

1025

2,5

1010

6116

1009

6504

2,5

1008

1019

1053

6505

1,5 1021

6325

3000

1073

1,5 4

2

5

9003 4

5

1,5 9005 1,5 9006

6600 6502 9034

A6

2,5

9040 1001 2,5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

6

7

1,5 9007

5

K2 85

6301 6502

K3

87

5

4

2

1073

6503

1

K15

6317

3

K16

1

B C D I E F G H J K

9004

V1

L M N

3

6803

15

6804 1017

X4

30

+

32

86

48

6800

5000

85

4 20 22 23

6331

Y1

3 36 37 1

6

10

MP

11 47

MP

7002

87

6117

6007

9039 2,5

6113

1074

S8

S

P1

-

P2

-

G

P3

-

G

P4

-

5

X5

9042

H11 6333

7016

6116

1025

H12 1

H7

H1 H2

H19

H8 MP

MP

9037 9017

1025

H3 H4 H5 H16 H20

9010 2,5 3007 1,5

6106

1 G

9009 1,5 9019

6107

p

t°

6337

+

+

Q

6315

9012 2,5 6347

1026

+

1054

D+

6117

S1

9011 2,5

6113

9036

3004

1026

1026

6112

9029 1,5

1025

9033 1,5

V8 V9 V10 V11 2

A8

S3

2

6800

6504

70

9038

6336

35

X64

87a

9041

6335

72

9045

6505

rt 25

69

31

6854

6347

58

K7

5990

6800

6115

30

Y15

5990 2,5

6114

33

6504

1025

42

31

59

1050 1051

2

1025

6

M1

6502

1052

30

6331

15

A1

6

86

8

1025

rt 6 12V 50 rt 12V

V4 V3 V2

9

1

6308

16 63

27

31

K26

50

4

5929

3

1025

M

17

57

50

6316

1025

6854

14

X64

50

71

R7

9026 6316

6321

50

30

39 25

60

88a

9001 9002

6300

X64

5004

5990

5929

rt 25

1000

5990 6800

2

K1

6112

6111

6322

6320

43

5929 6334

6108

28

6101

6110

6319

6854

6315

5

1006

40

9000

6319

1001

2,5

6308

6100

56

6014 1019

6803

2,5

2,5

3

MP

1074

6303

U

86(85)

6337

6

15

88

3015

6306

6303

rt

1 rt 6

88a

6107

6306

7

1025

1001

1001

1

B+ D+ G

45A

-

6105

6007

-

G2

6100

6301

A

3004

2

88

6305

41

6504

+

K14

6301

rt

rt 70

+

31

MP

1017

6804

1

G1

2

1016

6803

F31

4

1015

X64

2

5

K8

2,5

45

45A

49a

2,5

13

F1

MP

1008

6502

1002

F6 5A

1007

6316 5929

16

10A

6300

6600


3000 1,5 6307

12

6600

F5

25A

6304

6319

6307

F8

6302

B7

G2

46

K4

6304

G

R2

5A

1014

55

6308 6315

X64 31 Q

7002

87a

18

49 20s

6302

B2

17

F3

3A

1006 rt

1

6305

6305 W 6306

85

5A

10A

6106 3

6307

96° G

31 t°

44

52

87

8A

54

6300

B3

3016 1,5

6600

W

3015 1,5

31

51

86

F4 F11 F10 F2

53

6304

6303

1020

29

6306

G

6302

6302

64

6303

31

6104 1012 rt

30

5A

-

X1

1,5

5000

F9

3A

1016

1,5

5000

F15

8A

6322

500

6304

2,5

3010 1,5 6320

7002

p 0,5

3008 1,5

38

67

1020

6300

p

B4 MP

3009 1,5

6320

B5 31

7016

21

65

C A

9

F7

+

1015

6102

6301

15 p

9031

34

A

B6 B 31

9023

8

1005

6319

C p B 31 8

6320

B18

7016

6308

2,5

24

6014

A

31

2

1

MP

SW2 2,5

2,5

X33

6103

6315

1020

X2

C p

B

1018

1020

6101

S18

5000

1013

MP

C

A

6316

6325

W 6331

B26

gr

S6

ge

B22

96° G

31 t°

X34

1

2,5

6321

B

p 24

S11

17 50a

1,5

2

1055

S1

1007

58 15 54 19

S

S

S27

1013

4

31

S1

6332

MP

P 0 12 3

S1

S

S1

P,0,1,

3048

30

6804

7016

1001 1005

rt

1053

rt rt

6115

1

6114

bl

S2

+

7011

Y43

3

+

7002

Y4

7012

sw

2

6108

Y24

Y23

7003

7004

Y3

Y5

br

3016

Vx

6334

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022 6331 6335


6336 3046

2,5

3047 SW1 3048 9014

2,5

R1

2


01 03


PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.56.00/1

6108

rt

30

3000

3015 1,5

31

3016 1,5

44

7002

46

3000 1,5 6307


3004

3004

6315

5

6319

14

B39

35

Y45 3007

Y14

70

48

4

30 Q

B38

+

A

S

C

-

B

B27

M8

20

6335 6336 sw

22 23

MP

3

6335 6336

2,5

3046 3047

A4

MP

SW 3048

+

B

Q

S

1,5 1,5

1018 1055

1054

1,5

1,5

1011

1025

2,5

1010

1007

6116

1009

6504

2,5

1008

1019

1053

6505

1,5 1021

6325

3000

1073

1020

5

1,5 9005 1,5 9006

6600 6502 9034

A6

2,5

9040 1001 2,5

rt

1001 2,5

rt

6

7

1,5 9007

5

K2 85

6301 6502

K3

87

5

4

2

1073

6503

1

K15

6317

3

K16

1


3

6803

15

6804 1017

36 37 1 10 11 47 57

3047

X4

30

+

5990 2,5

K7

5990

31

87a

MP

7002

6504

87

6854 9045

6117

6800

9041 9038

6007

9039 2,5

6113

1074

S8

S

P1

-

P2

-

P3

-

G

P4

-

5

X5

9042

H11 6333

7016

6337

1054

6117

6116

6106

6107

6113

3004

6112

1025

H12 1

H7

H1 H2

H19

H8 MP

MP

9037 9017

1025

H3 H4 H5 H16 H20

9010 2,5 3007 1,5

1025

1 G

9009 1,5 9019

6347

p

t° G

6115

+

+

Q

6315

9012 2,5 6347

1026

+

6114

D+

1025

S1

9011 2,5

1025

9036

1025

1026

1026

1025

9029 1,5

1025

9033 1,5

6336

2

32

3046

4

6335

60 71

M

5

6505

69

2

B40

4

B

9004

V1

6331

1,5 9013

pmax

MP

2

2

9003

A

V8 V9 V10 V11 2

A8

S3

2

6800

t°

1

6308

1074

1,5

t°

30

6321

6347

1,5 9015

72

t°

86

8

6300

6347

1074

7018

59

6340

6341

6342

6343

6344

6345

SW

7017

58

1 2

V4 V3 V2

9

1025

30

1 2

4

5929

3

6304

33

X90

1 2

6316

6302

17

1

9026 6316

6305

14

9001 9002

6307

2

6112

6111

6322

6600

15

5929 6334

6306

42

20

9000

6101

6303

8

6014 1019

6322

39

> 85°C < 90°C

21

6308

40

27

9

1074

6303

15

> 60°C < 65°C

6332

6306

6

16

22

3048

7

63

10

6337

6007

17

> 50°C < 55°C

3016

6301

50

1

3015

41

25

3160

A11

6105

1017

3004

B9

B8

K14

6305

6014

B10

1

31

MP

1016

19

p 1,5

2

1015

49

31

4

2,5

61

2

5

K8

2,5

18 1

K4

1008

45

p

49a

1007

13

1,5

49 20s

6300

26

31

1006 rt

1

6304

68

2

6106 3

6302

43

3006

MP

55

28

1

F6 5A

54

12

31

10A

53

56

3161

F5

25A

1,5

1020

29

52

85

F8

1,5

64

51

87

5A

1014

6320

1,5

1021

86

F3

3A

6108

E2

62

6104 1012 rt

30

5A

10A

6319

3016

6325

8A

6110

1,5

66

6804

3016

5000

F4 F11 F10 F2

-

X1

6115

3015

3010 1,5 6320

6114

1,5

3008 1,5

38

67

5A

6854

1021 3015

34

65

F9

3A

6803

3010

3009 1,5

F15

8A

1016

6107

3008

1,5

7016

21

F7

1006

1,5

9

6100

3009

6100

9031

2,5

9023

8

87a

3000

1021

24

1,5

MP

SW2 2,5

2,5 9023 9031

+

1015

6102

3 1 5 2 6 7 8

6321

4

6103

2 4 8 3 7 6 5

1005

1

E1

2

1018

1013

0102

6101

S18

5000

X2

MP

MP

S11

1013

MP

1055

S1

S27

17 50a

2,5

X8

MP

58 15 54 19

S1

M6

+

S9 E11

MP

P 0 12 3

M

S

S

S1

P,0,1,

4

1 2 3 4 0 12 3

S1

+

30

0517 0518

S

+

1001 1005

rt

1053

rt rt

R3

0516

6334

9043 9044

6322

9021

6014

9022 6331 6335


6336 3046

2,5

3047 SW1 3048 9014

2,5

SW

V7 Y27 2


01 03


PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.56.00/2

31

31

4

2

4

1

31

31b

5

M4

53a

3

1

53b

31b

2

31

53

5

53a

31

3

1

53b

31b

4

M2

53

31 53

2

M

M 53a

53b

M

M3

3

5

2


31

ws/bl gr

53b

53

31b

sw-bl

6044

6045

2

6019

6016

6021

1080

3187

2

3

S5

MP

21

3191

MP S21

S4

7 2

6037

6006

1,5

6011

6038

6055

6039

5 4

MP

6015

3190

0,1

1

SW

7

6019

1,0

3185

6021

1

MP 6040

3180 5

3189

S20

1

X41

0

1007

MP

1 7

1,0

3188 5

1

1,5

K52

1

1

7

1,0

1055

4

0

25A

MP

0

1019

3

2

1

0

F8

1079

K50

4

1

2

3172

3186

MP

5

6116

M5

5 3

4

1

2

K51

1016

5 3

4

1081

6043

6011

5 3

1015

5A

M

Kabine Cab Cabine

3

M7

1

F3

2

1

6035

3

6020

6022

6046

2

bl

M13

M

1

3

6017

2

6036

M

MP X40

53a

MP X39

6047


1014

6045

MP X38 1

6035 6044

6017

6020

6022

6046

6036

6047

MP

1076

6016

1079

K10

1031

12V

10A

1

X98

4

S7

5

K17

1093

p

2 10A

X97

1

1078

3177

3190

3178

3180

3188

3191

3185

1077

SW

3183

3182 S

5

3181

3

4

1

2

3178 3177

31

MP E19 MP MP

MP K24

I

86

MP

K49

3174 4

10A

1,5

6003 6001

3 2

E6

3175

E3

6003 6001

6052

X42

6053

ws 4

1094

sw 8

6007

4

15 31b

1

6006

9

6055

MP MP


-

sw

2

6

S35

1076

F28 1

1,5

X99

3174

2

F27

+

F50 G

3189

3183 6000

7

V16

8

A9

1,5

85

MP

1,5

6013

3176

3175

6040

7,5A

6322

1 2

1017 3

6012

6051

2

1 5

87

1028 1029

1

MP

86

1030

1058

1,5

1019

K28

6048

+

24V

U1

1

2A

6014

6007

1,5

F29

X47

1025

6015

2

MP

-

2

6049

1,5

5

V15

7

1,5

3004

-

6017

1,5

X37/1

1017

5 4 6

6043

30

N

14

P4

1077

6043

M

X37/2

+

E7

3176

MP

4

3182

3

6051

2

6053

1

6050

L

1015

1026

1080

X46

3

0,2

2

1078

1

3

K

X4

X2

1081

6036 2

1028

1

1016

J

85

1,5 9007

2

8A

H

87

1,5 9006

F26

2

8A

G

86

1,5 9005

1

30

9004

F

MP

1

F25

1029

9003

1019

0

9002

6014

E

1058

9001

H14

6007

I

1,5

9000

1017

D

1015

1019

1016

C

1015

6014

B

6013

6007

6014

1017

1015

1019

1016

A

6035

MP 1015

E5

E4 MP

7

B52

X100 5A

GE

per+

+

BL/SW

4

6056 6057

E18

+ -

BL

RT

6014

3

A2 BR/SW BR

BR

6 5

B53 6058

-

6059

+


01 03

PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200®

9.2.56.00/3

Notes



01 01

Parts list - Instrument panel

Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from


Type/a partir de


9.3.14.01

pos.

description

A2 A8

(option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5)

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29

fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.1.14.00)

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank)

K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4

hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge

S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door

U1

(option) transformer - radio

V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5

diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free

fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.14.00) red green yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow

X1 X2 X4 X5

electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up



01 01


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.14.02

2999 2999 2999 2999

Notes



01 01


Electrical System

Typ/ab

Type/from


Type/a partir de


9.3.15.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank)

K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.15.00) red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow

X1 X2 X4 X5




01 01


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.15.02

3083 3170 3135 3088

Notes


Mjfcifss!

Parts list - Instrument panel Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System


PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.16.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39

indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red

K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53


MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18


U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.16.00)

X1 X2 X4 X5



Mjfcifss!

Instrument panel Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System


PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.16.02

Notes


Mjfcifss!



PR 712B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.17.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29

fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39


K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K14 K17 K27

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) only at PR732B

MP

ground connection

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S20 S21


U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic

X1 X2 X4 X5



Mjfcifss!

Instrument panel


PR 712B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.17.02

Notes


Mjfcifss!



PR 712B F/N xxx-5922→ 6199 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922→ 6199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.18.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29

fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39


K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K14 K17 K27

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) only at PR732B

MP

ground connection

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door

U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic

X1 X2 X4 X5



Mjfcifss!

Instrument panel


PR 712B F/N xxx-5922→ 6199 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922→ 6199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical System

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.18.02

Notes



PR 712 B F/N xxx-6200→ PR 722 B F/N xxx-6200→

Mjfcifss!

Parts list - instrument panel Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electrical system

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.19.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39



relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - interval timer relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) relay - power guard relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door relay - glow plug system

MP

ground connection

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S35

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system

U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


X1 X2 X4 X5


electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1 X97 electrical outlet 12V X98 plug to X97, X99 X99 plug to A2

components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up



PR 712 B F/N xxx-6200→ PR 722 B F/N xxx-6200→

Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical system

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.19.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600→ 6199 Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.40.01

pos.

description

A2 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26


K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine)

MP

ground connection

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door

U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5



X1 X2 X4 X5




Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600→ 6199 Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.40.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 742 B F/N xxx-6200→ Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.41.01

pos.

description

A2 A8 A9

(option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) diode combination (V15-V16)

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F16 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26



relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - interval timer relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door

MP

ground connection

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S35

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system

U1


V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5


X1 X2 X4 X5


electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1 X97 electrical outlet 12V X98 plug to X97, X99 X99 plug to A2




Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System


9.3.41.02

Notes


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System


F/N xxx-2002→2026

9.3.50.01

pos.

description

A2 A8 A13

(option) radio / speakers diode combination diode combination

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F15 F25 ↓ F30


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating

K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K73 K75

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) 2. relay - working light

LS

speakers

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller

U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47

electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2

fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.50.00) red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red




01 01


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→ 2026

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.50.02

Notes


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electrical System


F/N xxx-2027→ 2062

9.3.51.01

pos.

description

A2 A8 A13

(option) radio / speakers diode combination diode combination

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F15 F25 ↓ F30


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area mounted from machine PR 752 F/N xxx-2007→

K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K73 K75

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay relay - warning light H17 relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) 2. relay - working light

LS

speakers

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller

U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47


fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.51.00) red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red




01 01


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→ 2062

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.51.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.52.01

pos.

description

A2 A6 A8

(option) radio diode combination diode combination

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F15 F25 ↓ F30


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating

K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27 K28

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 2. relay - working light

LS

(option) speakers

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller

U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47



red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red




Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→5071

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.52.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.53.01

pos.

description

A2 A6 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F15 F25 ↓ F30


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating

K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27 K28

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 2. relay - working light

LS

(option) speakers

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27


U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47



red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red




Mjfcifss!


01 02

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→5599

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.53.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.54.01

pos.

description

A2 A6 A8


E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F15 F25 ↓ F30


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - fan drive indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating

K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K28

relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light 2. relay - working light

LS

(option) speakers

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20

S27


U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47


S21


red yellow yellow yellow red red yellow yellow red red yellow red red




Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→6199

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.54.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.55.01


pos.

description

A2 A6 A8 A9

(option) radio diode combination diode combination diode combination

E7

dome light

F2 ↓ F19 F25 ↓ F29


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - fan drive indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating


relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - interval timer 2. relay - working light relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door

MP

ground connections

P1 P2 P3 P4


S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27 S35

starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door push button switch - pin puller rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system

U1


X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X97 X98 X99 X100

electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1 electrical outlet 12V plug to X97, X99 plug to A2 plug to B52, B53


red yellow yellow yellow red red yellow yellow red red yellow red red



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Electrical System

PR 752

F/N xxx-6200→

Blatt Page Feuille

9.3.55.02

Notes Note:

View of location contains only series components for basic machines


Mjfcifss!

Location of electrical components Datum Edition Date

01 01

Electrical System


PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.4.10.01

A1 electronic box B2 temperature sending unit - coolant (96°C) B3 pressure switch - engine oil pressure B4 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) B5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) B6 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) B7 horn B8 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) B9 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) B10 (option) horn - back up alarm B11 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) B17 (option) push button switch - air conditioner B22 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) B24 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner E1 (option) light front left E2 (option) light front right F1 35A

automatic circuit breaker - power supply

G1 alternator G2 batteries K1 battery main switch MP ground connections M1 starter R1 flame glow plug R2 fuel level sending unit R5 potentiometer - nominal RPM value S2 neutral starting switch S9 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan S10 push button switch - right joystick - float position

X1 X2 X4 X8 X

electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater open connections

Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9

solenoid valve - glow plug system solenoid valve - float position solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) proportional solenoid valve - travel motor left proportional solenoid valve - travel motor right proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - float position

Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y25


Mjfcifss!

Location of electrical components Datum Edition Date

01 01

Electrical System


PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

9.4.10.02

Sub Group Index Electrical schematic and wiring

10.2

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


10.2.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


10.2.11


10.2.12

PR 712B F/N xxx-5922→ PR 722B F/N xxx-5922→ PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→

10.2.13

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→

10.2.40

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

10.2.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

10.2.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→

10.2.52

Description of function

10.3

Diagnostic test box application

10.4

Linkage electronic engine speed sensing horsepower control system

10.5

PR 712 PR 722

F/N xxx-0103→ F/N xxx-0103→

10.5.10

Pedal control tester application


10.6


Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electronic control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.0.00.01

Travel control joystick

10.7

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→0604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→1134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→2664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→2506

10.7.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

10.7.11

F/N xxx-0605→ F/N xxx-1135→ F/N xxx-2665→ F/N xxx-2507→ F/N xxx-2002→2061

PR 732B F/N xxx-5884→ PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2062→

10.7.12

Notes Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


identification - machine model: machine PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

wire no. 643 665 643 665 634 665 643 665

connections X5 /6 - A1 /y X5 /14 - A1 /x X5 /14 - A1 /y X5 /6 - A1 /x X5 /14 - A1 /z wire eliminated X5 /6 - A1 /z wire eliminated



01 01

Parts list - electrical schematic

Electronic Control

Typ/ab

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 Blatt Page Feuille

Type/from

Type/a partir de


10.2.10.00

pos. description A1

electronic box (55 poles)

B12 B13 B14 B15

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right

F4 F6 F15

fuse fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 indicator light - reduced travel speed range H12 indicator light - electronic fault indicator K1 K5 K6

battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator

R5

potentiometer - nominal RPM value

S2 S3 S12

neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection

X2 X3 X5 X6 X7 X31 X32

panel plug - central wire harness panel plug - central wire harness serial connecting terminal plug (Sure seal 5 poles) plug (Sure seal 5 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles)

V2

diode (K2)

Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9

solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake

Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Note:

numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm² marked wires e.g. “y643” = identification machine model

wire no.

connections

101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 666 667 668 669 670 673 696 250

F4 - S2 /1 S2 - X2 /N - V2 S2 /3 - X2 /O - S3 S12 /S - K5 /K6 S3 - X5 /19 - A1 /C S2 - Y4 S12 /S - X3 /M - X5 /4 S12 /S1 - X3 /F - X5 /18 X5 /19 - A1 /C A1 /D - X5 /1 A1 /E - Y12 /A A1 /F - Y11 /B A1 /G - X5 /12 A1 /H - Y11 /A X5 /18 - A1 /J A1 /K X7 - Y8 /B A1 /L - X31 - B12 /K A1 /M - X31 - B12 /H A1 /T - Y9 /A A1 /U - Y9 /B A1 /V X6 - Y7 /B A1 /Y - B13 /2 option A1 /a - Y12 /B A1 /b - X5 /15 A1 /c - X5 /10 A1 /f X7 - Y8 /A A1 /g - Y10 /B A1 /h - X31 - B12 /A A1 /j - X31 - B12 /D A1 /n - Y10 /A A1 /p X6 - Y7 /A A1 /q - Y13 A1 /r - X31 - B12 /E A1 /s - Y13 A1 /y - X5 /14 A1 /AA - X31 - B12 /G A1 /BB X6 - B14 /B A1 /DD - R5 /B A1 /EE X7 - B15 /B X5 /1 - X31 - B12 /F X5 /2 - X29 - R5 /D option X5 /4 - X31 - B12 /L X5 /10 - X31 - B12 /I X5 /5 - X30 - B13 /1 X5 /11 - R5 /A X5 /6 - X31 - B12 /N X5 /13 X7 - B15 /A X5 /13 X6 - B14 /A X5 /17 - R5 /C X5 /15 - X31 - B12 /B X5 /16 X7 - B15 /C X5 /16 X6 - B14 /C A1 /A - X5 /3 A1 /x - X5 /6 A1 /d - X5 /20 X5 /2 - X3 /A - K6 /86 B12 /C - X31 - A1 /R B12 /J - X31 - A1 /u X5 /20 - X3 /B - K5 /86 S3 - F15 option ground connection to A1 /B

V2

304

1

323 br sw 2 3

S1

615

615

87a 85

610

H11

87

670

K1 670

3

1

R5

629

F

653

H12 30/88a

86

C B X3/A

667

667

f

K

H

F

E

a

s q

T

U

n

EE

647 623 634

3

3

2

2

1

1

634 623

A C B

Y8

88a

660

D A

E

2

656

660 647 656

C B A

B15

A

3

C

1

B

Y12

B13

1

658 646 649 654

324

85

5

86(85)

1

X3/B

87

4

5

1

X3/M

2

87a

G2

30/88a 86

K5 87b

628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

250

24V -

88

610

X7

K6

631 618

324

87b

4

1

X3/F

S12

BB g

V p

B

Y

d

DD

629

+

619 621

S

F4

101 1

646

X3/L

S3

622 616 666

600 636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 630 665 617 664 633 620 643 632

F15

C

X32

1

h j

bl

600

323 673

J

S2

A1

b z

X2/O

607

r AA M L R u Z x D A c G y

Y4


A C

Y11

B

640

Y13 670 642 626 627

654

658

615

freie Anschlüsse isoliert free connections isolated connections libres isolées 649

A E D K H G J C B M F L I N

B12

600

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 696 659 648 651 652 655

638 635

A C

Y10

B

A C

Y9

B

660 661

X31

657 656

1

1

1

1

1

639 628

X6 3

3

2

2

1

1

4

4

5

5

661 645 657

C B A

B14 639 628

A C B

615 622 600 616 670 666

643 659 632 660 661 658

654 655 620 657 656

652 633

665

653

648 617 667 649 650 664 610 651

Y7

X5 Option

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Kabelschema - Elektronik Electronics - Schematic Schèma de câblage électronique .

01 01

PR PR PR PR

712 722 732 742

F/N xxx - 0103®0500 F/N xxx - 0103®1000 F/N xxx - 2003®2500 F/N xxx - 2001®2500

10.2.10.00

1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Plug in electronic box


Socket Pin

pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. H 621 R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 J 615 S --Z --g 635 p 639 K 623 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 L 624 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 M 625 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 N --W --d 670 k --t --P --X --e --m --u 669

pole c.no. pole c.no. v --- CC --w --- DD 646 x 665 EE 647 y 643 FF --z 6270 GG --AA 644 HH --BB 645

2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Plug in travel joystick

Socket on wiring harness Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 636 D 637 G 644 J 669 M --B 659 E 641 H 625 K 624 N 655 C 668 F 648 I 652 L 651



01 02


Electronic Control

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


5599 5599 5599 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.11.01

3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in potentiometer

pole c.no. pole c.no. A 654 D 649 B 646 E --C 658 F ---

4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness (Sure Seal SS 5 P (R)) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in travel motor pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. plug X6 wiring harness left

1 2

657 645

1 2

656 647

3 4

661 639

5

628

plug X7 wiring harness right

3 4

660 634

5

623

5. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /proportional solenoids (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 10 SL-3 S-B-03-LH) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in proportional solenoid pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. travel pump left Y9 travel forward

A

638

B

635

C

---

travel pump left Y10 travel reverse

A

626

B

627

C

---

travel pump right Y11 travel forward

A

618

B

631

C

---

travel pump right Y12 travel reverse

A

621

B

619

C

---

C

---

C

---

travel motor left Y7

A

639

B

628

travel motor right Y8

A

634

B

623

6. Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors (Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in sensor left right pole c.no. pole c.no. A 657 A 656 B 645 B 647 C 661 C 660

7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor


pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---

Notes Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


identification - machine model: machine PR 712 B

PR 722 B

PR 732 B

PR 742 B

wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643 6270 643 665

connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x


Mjfcifss!

Parts list - electrical schematic Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electronic Control




10.2.11.00

pos.

description

A1


B12 B13 B14 B15

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right

F4 F6 F15

fuse fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 H12

indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator

K1 K5 K6


R5


S2 S3 S12


X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles)

V2

diode (K2)

Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9


Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13

Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm² marked wires e.g. “y643” = identification machine model

wire no. 101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270

connections F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 S12 /S S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 S12 /S1 X2 /6 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page

MASSE ground connection to A1 /B

-

S2 /1 V2 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C Y4 S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13

-

B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2

-

K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2

V2

304

1

323 br sw 2 3

600

615

615

87a

87 86

85

610

H11

X2/65

K1 670

C B F6

X2/30

667

K6

667

2 3

6270

1

X2/2

X2/66 X2/7

665 681 643

X2/19

f

K

EE

H

F

E

a

s q

T

U

n

BB g

V p

Y

628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

647 623 634

3

3

D A

1

E

F

653

2

6270 643

656

2

2

1

1

X27

623

C B

660 647 656

C B

A

B15

A

3

C

1

B

Y12

B13 X28 A C

665

Y11

B

681

X5 1

Y13

648 664

667

617

640

B12

X31

651

638

655

5

652 620

A

C

Y10

B

X26

3

626

660 661

659

658

681

632

635

4

642

X25

653

633

L

F

659 648 651 652 655

2

610

627

A C

Y9

B

654 660 661

656 657

B M

J C

K H G

E D

A

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

I


629

658 646 649 654

86

d

X30 R5

H12

87

85

C

660

3

1

N

324

87a

J

88a

2 87b

5

A

Y8

1

X2/18

K5

5

634

X22

F6

670

X24 4

86(85)

88

610

X7

1

631 618

324

87b

G2

-

X2/6

S12

4

1

619 621

S1

+

X29

S

F4

Masse

101 1

646 615 600 670 629

600 X2/54

S3

24V

323 673

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632

F15

DD

X32

1

h j

bl

sw

B

S2

A1

b

X2/64

607

r AA M L R u z x D A c G y

Y4

657 656

639 628

X21

X6 3

3

2

2

1

661 645 1 657

C B A

B14 4

4

5

5

X23 639 628

A B

Y7


01 02

PR PR PR PR

712B F/N xxx - 0501®5599 722B F/N xxx - 1001®5599 732B F/N xxx - 2501®5599 742B F/N xxx - 2501®5599

10.2.11.00

1. Plug X32 (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in electronic box Pin

pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620

Socket

pole c.no. H 621 J 6853 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P ---

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 639 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t 3052 X --e --m --u 669

pole c.no. v --w 3051 X 665 Y 643 Z 6270 AA 644 BB 645

pole c.no. CC --DD 646 EE 647 FF --GG --HH ---

2. Plug X31(14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in travel joystick Pin

Socket

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 636 D 637 G 644 J 669 M 6853 B 659 E 641 H 625 K 624 N 655 C 668 F 648 I 652 L 651 Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!

Wiring


PR 712 B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 722 B F/N xxx-5600→ 5921 PR 732 B F/N xxx-5600→ 5883

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.12.01

3. Plug X29 (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness



4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness (Sure Seal SS 5 P (R) Socket on wiring harness


1 2

657 645

1 2

656 647

3 4

661 639

5

628


3 4

660 634

5

623



A

638

B

635

C

---


A

626

B

627

C

---


A

618

B

631

C

---


A

621

B

619

C

---

C

---

C

---


A

639

B

628


A

634

B

623

6. Plug X21, X22 (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors (Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness


7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in sensor

pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---

8. (option) Plug X72 (12 poles) central wiring harness /wiring harness for pedals (Cannon - Deutsch) Socket on pedal wiring harness

Socket on central wiring harness

pole c.no. 1 044 2 042 3 041 4 043 5 040 6 ---

pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

9. (option) Plug X73 (4 poles) wiring harness for pedals /Inchpedal (Cannon - Deutsch)

Socket on pedal wiring harness

Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049


Mjfcifss!

Wiring



Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.12.02

10. (option) Intermediate harness X81 (14 poles) between central wiring harness and travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Plug to travel joystick

Plug to wiring harness

Socket

Pin

Positioning chart: Plug to wiring harness

Plug to travel joystick

11. (option) Intermediate harness X80 (55 poles) between central wiring harness and electronic box with plug to Inchpedal X72 (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Plug to electronic box

Plug to wiring harness

Socket

Pin

X72 Positioning chart: Plug to electronic box

Plug to central wiring harness

Plug to Inchpedal

Notes Note: When there is a 3-steps travel joystick B12 installed, there is no S12 at the instrument panel.

Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge ws

= = = = = =

blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow white

gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



PR 722 B

PR 732 B

wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643

connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y

Wiring B12 travel joystick 3 speed ranges: S67 push button switch - counter rotation S68 rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps

S67

Pin N Pin I Pin B Pin M Pin A

S67

external supply stabilized - (plus) from E-BOX „G“ external supply stabilized - (middle) from E-BOX „c“ external supply stabilized - (minus) from E-BOX „b“ = outlet signal reduced speed range to E-BOX „J“ = outlet signal counter rotation to E-BOX „h“

Test with multimeter (Ω-meter) on the joystick: Rocker switch: Speed range I test between N → M = 1400 ±210Ω Speed range II test between N → M = OL (infinite) Speed range III test between B → M = 1400 ±210Ω Push button switch: Test "push button switch actuated" N → A = 800 ±120 Ω Test "push button switch not actuated" N → A = 2000±300 Ω

S68

S68


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 04

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.12.00

pos.

description

A1


B12 B13 B14 B15 B31

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal

F4 F6

fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 H12


K1 K5 K6


R5


S2 S3 S12 S67 S68

neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection 2-steps push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps

X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X72 X73 X76

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles)

X80 X81

plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 12 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 4 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) Intermediate harness electronic box Intermediate harness travel joystick

V2

diode (K2)

Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9


Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13


wire no. 101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6853 sw

connections F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 S12 /S S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 S12 /S1 X2 /6 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page splice5 splice3 X72 X72 splice4 B12 /M ground connection to A1 /B

-

S2 /1 V2 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C Y4 S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13

-


-

K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2

-

X72 X72 A1 /w A1 /t X72 A1 /J

A1

MP

f

K

EE

037 038 039 EE

H

F

E

a

s q

T

U

n

BB g

V p

P

CC

022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 CC

w

t

041 042

Y

d

C

DD

J

019 020 021

018

C

f

H

F

E

a

s q

T

U

n

BB g

V p

P

K

647 623 634

+

628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

Y

d

DD

c

x

z

u

R

L

B

G y

A

D

M

SW

F4

101

X7

24V

1

b

S3

AA

X32

X2/54

r

1

j

bl

600

h

S2 600

J

017

B

b

G y

c

A

D

x

z

u

R

L

M

AA

040 043 044

br sw 2 3

X2/64

Y4

323

r

304 323 607

646 615 600 670 629

V2

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632

1

001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016

X80

j

h

X32

S

S1

615

615

87a

86

85

670

660

88a

K5

1

3

2

1

2

3

X2/2

X2/66 X2/7

665 681 643

6270 643

E

R5

667

Y13

M B

S67

F L I N

1 1 1 1 1 1

E G H K C J B F L I N

659 648 651 652 655

655

X31

4 2 3 5

X76

044 043 042 041 040

4 2 3

X73

7 8

X72

X30 B13

4

638

3

X25A C

635

B

626

X26A C

627

B

Y10

Y9

654 660 661

X6 3

3

2

2

657 656

1

1

661 645 657

639

4

4

639

628

5

5

628

X21

C B

A

B14 X23A

3050 3049 3051 3052

1 4 2 3 5

044 043 042 041 040

B

Y7

6 8

10

----- Option

1

653

7

9

12

5

652 620

642

C 1

6

11

653

659

X81

1

2

610

M

B12

X31

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

651

052 053 054 055 056 057

D

3

658

J

C

A

2

629

632

3 21

Y11

1

660 661

S68

K

X28A

640

633

H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

B15

C

648 664 G

045 046 047 048 049 050 051

B A

681

681

E

1

C

Y12

B X2/19

656 657

D

F

665

Instrumentenpult X5 Instrument Panel Pupitre

A

X22

660 2 647 1 656

X29

D A

1

619 621

6270

667

658 646 649 654

324

K6

C B X2/30

B

A B

F6

667

3

A

617

86

85

656

X27 C

H12

87

87a

3 2

1

X2/18

87b

623

Y8 K1

F6

670

5

X2/65

H11

87

5

1

631 618

324

87b

610

634

86(85)

88

610

4

C

-

X2/6

S12

X24

4

1

B31

9 10 11 12

X72

01 02

Kabelschema - Elektronik Electronics - Schematic Schèma de câblage électronique

PR 712B F/N xxx - 5600®5921 PR 722B F/N xxx - 5600®5921 PR 732B F/N xxx - 5600®5883

10.2.12.00

1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness


pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620

Socket

pole c.no. H 621 J 6853 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P ---

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 639 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t 3052 X --e --m --u 669

pole c.no. v --w 3051 X 665 Y 643 Z 6270 AA 644 BB 645


2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness

Plug in travel joystick Pin

Socket


Mjfcifss!

Wiring


PR 712 B F/N xxx-5922→ PR 722 B F/N xxx-5922→ PR 732 B F/N xxx-5884→

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.13.01




4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness (Sure Seal SS 5 P (R) Socket on wiring harness


1 2

657 645

1 2

656 647

3 4

661 639

5

628


3 4

660 634

5

623



A

638

B

635

C

---


A

626

B

627

C

---


A

618

B

631

C

---


A

621

B

619

C

---

C

---

C

---


A

639

B

628


A

634

B

623




Plug in sensor

pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---



pole c.no. 1 044 2 042 3 041 4 043 5 040 6 ---

pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

9. (option) Plug X73 (4 poles) wiring harness for pedals /Inchpedal (Cannon - Deutsch)

Socket on pedal wiring harness

Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049


Mjfcifss!

Wiring



Datum Edition Date

01 02

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.13.02

Notes Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge ws

= = = = = =

blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow white

gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



PR 722 B

PR 732 B

wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643

connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y

Wiring B12 travel joystick 3 speed ranges: S67 push button switch - counter rotation S68 rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps

S67

Pin N Pin I Pin B Pin M Pin A

S67



S68

S68


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 04

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.13.00

pos.

description

A1


B12 B13 B14 B15 B31

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal

F4 F6

fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 H12


K1 K5 K6


R5


S2 S3 S67 S68

neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps

X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X72 X73 X76

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 12 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 4 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal)

V2

diode (K2)

Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9


Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13


wire no. 101 304 323 324 600 607 610 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6853 sw

connections F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 K5 S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page splice5 splice3 X72 X72 splice4 B12 /M ground connection to A1 /B

-

S2 /1 V2 S3 K6 A1 /C Y4 K5 splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13

-


-

K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2

-

X72 X72 A1 /w A1 /t X72 A1 /J

V2

1

304

A1

323

Y4

br sw 2 3

607

f

K

EE

647 623 634

H

F

E

a

s q

T

U

n

BB g

V p

w t

d

C

DD

c

Y

3051 3052 628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

X24

X7 4

4 634

5

5 623

G2

3

C

2

3 660 2 647

1

1 656

A

X2/65

670

670

85

660

88a

F6

86

87a

X22

K1 X2/18

3

1

K5 H12

K6

1

X5

2

3

6270

665 681 643

X2/2

X2/66 X2/7 X2/19

D A

6270 643

E

F

X302

656

X27 C

1

B

Y8

B

B15

A

3

Y12

B13 619 621

85

C B

1

667

0.75

667

X29

653

F6 X2/30

86

658 646 649 654

87 87b 87a

629

R5

1 1 1 1

324

2

631 618

87b

B

86(85)

88

H11

87

A C

-

1

610

610

0.75 646 600 670 629

G y

A

D

x

z

J

u

R

L

B

+

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

F4

r

SW

101

24V

600 X2/54

S3

j

b

600

323

M

X32

AA

1

h

bl

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6853 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632

X2/64

MP S2

X28 A C

665

B

Y11

681

1

Y13

648 664

667

617

640 Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre

610

651

A C

652 620

655

5

626

Y10

A C

627

4

B

X26

3 3050 654 660 661

B

Y9 660 661

656 657

3049

X31

658

632

635

659

642

X25 638

3094

L N I

B12

F

B

M J

321

653

2

633

C K

S68 S67

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

681

H G E

D A

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6853 659 648 651 652 655

X21

X6 3 661 2 645

C

2

657 656

1

1 657

A

639

4

4 639

628

5

5 628

3

B

X23

B14

A

C B

Y7 1 4 2

----- Option

3

1

3050 3049 3051 3052

4 2 3 5 6

X73

3050 3049 3051 3052 3094

7 8 9

B31

10 11 12

X72

X76

X72

01 02


PR 712B F/N xxx - 5922® PR 722B F/N xxx - 5922® PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884®

10.2.13.00

1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness


pole c.no. A 6849 B Masse C 6800 D 6848 E 6845 F 6842 G 6852

Socket

pole c.no. H 6843 J 6853 K 6836 L 6814 M 6813 N --P ---

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 6815 Y 6827 f 6837 n 6841 v --S --Z --g 6840 p 6835 w 3051 T 6839 a 6844 h 6809 q 6847 x --U 6838 b 6850 i --r 6811 y 6806 V 6834 c 6851 j 6810 s 6846 z 6805 W --d 6803 k --t 3052 AA 6812 X --e --m --u 6816 BB 6829




Pin

Socket



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Electronic Control


10.2.40.01




4. Plug X6 /X7 (8 poles) central wiring harness /travel motor-wiring harness (Cannon - Deutsch) Plug in travel motor-wiring harness

Plug in central wiring harness left X6 right X7 pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 6828 1 6831 2 6829 2 6832 3 6830 3 6833 4 6835 4 6837 5 6834 5 6836 6 1066 6 1065 7 SW 7 SW 8 6338 8 6339



A

6839

B

6838

C

---


A

6841

B

6840

C

---


A

6843

B

6842

C

---


A

6845

B

6844

C

---

C

---


A

6835

B

6834


A

6837

B

6836

C



---


Plug in sensor

pole c.no. 1 6826 2 6827 3 ---



pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049 5 3094 6 ---

pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

9. (option) Plug X73 (4 poles) wiring harness for pedals /Inchpedal (Cannon - Deutsch) Socket on pedal wiring harness

Socket on central wiring harness pole 1 2 3 4


c.no. 3050 3051 3052 3049


Mjfcifss!


01 04

Electronic Control


10.2.40.02

Notes Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,75 mm² marked wires e.g. „6805 y” = identification machine model wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B „sw“ = black (A1 - minus) Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


identification - machine model: machine wire no. connections 6805 X5 /1 - A1 /z PR 742 B 6806 X5 /1 - A1 /y

Wiring B12 travel joystick 3 speed ranges: S28 push button switch - counter rotation S29 rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps Pin N Pin I Pin B Pin M Pin A





Mjfcifss!


01 04

Electronic Control


10.2.40.00

pos.

description

A1

electronic box

B12 B13 B14 B15 B28

travel joystick sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal

F4 F6

fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 H12


K1 K15 K16


MP

ground connection

R5


S2 S3 S28 S29


V2

diode (K2)

X2 X5 X7 X8 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X65 X73

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Deutsch 8 poles) plug (Deutsch 8 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles)

X77 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13

plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(AMP Junior Timer 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B28 (Deutsch 12 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) plug to B28 (Deutsch 4 poles) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake

wire no. 1020 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6110 6315 6316 6318 6800 6803 6804 y6805 y6806 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854

connections F4 splice5 splice3 B28 B28 splice4 K15 S2 /3 S2 /2 S3 S3 A1 /d splice1 X5 /1 X5 /1 X5 /1 A1 /h A1 /j A1 /r A1 /AA A1 /M A1 /L B12 /C B12 /J splice3 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice3 A1 /DD splice1 splice4 splice2 A1 /Y splice5 A1 /BB splice3 splice5 A1 /EE splice3 A1 /V A1 /p A1 /K A1 /f A1 /U A1 /T A1 /g A1 /n A1 /F A1 /H A1 /a A1 /E A1 /s A1 /q A1 /D A1 /A A1 /b A1 /c A1 /G B12 /M splice2

-

X65 X65 X65 X65 X2 /40 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /2 X220 X2 /4 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X29 X29 X29 X29 X30 X30 X6 /X21 X6 /X21 X6 /X21 X7 /X22 X7 /X22 X7 /X22 X6 /X23 X6 /X23 X7 /X24 X7 /X24 X26 X26 X25 X25 X28 X28 X27 X27 X31 X2 /17

-

S2 /1 B28 B28 A1 /w A1 /t X65 K16 S3 V2 A1 /C K15 /86 K16 /86 A1 /z A1 /y splice5 B12 /A B12 /D B12 /E B12 /G B12 /H B12 /K A1 /R A1 /u B12 /B B12 /F B12 /L B12 /I B12 /N R5 /C R5 /B R5 /D R5 /A B13 /1 B13 /2 B14 /A B14 /B B14 /C B15 /A B15 /B B15 /C Y7 /B Y7 /A Y8 /B Y8 /A Y9 /B Y9 /A Y10 /B Y10 /A Y11 /B Y11 /A Y12 /B Y12 /A Y13 Y13 splice1 splice2 splice3 splice4 splice5 A1 /J K15

6316

A1

6315

br sw 2 3

8

6854

6854

1

F6 R5

1 2

6806

X2/20

6808

3

X5

X2/2

X2/4

5

6836

A C B

3

3

2

2

1

1

C

6833 6832 6831

B A

B15

E

F

Y12

X30 2 1

X29

X28 A

B13

C

Y11

B

1

6847 1


X27

B

3

6805

6822 6823 6824 6825

6805

6806 6808

6804

X2/19

1 1 1 1

K16

2 C B D A

1

6831

C

6842 6843

F6

6804

5

X24 6837

6848 6849

86

85

6

A

3

1

1

6804

F

B

S29 ws

S29 1a

N I

1

B12

3 21 1b

6818 6819

6840

6839

3

6817

A C

Y10

B

X26

6822

6850

6851

M J

321

X25

6838

A C

Y9

B

3050

6821

5

X31

br rt

6820 6852

4

6833 6830

6825

3094

C K

S28

6826

6841

6808

sw

C

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3049

S28

D A

NO

6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6853 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821

H G E

bl

Y13 6846

2

6854

L

6110

87

87a

6833 6844 6845

X2/18

87b

6

Y8

88a

K15 H12

7 4

X22

6803

6803

8

4

K1

6827

86

85

X2/17

6826

87

87a

H11

X7

7

86(85)

88

87b

MP

K f

EE

6832 6836 6837

H

F

E

a

T s q

U

n

BB g

w t

V p

3051 3052 6834 6835 6829 6840 6841 6838 6839 6846 6847 6844 6845 6842 6843

Y

C d

DD J

6

0,75 0,75 0,75

6823 6853 6800 6803 6827

B

G y

A c

D

b

SW

G2+ 24V

F4

0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75

1020

6848 6849 6851 6852 6806 6850

S3

6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6805

X2/50

z

X32

6800

R u

1

h j

bl

6800

6315 6318

L

S2

SW

M

X2/40

7004

AA

Y4

r

V2

6833 6830

6828 6831

1 1 4

5

2

6

3

7

X77

8 9

1

1

C

6830 6829 6828

B A

B14 4 6

4 6

6835

6834

5

5

7

7

6834

1 4

8

8

2 3 5 6

A C B

Y7

3050 3049 3051 3052 3094

7

10

8

11 12

3050 3049 3051 3052

2

6835

4 3

3

2

X23

6828 6831

2

X21

X6 3

B28

9 10 11

X73

12

X65


01 03

PR 742B F/N xxx - 5600®

10.2.40.00



Socket Pin


pole c.no. H 621 J 615 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P 6820

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 623 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 628 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t --X --e --m --u 669

pole c.no. v --w --x 665 y 643 z --AA 644 BB 645

pole c.no. CC 6810 DD 646 EE 647 FF --GG --HH ---





Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electronic Control

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2026

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.50.01






A

638

B

635

C

---


A

626

B

627

C

---


A

618

B

631

C

---


A

621

B

619

C



6. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor


pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---

---

Notes color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electronic Control


F/N xxx-2002 → 2026

10.2.50.00

pos. description A1


B12 B13 B14 B15

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right

F4 F6 F15

fuse fuse fuse

G2

battery



R5


S2 S3 S12


V2

fuse

X2 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32

panel plug - central wire harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles)

Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53

plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)

Note: numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm² marked wires e.g. “y643” = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus)

wire no.

connections

101 323 324 600 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 635 636 637 638 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 6810 6820

F4 S2 /3 S12 /S S3 splice2 S12 /S1 A1 /D A1 /E A1 /F A1 /G A1 /H A1 /K A1 /L A1 /M A1 /T A1 /U A1 /V A1 /Y A1 /a A1 /b A1 /c A1 /g A1 /h A1 /j A1 /n A1 /q A1 /r A1 /s splice5 A1 /AA A1 /BB A1 /DD A1 /EE splice1 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice5 splice5 splice3 splice3 splice3 splice3 A1 /A splice5 splice1 B12 /C B12 /J A1 /d A1 /CC A1 /P

-

X2 /64 X2 /54 X2 /65 X2 /6 X27 X28 X28 X31 X31 X26 X26 X30 X27 X25 X31 X31 X25 X31 X31 X21 X29 X22 X31 X29 X31 X31 X30 X29 X31 X22 X21 X29 X31 X22 X21 X2 /30 X31 X31 X2 /18 -

-

S2 /1 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A A1 /f B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B A1 /p B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 A1 /y B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 A1 /x K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 Y53 Y53

MASSE

ground connection to A1 /B

V2

1

304 323 br sw 2 3

610

H11

87 86

X2/65

610

EE K f

E F H

n U T s q a

BB g

V p

CC P

647 623 623

628 628 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

X22

K1 88a

660

F6 670

X2/18

656

670 1 2

H12

3

R5

C B D A E F

F6 667

X2/30

667

X28

C B A

B15

A C B

631 618

K6

1

Y53

660 647 656

Y11

658 646 649 654

324

87 86

86(85)

1

K5 87b 87a 85

G2

-

X2/6 88

S12 87b 87a 85

615

615

619 621

S1

6810 6820

+

X29

324

S

646 615 600 670 629

F4

24V

101

MASSE

S3

665 617 664 633 620 643 632

X2/54

673

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

F15

DD J C d Y

X32

B

1

h j

bl

600

600

323

sw

b

S2

A1

D A c G y

X2/64

607

r AA M L R u z x

Y4

X27 A C B

Y12

1

X30 629

648 664

667

617

640


X31

653

651

653

B13

626

5

652 620

A C B

Y9

X25

3

638

660 661

633 655 643

658

665

632

627

659

642

X26

635

4 654

A C B

Y10

660 661

656 657

I L F B M J C K H G E D A

2

610

659 648 651 652 655

N

B12

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

Y13

2 3 1

657 656

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 0,96 mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 0,96 mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 0,96 mm2


X21 661 645 657

C B A

B14

.

01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002®2026

10.2.50.00



Socket Pin


pole c.no. H 621 J 615 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P 6820

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 623 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 628 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t --X --e --m --u 669

pole c.no. v --w --x 665 y 643 z --AA 644 BB 645






Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electronic Control

PR 752

F/N xxx-2027→2062

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.51.01






A

638

B

635

C

---


A

626

B

627

C

---


A

618

B

631

C

---


A

621

B

619

C



6. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor


pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---

---

Notes color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =



Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electronic Control


F/N xxx-2027 → 2062

10.2.51.00

pos. description A1


B12 B13 B14 B15

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right

F4 F6 F15

fuse fuse fuse

G2

battery



R5


S2 S3 S12


V2

diode (K2)

X2 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X64

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles)

Y4 Y9

solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)

Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53

plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug (Deutsch 18 poles)

Note: numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm² marked wires e.g. “y643” = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus)

wire no.

connections

101 323 324 600 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 635 636 637 638 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 6810 6820

F4 S2 /3 S12 /S S3 splice2 S12 /S1 A1 /D A1 /E A1 /F A1 /G A1 /H A1 /K A1 /L A1 /M A1 /T A1 /U A1 /V A1 /Y A1 /a A1 /b A1 /c A1 /g A1 /h A1 /j A1 /n A1 /q A1 /r A1 /s splice5 A1 /AA A1 /BB A1 /DD A1 /EE splice1 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice5 splice5 splice3 splice3 splice3 splice3 A1 /A splice5 splice1 B12 /C B12 /J A1 /d A1 /CC A1 /P

-

X2 /64 X2 /54 X2 /65 X2 /6 X27 X28 X28 X31 X31 X26 X26 X30 X27 X25 X31 X31 X25 X31 X31 X21 X64/X29 X22 X31 X64/X29 X31 X31 X30 X64/X29 X31 X22 X21 X64/X29 X31 X22 X21 X2 /30 X31 X31 X2 /18 -

-

S2 /1 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A A1 /f B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B A1 /p B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 A1 /y B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 A1 /x K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 Y53 Y53

MASSE

ground connection to A1 /B

V2

1

304 323 br sw 2 3

X2/6

610

86

X2/65

H11

87

610

EE K f

E F H

n U T s q a

BB g

V p

CC P

647 623 623

X22

K1 88a

660

F6 670

X2/18

656

670 1 2

H12

3

R5

C B D A E F

F6 667

X2/30

667

1

X28

C B A

B15

A C B

631 618

K6

Y53

660 647 656

Y11

658 646 649 654

324

87 86

86(85)

1

K5 87b 87a 85

G2

88

S12 87b 87a 85

615

615

619 621

S1

628 628 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621

+

X29

324

S

646 615 600 670 629

MASSE

F4

24V

101

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

X2/54

S3

6810 6820

600

600

673

665 617 664 633 620 643 632

323

F15

DD J C d Y

X32

B

1

h j

bl

sw

b

S2

A1

D A c G y

X2/64

607

r AA M L R u z x

Y4

2 5 3 4

X64

X27 A C B

Y12

1

X30 629

648 664

667

617

640


X31

653

651

653

B13

626

5

652 620

A C B

Y9

X25

3

638

660 661

633 655 643

658

665

632

627

659

642

X26

635

4 654

A C B

Y10

660 661

656 657

I L F B M J C K H G E D A

2

610

659 648 651 652 655

N

B12

636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669

Y13

2 3 1

657 656

X21 661 645 657

C B A

B14

2

Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 0,96 mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 0,96 mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 0,96 mm


01 01

PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027®2062

10.2.51.00



Socket Pin

pole c.no. pole c.no. A 6849 H 6843 B Masse J 6853 C 6800 K 6859 D 6848 L 6814 E 6845 M 6813 F 6842 N --G 6852 P 6856

pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 6815 Y 6827 f 6859 n 6841 v --S --Z --g 6840 p 6860 w 3051 T 6839 a 6844 h 6809 q 6847 x 6857 U 6838 b 6850 i --r 6811 y 6858 V 6860 c 6851 j 6810 s 6846 z --W --d 6803 k --t 3052 AA 6812 X --e --m --u 6816 BB 6829




pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 6809 D 6810 G 6812 J 6816 M 6853 B 6817 E 6811 H 6813 K 6814 N 6821 C 6815 F 6818 I 6820 L 6819 3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness




Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01


Electronic Control

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→

Blatt Page Feuille

10.2.52.01

4 Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /proportional solenoids (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 10 SL-3 S-B-03-LH) Socket on wiring harness


A

6839

B

6838

C

---


A

6841

B

6840

C

---


A

6843

B

6842

C

---


A

6845

B

6844

C

---

5 Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors (Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness




pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049 5 3094 6 ---

7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor


pole c.no. 1 6826 2 6827 3 ---

pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

Notes Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,75 mm² marked wires e.g. “y6857” = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus) or „sw“ black (A1 - minus) Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge

= = = = =


gr rt rt-ws sw gn

= = = = =


Wiring B12 travel joystick 3 speed ranges: S28 push button switch - counter rotation S29 rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps Pin N Pin I Pin B Pin M Pin A





Mjfcifss!


01 04

PR 752

Electronic Control

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

10.2.52.00

pos.

description

A1


B12 B13 B14 B15 B28

travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right Inchpedal

F4 F6 F15

fuse fuse fuse

G2

battery

H11 H12


K1 K15 K16


MP

ground connection

R5


S2 S3 S28 S29


V2

diode (K2)

X2 X21 È X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X64 X65 X73

panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles)

Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y28

plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to R5 (Deutsch 18 poles) plug to B28 (Deutsch 12 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)

wire no. 6110 6315 6334 6800 6803 6804 6809 6810 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 y6857 y6858 6859 6860

connections K15 S2 /3 S3 A1 /d splice1 A1 /h A1 /j A1 /CC A1 /r A1 /AA A1 /M A1 /L B12 /C B12 /J splice3 splice1 splice2 splice4 A1 /P splice5 splice3 A1 /DD splice1 splice4 splice2 A1 /Y splice5 A1 /BB splice3 splice5 A1 /EE splice3 A1 /U A1 /T A1 /g A1 /n A1 /F A1 /H A1 /a A1 /E A1 /s A1 /q A1 /D A1 /A A1 /b A1 /c A1 /G B12 /m splice2 A1 /CC A1 /P splice5 splice5 A1 /K A1 /V

-

X2 /40 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X30 X30 X21 X21 X21 X22 X22 X22 X26 X26 X25 X25 X28 X28 X27 X27 X31 X2 /17 -

MASSE ground connection to A1 /B

-

K16 S3 A1 /C K15 /86 K16 /86 B12 /A B12 /D Y53 B12 /E B12 /G B12 /H B12 /K A1 /R A1 /u B12 /B B12 /F B12 /L B12 /I Y53 B12 /N R5 /C R5 /B R5 /D R5 /A B13 /1 B13 /2 B14 /A B14 /B B14 /C B15 /A B15 /B B15 /C Y9 /B Y9 /A Y10 /B Y10 /A Y11 /B Y11 /A Y12 /B Y12 /A Y13 Y13 splice1 splice2 splice3 splice4 splice5 A1 /J K15 Y28 Y28 A1 /x A1 /y A1 /f A1 /p

V2

6316

A1

6315 br sw 2 3

6854

K f

EE

H

F

E

a

q

T s

U

n

BB g

p

V

t

w

P

CC

d

C

Y

6859

6859

6832

6843

6842

6845

6847

6844

6846

6839

6838

6841

6840

6829

6860

6860

3052

3051

6856

6855

6827

6803

0,75

6800

6823

6853

0,75

24V

MASSE

6850

6858

6852

6851

6816 0,75

6849

6815 0,75

6848

6814 0,75

6857

6813 0,75

+

86(85)

88

6854

J

DD

B

b

G y

A c

D

x

z

R u

6812


0,75

F4

6811

1020

0,75

S3

6810

6334

L

X32 6809

X2/50

0,75

F15

6800

MP

6800

0,75

6315

M

1

h

bl

AA

S2

sw

r

X2/40

7004

j

Y4

K1

1

X22

X2/17

H11

6833

F6 6803

6803

X2/18

R5

87b

H12

87

87a

6804

X2/19

6804

C B

1

1

6831

C B A

B15

Y11

C B

D A

E

F

X29 6827

6825

6824

6823

K16 6822

6833

X28 A

2

F6

86

85

6831

3

1

X27

A

Y12

C

B13

B

4

3

X64 X30

Y13 6846

1

1

6847

1

6826

3

1

1

1

5

1

2

6849

6848

2

X26

1

6819

1

6820

1

6821

1

1a

B12

3 21 1b

6821

X31

5

br rt

B28 X65 ge

1

gn sw

4

rt

2 3

X65

3049

3050

Y9

C B

X25 A Y10

C B

1

X21

6833 6825

6852 6858

6831 6828

S29

6820

4

A

6830

1

6830 6829

3094

6828

1

1

6828

C B A

6831

B14

3094

6818

6840

3052

ws

1

6817

3051

1

6841

3

3049

6817

6822

1

6850

1

6853

3050

S29

6833 6830

1

6816

321

6838

6851

1

6815

6826

6819

1

6814

6818

1

6813

6839

2

6854

6857

6812

D A H G E

6811

1

C K

S28

1

M J

sw

C

1

6810

B

S28

6809

F

bl

NO

L

6804

N I

6110

K15

1

6832

Y28

6844

86

85

6843

87a

88a

6842

87

6845

87b

1

3050

4

3049

2

3051


3

3052

5

X73

6 7 8 9 10 11 12


01 03

PR752 F/N xxx - 2063 ®

10.2.52.00

A. Components - Quick Reference 1. Electronic box - A1 1.1. Version CEP 11 This electronic control unit consists of four circuit boards which are installed and sealed in a sturdy aluminum housing. They are connected to the other components by high-grade, military acceptable plug connectors and a wiring harness. The unit is protected from environmental influences such as water, shock, vibration or atmospheric conditions. To prevent premature failure, all parts have been tested for proper function in ambient temperatures of -40° C to +85° C for a certain period of time. In addition, the control unit is protected via an extensive integrated short circuit and terminal protection as well as increased protection from disturbances caused by high frequency and excessive voltage. The electronic control consists of a micro processor which controls entire signal processing together with analogous components. Some signals are processed twice and all are continuously monitored for maximum safety. Since current via terminal x 5 depends on the machine model, the control unit chooses only the corresponding program type for electronic control. 1.2. Version CEP 12 This electronic control unit consists of a double circuit board which is installed in a sturdy aluminum housing and covered with a protective coat of lacquer. They are connected to the other components by high-grade, military acceptable plug connectors and a wiring harness. The unit is protected from environmental influences such as water, shock, vibration or atmospheric conditions. Only components specified for the expanded temperature range are used that have been tested for proper function within the entire range of ambient temperatures from -20°C to +60°C. In addition, the control unit is protected via an extensive integrated short circuit and terminal protection as well as increased protection from disturbances caused by high frequency and excessive voltage. The electronic control unit consists of a part designed with microcontrollers that controls/regulates all required functions, mostly digitally processed. Analog signals from the periphery, e.g. from travel joystick, are properly converted for digital processing. Some signals are processed twice and all are continuously monitored for maximum safety. Since current depends on machine model, the control unit chooses only the corresponding program type for electronic control. Current depending on machine model is predetermined by type of cable clamps on terminal X5 or by appropriate splice on wiring harness.


Mjfcifss!



Description of Function

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Electronic Control E-Box-Version CEP

Blatt Page Feuille

10.3.00.01

2. Travel control joystick B 12 The joystick features a four quadrant lever with an integrated switch to control travel function. By moving the lever, a certain voltage is sent as a travel or steering signal to the electronic box via the potentiometer and the integrated processing electronics, resulting in a ”clear" signal via the parallel controlled micro-switch to control the function. Current travel joystick models send signals via parallel controlled potentiometers. After switch (push button) in the handle is pushed and the lever is deflected at the same time to the left or right, the regular steering signal is processed for the ”counter rotation" function. Except LR-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200 - see point 3.2.1. At special machines, some of them as option, there is a rocker switch installed for choosing different travel speed ranges. (see chapter B, point 3.1) Additionally the function of the travel control joystick is combined with a pedal steering system (see group 10.6, chapter B, point 1. and 2.) 3. Sensor - Diesel engine RPM B 13 The sensor is installed in the flywheel housing above the starter ring gear. During operation, the teeth of the rotating flywheel teeth cuts the magnetic field of a permanent magnet, which is located in the sensor and surrounded by a spool. Then an alternate current is created in the spool, its frequency informs the electronic control of the actual speed of the diesel engine. 4. Sensors - Variable motor RPM B 14 / B 15 These sensors are installed in the variable motors of the hydraulic drive system (on PR 752 and RL 52 models, they are installed in the travel gears) and operate according to the principle of an inductive proximity switch. The magnetic field created by the sensor’s electronics is cushioned by a perforated disk running in the variable motor. The drive shaft flange is used as a perforated disk in the displacement motor and/or a pinion of the gear. The resulting signal is used by the control unit to check the effective travel speed of the left or right chain.

5. RPM - rated value potentiometer R 5 The potentiometer is coupled via a linkage with the injection pump on the diesel engine and sends a proportional voltage depending on the angle = injection pump position. From this voltage the electronic control calculates the selected Diesel engine RPM.

6. Proportional solenoids Y7 to Y12 These are used to control the variable flow pumps and motors of the hydrostatic drive. They convert current in proportion to the amperage. A proportional hydraulic servo pressure is created via a connected valve system which actuates the hydraulic components according to this pressure. (Y7 / Y8 Proportional solenoids - Variable motor shown at sensors B14 / B15)

B. Description of Function - Block diagram (see reverse side) 1. Current supply and self-check Current is supplied by batteries G2 or the alternator / Diesel engine. When the starter switch S1 is actuated, the regular electrical system is supplied with current, the indicator light H 12 lights up since the electronic is not yet supplied with current. After the safety lever S2 and the emergency off switch S3 are brought into operating position, the electronic is supplied with current via the polarity and overvoltage protection. The entire electronic system, internal and external, receives ”+" and ”-” processed current via voltage stabilization, calculated against a reference voltage level of ”0". If the supply is improper, for example if available voltage is too low, the current supply of the electronic is interrupted by the shut off system and indicator light H 12 continues to burn. If all prerequisites are met, indicator light H 12 turns off immediately and, within 1 second, the electronic checks all important functions for defects (self-check). If a problem occurs, the automatic turns off and H 12 lights up again. If a signal from joystick B 12 is given within this test period, the travel function is not actuated. The internal current supply, however, is built up and H 12 does not light up. After returning the joystick to neutral position, the electronic lock is released and travel function can be controlled normally. See also paragraph 8, ”Shut off criteria". 2. Function - Parking brake After the starting procedure, the brakes on the machine, ready for travel, remain applied. After the initial movement of the joystick, the travel and steering logic of solenoid valve Y13 is energized and shifts. The pressurized oil is applied to the disk brakes. The brakes are released, the indicator light on the instrument panel turns off (see also section - travel hydraulic). During continuing travel operation the brakes remain released. The parking brake is applied again when the current supply of solenoid valve Y13 is interrupted. This occurs: a) when the current supply to the electronic is interrupted by external (manual) changes - H 12 lights up. - starter switch S1 in moved to the neutral position - safety lever is lowered, switch S2 is in the neutral position - emergency off switch S3 pushed down. Caution: Please inform the operator: When the parking brake is applied, the moving machine is stopped abruptly. b) when an internal shut-off signal from the control unit is given - when the joystick is in neutral position and the chains continue to move approx. 2 cm (1inch) after the machine has come to a stop, due to external forces (machine rolling), - when the joystick remains for more than 7 seconds in neutral position, - when the monitoring system of the electronic control unit recognizes a problem and then activates the internal shut off - H 12 lights up again. c) when pedal steering is installed - when inch/brake pedal is actuated - Note: when slowing down the machine via steering pedals, the brake does not close (see group 10.6)


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.3.00.02

Block diagram with electronic control box version CEP 11 or CEP 12:

Parts list for block diagram A1 Electronic box

B12 Travel joystick a Travel signal b Steering signal c Signal release - travel d Signal release - steering e Signal counterrotation

2 Overvoltage and polarity protection 3 Voltage stabilization 3.1 External supply 3.2 Internal supply 4 5 6 7

Shut off Monitoring system Command and switch values Machine type program

B13 Sensor - Diesel engine RPM B14 Sensor - RPM - travel drive left B15 Sensor - RPM - travel drive right G2 Batteries

10 Signal processing 11 Travel control range 12 Travel value processing 13 Travel ramp 14 Steering ramp 15 Steering value - left 16 Steering value - right 17 Engine speed processing 18 Rated value development 19 Load regulator 20 Travel and steering logic 21 Counterrotation 22 Straight run control 23 Speed limitation 24 Control signal Y13 (parking brake) 25 Max. current limitation

H11 Indicator light ”travel speed range” H12 Indicator light ”electronic fault indicator” R5 Potentiometer - nominal RPM value S1 S2 S3 S12

Starter switch w. preheat position Neutral starting switch Emergency off switch Push button switch - travel speed range selection

X5 Serial connecting terminal

27 Pump and motor control stage - left chain 28 Pump and motor control stage - right chain 30 Engine - RPM/safety control - only CEP 12/06 31 Control stage Y53

Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53

Proportional solenoid - travel motor left Proportional solenoid - travel motor right Proportional solenoid - travel pump left - reverse Proportional solenoid - travel pump left - forward Proportional solenoid - travel pump right - reverse Proportional solenoid - travel pump right - forward Solenoid valve - parking brake Solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM/safety control

Type identification: 101 Diesel engine X12-PR 712 X22-PR 722 / LR 622 / RL (4)22 X32-PR 732 / LR 632 X42-PR 742 / RL 42 X52-PR 752 / RL 52

102 Travel pump left 103 Travel pump right 104 Travel motor left 105 Travel motor right 106 Regulating pump - working hydraulic


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.3.00.03

Note:

For safety reasons, check the proper function of the emergency OFF switch, especially before use in dangerous applications. Otherwise, especially when traveling on an incline or downhill; only actuate in case of an emergency.

3. Travel functions Caution:

Only operate on-board CBs or radios when the machine is not moving, since operation of such equipment could cause problems for the electronic, which might not be recognized as such by the electronic system.

Travel direction and speed are primarily controlled via joystick B 12. However, additional function of electronic control unit, described below, are connected with these functions and affect regulation. The signals coming from B 12 - see description - are processed in the electronic box as they come in and then sent to the precise control range/ travel value control and steering ramp as well as to the travel and steering logic for parallel processing. 3.1. Travel signal The precise control range/ travel value control contains the processing of the travel signal for precision control and continued processing for the travel ramp. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the instrument panel: If switch - travel speed range selection - is actuated (indicator light H 11 lights up), all other signals are divided in half, so that finally, when the lever is fully deflected, the variable pumps are at max. angle and the variable motors are in the first part of regulation range (for travel speed limitation see "Technical Data" chapter 3). Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick: The switch "reduced speed range" on the instrument panel is never used. Instead of them, a rocker switch with 3 positions is integrated into the joystick handle to select three different travel speed ranges. I

= switch position down

reduced travel speed range

H11 on

II

= switch position middle

reduced travel speed range

H11 on

III

= switch position up

normal travel speed range

H11 off

In all speed ranges the complete handle movement is used to change the speed without a step. In the end position the maximum speed is limited by the electronic part. For travel speed limitations see "Technical Data" chapter 3. If necessary the travel speed ranges can be changed during traveling. If range I or II is selected, the control light H11 "reduced speed range" lights up on the panel.

In travel ramp range, the increase of the machine speed is in proportion to the joystick lever deflection B12. This means, at reduced deflection from neutral position, the machine’s travel speed increases very little = slow travel start, at full lever deflection, maximum travel speed increase. When the travel direction is reversed quickly, influenced by the travel logic, the machine is slows down faster and speeds up faster. From the rated value RPM potentiometer R5 via the rated value development and load regulator , the selected Diesel engine speed is signaled to the travel ramp and then to maximum current value limitation. Depending on the machine type and selected Diesel engine RPM, the maximum continuous current value is limited = electrical Qmin limitation of variable motors. The signal from this area is now forwarded to the pump and motor control stages, as well as to the right and left steering values. The signal also moves simultaneously to the overload warning device for check. Depending on these and additional influences, the proportional solenoids Y7 to Y12, which are also influenced by the travel logic signal are supplied with current via the pump and motor control levels. These current values are also forwarded to the monitoring system to be checked and to assure system safety.

3.2. Steering signal When the steering function is selected, the current to the proportional solenoids on the selected side are calculated and then reduced depending on the desired radius of the turn. The steering signal coming in via the signal processing unit is forwarded simultaneously to the steering ramp and the steering logic. In the steering ramp, the progressive steering procedure is regulated in proportion to the joystick lever deflection and then the appropriate signal is forwarded to the steering value at the right or left, as well as to the maximum current value limit. In the area of the left to right steering value, controlled by the steering logic depending on steering direction, the required steering signal is matched to the existing travel value and then forwarded to the appropriate pump or motor control stage, as well as to the monitoring system. In the pump and motor control stage, also influenced by the steering logic, the current supply of the proportional solenoids depending on the selected curve radius is remodified. In order to satisfy the increased power requirements in ”soft ground", when traveling at high speed and changing direction, at increasing steering deflection = smaller curve radius, the speed of the chain at the external side of the curve is reduced as well. When the travel direction is reversed quickly via the joystick, and the steering function is actuated at the same time, the completed steering radius is stored in the electronic and the curve radius maintained during the braking period until the machine comes to a stop. Only when starting to travel in the opposite direction, a new steering value is entered again.

3.2.1 Counterrotation The signal from the counterrotation switch on the joystick is forwarded in the control unit via the signal processing unit to the travel and steering logic. Further processing only occurs if there is no travel signal. Forward and reverse travel is always handled on a priority basis. Counterrotation is only applied when the machine has first come to a stop, at least for a short time (the travel joystick does not have to be returned to ”neutral"), the counterrotation switch has been pushed and only the steering direction has been selected. If these prerequisites are given, the proportional solenoids for one drive side for forward and the other for reverse travel are energized by the counterrotation signal and its control from the travel and steering logic via maximum current value limitation, steering value left/right, as well as pump and motor control stages. At crawler loaders starting with F/N xxx-6200 or with pedal steering there is no more push button switch for counter rotation. This function is activated directly from the steering signal, starting with an appointed deflection on the joystick or pedal. 4. SSHC system (engine speed sensing horsepower control system) The potentiometer R5, connected on the injection pump lever, sends a voltage signal (max. RPM - U = zero V / min. RPM - U = -5+0,7 V), proportional to engine speed, to the electronic control for rated value development. The signal depending on actual engine RPMs given by sensor B 13 is processed depending on machine type as soon as it enters the electronic control. In the engine load regulator, both signals, the actual and the nominal value, are processed, taking the machine type into account. If actual diesel engine RPMs are much less than the nominal RPMs, the signals to the travel ramp and the travel and steering logic reduce the current to the regulating solenoids for pumps and motors. The electronic engine speed sensing horsepower control system is therefore a load regulator, which prevents overload of the diesel engine by lowering the travel speed. At continuous loads, the maximum drop in engine speed is approx. -7% in relation to the rated diesel engine RPM. At sudden load, the RPM can drop even further for a short period of time. This has been intended in order to prevent a drop of high pressure in the closed loop hydraulic circuit and for utilization of the travel dynamics of the machine. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.3.00.04

If the working hydraulic also induces a load on the Diesel engine, the travel speed (travel performance) is further reduced via the engine load regulator and the working function is given priority. If the regulator starts while traveling in a curve, the signals combine with the travel and steering logic and retain the preselected curve radius. During ”counterrotation", the travel signal line is not used. Therefore the changed routing of the reducing signal causes a somewhat lower maximum reduction than at normal working cycle. 5. Straight run control From the electronic sensors B 14 and B 15, the impulses in relation to the RPM of the travel drive are sent to the travel and steering logic of the electronic control unit. These impulses are compared in the straight run control. If there is any deviation between them, a control signal to the pump and motor control stages of the faster side reduces the current of these proportional solenoids until the straight run is restored. During and shortly after the steering procedure, as well as at travel begin, straight run control is not active. Considerable asymmetry of the variable displacement pumps or motors can lead to perceptible deviation (zigzag travel of the machine). The symptom can be alleviated by manually adjusting the components with the help of a test box. See paragraph 10.4 - use of the test box. 6. Speed limitation The frequencies sent from the electronic sensors B 14 and B15 are compared with the speed limitation of the travel and steering logic and with the maximum allowable frequency at maximum speed. If it is exceeded, a control signal is sent to the pump and motor control stages, and the current supply to all proportional solenoids is evenly reduced until it is within the maximum speed. If straight run is regulated at the same time, the signals are added (+) at the output of the travel and steering logic. Important: This speed limit regulation is only intended to increase the operating safety of the machine if not operated properly. This safety function for machine models PR 752 and RL 52 is further expanded by the RPM cut-off safety described below. The operator must always select the reduced speed range when traveling downhill (see Operation Manual) and when the Diesel engine RPM increased, he should also reduce the deflection of the joystick. 7. Diesel engine RPM safety control - only on Model PR 752 and RL 52 The signal, which depends on the actual engine RPM forwarded by sensor B 13, is checked in the control electronic after processing according to machine type of diesel engine RPM safety. If the engine RPM safety detects an excessively high actual RPM signal, proportional solenoid Y53 is energized via precontrol electronics. Actual RPM 2150+50 RPM = actuating point. RPM overspeeding of the Diesel engine is caused by improper downhill travel (excessive speed/towing application) control. Pressure of working hydraulic pump regulator is vented via proportional solenoids Y53, see function description group 7.3.50. Due to the increased flow, power requirement of working hydraulic increases sharply. This supports braking effect of diesel engine and causes its RPM to decrease again despite excessive towing application. If the Diesel engine RPMs decrease below 2000+50 RPM = shut off point, the current supply to proportional solenoid Y53 is switched off by control electronic and the regulating pump of the working hydraulic functions normally again. Note: At the machines starting with F/N xxx-6200 the engine RPM safety control maybe starts also during an abrupt changing between forward and reverse, given by the faster travel dynamics.

8. Shut off criteria - Safety Any time the system detects a deviation from the set values of the travel control by the electronic, the control currents are turned off. From travel operation, the variable motors are moved to Qmax, the pumps are moved to zero and the brake is applied. This causes the machine to slow down and stop very quickly. Generally, if there is a short circuit against the frame or interruptions of safety related electrical lines, the system automatically recognizes a problem. Following results in a default of the electrical system which then actuates the automatic shut off. Battery voltage •

low voltage, for example: discharged or defective battery, loose or broken wires, damaged or dirty plugs, defective switch, defective fuse, main fused tripped.

•

excessive voltage, for example: when using external starting aids

•

wrong polarity, for example: batteries installed incorrectly

•

short circuit in voltage supply, for example: due to damaged cable, short circuit due to moisture, defective switch, dirty or damaged plug

•

short circuit in stabilized current supply, for example: due to damaged cable, defective or dirty plug, defective electronic box

Travel joystick and steering pedals •

signal values outside of the permissible range, for example: if the joystick is defective, short circuit in wiring harness, short circuit due to moisture

•

signal value before completion of self-check (indicator light is not lit), for example: the joystick was deflected too early or was already deflected when the machine was started: -

signal value in permissible range:

the line for travel signal is not cleared; H 12 does not light up. Travel permission can be given by first moving joystick to neutral position and then deflecting it again

-

signal value outside permissible range or not equal to switch value: Shut off occurs after the end of completion of self-check (H 12 lights up again).

Valid for travel and steering values. Solenoid - directional valve/brake control •

no current consumption,

for example: due to broken cable, damaged or dirty plug, broken wire in the solenoid, defective electronic box

•

current consumption excessive,

for example: due to short circuit in the wiring harness, short circuit in the solenoid, short circuit due to moisture

Proportional solenoid on pumps and motors •

resistance too high,

for example: due to broken cable, damaged or dirty plug, defective electronic box

•

resistance too low,

for example: due to short circuit in wiring harness, short in solenoid, or short due to moisture infiltration

•

short circuit against frame,

for example due to chafed wiring harness and contact with frame


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.3.00.05

Electronic box •

internal malfunctions

for example: mechanical damage or moisture, age, parts failure, improper handling of the electronic system. Note: Short circuit against ”+ battery terminals" on brake solenoid or one of the proportional solenoids might not lead to shut off, however, it can damage the electronic box internally.

Sensors and potentiometer •

elevated limit values of the signal level,

for example: a short circuit in the wiring harness or in a sensor/potentiometer sometimes lead to actuation of the automatic shut off.

Only with electronic box version CEP 12/06 - machine model PR 752 and RL 52 If a problem is detected in the control range to solenoid - maximum RPM safety device (engine overspeeding) - short circuit or broken cable - the electronic automatically switches travel drive control to reduced speed range, control of travel drive is not, however, locked out. Simultaneously, the problem is displayed on the instrument panel of the machine by blinking indicator light ”reduced speed range". For examples of possible problems, see point ”solenoid - directional valve/brake control" mentioned above. The function ”proportional solenoid for travel motor left / right" is equipped with only one cable loop each in the wiring harness of these machines. Errors in this range, however, are recognized as such similar to ”proportional solenoids on pumps and motors" in previous paragraph.

A. Important information 1. Test procedure Use of diagnostic test box CET-08/03 only on electronically controlled crawlers with electronic box version CEP. Connect device with correct adapter - see "Notes" in point B - and cables according to guidelines, in place of the electronic box present, to control system of machine. When commissioning the machine, proceed according to guidelines in Operation and Maintenance Manual, observe correct sequence of indicator lights.

When carrying out testing and adjustment work, use appropriate adjustment checklist, page 3.5.xx.xx. Prepare required copies, or request them from your LIEBHERR distributor.

All checks and adjustments are performed at maximum Diesel engine RPM and operating temperature of the machine, unless stated otherwise.

Problems found during the tests are to be eliminated immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. Measures to be taken for tests of group A - "with standard measurement gauges" - are to be carried out before the other test steps. Note: Machine must also be at operating temperature for the following tests!

The checklist corresponds to the system demands, and the following instructions are, to a large extent, designed for these demands. Set values of adjustments are found on checklist. Measures for adjustment of travel hydraulic - also in connection with electronic control - see group 6.5.

Caution:

For tests, adjustments or repairs, the machine must be parked on firm level ground. If a check is to be made when the chains are operating (speed / synchronization), the machine must be raised and securely supported so that the chains can turn freely. Pipelayers may only be raised with their boom in transport position or if it has been removed. Secure danger zone. Observe safety recommendations as per group 1.2.01. If operator's cab is raised, the diagnostic test box may only be used outside of the machine and its danger zone. It is not permitted for anyone to be on or near the crawler during tests. Never try controlling the machine via the diagnostic test box.

Caution:

If a LR-Litronic crawler loader has steering pedals or an end-position plug with a splice, the 12-pole plug on the wiring harness - near to the operators platform support / see picture beside, possible to reach it through the battery area - must be disconnected before starting the checks. At PR-Litronic crawler dozers and RL-Litronic pipe layers don't unplug an existing wiring harness for a inch/brake pedal or an end-position plug.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.01

2. Diagnostic test box The diagnostic test box with adapter is a highly developed electronic test instrument, especially designed for crawler controls. Careful handling and periodic recalibration is absolutely necessary for trouble-free operation. The due date for the next test box check/recalibration (annual) can be seen on the green test sticker located on the face of the test box. Example: 6-1990 = June 1990 (but at the latest June 1992) The date of the last check/recalibration can be seen on the yellow or blue test sticker located on the face of the test box. The recommended date of the next test/recalibration is therefore one year later, for example: 4-2003 → next check/recalibration = April 2004 (but at the latest April 2006). Details concerning this procedure may be obtained from your LIEBHERR distributor. Check appropriate adapter cable for damage before every test.

NOTE: For correct tests at machines type LR 622B and LR632B starting with F/Nxxx-6200→ (without pedal steering) the diagnostic test box MUST have a blue sticker with a date later than 4-2003, otherwise, for example, the joystick test shows always "ERROR".

The following notes are very important for the correct handling of the diagnostic test box. Notes:

- During transport, the test box must be protected from shock because the individual components could only be designed to withstand minimal shock loads corresponding to a maximum drop height of 4" (100 mm). - For storage and transport, always connect the adapter cable's sockets or cover them with a protective cap, and keep the case closed. Thus the contacts and sockets are protected from moisture. Do not force plugs together, consider the guide grooves. Loose connections must also be protected from contamination and moisture during mounting. Damaged or wet plugs can lead to erroneous readings! - Adapter CET 14/03 (created for machines with 6-cyl. in line engines) is replaced by the expanded adapter CET 14/05. This adapter can be used on all machine models. Caution:

Only use the diagnostic test box in connection with the adapter CET 14/05 and the appropriate adapter cables on machine model PR 752 and RL 52, since besides erroneous readings the diagnostic test box can also be damaged!

- For illustrations and a list of identification numbers for the diagnostic test box, adapter and adapter cable, see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01.

Diagnostic test box - Description of indicators and switches:

Indicator lights green

Analog indicator

Push button switch

Indicator lights red

Rocker switch

Indicator lights yellow

Plug

Rotary switch

Diagnostic test box - description


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.02

3. Connecting the diagnostic test box - observe all previous information

-

The Diesel engine must be turned off and the starter switch in "0" position, safety lever in low position.

-

Disconnect the plug from the electronic box (turn change over nut clockwise) and install the adapter cable 3 (2 Cannon plugs) to the wiring harness of the machine.

-

Route cable to work site (operator's seat or next to the machine).

-

Connect power supply cable 2 to the test box at "POWER INPUT", adapter cable 3 to the adapter on the test box at "MAIN CONNECTOR".

-

Connect power input cable 2 to the outlet on the instrument panel.

-

Check cable routing. Secure it as necessary so that when the chains are moving there is no danger of damage.

-

On test box in area 1 place rocker switch for "POWER INPUT" in "OFF" position.

-

In area 14-"straight run test" turn the left rotary switch-"track speed" into position "0", turn the right rotary switch to "Test".

-

The rotary switches remain in this position for all tests, unless stated otherwise.

Place the test box in a secure position as necessary. Do not use tracks or covers of the machine as a table to set test box during tests.

B. Diagnostic test box application 1. Operational readiness of test box 1.1. Operational readiness of machine and function of indicator lights of test box adapter Move starter switch of the machine to position 1 = operation position, the emergency OFF switch must be pulled and the joystick must be in neutral position. Watch the adapter on the test box and lift safety lever. All light diodes in the adapter must light up briefly and digital indicators must be activated = function control. Check indicator lights of the instrument panel according to Operation Manual. In addition, indicators H 11 "reduced speed range" and H 12 "electronic fault" continue to light up.

1.2. Operational readiness of test box (area1) Move rocker switch to "ON" → test box is operational. - Indicator light "LINE MONITOR" must light up. - On panel indicator lights H 11 "low speed range" and H 12 "electronic fault" must go off.

If any of these prerequisites are not met, find problem and eliminate it. Note:

Additional indicator lights may light up (machine identification, battery voltage and diesel engine sensor) on the test box, but this is of no importance at this time.

Possible problems / causes e.g.: - indicator light "LINE MONITOR" does not light up → no current supply from the instrument panel, plug power supply defective, test fuse in the instrument panel blown, indicator light defective, rocker switch defective, - one indicator light on adapter does not light up → indicator light is defective, - indicator light H 12 "Electronic" (plus H 11) does not go off→ connection/wiring harness malfunctioning, relays on instrument panel are not switching, - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" lights up →

short circuit against ground in wiring harness/magnetic brake solenoid,

- indicator lights "ERROR" (area 4), "COUNTER ROTATION" (area 9), "DEFECT" (area13) light up, analog indicators "TRAVEL" and "STEERING" receive signal → short circuit in wiring harness/RPM potentiometer - indicator lights "ERROR" (area 4), "COUNTER ROTATION" (area 9), "BATTERY UNDERVOLTAGE" (8), and false readings in "MACH. MODEL" (area 6) and "ENGINE" on the adapter light up → minus line to electronic = cable no. 250 interrupted, 1.3. Lamp test (area 10) Push "LAMP TEST" switch - all test box indicator lights, with the exception of the yellow "BRAKE RELEASE" light, must light up, or the indicator light is defective.

Note:

Digital display in area 2 must have been activated and now be active since beginning of operational readiness of the test box.

2. Tests according to adjustment checklist - Diesel engine not running 2.1. Identification machine model (adapter + area 6) Indicators light up automatically when test box is turned on and must match the machine.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.03

Note: c= Test with test box - without adapter - possible. Use either adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05. d= Test only with test box and adapter possible. Use either adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05. e= Test only with test box and adapter CET 14/05 possible (+corresponding adapter cable).

Machine model /

engine type

c

PR712 (B)

4 cyl. in line

V6/INLINE4

x12

PR722 (B)

4 cyl. in line

V6/INLINE4

x22

PR732

6 cyl. V

V6/INLINE4

x32

PR742

6 cyl. V

V6/INLINE4

x42

LR622

4 cyl. in line

V6/INLINE4

x22

RL422

4 cyl. in line

V6/INLINE4

x22

PR732 B

6 cyl. in line

INLINE 6

x32

PR742 B

6 cyl. in line

INLINE 6

x42

LR632

6 cyl. in line

INLINE 6

x32

RL442

6 cyl. in line

INLINE 6

x42

PR752 and RL 52

6 cyl. V 6 cyl. V

V6/INLINE4 and 752

x42

d

e

= indicator light on:

adapter

test box

If identification is not correct, find and eliminate problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - machine model/engine type does not correspond to indicator lights → rotary switch not in "TEST" position, one of the safety switches S2/S3 defective / not switched on, fuse F 4 not operational, plug connection/wiring harness malfunctioning, encoding cable on X5 badly / incorrectly fastened, 2.2. Battery (area 8)

Push the test switch for 10 to 15 seconds to check the battery under load. Battery voltage is controlled under load, green indicator light "VOLTAGE OK" must continuously light on. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem.

Possible problems/causes e.g.: - a constant red light "UNDERVOLTAGE"→

system voltage to low, conditions of point 2 no more correct, battery discharged ore terminals are corroded, plug connection/cable harness defective.

- indication changes from "VOLTAGE OK" to "UNDERVOLTAGE" → battery defective, 2.3. Function of indicator light "electronic fault" (area 9) Push the test switch "CHECK ..." →

indicator light H12 "electronic fault" (+H11) on the instrument panel must light up.

If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.:→

lamp defective, wiring harness damaged, relays on instrument panel defective,

2.4. Indicator light "reduced speed range" (area 9) 2.4.1 Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 → 4,6 km/h) Push the reduced speed range push button switch on the instrument panel → the indicator light "LOW RANGE" must light up, when activating button. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.:→

switch on the instrument panel defective, wiring harness damaged,

2.4.2 Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I

reduced travel speed range → diode "LOW RANGE" must be on

Rocker switch in position II reduced travel speed range → diode "LOW RANGE" must switch off Rocker switch in position III normal travel speed range→ diode "LOW RANGE" must be on If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.:→

rocker switch / wiring on joystick defective, wiring harness damaged

2.5. Indicator light "counterrotation " (area 9) - not available on LR-machines with pedal steering All machines except LR 622B /LR 632B-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200→: Actuate the push button on the travel joystick→ indicator light "COUNTER ROTATION" must light up when button activated. In addition, fully deflect the lever of the joystick and move it around 360° in both directions. The indicator light must be permanently on. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.:→

switch/wiring on joystick defective, wiring harness damaged,

Note: indicator light "ERROR" (area 4) can light up briefly = no problems. LR 622B /LR 632B-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200→: (test box calibration later than 4-2003, see 2.6) The indicator light "COUNTER ROTATION" must light all the time (joystick without push button). 2.6. Function of travel joystick (area 4) Check is done on all machines with normal travel speed range selected. (at travel joystick with rocker switch = position III - see point 2.4.2.). Note: If a LR-Litronic crawler loader has steering pedals or an end-position plug with a splice, the 12-pole plug on the wiring harness - near to the operators platform support / see picture beside, possible to reach it through the battery area - must be disconnected before starting the checks. The steering function left and right of the joystick is blocked, therefore there is no indication for "STEERING LEFT - RIGHT". If the wiring for the pedals or the end-position plug with a splice is connected, the analog indicator for "STEERING LEFT" runs to the maximum position and the red indicator "ERROR" lights up. At PR-Litronic crawler dozers and RL-Litronic pipe layers don't unplug an existing wiring harness for a inch/brake pedal or an end-position plug. To test a machine LR 622B or LR 632B without pedal steering and a higher F/N (PIN) as xxx-6200, the last calibration of the diagnostic test box must be done 4-2003 or later (date marked on the sticker), otherwise the test shows always "ERROR". Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.04

a)Move the joystick lever slowly and evenly forward and reverse until the stop. The needle of the analog indicator "TRAVEL" should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In each end position, the green indicator light "MAX. VOLTAGE" should come on. b)Move the joystick lever slowly and evenly to right and left until the stop. The needle of the analog indicator "STEERING" should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In each end position, the green indicator lights "MAX. VOLTAGE" should come on. c) In addition, fully deflect the lever of the joystick and move it around 360° in both directions. The needles of both indicators should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In the corners (45° deflection), both indicator lights "MAX. VOLTAGE" of the two steered directions light up or the indications jump from one light directly to the next one. If one of the test results is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - no reaction of indicators→

plug / wiring harness is defective,

- one "MAX. VOLTAGE" indicator light does not light up → maximum voltage for this function is not reached/ joystick is defective. (Replace joystick, the machine may be operated until the joystick can be replaced) - the needle movement does not match the lever movement → joystick is defective (problems with machine travel behavior, replace joystick, the machine may be operated until the joystick can be replaced. - the red "ERROR" light comes on at a certain lever position → defect in the wiring harness or plug, joystick is defective, (The machine may not be operated until the problem is solved, e.g. the defective joystick is replaced) - indicator light "ERROR" is lit permanently→ defect in the wiring harness or plug, joystick is defective, short circuit in cable harness/RPM-sensor travel drive- run test according to point 4.1 Note:

A short flicker of the error indicator light (if it does not stay on as above mentioned) at the beginning of joystick lever movement can occur and is normal.

2.7. Function of proportional solenoids (resistance) (area 11) Push button "TEST" switch for 10 to 15 seconds. The test box determines the resistance of the solenoids and corresponding wiring and compares with the calculated temperature related average value. If all values are within the allowable tolerance, green indicator light "OK" lights up. If a value is above the permitted tolerance range, the yellow indicator light "RESISTANCE TOO HIGH" lights up. If a value is below the permitted tolerance range, the yellow indicator light "RESISTANCE TOO LOW" lights up. At the same time, the function with error - prop. solenoid/wiring - is indicated via a red indicator light, with the meanings: "PLF"- pump left forward "PRF"- pump right forward

"PLR"- pump left reverse "PRR"- pump right reverse

"ML"- motor left "MR"- motor right

If resistance values of two functions (PR 712 to PR 742: 1x pump+1x motor, PR 752/RL 52: 2x pump)are outside the permitted tolerance range both functions are indicated. If there are other multiple out of range values all 6 read indicators light up.

To pinpoint the problem, interchange the plug connections on the pump solenoids. For example: exchange at the pump left - forward with reverse, or change the motor solenoids and check again. If the same indicator light lights up, then the problem is in the wiring harness, if the indicator light changes, the problem is in the solenoid. After the test is completed, make sure to reconnect the wiring correctly! Note:

There are no solenoids on the variable motors of the machine model PR 752 and RL 52. However, the function is occupied by two cable loops in the machine's wiring harness. Errors on these cable loops can lead to switching off of electronic control, see group 10.3, chapter 8, "shut off criteria". These loops cannot be checked by the test box. As necessary, i.e. when there is a problem but test box does not indicate error, check the cable loops with an Ohmmeter. Cable no. 623 - wiring harness - plug socket "K" and "f" Cable no. 628 - wiring harness - plug socket "V" and "p" See electronics schematics - group 10.2.

If an error is indicated, find cause and eliminate it. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator light and "RESISTANCE TOO HIGH"→ plugs / wiring harness defective, broken cable in wiring harness / solenoid, - red indicator light and "RESISTANCE TOO LOW"→ plugs wet (short circuit), short circuit in wiring harness / solenoid - contact A(+) to B, or A to ground,

2.8. Nominal value - potentiometer for Diesel engine RPM (Throttle Pot. - area 3) A basic check/adjustment can already be performed when the engine is shut off. The procedure is similar to point 3.4 but without consideration of the effective RPM. Preset/precheck: Throttle lever in position "low idle"→ indicator light "LOW IDLE" lights up. Moving the throttle lever→ the needle of the analog indicator must follow the movement of the lever exactly. Throttle lever in position "high idle"→ indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" lights up. For possible problems/causes, see point 3.4. Note: Check also area 4 "joystick" during the lever movement. If there the red "ERROR" light occurs, the potentiometer has a short circuit to ground. 3. Tests according to adjustment checklist - Diesel engine running Turn the test box off, lower the safety lever, bring starter switch and travel joystick to the neutral position. Start the Diesel engine as described in the Operation and Maintenance Manual, raise the safety lever and pull out the emergency Off switch. Turn the test box on, see point 1.2. Note:

Watch operating temperature. Tests 3.2 to 3.4 can be performed at the same time.

3.1. Alternator (area 8) Adjust Diesel engine RPM to middle range, approx. 1600 RPM. Actuate the push button for about 10 to 15 seconds. The circuit board voltage is checked under load, green indicator light "VOLTAGE OK" must light up continuously. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.05

Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator "UNDERVOLTAGE" lights up continuously→ voltage too low conditions required in point 2.1 no longer met, V-belts not tensioned / torn, alternator or voltage regulator defective, plug / wiring harness malfunctioning, if the voltage decreases to high - as first test the voltage again with multimeter (test after 15 minutes engine run, battery (+) to ground (-) = 27±0,5 V) - indicator changes from "VOLTAGE OK" to "UNDERVOLTAGE"→ battery is discharged, Note:

Run Diesel engine for about 10 minutes at high idle. It is usually possible to perform further tests at this time. Then repeat alternator check.

- red indicator light "OVERVOLTAGE" lights up→ voltage is too high = voltage regulator of alternator is defective. 3.2. Diesel engine - RPM sensor (adapter) Note:

Function is shown on adapter. When green indicator light "OK" lights up in area 7 of the test box, only a clear signal arriving is confirmed.

Move the throttle lever from low idle to high idle and back to low idle. The green indicator light "OK" must remain on.

If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator light "HIGH VOLT." lights up →

distance from sensor to flywheel is too small (check the sensor surface for damage),

- red indicator light "LOW VOLT." lights up →

sensor is too far away from flywheel,

Note: The distance of the sensor to the flywheel (top of tooth) should be approx. 1 mm (0.040"). - red indicator light "LOW VOLT." lights up permanently →

distance sensor to flywheel to big, plug connection/wiring harness defective, sensor defective

3.3. Diesel engine RPM (area 2 / adapter) Move throttle lever to end stop "low idle" as well as to "high idle" and check the values. Note:

This function is displayed in the test box area 2 for all machine models, with the exception of PR 752 and RL 52. On the adapter in some cases there are values indicated, which should not be considered. For the PR 752 and RL 52, the display is on the adapter. The value appearing in area 2 is incorrect and should not be considered.

If adjusted values - see adjustment checklist - are not correct, adjust RPM-limiter as necessary.

3.4. Nominal value - potentiometer for Diesel engine RPM (Throttle Pot. - area 3) Move the throttle lever slowly and evenly in both directions from one stop to the other. The needle of the analog indicator must follow the throttle lever movement exactly. Move the throttle lever from mid-range to low and high idle again, watch RPM display and indicator light "LOW IDLE" resp. "FULL THROTTLE". The appropriate indicator light must light up fully, and not flicker, 30+20 RPM before reaching final RPMs. If the test results are not correct, find and fix the problem.

Possible problems/causes e.g.: - indicator light "LOW IDLE" lights up too early, "FULL THROTTLE" does not light up → potentiometer shaft adjusted incorrectly, - indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" lights up too early, "LOW IDLE" does not light up → potentiometer shaft adjusted incorrectly, - indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" do not light up → fixing linkage on potentiometer lever too far from turning point (shaft), - indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" light up too early → fixing linkage on potentiometer lever too close to turning point (shaft), Note:

If for one idling RPM the adjustment is correct but for the other one not, potentiometer shaft and fixing linkage must be readjusted.

- indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" light up at different RPMs after repeated checks → linkage/ball pivot worn, fastening of ball pivot loose, fastening of potentiometer/bracket loose, - indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" or "LOW IDLE" lights up continuously, analog indicator does not react → plug / wiring harness defective, potentiometer shaft turned completely wrong, potentiometer defective, - needle of analog indicator does not follow lever movement, jumps ahead or falls back → plug/wiring harness defective, potentiometer malfunctioning in part of a range, 3.5. Diesel engine maximum RPM safety device - only on PR 752 and RL 52 Push button on adapter → Diesel engine RPM should decrease sharply. Note:

The reduction of RPMs is caused by excessive power requirement = working hydraulic pump regulates to Qmax, oil flow redirected via primary relief valve. Test point HD = maximum pressure. See working hydraulic, group 7.3.50.

If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - Diesel engine RPM does not decrease → plugs / wiring harness / solenoid defective, adapter cable is not correct version, solenoid valve is not switching, 3.6. Solenoid valve - brake (area 14) Actuate push button, the yellow indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" on the test box must light up, the indicator light - parking brake on the instrument panel must go off. If one of the test results is not correct, find and fix the problem. Must function correctly for further tests! Possible problems/causes e.g.: - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" does not light up, the brake indicator light on the instrument panel remains on → plugs/wiring harness defective, - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" lights up and the indicator light on the instrument panel remains on → pressure switch for the brake indicator light is defective, directional valve is not switched by solenoid, short circuit in wiring harness / solenoid.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.06

4. Tests according to adjustment checklist - track run (with Diesel engine running and machine raised) Observe all safety recommendations. See "Important information", page .01 of this group. 4.1. Speed sensors - hydraulic motors/ travel gear (area 13) Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to "FORW." - stage 5. Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button as described in point 3.6, then, in addition, push "TRACK RUN" button and hold both for about 10 to 15 seconds. Caution! The chains are running at full speed. The yellow indicator light "TESTING" lights up in area 13 on test box. Note:

At this point the side is checked that is shown by the rocker switch, e.g. "RIGHT" = test/display for speed sensor on the right drive side.

After about 5 seconds, the green indicator light "OK" lights up if there are no problems. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button. Move the rocker switch to the other side and repeat the test for the other side. If during a test run the indicator light "OK" does not light up, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - yellow indicator light "TESTING" does not light up → the test box receives no sensor signal, plugs / wiring harness faulty, sensor defective, distance between sensor and perforated disk too large (i.e. drive shaft bearing of variable motor defective), - red indicator light "DEFEKT" lights up →

- only one chain is running, second chain stops →

Note:

frequency of sensor signals erroneous plugs / wiring harness faulty, sensor defective, distance between sensor and perforated disk is changing (e.g. drive shaft bearing of variable motor defective), short circuit to ground in cable/connection B ( - ) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side → the basic adjustment or straight run test reveals: - no change of speed of the chain running at stages 2, 3, 4 and 5 in selected direction of travel → malfunction solenoid - pump. (the other direction shows no malfunction) - change of speed of the chain running at stages 2, 3, 4, but no change at stage 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel → malfunction solenoid - motor.

The following tests/adjustments can only be performed when identification machine model, all sensors and solenoids, as well as brake control are functioning properly.

4.2. Basic adjustment - left chain speed (area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST") The speed of the left travel drive (left track) is displayed in relation to the set values stored in the test box for the corresponding machine model. The right travel drive runs as well, but it is not considered during the test. Notes for machine model PR 752 and RL 52: - to check/adjust stage 3=pump end stop, the servo lines to the variable displacement motors must be relieved to the tank (close off pump outlets). If they are not relieved, the tracks are running with a faster speed. - for tests/adjustments of stage 4=begin of regulation/ regulating range displacement motor, the two displacement motors per side must be tested / adjusted individually, - observe sequence of tests according to checklist, page 3.5.50.01, and the instructions in "testing and adjusting - travel hydraulic", group 6.5, point 2.2, - in some cases, after changing a variable displacement motor, it might be necessary to adjust stage 5=maximum speed. See paragraph 6.5, point 5.

Select test program "base adjustment" on test box via the rotary switch on the right: - move rotary switch to position "BASE ADJUST LEFT TRACK". Select direction of drive and speed range according to checklist via rotary switch on the left, "TRACK SPEED": forward travel: turn rotary switch clockwise to range

"FORW.",

reverse travel: turn rotary switch counterclockwise to range

"REV.".

Speed range forward/reverse = range of adjustment: stage 2 = regulating range pump tests / adjustments in both directions stage 3 = end stop pump tests / adjustments in both directions stage 4 = regulating range motor tests in both directions, adjustments only in forward direction stage 5 = maximum speed only tests, adjustment only possible for PR 752 and RL 52 and only necessary in some cases The test results are displayed on the analog indicator "PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST". Display appears only when the tracks are running; the readings mean: red indicator range "SLOW"

- present speed is below nominal value for test step → correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5,

green indicator range

- present speed is within nominal value tolerance range for test step → no correction necessary,

red indicator range "FAST"

- present speed is above nominal value for test step → correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5.

Exception:

On the PR 752 and RL 52, test step "servo lines connected to one travel motor on each side" of the checklist must be adjusted for the basic adjustment of the regulating range of the left displacement motor (=stage 4) in such a way, that the needle of the analog indicator is right above the dividing line between the red range "SLOW" and the green range. Caution:

'Center green' should not be exceeded during the adjustment procedure.

A required check/basic adjustment in stage 5 can only be made for the combined adjustments of both variable motors - see paragraph 6.5, point 5: i.e. at steps "servo lines connected to one travel motor on each side": not possible to check stage 5. At test steps "servo lines connected to all travel motors": nominal value = pointer of the analog indicator in the center of the green range. Caution: red indicator range "FAST" may never be reached.

Performing the tests in the various speed ranges: Following the checklist, turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to "FORW."-stage 2. Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button and then, additionally, the button "TRACK RUN", and hold both for 10 to 15 seconds.

Caution! Both tracks are running at the preselected speed. Watch the analog indicator, record readings on the checklist. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.07

Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to the required stage of the next test step according to the checklist and carry out the test run. Repeat process according to the checklist. Note:

- If an indication is in a red range, let the chains run several times in various speed ranges and in both directions, then repeat the appropriate step of the test to assure valid test result. - First conclude all steps of the tests to "base adjustment" and "straight run", then make necessary adjustments. If an adjustment is changed beforehand, the point of departure for other ranges can no longer be determined, e.g., every change of the base adjustment - left modifies the results of the corresponding straight run test, every adjustment on stage 3 - pump end stop changes the results on stage 4 - regulating range motor. Except: on model PR 752 and RL 52, where tests/adjustments are to be performed according to the groups on the checklist "connecting / disconnecting the servo lines to the motors". - Observe notes on adjustment sequence in group 6.5. - If a present adjustment on an instrument of the test box is in the red, change the adjustment past the green range until the other red range is reached. Return adjustment to the required green range only after completing above step first. Exception: PR 752 and RL 52 - stage 4 and 5. Always change adjustment to reach the green range only if the tracks are motionless. - If a "surging" appears during working application in a travel speed range, adjust the corresponding regulating range (=speed stage 4; 2 and 4; or 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range (to check out speed stages, see point 5 - special tests). - The test results in stage "4 - reverse" are the result of adjustments in stages “3 - reverse" and "4 forward" and therefore are not directly adjustable (only re-check). - The test result on stages 5 is the result of adjustments on stage 4 and of the energizing of the solenoids by the test box. An indication in the green up to the beginning of the red ranges is allowed, since the maximum speed of the machine is determined in the end by maximum energizing of the proportional solenoids via the test box. Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 5 forward, it can be set to the required range, if needed, via the mechanical Qmin stops of the variable motors - see previous exception in ' test results' chapter. - Stages 1 (=drive start/regulating start - pump) is not tested. This start depends directly on the adjustment on stages 2 (=regulating range - pump).

If track run does not function properly during test steps, find and eliminate the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - major deviation in test results after performing test step repeatedly → operating temperature no longer present, mechanical / hydraulic part faulty, e.g. regulator parts are sticking due to contamination, etc. - (as previously described in point 4.1) only one track is running while the other is not → short circuit to ground in cable/connection B (-) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side→ - no change of speed of the track running on stages 2,3,4 and 5 in selected direction of travel → malfunction solenoid/pump (opposite direction reveals no malfunction) - speed change of the track running on stages 2, 3, 4 no further change on 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel → malfunction solenoid/motor.

4.3. Straight run - right track to left track (area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST") The speed of the right drive side (right track) is displayed in relation to the speed of the left drive side (left track). Note for PR 752 and RL 52: - to check/adjust stage 3=pump end stop, the servo lines to the variable displacement motors must be relieved to the tank (close off pump outlets). If they are not relieved, the tracks are running with a faster speed. - for tests/adjustments of stage 4=begin of regulation/regulating range displacement motor, the two displacement motors per side must be tested/adjusted individually. - observe sequence of tests according to checklist, page 3.5.50.01, and the instructions in "testing and adjusting - travel hydraulic", group 6.5, point 2.2, - in some cases, after replacing a variable motor, it might be necessary to adjust stage 5 =maximum speed. See paragraph 6.5 - point 5 and 'test result’s - exception', point 4.2 If the straight run test is only carried out as a routine check, and if no test is performed on base adjustment - left track according to point 4.2, then only minor corrections may be made, always adjusting the faster track in relation to the slower one in all speed ranges. If base adjustment - left track is performed according to point 4.2, required adjustments on the right drive side can now be carried out. Select test program "straight run" on the test box via the right rotary switch: - for tests after completing "base adjustment - left track" as well as in general on adjustment corrections, turn rotary switch to position "ADJUST". - turn rotary switch to position "TEST" for routine checks (=greater tolerance than in the case of "ADJUST").

Select drive direction and speed range according to the check list via left rotary switch "TRACK SPEED": forward travel:

turn rotary switch clockwise to range "FORW.",

reverse travel:

turn rotary switch counterclockwise to range "REV.".

Speed range forward / reverse = range of adjustment: stage 1 = regulating start pump stage 2 = regulating range pump stage 3 = end stop pump stage 4 = regulating range motor stage 5 = maximum speed Note:

tests of travel start in both directions tests / adjustments in both directions tests / adjustments in both directions tests in both directions, adjustments only in forward direction only tests, adjustment only possible or required on PR 752 and RL 52

The test in step 1 is only necessary in a routine check, without testing the base adjustment - left track. There is no display reading - check for function of both tracks visually. If the tracks are not running on both sides, or they are running fast, always carry out base adjustment - left track according to point 4.2.

The test results - straight run are displayed on the analog indicator "PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST": Display appears only when the track is running; the readings mean: red indicator range "SLOW"

- right drive side is running slower than the left during this step of the test → correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5,

green indicator range

- difference between speeds right - left is within tolerance range for test step → no correction necessary,

red indicator range "FAST"

- right drive side is running faster than the left during this step of the test → correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5,


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.08

Performing the tests in the various speed ranges: Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" according to the check list to stage "FORW.-1" or "FORW.-2" (depends on test program "TEST" or "ADJUST") Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button - see point 3.6 - and then, additionally, the button "TRACK RUN", and hold both for 10 to 15 seconds. Caution! Both tracks are running at the preselected speed. Watch the analog indicator, record reading on the checklist. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button. Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to the required stage of the next test step according to the checklist and carry out the test run. Repeat process according to the checklist. Note:

- If an indication is in a red range, let the chains run several times in various speed ranges and in both directions, then repeat the appropriate step of the test to assure valid test result. - First conclude all steps of the tests to "base adjustment" and "straight run", then make necessary adjustments. If an adjustment is changed beforehand, the point of departure for other ranges can no longer be determined, e.g., every change of the base adjustment - left modifies the results of the corresponding straight run test, every adjustment on stage 3 - pump end stop changes the results on stage 4 - regulating range motor. Except: on model PR 752/RL 52, where tests/adjustments are to be performed according to the groups on the checklist "connecting / disconnecting the servo lines to the motors". - Observe notes on adjustment sequence in group 6.5. - If a present adjustment on an instrument of the test box is in the red, change the adjustment past the green range until the other red range is reached. Return adjustment to the required green range only after completing above step first. Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 4 and 5. Always change adjustment to reach the green range only if the tracks are motionless. - The test result in stage "4 - reverse" are the result of adjustments in stages "3 - reverse" and "4 forward", the test result on stage 5 is the result of adjustments on stage 4 and therefore all are not directly adjustable Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 5 forward, see also the corresponding chapter in point 4.2 'basic adjustment'.

If track run does not function properly during test steps, find and eliminate the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - major deviation in test results after performing test step repeatedly → operating temperature no longer present, mechanical / hydraulic part faulty, e.g. regulator parts are jammed due to contamination, etc. - (as previously described in point 4.1) only one track is running while the other is motionless → short circuit to ground of cable/connection B (-) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side: -

-

no change of speed of the tracks running on levels 2,3,4 and 5 in selected direction of travel → malfunction solenoid/pump (opposite direction reveals no malfunction) speed change of the tracks running on levels 2, 3, 4, no further change on 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel →malfunction solenoid/motor

5. Tests according to check list - special tests - travel operation These tests are only to be carried out as necessary and only after performing previous test steps required. As opposed to the tests mentioned above, the diagnostic test box is connected in line with the electronic box via an additional cable (Y-shaped) and used solely as an indicator. Control of the system occurs via regular control elements of the operator's platform. Note:

The diagnostic test box only carries out and/or evaluates the following functions: Display of operational readiness of the diagnostic test box → indicator light "LINE MONITOR" Display of solenoid energizing - right drive side - in mA → digital display "ENGINE-RPM / SOLENOID CURRENT"

Display of straight run (with expanded tolerance range) of travel drives → analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST - PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST" All other test functions of the diagnostic test box can/may not be applied. Sometimes the indicator lights are energized and light up due to the internal (electrical) network, but the appropriate test circuit is not active, e.g. area 3: indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" also lights up at every other movement of the throttle lever. Tests according to point 5.1 - solenoid energizing - is normally only to be performed in connection with troubleshooting. The machine may be driven or it can be raised. Caution: If the machine is raised, it must be supported properly, according to all pertinent safety guidelines, so the tracks may turn freely - see page 01. Observe all safety recommendations according to page 1.2.01.01. If the operator's cab is tilted, the machine may not be driven. The test according to point 5.2 - straight run test - is provided for exceptional cases only, in which the machine cannot be raised and a straight run check must be performed on the machine while it is running. The specified tolerance values are much higher than the values during normal test according to point 4.3 for practical reasons. Thus the readings are only approximate values. Note:

For tests on machines that are running there must be a suitable, level path available and this path must be secured properly since operation of the machine and watching all indicators on the diagnostic test box and the path occur practically at the same time.

Connecting the diagnostic test box for special tests while traveling: -

Turn the diesel engine off, starter switch in position "0". Safety lever is pushed down.

-

Disconnect adapter cable 3 from wiring harness of machine and from diagnostic test box. Disconnect the power supply cable on both sides. or: Disconnect wiring harness of the machine from the electronic control box.

-

Connect Y- adapter cable 4 (3 plugs) with its bent ends on electronic control box and wiring harness.

-

Connect adapter cable 3 (2 plugs) to adapter cable 4 and run it into operator's cab.

-

In cab connect power supply cable to diagnosis test box at "POWER INPUT", adapter cable 3 to diagnostic test boxadapter at "MAIN CONNECTOR".

-

Connect power supply cable 2 to the 24V-outlet on the instrument panel.

-

Check cable routing. If necessary make sure that no damage and no risk can occur during later track run/travel drive operation.

-

Check switch positions on the test box, turn switch to required position as necessary: Area 1 "POWER INPUT" - rocker switch in position "OFF" Area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST" - left rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" in "0" position - right rotary switch in position "CONTROLLED BY CPU"


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.09

Bring the machine into operational readiness depending on the requirements of the test. A.) For tests while the Diesel engine is off: turn the machine's starter switch to position 1 = operation. Raise the safety lever, pull the emergency OFF switch, joystick in neutral position. Move throttle control lever to "maximum RPM" position. B.) For tests while the Diesel engine is running: Start the Diesel engine according to Operation and Maintenance Manual, raise the safety lever, pull emergency OFF switch. Move throttle control lever to "maximum RPM" position. Bring test box into operational readiness → turn rocker switch in area 1 to "ON" position. Note:

- If the operational readiness of the machine is changed from A to B after a test, turn off the test box first to protect it = rocker switch in area 1 to "ON" position. - If the incorrect adapter cable is used on machine models PR 752/RL 52, the electronic box recognizes an error in the wiring harness and limits current supply to solenoids to the reduced travel speed range. Indicator light "reduced travel speed range" on the instrument panel is flashing.

5.1. Check current reading of the proportional solenoids (area 2) The current supply for the proportional solenoids of the right drive side is shown in mA. Certain values of the electronic control will be checked. Note: - When the joystick is deflected straight forward/reverse, the right and left drive sides are energized from the electronic control box with the same value. Therefore, there is no additional test for the left drive side on the diagnostic test box. - Maximum current values are only reached when the diesel engine is off; while the Diesel engine is running, current is limited by regulating functions of the electronic control box. A.) Tests when the engine is off 440±20 mA

M.-type PR 712(B) PR 722(B) LR 622(B) RL 22(B) PR 732(B) LR 632(B) PR 742(B) RL 42 B PR 752 RL 52

mA 1000±50 990

±50

980±50

jump current = smallest controllable current value, - approx. at the same time, regulating start of pumps, high pressure M1 or M2 starts building up, chains start turning - for tests, slowly move the travel joystick forward / reverse until the present reading starts "jumping". Keep the lever in this position until the reading remains constant. To make sure of the test result, move the joystick back slightly, then repeat the procedure, LR from F/N xxx-6200 mA

1130

1130+50

960±50

- after test, return to "normal travel speed range"

950+50

M.-type up to forw./rev. mA F/N xxx-→6199

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52

maximum current in reduced speed range - push button switch S12 on the instrument panel - for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range" via push button switch S12 on the instrument panel move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display, to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure

+50

910+50 900+50 890+50 880+50

maximum current in reduced speed range - rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick - for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range I" via rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick, position I, - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display, - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure

870+50

M.-type from forward reverse mA F/N xxx-6200→ mA


910+50 900+50 890+50 890+50

910+50 900+50 890+50 1000+50

880+50 990+50

= Different values for forward and reverse at machines PR 742B and PR 752 starting with F/Nxxx-6200 → (E-Box CEP 12/24).

M.-type up to forw./rev. mA F/N xxx-→6199

- for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range II" via rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick, position II, - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display

1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1200+50


- to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure - after test, return to "normal travel speed range"

1170+50

M.-type from forward F/N xxx-6200→ mA


1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1160+50

M.-type PR 712(B) PR 722(B) LR 622(B) RL(4)22(B) PR 732(B) LR 632(B) PR 742(B) RL 42 B PR 752 RL 52

mA 1450+70

reverse

mA 1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1230+50

= Different values for forward and reverse at machines PR 742B and PR 752 starting with F/Nxxx-6200 → (E-Box CEP 12/24).

1150+50 1220+50

1445+70 1410+70 1380+70

maximum current in normal travel speed range - for tests, "normal travel speed range" must be selected (if rocker switch S 29 is installed = switch position III) - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure

1350+70

F/N xxx-→6199

PR 752 RL 52

1390+70

F/N xxx-6200→

return value of maximum current when turning around one track to the left side, 1180

±80

mA

machines

PR 712(B), PR 722(B), PR 732(B) and PR 742(B), PR 752, LR 622 and LR632 up to F/N xxx-→6199

1180+50 mA

machines

PR 742B from F/N xxx-6200→ PR 752 from F/N xxx-6200→

1340

+50

mA

machines

1120

+50

mA

machines LR 622B and LR 632B from F/N xxx-6200→ - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range" - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously deflect "steer left" to the stop = position 45° left forward / reverse, when pedal steering is installed, move travel joystick fully forward / reverse and simultaneously press the left steering pedal slowly to the stop, - read the display. To ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure

440-60 mA

return value of maximum current when turning around one track to the right side - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range" - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously deflect "steer left" to the stop = position 45° right forward / reverse, when pedal steering is installed, move travel joystick fully forward / reverse and simultaneously press the right steering pedal slowly to the stop, PR - machines and LR 622 / 632 without pedal steering up to F/N xxx-→6199: current value drops continuously to the "return value" LR 622 / 632 with pedal steering and generally from F/N 6200→ (joystick without push button switch "counter rotation"): current value drops during actuation to the "return value" and afterwards increases again, - read the display and note the lowest value, - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.10

Tests while the engine is running - Caution: chains are moving! 440±20 mA

jump current = smallest controllable current value, - procedure identical to "tests while the engine is off"

500+100 mA

minimum current at maximum engine load - check can be done only at machines up to F/N xxx-6199 - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range". - Move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously simulate / create maximum engine load. - When minimum current value is reached, the RPMs of "nmax" should fall to on PR 712(B) / PR 722(B) / LR 622 / RL (4)22(B) appr. 1800 RPM on PR 732(B) / LR 632 / PR 742(B) / RL 42(B) / PR 752 / RL 52 appr. 1630 RPM

Required "engine load" can be simulated / reached by: a) on machines with mechanical engine shut off: reducing engine RPM through careful actuation of shut off lever, b) on all machines (engine shut off electrical or mechanical): disconnect wiring plug from nominal value potentiometer, cover plug connection, secure harness, and then reduce RPM via throttle control lever, c) on all machines: bring the machine to appropriate work application. The exact engine RPM can be found out, as necessary, with a separate RPM measuring device, see special tools, group 2.1.10. If deviations in connection with malfunctions in travel response are detected during the tests, recheck the parts in question and replace as necessary. B.) Values for determining regulating ranges There is no test for these values. They are reached automatically when points 4.2 "base adjustment" and 4.3 "straight run" are carried out properly. Determining the regulating range (pump to overlap to motor) via measurement of the current can help, however, in finding the cause of malfunctions in the case of hydraulic / mechanical problems in travel operation. 440±20 mA

- regulating start variable displacement pumps

884

±10

mA

- regulating end variable displacement pumps

834

±10

mA

- regulating start variable displacement motors (on the PR 752/RL 52 theoretically 850±10 mA - motors with hydraulic remote control).

max. mA

- regulating end variable displacement motors - maximum current is limited while the engine is running by the speed monitor of the electronic control and is therefore not defined as a nominal value.

5.2. Check straight run (area 14 and 2) Machine and test box must be operational, Diesel engine running at max. RPM, a level path is prepared and secured - see notes in paragraph 5.

The travel speed/ regulating range is determined by solenoids current supply when deflecting the travel joystick (mA indication in area 2).

The speed of the right drive side is indicated in relation to the speed of the left drive side in area 14: green / center = deviation is within tolerance red / right - "FAST" = right side is too fast, right pump/motor must be adjusted. red / left - "SLOW" = left side is too fast, left pump/motor must be adjusted. Note:

Due to the different and varying ground conditions of the track chains and the automatic straight run regulation, both indicators can fluctuate strongly. Always use the center value of the fluctuation.

A.) Test of lower speed range - all machine models except PR 752 and RL 52 Move the travel joystick straight forward / reverse until the proportional solenoids receive a current of 550±10mA. Travel on the level path several times and observe the analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST". If the needle of the indicator moves mainly in one of the red indicator ranges either in forward or reverse, perform the necessary adjustment at the faster side in "pump regulation range". B.) Test of upper speed range - all machine models except PR 752 and RL 52 Move the travel joystick straight forward / reverse until the proportional solenoids receive a current of 950±10mA. Travel on the level path several times and observe the analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST". If the needle of the indicator moves mainly in one of the red indicator ranges only in forward or only in reverse, adjust the affected end stop on the pump at the faster side. If the needle of the indicator moves to the same red indicator range in forward and reverse, adjust the proportional solenoid on the variable motor of the faster side. C.) Adjustments To adjust, park the machine on firm and level ground, raise the cab or remove the corresponding side cover from the track roller frame as necessary. Observe all safety guidelines. For adjustment procedure see description in paragraph 6.5. Always adjusting the faster side to the slower. After adjustment, return machine to operating condition and check the adjustment again as described above. Repeat this procedure until the needle of the indicator remains in the center area of the green range. Note:

An accurate adjustment of the machine should be performed as described in paragraph 4.2 and 4.3 as soon as the necessary requirements (raise the machine off the ground) can be fulfilled.

D.) Tests on machine model PR 752 and RL 52 Initial tests as described in points A and B, except do not correct the adjustments. Record the position of the indicator needle only on the checklist. If deviations are found, disconnect servo lines of the variable displacement motors (see point 4.3 and group 6.5). Then perform tests with the following current as necessary and correct the adjustments in steps as described in group 6.5 always adjusting the faster side to the slower. Regulation range pumps - forward / reverse (servo lines on pumps disconnected)

current 550±10 mA

End stop pumps - forward / reverse (servo lines on pumps disconnected)

current 950±10 mA

Regulation range motors - first pair of motors (servo lines from one motor each side disconnected)

current 950±10 mA

Regulation range motors - second pair of motors (servo lines connected normally)

current 950±10 mA

Perform any checks as described in points A and B. Record the positions of the indicator on the checklist.


Mjfcifss!




Datum Edition Date

01 03


Blatt Page Feuille

10.4.00.11

A. Function of pedals Two different pedals - inch/brake pedal and steering pedals - are used on PR Litronic crawler dozers and LR Litronic crawler loaders. 1. Inch/brake pedal on crawler dozers and loaders Pushing the pedal reduces the travel speed, which has been pre-selected with the travel joystick until the machine stops. If the pedal is pushed past a noticeable point in resistance, the parking brake will be applied. If there is a fault in the pedal control system, the travel signal will be blocked and the machine stops. On the instrument panel the indicator light H11 - "reduced travel speed" starts to flash, but the indicator light H12 "electronic fault" is still off. 2. Steering pedals on crawler loaders The travel joystick can be moved only into forward and reverse direction. Pushing one pedal reduces the speed of travel drive on this side, the machine makes a turn. If the pedal is pushed to the end stop, the machine turns in this direction on the spot. If both pedals are pushed down at the same time, the travel speed is reduced until the machine stops, but the parking break will be not applied. If there is a fault in the pedal control system the electronic system switches off the travel drive and the indicator light H12 - "electronic fault" on the panel goes on.

B. Function of pedal tester CET-03/08, Id.Nr. 7414 235 Every pedal must be checked/adjusted individual. Checks and adjustments on inch/brake pedals, as well as on steering pedals must be done with above tester. Connection leads are fixed on the tester. Connect it as following: electrical outlet plug- panel → (power supply) connection to wiring harness → (not connected for function check - step E) connection to pedal

→

For code letters of the different pedal plugs on crawler loaders see schematic in section 10.2. Indications: at LCD-display: 1. line - selected pedal function output of current supply

"Steerpedal" or "Inchpedal" and "ext." = comes from E-box "int." = comes from tester 2. line - description of actual current range, e.g. "MinPos. ok", further indications outlined in step C, E and F.

Red LED "Error" - indicates short circuit and/or open circuit at duo potentiometer/connecting wires. Green LED "Min.Pos" - lights up, if the adjustment for pedal neutral position is correct. Green LED "Max.Pos" - lights up, if the adjustment for pedal end stop position is correct. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


Pedal control Tester application


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Electronic Control E-Box Version CEP

Blatt Page Feuille

10.6.00.01

Yellow LED "Brakepoint" - only activated for inch/brake pedal - lights up, if the brake point is reached. Duo LED "Voltage" - lights up in different colors: YELLOW after the tester is switched on, GREEN if the current supply from the electronic box = "ext." is inside the range, NOT

if the current supply from the tester = "int." is inside the range, and

RED

if the current supply, depends to the test procedure, from the electronic box = "ext." or from the tester = "int." is outside the range. The wrong range is indicated on the display with "Voltage to high" or "Voltage to low". If the indication "red" can not switched off with the switch "Enter", check the machine system with diagnostic tool CET-08/03 according to chapter 10.4 (tests - section 4 not necessary). If it is sure, that the other parts of the machine system are working well, repeat the pedal test. If on the pedal tester the LED "Voltage" lights still constant red, change with current supply "ext." - the electronic box, resp. with "int." - the pedal tester.

Rocker switch "On/Off" and "Pedal" as well as "Enter" - for functions see the following descriptions in step C, D and F.

C. Adjustment and test of the inch/brake pedal Note: follow the guideline step by step, otherwise the electronic control switches off the system. -

Connect the leads from the tester to electrical outlet plug, wiring harness and pedal.

-

Select "Inch/Brake" with the rocker switch "Pedal" on the tester.

-

Turn the starting switch on the instrument panel in position "1".

-

Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow).

-

Move safety lever and emergency OFF switch into operating position ( LEDs still bright on).

-

Actuate switch "Enter" once (display shows "Inchpedal ext." and, if the potentiometer is adjusted correct, "MinPos. ok". Additional the LED "Min.Pos" and "Voltage" lights green, all other LEDs are switched off) pedal must be in neutral position.

LED "Voltage" must be green and the display must show "ext." during the complete adjustment / check procedure. At the instrument panel the indicator light H12 - electronic fault must be always off.

-

If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position (P): Loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on, tighten the setscrews (1). -

Push the pedal further, up to the point you feel slight a resistance in movement During the movement the display shows "Middle-High". At the point the resistant comes on, the yellow LED "Brakepoint" must go on and the display shows "BrakePos. ok".

-

If the indication comes not or too early, adjust the pedal stroke limiter (L): Loosen the lock nut (2) (wrench size 30 mm), adjust the thread pin (3) for the correct pedal stroke (wrench size 16 mm), tighten the lock nut (2).

-

Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Middle-Low". On the end the green LED "Max.Pos" must go on and the display shows "MaxPos. ok".

-

If the adjustments are not done well before, the LED does not come on or it is possible to overcome the normal range. For that, the display shows "MaxPos. to low" and the LED goes off.

Note: If during the adjustment the potentiometer creates a too high or too low current signal (outside the max. working range), the indicator light H11 "reduced speed range" on the instrument panel flashes constant, but the indication on the tester is not changing. If the wrong signal was caused only by a misalignment of the potentiometer, it's possible to carry out the adjustment without a problem. If it was an other cause, or the red LED "Error" lights up, carry out the potentiometer function test proceedings - see step E. After making the adjustment, lower the safety lever to clear the fault indication. Raise the safety lever again and re-check the adjustment as outlined above.

D. Adjustment and test of the steering pedals Note: follow the guideline step by step, otherwise the electronic control switches off the system. -

Connect the leads from the tester to electrical outlet plug, wiring harness and pedal.

-

Select "Steer" with the rocker switch "Pedal" on the tester.

-


-

Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow).

-

Move safety lever and emergency OFF switch into operating position ( LEDs still bright on).

-

Actuate switch "Enter" once (display shows "Steerpedal ext." and, if the potentiometer is adjusted correct, "MinPos. ok". Additional the LED "Min.Pos" and "Voltage" lights green, all other LEDs are switched off) pedal must be in neutral position.

LED "Voltage" must be green and the display must show "ext." during the complete adjustment / check procedure. At the instrument panel the indicator light H12 - electronic fault must be always off. -

If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position(P): loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on, tighten the setscrews (1).

-

Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Middle". On the end the green LED "Max.Pos" must go on and the display shows "MaxPos. ok".

-

If the first adjustment (= "Min.Pos") is not done well before, the LED does not come on or the LED comes on and switches off again. If it switches off again, the display shows "MaxPos. to high". In either case, correct the adjustment.

Note: If the electronic control switches off the system during the test - display shows "Steerpedal int.". Lower the safety lever, actuate the switch "Enter" to confirm the "Error" indication and repeat the test, starting at this step. If the error repeats and the adjustment cannot be made, run the potentiometer function test procedure - see step E. The wiring harness and the electronic box is not involved at this test (plug not connected). Therefore, if this test shows no cause for the fault, check the wiring harness up to the electronic box. If an E-box with service code memory (CEP 12/22 upward) is installed on the machine, save, print and clear the memory at the end of adjustment, after test run.

E. Duo potentiometer function test - Inch/brake- and steering pedal Troubles created in the duo potentiometer or its connection leads or large misalignments are indicated on this test. Never use this test for a final adjustment. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


Pedal control Tester application


Datum Edition Date

01 04

Electronic Control E-Box Version CEP

Blatt Page Feuille

10.6.00.02

If necessary or at a new installation align notch (N) on the potentiometer support plate with the setscrew (1) - see following picture. Tighten set screw (1) -

Connect the lead from the pedal tester to the electrical outlet plug and to the pedal. Don't connect the lead to the wiring harness.

-

Select type of pedal with the rocker switch "Pedal", for instance "Steer" for a steering pedal.

-


-

Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow, if one doesn't light, this LED is defective).

-

Actuate switch "Enter" once (green LED "Min.Pos" should light up, all other LEDs must go off, display shows "Steerpedal int." or "Inchpedal int." and the description of the actual current range, should be "MinPos. ok"). The safety lever is still in the lower position - pedal must be in neutral position.

-

If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position (P): loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on and display shows " MinPos. ok", tighten the setscrews (1).

-

Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Steerpedal int" - "Middle" resp. "Inchpedal int." - "Middle-High" →"BrakePos. ok"→"Middle-Low". On the end or just before, the green LED "Max.Pos" should go on and the display should show "MaxPos. ok".

-

If the potentiometer or it's connecting leads is defective (short circuit/open circuit), the LED "Error" lights up. Actuate switch "Enter" to clear the "Error" indication and repeat the test to make sure the result is correct. If necessary, renew the duo potentiometer.

-

If it is sure the potentiometers works well, adjust the pedal potentiometer as outlined for this type of pedal. If there are further troubles, check wiring harness/E-box for the cause and repair it.

F. Additional voltage check at lateral plugs There are two plugs at one side of the tester to check the actual voltage, given by the potentiometer, with a multimeter (Ri >10MΩ) additional / parallel to the tester indications. 1. Nominal ranges - inch/brake pedal: Indication on display (2. line) MinPos. to high MinPos. ok Middle-High BrakePos. ok Middle-Low MaxPos. ok MaxPos. to low

voltage range 10 → 4,63 V 4,62 → 4,5 V 4,49 → 3,19 V 3,18 → 3,05 V 3,04 → 2,78 V 2,77 → 2,18 V 2,17 → 0 V

2. Nominal ranges - steering pedal: Indication on display (2. line) MinPos. to low MinPos. ok Middle MaxPos. ok MaxPos. to high

voltage range 0 → 2,59 V 2,6 → 2,72 V 2,73 → 4,04 V 4,05 → 4,6 V 4,61 → 10 V

Notes Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch or a red dot) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 0604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 1134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ 2664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 2506 RL 422 F/N xxx-1001→3000


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

10.7.10.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

cap push button switch (counter rotation) electrical wire handle mount with set srew handle shells lever hex nut

10 11 12 13 14

connector piece clamp dust cover hex nut stop sleeve with lock rings

15 16 17 18 19 20

shift gate retainer with connection spring plunger lever helix clamp

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

carrier with seal joint - outer part socket head screw joint - inner part with dowel pin and washer spur gear segmet socket head screw stop pinion shaft with gear shifting gate and hex nut

35 spring 36 ball 37 bearing base with zero position 40 brake, complete 41 adjustment nut (1 Nm) 42 mounting plate 45 socket head screw 46 tapered gear segment 47 tapered gear with set screw 50 51 52 53

potentiometer (steering) potentiometer (travel) micro switch (steering) 2x micro switch (travel) 2x

55 56 57 58 59 60 61

support plate (electronic) support plate (electronic) spacer housing cover with seal and filter plug (14 pole) cover nut


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 0604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 1134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ 2664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 2506 RL 422 F/N xxx-1001→3000


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

10.7.10.02

Notes Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille


10.7.11.01

1 2 3 4 5

handle shells cap push button switch (counter rotation) electrical wire handle mount with set screw

10 lever 11 dust cover 12 connector piece 13 stop sleeve with lock rings 15 shift gate 16 screw with clamping device (wire) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

multiple - disk brake plug with O-ring adjustment screw (1 Nm) axle plate spring brake plates carrier carrier bolt

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

spring ball bearing base with zero position tapered gear segment tapered gear with set screw potentiometer support plate (electronic) flat belt wire (20 wires) support plate (electronic)

40 housing 41 sintered filter (ventilation) 42 plug (20 pole)


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


01 03



Blatt Page Feuille


10.7.11.02

Notes Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.

Note:

On earlier machines and on the 712B and PR 722B, this travel joystick is optional, sometimes installed together with an Inch/ brake pedal.


Mjfcifss!

3 - ranges Datum Edition Date

01 03



PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5884→ F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-2062→ F/N 739-2001→

10.7.12.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

handle shells cap push button switch (counter rotation) spring micro switch toggle switch ( 3 positions) wire harness w. retaining strap countersunk screw socket head screw

10 lever 11 dust cover 12 connector piece 13 stop sleeve with lock rings 15 shift gate 16 screw with clamping device (wire) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

multiple - disk brake plug with O-ring adjustment screw (1 Nm) axle plate spring brake plates carrier carrier bolt

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

spring ball bearing base with zero position tapered gear segment tapered gear with set screw potentiometer support plate (electronic) flat belt wire (20 wires) support plate (electronic)

40 housing 41 sintered filter (ventilation) 42 plug (20 pole)


Mjfcifss!

3 - ranges Datum Edition Date

01 03



PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5884→ F/N xxx-5600→ F/N xxx-2062→ F/N 739-2001→

10.7.12.02


11.1

Construction, function travel gear

11.2

Remove and install / drawings

11.3

Remove and install travel gear

11.3.10.01

Sectional drawing travel gear PR 712 PR 722 PR 732


11.3.10

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


11.3.11

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


11.3.12

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


11.3.13


11.3.14

PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200→3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087→3088

11.3.15


11.3.16

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


11.3.17

PR 752

F/N xxx-2003→2006

11.3.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2007→2061

11.3.51

PR 752

F/N xxx-2062→

11.3.52



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Travel gear

Blatt Page Feuille

11.0.00.01

Discription

PR 712

PR 722

PR 732

PR 742

400 / 523

450 / 514

500/525

550/516

5,5

7

8,5

12,5

Sun gear

18

18

18

18

Planetary gear

35

35

35

35

Internal gear

90

90

90

90

Sun gear

12

13

12

13

Planetary gear

34

33

34

33

Internal gear

81

80

81

80

46,5

42,9

46,5

42,9

mm

0,40 / 0,65

0,40 / 0,65

0, 50 / 0,75

0,50 / 0,75

inch

0.016 / 0.026

0.016 / 0.026

0.019 / 0.029

0.019 / 0.029

mm

0,65 / 0,95

0,45 / 0,70

0,45 / 0,70

0,70 / 1,00

inch

0.026 / 0.037

0.018 / 0.028

0.018 / 0.028

0.028 / 0.04

Preload Bearing > new

mm/inch

0,05 / 0.002

0,05 / 0.002

0,05 / 0.002

0,05 / 0.002

Preload Bearing > used

mm/inch

0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001

FAT Type Oil quantity (API>GL5EP > SAE85W140)

Number of teeth 1. Stage


l

Gear ratio

Planetary gear bearing Axialplay

i total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Cross roller bearing Pos. 50 Preload

Disk brake (Pressures in bar)

from / to

from / to

Brake release begin

w 13

w 13,5

w 14.5

w 12,0

Completely released

w 16.5

w 16.5

w 18.5

w 17,0

Begin of braking action

w 12.0

w 12.0

w 14.5

w 14,0

Brake completely applied

w 9.0

w 9.0

w 11.5

w 10,0


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Typ/ab

Type/a partir de

PR Litronic

Technical Data

Travel Gear

Type/from

Blatt Page Feuille

11.1.00.01

Description

PR 712

PR 722

PR 732

PR 742

400 C 563

450 C 564

500 C 565

550 C 566

6,0

8,0

11,5

16,0

Sun gear

18

18

18

18

Planetary gear

35

35

35

35

Internal gear

90

90

90

90

Sun gear

15

15

14

15

Planetary gear

40

37

38

37

Internal gear

97

90

91

90

44,8 : 1

42,0 : 1

45,0 : 1

42,0 : 1

mm

0,40 / 0,65

0,40 / 0,65

0, 50 / 0,75

0,50 / 0,75

inch

0.016 / 0.026

0.016 / 0.026

0.019 / 0.029

0.019 / 0.029

mm

0,65 / 0,95

0,65 / 0,95

0,70 / 1,00

0,70 / 1,00

inch

0.026 / 0.037

0.026 / 0.037

0.028 / 0.04

0.028 / 0.04

FAT Type Oil quantity (API>GL5EP > SAE85W140)



l

Gear ratio

Planetary gear bearing a) Axial play

i total

Stage 1

Stage 2

b) Radial play

Cross roller bearing Pos. 50 Preload

Disk brake (Pressures in bar)

from / to

from / to

Stage 1 / 2

max

mm

0,1

0,1

0,1

0,1

inch

0.004

0.004

0.004

0.004

0,05 / 0.002 (39 / )1.54

0,05 / 0.002 (44 / 1.73)

0,05 / 0.002 (47 / 1.85)

Bearing > new Preload (Path on adj. ring)

mm/inch (mm/inch)

0,05 / 0.002 (39 / 1.54)

Bearing > used Preload (Path on adj. ring)

mm/inch (mm/inch)

0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 (20 / 0.79) (20 / 0.79) (22 / 0.87) (24 / 0.87)

Brake release begin

w 13.0

w 13.5

w 14.5

w 12.0

Completely released

w 16.5

w 16.5

w 18.5

w 17.0

Begin of braking action

w 12.0

w 12.0

w 14.5

w 14.0

Brake completely applied

w 9.0

w 9,0

w 11,5

w 10,0

Description

712

722

732

742

400 P 553

450 P 554

500 P 555

550 P 556

10,0

13,0

18,0

23,0

45,4 : 1

41,7 : 1

46,5 : 1

43,9 : 1

sun gear

13

12

12

12

planetary gear

42

40

40

38

internal gear

98

93

93

90

sun gear

22

24

21

21

planetary gear

37

34

35

34

internal gear

98

93

93

90

FAT

Type

Oil quantity (API-GL 5 EP - SAE 85W-140)

l

Oil quantity - sealed area (from hydr. circuit)

l

Gear ratio

i total

Number of teeth 1. stage

2. stage

Preload cross roller bearing item 7

bearing - new preload mm (displ. on adj. ring) (mm)

0,05 (39)

0,05 (39)

0,05 (44)

0,05 (44)


bearing - used preload mm (displ. on adj. ring) (mm)

0,025 (20)

0,025 (20)

0,025 (22)

0,025 (22)

Control dimensions Planetary gear bearing - axial play 1.stage

mm

0,20+0,1

0,20+0,1

0,25+0,1

0,25+0,1

Planetary gear bearing - axial play 2.stage

mm

0,65+0,3

0,65+0,3

0,70+0,3

0,70+0,3

Planetary gear bearing - radial play - general

mm

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

126+1

141+1

161+1

189,5+1

0,5+0,5

0,5+0,5

0,5+0,5

0,5+0,5

Distance connecting area motor housing 1 to front area - carrier 25 Distance brake part 10/20 to thrust washer 52

Disk brakes

mm mm

brake release begin

bar

~9,5

~12,0

~12,5

~14,5

completely released

bar

~12,5

~14,5

~15,0

~17,0

begin braking action

bar

~12,0

~13,0

~14,5

~16,5

completely applied

bar

~9,0

~11,0

~12,0

~14,0


Typ/ab


01 01

Type/a partir de

PR Litronic

Technical Data

Travel Gear “P”

Type/from

Blatt Page Feuille

11.1.01.01

Description FAT

Type

732

742

500 P 595 D

550 P 596 D


l

18,0

23,0


l

1,1

1,3

46,5 : 1

43,9 : 1

sun gear

12

12

planetary gear

40

38

internal gear

93

90

sun gear

21

21

planetary gear

35

34

internal gear

93

90

Gear ratio

i total


2. stage



0,05 (44)

0,05 (44)



0,025 (22)

0,025 (22)


mm

0,25+0,1

0,25+0,1


mm

0,70+0,3

0,70+0,3


mm

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

161,5+1,5

189,75+1

0,5+0,5

0,5+0,5


Disk brakes

mm mm

brake release begin

bar

~9,1

~9,1

completely released

bar

~14,2

~14,2


bar

~13,2

~13,2

completely applied

bar

~8,5

~8,5

Description FAT

Type

712

722

732

742

400 D 583

450 D 584

500 D 585

550 D 586


l

5,5

8,5

11

14,5


l

1,1

1,2

1,2

1,3

45,4 : 1

41,7 : 1

46,5 : 1

43,9 : 1

sun gear

13

12

12

12

planetary gear

42

40

40

38

internal gear

98

93

93

90

sun gear

22

24

21

21

planetary gear

37

34

35

34

internal gear

98

93

93

90

Gear ratio

i total


2. stage



0,05 ±0,02

0,05 ±0,02

0,05 ±0,02

0,05 ±0,02



0,025 ±0,01

0,025 ±0,01

0,025 ±0,01

0,025 ±0,01


mm

0,1+0,3

0,1+0,3

0,1+0,4

0,1+0,4


mm

0,1+0,5

0,1+0,5

0,1+0,5

0,1+0,5


mm

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

max. 0,1

126+1

141+1

161+1

189,5+1

0,5+1

0,5+1

0,5+1

0,5+1


Disk brakes

mm mm

brake release begin

bar

~8,1

~8,1

~9,1

~9,1

completely released

bar

~13,0

~13,0

~14,2

~14,2


bar

~11,9

~11,9

~13,2

~13,2

completely applied

bar

~6,9

~6,9

~8,5

~8,5


Typ/ab


01 03

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR Litronic

Technical Data

Travel Gear “D”

Blatt Page Feuille

11.1.02.01

Description FAT

752 Type

650 / 508


l

21,0


l

9,5

Gear ratio

i total

54,3 : 1

Number of teeth Spur gear drive

1. stage

2. stage

input gear

46

reduction gear

87

sun gear

19

planetary gear

34

internal gear

89

sun gear

19

planetary gear

28

internal gear

77

Preload (Pos. 80 not installed) tapered roller bearing item 78/79 friction

Nm

80

Bearing adjustment - axial play straight roller bearing item 31

mm

0,3 +0,1

Axial play straight roller bearing item 29

mm

0,4+0,2

Radial play straight roller bearing - general

mm

max. 0,1

Distance „a“ front area - flange 5 to carrier 23

mm

54,5+0,5

Control dimensions

Distance „b“ front area - fitting 88 to spur gear 30

Disk brakes

58,0+0,05 mm

brake release begin

bar

~14

completely released

bar

~17


bar

~16

completely applied

bar

~12

Ansicht View Vue

A

PR 732 / 742

Im Schnitt versetzt gezeichnet Repositioned - Sectional view Coupe décalée



02 92

Fahrgetriebe Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

F/N xxx-0253→0429 F/N xxx-0422→ 0596 F/N xxx-2078→ 2199 F/N xxx-2001→ 2086

Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.11.02

PR 722


Ansicht View Vue

A

PR 732 / 742




07 93

Fahrgetriebe Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.12.02

PR 722


Ansicht View Vue

A

PR 712 / 722




06 94

Fahrgetriebe Type "C" Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742


Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.13.02

PR 732 / 742

PR 722


Notes Note: Plugs position 63 and 64 - tightening torque approx. 160 Nm



01 00

Parts list

Travel gear Type "P"

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0430→3083 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0597→ 3170 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200→ 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087→ 3088 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.14.01

1 Connector housing 2 Duo-cone seal 3 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Output flange Socket head screw with lock washer Cross roller bearing Adjusting ring Connector carrier Disc brake - housing Socket head screw Pull off threaded bore Snap ring Brake cover Grooved ring Grooved ring Ring piston Spring - set Snap ring Thrust ring Snap ring Outer disk Inner disk

25 Disk carrier 26 Snap ring 30 Tension pin 31 O-ring 32 O-ring 33 Plug 34 Plug 35 Ring gear 36 Snap ring 37 Straight pin

40 41 42 43 44

Planetary carrier Planetary gear Straight roller bearing with split inner ring Snap ring Snap ring

45 Sun gear (drive shaft) 46 Thrust washer 47 Snap ring 50 Sun gear 51 Thrust washer 52 Thrust washer 54 Planetary gear 55 Straight roller bearing 56 Snap ring 58 O-ring 59 O-ring 60 61 62 63

Planetary carrier - output (housing) Pin O-ring Plug- magnetic oil drain 64 Plug- magnetic oil level check and filling 66 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake



01 00

Fahrgetriebe Type "P" Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0430→3083 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0597→ 3170 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200→ 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087→ 3088 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.14.02



Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 00

Parts list

Travel gear Type "P-D"

PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200 → 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087 → 3088 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.15.01

1 2 3 4

Connector housing Duo cone seal - inside Duo cone seal - outside Socket head screw with lock washer

5 6 7 8 9

Output flange Socket head screw with lock washer Cross roller bearing Adjusting ring Connector carrier

10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Disc brake - housing Socket head screw Snap ring Brake cover Seal ring with support ring Seal ring with support ring Ring piston Spring - set Snap ring Thrust ring Snap ring Outer disk Inner disk

25 Disk carrier 26 Snap ring 30 Tension pin 31 O-ring

50 Sun gear 51 Thrust washer 52 Thrust washer 54 Planetary gear 55 Straight roller bearing 56 Snap ring 58 O-ring 59 O-ring 60 61 62 63 64

Planetary carrier - output (housing) Pin O-ring O-ring Plug- magnetic oil drain 65 Plug- magnetic oil level check and filling 66 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws

32 O-ring 33 Plug 34 Plug 35 Ring gear 36 Snap ring 37 Straight pin 40 41 42 43 44

Planetary carrier Planetary gear Straight roller bearing with split inner ring Snap ring Snap ring

45 Sun gear (drive shaft) 46 Thrust washer 47 Snap ring

85 86 87 88

only for FAT 500P596D - PR 732 / LR 632 Thrust ring Tension pin O-ring Screw

A Connection - Sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "0" Thrust ring outside stamped with "O" ° Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product



01 00

Fahrgetriebe Type "P-D" Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200→ 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087→ 3088 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.15.02



01 00

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx-3084 → 3094


Typ/ab

Parts list

Travel gear Type "D"

PR 732 B F/N xxx-3136 → 3187 PR 742 B F/N xxx-3089 → 3098 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.16.01

1 Connector housing 2 Duo cone seal - inside 3 Duo cone seal - outside 4 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 Output flange 6 Socket head screw 7 Cross roller bearing

50 Sun gear 51 Thrust ring 55 Planetary gear 56 Straight roller bearing 57 Snap ring 58 Snap ring

8 Connector carrier 9 Plug 10 O-ring 11 Plug 12 Shim (laminated) 13 Roll pin 14 O-ring

60 Output housing - ring gear 61 O-ring 62 O-ring 63 Plug - magnetic oil drain 64 Plug - magnetic oil level check and filling

15 Disc brake - housing 16 Socket head screw 17 Snap ring 18 Brake cover 19 Seal ring with support ring 20 Seal ring with support ring 21 Ring piston 22 Spring - set 23 Snap ring 24 Thrust ring 25 Snap ring 26 Outer disk 27 Inner disk

65 Data tag

30 Disk carrier 31 Snap ring 40 Planetary carrier 41 Planetary gear 42 Straight roller bearing with split inner ring 43 Snap ring 44 Shim 45 Snap ring 46 Thrust washer 48 Sun gear(input shaft)

70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws

A Connection - Sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "O" Thrust ring outside marked with "O" ° Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product



01 00

Fahrgetriebe Type "D" Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B F/N xxx-3084→ 3094 PR 732 B F/N xxx-3136→ 3187 PR 742 B F/N xxx-3089→ 3098 Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.16.02




01 00

Parts list

Travel gear Type "D"

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B


Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.17.01

1 Connector housing 2 Duo cone seal - inside 3 Duo cone seal - outside 4 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 Output flange 6 Socket head screw 7 Cross roller bearing 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Connector carrier Plug O-ring Plug Shim (laminated) Roll pin O-ring

15 Disc brake - housing 16 Socket head screw 17 Snap ring 18 Brake cover 19 Seal ring with support ring 20 Seal ring with support ring 21 Ring piston 22 Spring - set 23 Snap ring 24 Thrust washer 25 Snap ring 26 Outer disk 27 Inner disk 30 Disk carrier 31 Snap ring 35 End ring 36 O-ring 37 Socket head screw with lock washer 40 Planetary carrier 41 Planetary gear 42 Straight roller bearing with split inner ring 43 Snap ring 44 Shim 45 Snap ring 46 Thrust washer 48 Sun gear (input shaft)

50 Sun gear 51 Thrust ring 55 Planetary gear 56 Straight roller bearing 57 Snap ring 58 Snap ring 60 Output housing - ring gear 61 O-ring 62 O-ring 63 Plug - magnetic oil drain 64 Plug - magnetic oil level check and filling 65 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws

A Connection - sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "O" Thrust ring outside marked with "O" ° Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product



01 00

Fahrgetriebe Type "D" Travel gear Mécanisme de translation

Typ/ab

Type/from


Type/a partir de


11.3.17.02

01 00

2006



01 00

Fahrgetriebe Travel Gear Mécanisme de translation


PR 752

F/N xxx- 2003

Blatt Page Feuille

2006

11.3.50. 00

Notes Note:

The springs 15 are installed in pairs (∅-large/small) into the bores of the ring piston 13 and are pretensioned via connector flange 5. Due to a given factor between brake pressure / release pressure, only one spring (∅-large) may be installed in two diagonally opposed bores of each ring piston.

Lubrication channel for the Duo-Cone seals on gears of the following machines: PR 752 F/N xxx-2007, 2009→2015

1 4

Connector housing Plug

101 102 103 104

Fitting O-ring O-ring Screw

Y

Connection - oil supply for the two (2) Duo-Cone seals


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 00

Parts list

Travel Gear

PR 752

F/N xxx-2007 →2061

Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.51.00

1 2 3 4

Connector housing Plug Roll pin Plug

5 6 7 8 9

Connector flange O-ring Socket head screw with washer Socket head screw with washer O-ring

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Brake cylinder with plug Seal ring O-ring Ring piston with puller threads Seal ring Pressure springs Ring housing Socket head screw Outer disc Inner disc Stop ring Snap ring

53 54 55 56 57 58 59

Carrier flange Straight roller bearing Straight roller bearing Snap ring O-ring Socket head screw O-ring

60 Sun gear 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72

Planetary gear carrier - output (housing) Thrust washer L-snap ring Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Plug with magnetic rod O-ring Slotted pin

73 Inner gear 74 Snap ring

23 Disc carrier 75 Support flange 25 Bearing flange 26 Socket head screw 28 Spur gear 29 Straight roller bearing 30 Spur gear (with hole circle) 31 Straight roller bearing 32 Snap ring 34 35 36 37 38

Bearing cover Shim pack O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer Intermediate cover

40 Sun gear 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

Planetary gear carrier Thrust washer Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Snap ring

50 Inner gear 51 Socket head screw

76 77 78 79

Output flange Plug Tapered roller bearing Tapered roller bearing

80 Duo-Cone seal 81 Duo-Cone seal 82 Shim 83 End disc 84 Socket head screw 86 Hex head screw with washer 87 88 89 90

Fitting O-ring Shims 0,1 / 0,3 mm Inductive transmitter (speed sensor)

92 Data tag 95 Travel motor X Connection - oil pressure line - disk brake Y Connection - oil supply for both Duo-Cone seals F sealed with Loctite No. 510 * installed with Loctite No. 242 a Adjustment value = 58,5+0,5mm b Adjustment value = 54,5+0,5mm



01 00



PR 752

F/N xxx- 2007

Blatt Page Feuille

2061

11.3.51. 00

Notes Note:

The springs 15 are installed in pairs (∅-large/small) into the bores of the ring piston 13 and are pretensioned via connector flange 5. Due to a given factor between brake pressure / release pressure, only one spring (∅-large) may be installed in two diagonally opposed bores of each ring piston.


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 03

Parts list

Travel Gear

PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx-2062→ F/N xxx-2001→

Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.52.00

1 2 3 4

Connector housing Plug Roll pin Plug

5 6 7 8 9

Connector flange O-ring Socket head screw with washer Socket head screw with washer O-ring

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Brake cylinder with plug Seal ring O-ring Ring piston with puller threads Seal ring Pressure springs Ring housing Socket head screw Outer disc Inner disc Stop ring Snap ring

53 54 55 56 57 58 59

Carrier flange Straight roller bearing Straight roller bearing Snap ring O-ring Socket head screw O-ring

60 Sun gear 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72

Planetary gear carrier - output (housing) Thrust washer L-snap ring Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Plug with magnetic rod O-ring Slotted pin

73 Inner gear 74 Snap ring

23 Disc carrier 75 Support flange 25 Bearing flange 26 Socket head screw 28 Spur gear 29 Straight roller bearing 30 Spur gear (with hole circle) 31 Straight roller bearing 32 Snap ring 34 35 36 37 38

Bearing cover Shim pack O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer Intermediate cover

40 Sun gear 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

Planetary gear carrier Thrust washer Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Snap ring

50 Inner gear 51 Socket head screw

76 Output flange 78 Tapered roller bearing 79 Tapered roller bearing 80 Duo-Cone seal 81 Duo-Cone seal 82 Shim 83 End disc 84 Socket head screw 86 Hex head screw with washer 87 88 89 90

Fitting O-ring Shims 0,1 / 0,3 mm Inductive transmitter (speed sensor)

92 Data tag 95 Travel motor

X Connection - oil pressure line - disk brake Y Connection - oil supply for both Duo-Cone seals F sealed with Loctite No. 510 * installed with Loctite No. 242 a Adjustment value = 58,5+0,5mm b Adjustment value = 54,5+0,5mm



01 00



PR 752 RL 52

F/N xxx- 2062 F/N xxx- 2001

Blatt Page Feuille

11.3.52. 00


12.1

Description, function, wear effects

12.2


12.2.00

Measuring instructions and evaluation of wear

12.2.01

Appraisal report

12.2.02

Wear chart PR 712

F/N xxx-0103→0500

12.2.10

PR 712B F/N xxx-0501→

12.2.11

PR 722

12.2.20

F/N xxx-0103→1000

PR 722B F/N xxx-1001→

12.2.21

PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx→

12.2.22

PR 732

12.2.30

F/N xxx-2003→2500

PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→

12.2.31


12.2.32

PR 742

12.2.40

F/N xxx-2001→2500

PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→

12.2.41


12.2.42

PR 752

F/N xxx-2001→5071

12.2.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-5072→

12.2.51

Front idler

12.4

Front idler

PR 712 → PR 742

12.4.00

Idler guide and yoke assembly

PR 712

12.4.10

Idler guide and yoke assembly

PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→3016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→3093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→

12.4.20

Idler unit

PR 722B F/N xxx-3017→

12.4.21

Idler unit

PR 732B F/N xxx-3094→

12.4.30

Front idler

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→7421

12.4.50

Front idler

PR 752

F/N xxx-7422→

12.4.51

F/N xxx-0103→



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 04

Track components

Blatt Page Feuille

12.0.00.01

Track adjuster unit

12.5

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→3016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→3093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→

12.5.10


12.5.20

PR 752

12.5.50

F/N xxx-2002→

Track roller

12.6

Track roller

PR 712 → PR 742

12.6.00

Track roller

PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→5801

12.6.40

Track roller

PR 752 F/N xxx-5802→

12.6.50

Carrier roller

12.7

Track roller frame

12.8


12.8.10


12.8.30

Support shaft preassembled

12.9


12.9.10

PR 752

12.9.50

F/N xxx-2002→

Description Track - chain pitch - length (L/M)

PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) mm (inch) 171,5 (6,75) 175,5 (6,91) 203,25 (8,0) no. of links 42 (44) 43 (47) 39 (43)

- track pad width single grouser

mm (inch)

- track pad width for (M) single grouser

mm (inch)

- track pad bolt - wrench size for bolts

thread size

Sprocket - segments - bolt - wrench size for bolts

no. per side thread size

Idler - diameter of running surface - oil quantity (SAE 80) Track rollers - single flange - double flange (L/M) - location s = single flange d = double flange

mm l no. per side no. per side (L/M)

- oil quantity (SAE 80)

l

Carrier rollers (L/M) - oil quantity (SAE 80)

no. per side l

Track adjuster unit - preload installed

kN

Track roller frame - max. oscillation

ә°

Explanation to (L/M): Data's without ( ) Data's with ( ) = (L/M) Notes:

PR 742(B) 215,9 (8,5) 40 (43)

508 (20) 610 (24)

508 (20) 610 (24)

508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28)

711 (28) 812 (32) 965 (38) ¾” UNF 1ǩ”

812 (32) 914 (35)

ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35) ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

2 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

9 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

5 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

5 ¾” UNF 1ǩ”

616 0,35

646 0,35

678 0,4

710 0,43

4 2 (3) s-d-s-s-d-s

4 2 (4) s-d-s-s-d-s

(s-d-s-d-s-d-s) 0,35

4 3 (4) s-d-s-d-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,35

(s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,5


1 (2) 0,34

1 (2) 0,34

1 (2) 0,4

2 0,4

90 ±2,5°

100 ±2,5°

125 ±3°

165 ±3°

457 (18) 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) 762 (30) 864 (34)

¾” UNF 1ǩ”

→ for standard track length/gauge or general → L = long track / M = long track and wide track gauge

- Tighten screws, for which no separate tightening torque is given, according to standard chart - see group 1.4. - Tightening torques for track pad-, split master link- and sprocket segment bolts see next page. Reasoned by normal settlement of material, new bolted connections have to be checked for the first time after appr. 50 operating hours and, as necessary, they have to be retightened. For this, use the value, marked in the table with the title „test“, without loosing the bolts. If the bolts are tightable for more then 90° before reaching the required tightening torque, the track pad/segment should be disassembled and installed completely new. Check the bolts, if their proper condition is not secured, always use new bolts and nuts. - The contact area of the bolted connection has to be clean and flat, the threads should be lightly oiled. The nuts have to be mounted with the flat end faces to the seating and the rounded end faces to the end of the bolt. - Tighten the bolts always in the outlined steps crosswise to the tightening torque. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


01 01

Track Components


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0101→ 3000 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0101→ 3000 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 3000 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ 3000 Blatt Page Feuille

12.1.00.01

Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Intertractor - issue 2001

bolts

quality

at track pads/segments

at split master link*

test

Nm

ft.lbs

ǫ” 18 UNF 11.9 180 + 120° 130 + 120° 12.9 190±10 + 120° 140±5 + 120° 13.9 200±10 + 120° 150±5 + 120°

±10

360 385±10 400±10

±10

265 285±10 300±10

-305±30 330±30

-225±10 245±10

¾” 16 UNF 11.9 320±10 + 120° 240±5 + 120° 12.9 340±10 + 120° 250±5 + 120° 13.9 360±10 + 120° 265±5 + 120°

630±10 675±10 700±10

465±10 500±10 520±10

-535±30 580±30

-395±10 430±10

Nm + ә°

Nm

ft.lbs+ ә°

±10

±5

ft.lbs

Note: * = not valid for “K-loc” split master links with standard track pad bolts.

Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Berco - issue 2001 bolts

at track pads/segments Nm + ә° ±10

ft.lbs+ ә° ±5

test Nm ±20

at split master link

ft.lbs m.-type length ±10

ǫ” 18 UNF 180 + 120° 130 + 120° 390 290 180±10 + 120° 130±5 + 120° 390±20 290±10

x12 x22

¾” 16 UNF 270±10 + 120° 200±5 + 120° 630±20 465±10 270±10 + 120° 200±5 + 120° 630±20 465±10

x32 x42

92 92

Nm + ә°

ft.lbs+ ә°

±40

170 + 180° 125±30 + 180° 170±40 + 180° 125±30 + 180°

107 300±50 + 180° 220±30 + 180° 113,5 300±50 + 180° 220±30 + 180°

Description Track - chain pitch - length (L/M)

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B mm (inch) 171,5 (6,75) 175,5 (6,91) 203,25 (8,0) no. of links -- (44) 43 (47) 39 (43)

- track pad width single grouser

mm (inch)

- track pad width for (M) single grouser

mm (inch)

- track pad bolt

thread size

- wrench size for bolts at master link pad Sprocket - segments - bolt - wrench size for bolts

no. per side thread size

508 (20) 610 (24)

508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28)

560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28)

711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35) ǫ” UNF

812 (32) 965 (38)

812 (32) 914 (35)

--

15

⁄16”

¾” UNF

¾”

Ǭ"

UNF

⁄16”

1ǩ”

1ǩ”

UNF 30 mm

15⁄16”

Ǭ” UNF 15⁄16”

5 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

5 ¾” UNF 1ǩ”

3 Ǭ” UNF 15⁄16”

mm l

630 0,28

646 0,35

676 0,4

710 0,43

813 0,5

no. per side no. per side

4 -- (3) --

4 2 (4) s-d-s-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,4


4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s

(s-d-s-d-s-d-s) 0,28


-- (2) 0,3

1 (2) 0,2

1 (2) 0,3

2 0,4

2 0,56

98 ±2,5°

117 ±2,5°

150 ±3°

216 ±3°

300 ±3°

(L/M) l

Carrier rollers (L/M) - oil quantity (SAE 80)

no. per side l

Track adjuster unit - preload installed

kN

Track roller frame - max. oscillation

ә°

Notes:

15

508 (20) 560 (22) 610 (24)

9 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

- oil quantity (SAE 80)

Explanation to (L/M): Data's without ( ) Data's with ( ) = (L/M)

ǫ” UNF

PR 752 215,9 (8,5) 44

2 ǫ” UNF 15 ⁄16”

Idler - diameter of running surface - oil quantity (SAE 80) Track rollers - single flange - double flange (L/M) - location s = single flange d = double flange

457 (18) 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) 762 (30) 864 (34)

PR 742B 215,9 (8,5) 40 (43)

0,67

→ for standard track length/gauge or general → L = long track / M = long track and wide track gauge

- Tighten screws, for which no separate tightening torque is given, according to standard chart - see group 1.4. - Tightening torques for track pad-, split master link- and sprocket segment bolts see next page. Reasoned by normal settlement of material, new bolted connections have to be checked for the first time after appr. 50 operating hours and, as necessary, they have to be retightened. For this, use the value, marked in the table with the title „test“, without loosing the bolts. If the bolts are tightable for more then 90° before reaching the required tightening torque, the track pad/segment should be disassembled and installed completely new. Check the bolts, if their proper condition is not secured, always use new bolts and nuts. - The contact area of the bolted connection has to be clean and flat, the threads should be lightly oiled. The nuts have to be mounted with the flat end faces to the seating and the rounded end faces to the end of the bolt (except version at machine size x52). - Tighten the bolts always in the outlined steps crosswise to the tightening torque. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!


01 01

Track Components


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 Blatt Page Feuille


12.1.00.02

Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Intertractor - issue 2001

bolts

quality

at track pads/segments

at split master link*

test

Nm

ft.lbs

ǫ” 18 UNF 11.9 180 + 120° 130 + 120° 12.9 190±10 + 120° 140±5 + 120° 13.9 200±10 + 120° 150±5 + 120°

±10

360 385±10 400±10

±10

265 285±10 300±10

-305±30 330±30

-225±10 245±10

¾” 16 UNF 11.9 320±10 + 120° 240±5 + 120° 12.9 340±10 + 120° 250±5 + 120° 13.9 360±10 + 120° 265±5 + 120°

630±10 675±10 700±10

465±10 500±10 520±10

-535±30 580±30

-395±10 430±10

Ǭ” 14 UNF 11.9 350±10 + 120° 260±5 + 120° 1010±30 12.9 370±10 + 120° 270±5 + 120° 1080±30 13.9 390±10 + 120° 285±5 + 120° 1130±30

745±20 800±20 830±20

-970±30 1050±30

-715±20 775±20

Nm + ә°

Nm

ft.lbs+ ә°

±10

±5

ft.lbs

Note: * = not valid for “K-loc” split master links with standard track pad bolts.

Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Berco - issue 2001 bolts

at track pads/segments Nm + ә° ±10

ft.lbs+ ә° ±5

test Nm ±20

at split master link

ft.lbs m.-type length

Nm + ә°

ft.lbs+ ә°

±10

ǫ” 18 UNF 180 + 120° 130 + 120° 390 290 ±10 ±5 ±20 180 + 120° 130 + 120° 390 290±10

x12 x22

¾” 16 UNF 270±10 + 120° 200±5 + 120° 630±20 480±10 270±10 + 120° 200±5 + 120° 630±20 480±10

x32 x42

107 300±50 + 180° 220±30 + 180° 113,5 300±50 + 180° 220±30 + 180°

Ǭ” 14 UNF 400±10 + 120° 295±5 + 120° 1020±30 760±20 400±10 + 120° 295±5 + 120° 1020±30 760±20 400±10 + 120° 295±5 + 120° 1020±30 760±20

x42 x52 x52

115 320±20 + 120° 235±15 + 120° 95,4 650±70 + 120° 480±50 + 120° 123,8 650±70 + 120° 480±50 + 120°

92 92

±40

170 + 180° 125±30 + 180° 170±40 + 180° 125±30 + 180°

The travel power of the machine is transferred from the travel gear via the sprocket, track chain and track pads to the ground. The idler, track and carrier rollers, guide the track chain and distribute the weight of the machine to the track pads. The result is even ground pressure, good traction and stable characteristics.

1

Track roller - single flange

7

Carrier roller

2

Track roller - double flange

8

Sprocket (segments)

3

Track chain assembly

9

Travel gear

4

Idler, complete

10

Roller frame

5

Grease cylinder

11

Track guide

6

Spring assembly

Additional track components: Center track guards an guides (not illustrated)


Typ/ab


01 00

Type/a partir de



Track components

Type/from

Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.00.01

When travelling, the sprocket teeth engage into the bushings of the track chain. This causes friction between the sprocket teeth and the bushings, which in turn causes wear. Since there is more relative motion in reverse, the wear in this area is usually higher.

Due to the power transfer and the actual weight of the track chain is under constant tension. Because of that, the track pins and bushings contact each other always on the same area. (Moving joints when chain rolls over idler and sprocket). The resulting wear on the outside of the pins and the inside of the bushings increases the track chain pitch. Track chain pitch is: Distance from the center of the pin to the pin to the next center of pin on one track chain link.

1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 686,8 689,2 691,6 694,0 696,4 697,6 698,8 701,6 704,2

2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

27,04 27,13 27,23 27,32 27,42 27,46 27,51 27,62 27,72

Chain link - height

measured w. depth gauge mm % inch 95,2 93,6 92,1 90,7 89,2 88,5 87,8 86,3 84,8

4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

70,1 69,3 68,3 67,0 65,2 63,8 62,6 61,4 60,0

Backlash of teeth only partially worn = good Backlash of teeth worn teeth pointed = replace (see page 12.2.01.05)

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,76 2,73 2,69 2,64 2,57 2,51 2,46 2,42 2,36

53,8 53,0 52,0 50,7 48,9 47,5 46,3 45,1 43,7

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1.2.3 - sealed measured diameter mm % inch

2,12 2,09 2,05 2,00 1,93 1,87 1,82 1,78 1,72

53,8 53,4 52,7 51,9 50,6 49,6 48,6 47,8 46,9

100 110 120

2,12 2,10 2,07 2,04 1,99 1,95 1,91 1,88 1,85

mm

%

inch

3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser - A (11,5) 3.2 - single grouser - B (13) measured w. depth gauge measured w. depth gauge mm % inch mm % inch

3,75 3,69 3,63 3,57 3,51 3,48 3,46 3,40 3,34

Sprocket Sprocket teeth wear visual evaluation

Note:

1.2 Bushing - external wear 1.2.1 - lubricated 1.2.2 - lubricated measured w. depth gauge measured diameter mm % inch mm % inch

53,0 46,5 40,0 34,0 27,5 22,5 18,5 14,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110

2,09 1,83 1,57 1,34 1,08 0,89 0,73 0,57

Idler

measured w. depth gauge mm % inch

58,0 51,3 45,0 39,0 32,5 27,5 23,5 19,5

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110

2,28 2,02 1,77 1,54 1,28 1,08 0,93 0,77

6. Track roller single- and double flange measured diameter mm % inch

0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

7.

Carrier roller

measured diameter mm % inch

17,0 17,7 18,8 19,5 20,3

0 20 40 60 80

0,67 0,70 0,74 0,77 0,80

203,0 200,2 197,4 194,4 191,5

0 20 40 60 80

7,99 7,88 7,77 7,65 7,54

149,0 148,7 146,4 144,1 141,8

0 20 40 60 80

5,87 5,85 5,76 5,67 5,58

21,9 23,5 25,2

90 100 110

0,86 0,93 0,99

190,0 187,5 185,2

90 100 110

7,48 7,38 7,29

140,0 138,2 136,4

90 100 110

5,51 5,44 5,37

17,0

0

0,67

203,0

0

7,99

149,0

0

5,87

- For use of wear charts - see page 12.2.01.07 / reverse side and page 12.2.02.01 - New dimensions, intermediate values and reconditioning wear limits (= 100% wear) are supplied by the manufacturer. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!

Wear chart


PR 712B F/N xxx-0501→

Berco (casting No. on links = CR 284x) Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components

Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.11.01


2.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

27,01 27,09 27,17 27,26 27,34 27,42 27,50 27,59 27,69

Chain link - height


4.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

69,9 69,2 68,4 67,7 66,9 66,1 65,4 64,6 63,9


0 21 42 63 82 91 100 110 120

2,75 2,72 2,69 2,66 2,63 2,60 2,57 2,54 2,52

53,8 53,1 52,3 51,6 50,8 50,0 49,3 48,5 47,8

3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser measured w. depth gauge mm % inch mm

3,99 3,91 3,83 3,76 3,68 3,61 3,53 3,48 3,44


Note:


57,2 51,0 44,8 38,6 32,4 26,2 20,0 15,0 10,0

5.

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

2,25 2,00 1,76 1,52 1,28 1,03 0,79 0,59 0,39

Idler


0 21 42 63 82 91


100 110 120

2,12 2,09 2,06 2,03 2,00 1,97 1,94 1,91 1,88

53,8 53,1 52,6 52,1 51,6 51,3 50,8 50,2 49,5

0 27 45 63 81 90 100 110 120

2,12 2,09 2,07 2,05 2,03 2,02 2,00 1,98 1,95

%

inch

mm

%

inch

0

0

100 110 120

100 110 120


7.

Carrier roller


20,0 21,3 22,6 23,9 25,2

0 24 48 72 88

0,79 0,84 0,89 0,94 0,99

203,0 200,2 197,4 194,4 191,5

0 20 40 60 80

7,99 7,88 7,77 7,65 7,54

150,0 147,4 144,8 142,2 139,6

0 20 40 60 80

5,91 5,80 5,70 5,60 5,50

26,6 28,0 30,1

94 100 110

1,05 1,10 1,19

190,0 187,5 185,2

90 100 110

7,48 7,38 7,29

138,2 136,7 135,2

90 100 110

5,44 5,38 5,32

32,0

120

1,26

183,0

120

7,20

133,7

120

5,26

- For use of wear charts - see page 12.2.01.07 / reverse side and page 12.2.02.01 - New dimensions and reconditioning wear limits (= 100% wear) are supplied by the manufacturer. The intermediate values are approx. values in a wear curve. Benennung Description Dénomination

Mjfcifss!

Wear chart


PR 712B F/N xxx-0501→

Pro Itrac Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components

Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.11.02


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

27,68 27,78 27,88 27,98 28,09 28,14 28,19 28,29 28,43

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

72,4 71,3 70,3 69,2 67,2 66,0 64,7 63,4 62,1

Backlash of teeth only partially worn = good Backlash of teeth worn teeth pinted = replace (see page 12.2.01.05)

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,85 2,81 2,77 2,72 2,65 2,60 2,55 2,50 2,44

58,7 57,6 56,6 55,5 53,5 52,3 51,0 49,7 48,4

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120


2,31 2,27 2,23 2,19 2,11 2,06 2,01 1,96 1,91

58,7 58,0 57,1 56,4 55,6 54,9 54,1 53,2 52,5

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,31 2,28 2,25 2,22 2,19 2,16 2,13 2,09 2,07

3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser 3.2 - double grouser 3.3 - triple grouser measured w. depth gauge measured w. depth gauge measured w.depth gauge mm % inch mm % inch mm % inch

4,06 3,98 3,91 3,83 3,76 3,72 3,69 3,59 3,50


Note:


55,0 48,5 42,0 38,0 29,0 24,4 20,5 16,5 12,0

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,17 1,91 1,65 1,50 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,65 0,47

Idler


31,0 27,5 23,2 19,0 14,0 11,5 9,0 6,5 4,0

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,22 1,08 0,91 0,75 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,26 0,16


25,3 23,0 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0

7.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,00 0,91 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39

Carrier roller


20,0 20,7 21,8 22,5 23,3

0 20 40 60 80

0,79 0,81 0,86 0,89 0,92

203,0 199,6 196,0 192,8 190,0

0 20 40 60 80

7,99 7,86 7,72 7,59 7,48

171,5 169,7 167,4 165,1 162,8

0 20 40 60 80

6,75 6,68 6,59 6,50 6,41

24,9 26,5 28,2

90 100 110

0,98 1,04 1,11

187,6 184,0 180,4

90 100 110

7,39 7,24 7,10

161,0 159,2 157,4

90 100 110

6,34 6,27 6,20

29,8

120

1,17

177,0

120

6,97

155,5

120

6,12


Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Berco (casting No. on links = CR 282x)

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 722B F/N xxx-1001→ LR 622 F/N xxx-2006→ RL 22B F/N xxx-3001→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.21.01


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

27,67 27,75 27,85 27,95 28,05 28,10 28,15 28,25 28,35

Chain link - height


4.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

72,6 71,5 70,7 69,9 69,2 68,4 67,4 66,4 65,6


0 24 42 60 78 88 100 112 121

2,86 2,81 2,78 2,75 2,72 2,69 2,65 2,61 2,58

58,8 57,7 56,9 56,1 55,4 54,6 53,6 52,6 51,8

0 24 42 60 78 88 100 112 121


2,31 2,27 2,24 2,21 2,18 2,15 2,11 2,07 2,04

58,8 58,2 57,7 57,2 56,7 56,2 55,6 55,0 54,5

0 24 42 60 78 88 100 112 121

2,31 2,29 2,27 2,25 2,23 2,21 2,19 2,17 2,15


4,29 4,20 4,13 4,04 3,96 3,88 3,79 3,74 3,68


Note:


57,2 51,0 44,8 38,6 32,4 26,2 20,0 15,0 10,0

5.

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

2,25 2,00 1,76 1,52 1,28 1,03 0,79 0,59 0,39

Idler


31,0 27,8 24,6 21,4 18,2 15,0 11,9 9,6 7,3

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

1,22 1,09 0,97 0,84 0,72 0,59 0,47 0,38 0,29


25,3 22,2 19,1 16,0 12,9 9,7 6,5 4,2 1,9

7.

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

1,00 0,87 0,75 0,63 0,51 0,38 0,26 0,17 0,07

Carrier roller


19,0 20,6 22,3 24,0 24,8

0 24 48 72 88

0,75 0,81 0,88 0,94 0,98

203,0 199,0 195,0 191,0 188,2

0 24 48 72 90

7,99 7,83 7,68 7,52 7,41

171,5 169,0 166,5 164,0 161,4

0 20 40 60 80

19,0 20,6 22,3 24,0 24,8

25,4 26,0 27,0

94 100 110

1,00 1,02 1,06

186,3 184,4 179,6

96 100 110

7,33 7,26 7,07

159,8 158,8 157,5

92 100 110

25,4 26,0 27,0

19,0

0

0,75

203,0

0

7,99

171,5

0

19,0

- For use of wear charts - see page 12.2.01.07 / reverse side and page 12.2.02.01 - New dimensions and reconditioning wear limits (= 100% wear) are supplied by the manufacturer. The intermediate values are approx. values in a wear curve.


Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Pro Itrac

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Track Components


PR 722B F/N xxx-1001→ LR 622 F/N xxx-2006→ RL 22B F/N xxx-3001→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.21.02


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

27,68 27,78 27,88 27,98 28,09 28,14 28,19 28,29 28,44

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

74,1 72,8 71,6 70,1 67,6 66,4 65,1 63,9 62,6


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,91 2,87 2,82 2,76 2,66 2,61 2,56 2,51 2,46

62,2 60,9 59,7 58,2 55,7 54,5 53,2 52,0 50,7

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

mm

2,12 2,40 2,35 2,29 2,19 2,14 2,09 2,04 2,00

%

inch

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120


4,29 4,22 4,15 4,07 3,98 3,93 3,88 3,83 3,77


Note:


55,0 48,5 42,0 38,0 29,0 24,4 20,5 16,5 12,0

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,17 1,91 1,65 1,50 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,65 0,47

Idler


37,0 33,5 29,5 26,5 22,5 20,0 18,0 16,0 13,5

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,46 1,32 1,16 1,04 0,89 0,79 0,71 0,63 0,53


25,3 23,0 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0

7.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,00 0,91 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39

Carrier roller


20,0 20,7 21,8 22,5 23,3

0 20 40 60 80

0,79 0,81 0,86 0,89 0,92

203,0 199,6 196,0 192,8 190,0

0 20 40 60 80

7,99 7,86 7,72 7,59 7,48

171,5 169,7 167,4 165,1 162,8

0 20 40 60 80

6,75 6,68 6,59 6,50 6,41

24,9 26,5 28,2

90 100 110

0,98 1,04 1,11

187,6 184,0 180,4

90 100 110

7,39 7,24 7,10

161,0 159,2 157,4

90 100 110

6,34 6,27 6,20

29,8

120

1,17

177,0

120

6,97

155,5

120

6,12


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx→ LR 622 F/N xxx-5xxx→ RL 22B F/N xxx-5xxx→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.22.01


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

27,67 27,75 27,85 27,95 28,05 28,10 28,15 28,25 28,35

Chain link - height


4.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

74,2 73,2 72,1 70,9 69,4 68,3 67,6 66,6 65,8


0 20 40 61 79 91 100 112 121

2,92 2,88 2,84 2,79 2,73 2,69 2,66 2,62 2,59

62,0 61,0 59,9 58,7 57,2 56,1 55,4 54,4 53,6

0 20 40 61 79 91 100 112 121


2,44 2,40 2,36 2,31 2,25 2,21 2,18 2,14 2,11

62,0 60,8 59,9 58,9 58,7 57,6 56,8 55,8 55,0

0 24 40 60 78 91 100 112 121

2,44 2,39 2,36 2,32 2,31 2,27 2,24 2,20 2,17


4,29 4,20 4,13 4,04 3,96 3,88 3,79 3,74 3,68


Note:


55,0 48,5 42,0 35,5 28,0 24,3 20,0 15,0 10,0

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,16 1,19 1,66 1,40 1,10 0,95 0,79 0,59 0,39

Idler


31,0 27,8 24,6 21,4 18,2 15,0 11,9 9,6 7,3

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

1,22 1,09 0,97 0,84 0,72 0,59 0,47 0,38 0,29


25,3 22,2 19,1 16,0 12,9 9,7 6,5 4,2 1,9

7.

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

1,00 0,87 0,75 0,63 0,51 0,38 0,26 0,17 0,07

Carrier roller


19,0 20,6 22,3 24,0 24,8

0 24 48 72 88

0,75 0,81 0,88 0,94 0,98

203,0 199,0 195,0 191,0 188,2

0 24 48 72 90

7,99 7,83 7,68 7,52 7,41

171,5 169,0 166,5 164,0 131,4

0 20 40 60 80

6,75 6,65 6,56 6,46 6,35

25,4 26,0 27,0

94 100 110

1,00 1,02 1,06

186,3 184,4 179,6

96 100 110

7,33 7,26 7,07

159,8 158,8 157,5

92 100 110

6,29 6,25 6,20

28,0

120

1,10

174,9

120

6,89

156,2

120

6,15


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx→ LR 622 F/N xxx-5xxx→ RL 22B F/N xxx-5xxx→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.22.02


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

32,04 32,14 32,24 32,35 32,45 32,50 32,55 32,66 32,80

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

87,3 86,2 85,0 83,7 82,2 80,9 79,6 78,1 76,7


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,43 3,39 3,35 3,30 3,24 3,19 3,13 3,07 3,02

69,8 68,7 67,5 66,2 64,7 63,4 62,1 60,6 59,2

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120


2,75 2,70 2,66 2,61 2,55 2,50 2,44 2,39 2,33

66,6 65,8 64,9 64,2 63,4 62,7 61,9 61,0 60,3

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,62 2,59 2,56 2,53 2,50 2,47 2,44 2,40 2,37


4,78 4,70 4,63 4,55 4,49 4,40 4,33 4,28 4,23


Note:


55,5 48,5 42,0 36,0 29,5 26,0 23,0 20,0 16,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,19 1,91 1,65 1,42 1,16 1,02 0,91 0,79 0,65

Idler


35,5 32,0 27,5 23,5 18,5 15,5 13,0 10,5 8,0

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,40 1,26 1,08 0,93 0,73 0,61 0,51 041 0,31


26,5 23,4 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0

7.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,04 0,92 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39

Carrier roller


22,0 23,2 24,3 25,0 25,8

0 20 40 60 80

0,87 0,91 0,96 0,98 1,02

210,0 205,8 202,0 198,0 193,5

0 20 40 60 80

8,27 8,10 7,95 7,80 7,62

187,5 185,1 182,0 178,9 175,9

0 20 40 60 80

7,38 7,29 7,17 7,04 6,93

27,4 29,0 30,7

90 100 110

1,08 1,14 1,21

192,0 188,0 183,0

90 100 110

7,56 7,40 7,20

172,5 168,5 164,5

90 100 110

6,79 6,63 6,48

32,3

120

1,27

178,0

120

7,01

160,0

120

6,30


Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Berco (casting No. on links CR 317x)

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ LR 632 F/N xxx-2002→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.31.01

1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 812,,3 814,3 816,3 818,3 820,3 822,4 824,5 825,8 827,1

2.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

31,98 32,06 32,14 32,22 32,30 32,38 32,46 32,51 32,56

Chain link - height


4.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

86,9 85,7 84,6 83,5 82,4 81,3 80,3 79,3 78,3


0 24 42 60 78 88 100 110 120

3,42 3,37 3,33 3,29 3,24 3,20 3,16 3,12 3,08

69,7 68,5 67,4 66,3 65,2 64,1 63,1 62,1 61,1

0 24 42 60 78 88 100 110 120


2,74 2,70 2,65 2,61 2,57 2,52 2,48 2,44 2,41

69,7 68,8 67,9 67,0 66,0 65,3 64,5 63,7 62,9

0 24 42 60 78 90 100 110 120

2,74 2,71 2,67 2,64 2,60 2,57 2,54 2,51 2,48


5,04 4,94 4,85 4,76 4,66 4,57 4,47 4,41 4,35


Note:


58,7 53,1 47,6 42,1 36,6 31,0 25,4 21,3 17,2

5.

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

2,31 2,09 1,87 1,66 1,44 1,22 1,00 0,84 0,68

Idler


34,0 31,4 28,8 26,2 23,6 20,8 18,0 15,9 13,8

0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120

1,34 1,24 1,13 1,03 0,93 0,82 0,71 0,63 0,54


26,5 23,4 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0

7.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,04 0,92 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39

Carrier roller


22,0 23,3 24,6 25,9 27,1

0 24 48 72 88

0,87 0,92 0,97 1,02 1,07

210,0 205,5 201,5 197,5 193,5

0 20 40 60 80

8,27 8,09 7,93 7,78 7,62

187,5 185,1 182,0 178,9 175,9

0 20 40 60 80

7,38 7,29 7,17 7,04 6,93

28,3 29,5 31,6

94 100 110

1,11 1,16 1,24

191,5 187,5 182,5

90 100 110

7,54 7,38 7,19

172,5 168,4 164,4

90 100 110

6,79 6,63 6,48

33,7

120

1,33

177,5

120

6,99

160,0

120

6,30


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ LR 632 F/N xxx-2002→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.31.02


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

32,04 32,14 32,24 32,35 32,45 32,50 32,55 32,66 32,80

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

90,4 89,1 87,9 86,3 83,8 82,5 81,3 80,0 78,7


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,56 3,51 3,46 3,40 3,30 3,25 3,20 3,15 3,10

72,9 71,6 70,4 68,8 66,3 65,0 63,8 62,5 61,2

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

mm

%

inch

0 20 40 60 80 90

2,87 2,82 2,77 2,71 2,61 2,56 2,51 2,46 2,41

100 110 120


4,78 4,70 4,63 4,55 4,49 4,40 4,33 4,28 4,23


Note:


55,5 48,5 42,0 36,0 29,5 26,0 23,0 20,0 16,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,19 1,91 1,65 1,42 1,16 1,02 0,91 0,79 0,65

Idler


42,5 36,0 30,5 24,5 18,0 15,0 11,5 8,50 5,50

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,67 1,12 1,20 0,96 0,71 0,59 0,45 0,33 0,22


26,5 23,4 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0

7.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1,04 0,92 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39

Carrier roller


22,0 23,2 24,3 25,0 25,8

0 20 40 60 80

0,87 0,91 0,96 0,98 1,02

210,0 205,8 202,0 198,0 193,5

0 20 40 60 80

8,27 8,10 7,95 7,80 7,62

187,5 185,1 182,0 178,9 175,9

0 20 40 60 80

7,38 7,29 7,17 7,04 6,93

27,4 29,0 30,7

90 100 110

1,08 1,14 1,21

192,0 188,0 183,0

90 100 110

7,56 7,40 7,20

172,5 168,5 164,5

90 100 110

6,79 6,63 6,48

32,3

120

1,27

178,0

120

7,01

160,0

120

6,30


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Track Components


PR 732B F/N xxx-5xxx→ LR 632 F/N xxx-5xxx→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.32.01


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

34,04 34,14 34,24 34,35 34,45 34,50 34,55 34,72 34,80

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

92,9 91,9 90,8 89,8 87,8 86,5 85,3 84,0 82,7


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,66 3,62 3,57 3,53 3,46 3,41 3,36 3,31 3,26

74,6 73,6 72,5 71,5 69,5 68,2 67,0 65,7 64,4

0 20 40 60 80 90

71,5 63,5 55,0 46,5 38,0 33,0 26,5 20,0 13,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,81 2,50 2,17 1,83 1,50 1,30 1,04 0,79 0,53

Idler



100 110 120

2,94 2,90 2,85 2,81 2,74 2,69 2,64 2,59 2,54

71,5 70,6 70,0 69,2 68,3 67,8 66,6 65,8 64,9

100 110 120

2,81 2,78 2,76 2,72 2,69 2,67 2,62 2,59 2,56

%

inch

mm

%

inch


4,96 4,86 4,78 4,70 4,61 4,56 4,49 4,44 4,39


Note:


0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90

100 110 120

100 110 120


7.

Carrier roller


22,0 23,2 24,2 25,3 26,5

0 20 40 60 80

0,87 0,91 0,95 1,00 1,04

222,0 218,4 214,4 210,4 205,7

0 20 40 60 80

8,74 8,60 8,44 8,28 8,10

191,0 188,1 185,0 181,9 178,9

0 20 40 60 80

7,52 7,41 7,28 7,16 7,04

29,0 31,5 34,0

90 100 110

1,14 1,24 1,34

203,4 199,2 194,0

90 100 110

8,01 7,84 7,64

175,5 171,5 167,5

90 100 110

6,91 6,75 6,59

36,5

120

1,44

189,0

120

7,44

163,0

120

6,42


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01


Track Components

PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→ RL 42 F/N xxx-3001→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.41.01


2.

0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120

34,06 34,13 34,21 34,29 34,37 34,45 34,53 34,60 34,70

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

93,8 93,0 92,2 91,4 90,6 89,9 89,1 88,1 87,0


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,69 3,66 3,63 3,60 3,57 3,54 3,51 3,47 3,43

74,6 73,8 73,0 72,2 71,4 70,7 69,9 68,9 67,8


4,96 4,87 4,78 4,68 4,59 4,54 4,50 4,45 4,41


Note:


71,5 65,0 58,5 52,0 45,5 42,0 38,0 34,0 29,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,81 2,56 2,30 2,05 1,79 1,65 1,50 1,34 1,16

Idler

0 20 40 60 80 90


100 110 120

2,94 2,91 2,87 2,84 2,81 2,78 2,75 2,71 2,97

71,4 70,9 70,4 69,9 69,3 68,8 68,3 67,7 67,1

0 18 36 54 72 90 100 110 120

2,81 2,79 2,77 2,75 2,73 2,71 2,69 2,67 2,64

%

inch

mm

%

inch

0

0

100 110 120

100 110 120



7.

Carrier roller

22,0 23,6 25,2 26,9 28,6

0 30 60 80 88

0,87 0,93 0,99 1,06 1,13

222,0 218,4 214,8 211,02 207,6

0 21 42 63 84

8,74 8,60 8,46 8,31 8,17

190,0 186,9 183,8 180,5 177,4

0 20 40 60 80

7,48 7,36 7,24 7,11 6,98

30,3 32,0 34,5

93 100 110

1,19 1,26 1,36

203,9 200,0 194,0

92 100 110

8,03 7,87 7,64

174,8 171,5 168,4

90 100 110

6,88 6,75 6,63

37,0

120

1,46

189,0

120

7,44

165,2

120

6,50



Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Itrac

Datum Edition Date

01 01


Track Components

PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→ RL 42B F/N xxx-3001→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.41.02


2.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

34,04 34,14 34,24 34,35 34,45 34,50 34,55 34,72 34,80

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

94,2 93,2 92,1 90,5 88,3 87,0 85,7 84,4 83,0


0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,71 3,67 3,63 3,56 3,48 3,43 3,37 3,32 3,27

77,2 76,2 75,1 73,5 71,3 70,0 68,7 67,4 66,0

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,04 3,00 2,96 2,89 2,81 2,76 2,71 2,65 2,60

%

inch


5,23 5,16 5,07 4,97 4,86 4,81 4,76 4,69 4,62


Note:


71,5 63,5 55,0 46,5 38,0 33,0 26,5 20,0 13,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

2,81 2,50 2,17 1,83 1,50 1,30 1,04 0,79 0,53

Idler


mm

% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

mm

%

0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90

100 110 120

100 110 120


inch

7.

inch

Carrier roller


22,0 23,2 24,2 25,3 26,5

0 20 40 60 80

0,87 0,91 0,95 1,00 1,04

222,0 218,4 214,4 210,4 205,7

0 20 40 60 80

8,74 8,60 8,44 8,28 8,10

191,0 188,1 185,0 181,9 178,9

0 20 40 60 80

7,52 7,41 7,28 7,16 7,04

29,0 31,5 34,0

90 100 110

1,14 1,24 1,34

203,4 199,2 194,0

90 100 110

8,01 7,84 7,64

175,5 171,5 167,5

90 100 110

6,91 6,75 6,59

36,5

120

1,44

189,0

120

7,44

163,0

120

6,42


Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01


Track Components

PR 742B F/N xxx-5xxx→ RL 42B F/N xxx-5xxx→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.42.01

1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 864,0 868,5

0 25

34,01 34,19

874,0 880,0

50 75

34,41 34,65

887,0

100 110 120

34,92

2.

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1.2 Bushing - external wear 1.2.1 - lubricated 1.2.2 - lubricated measured w. depth gauge measured diameter mm % inch mm % inch 105,8 104,6 103,3 100,8 98,2 96,9 95,7 94,4 93,1


100 110 120

4,16 4,12 4,07 3,97 3,87 3,81 3,77 3,72 3,66

81,6 80,4 79,1 76,6 74,0 72,7 71,5 70,2 68,9

84,0 73,5 63,5 51,0 38,0 31,5 25,5 19,0 12,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,30 2,89 2,50 2,01 1,50 1,24 1,00 0,75 0,49

Idler

100 110 120

3,21 3,17 3,11 3,02 2,91 2,86 2,81 2,76 2,71

%

inch


%

inch

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

mm

%

0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90

100 110 120

100 110 120


7.

inch

Carrier roller


22,0 23,3

0 25

0,87 0,92

242,0 235,0

0 25

9,52 9,25

191,0 187,5

0 25

7,52 7,38

25,0 27,5

50 75

0,98 1,08

227,0 218,0

50 75

8,94 8,58

183,5 179,0

50 75

7,22 7,05

31,0

100 110

1,22

208,0

100 110

8,19

171,0

100 110

6,73

120

Note:

0 20 40 60 80 90


5,91 5,83 5,75 5,67 5,54 5,47 5,41 5,35 5,30


0 20 40 60 80 90

mm

120

120


Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Berco (casting No. on links = CR 46xx)

Datum Edition Date

01 01


Track Components

PR 752 F/N xxx-2001→ 5071 RL 52 F/N xxx-2001 Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.50.01

1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 864,0 868,5

0 25

34,01 34,19

874,0 880,0

50 75

34,41 34,65

887,0

100 110 120

34,92

2.

Chain link - height


4.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

1.2 Bushing - external wear 1.2.1 - lubricated 1.2.2 - lubricated measured w. depth gauge measured diameter mm % inch mm % inch 107,0 105,8 104,6 102,1 99,5 98,2 97,0 95,7 94,1


100 110 120

4,21 4,17 4,12 4,02 3,92 3,87 3,82 3,77 3,70

82,5 81,3 80,1 77,6 75,0 73,7 72,5 71,2 69,6

84,0 73,5 63,5 51,0 38,0 31,5 25,5 19,0 12,5

5.

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

3,30 2,89 2,50 2,01 1,50 1,24 1,00 0,75 0,49

Idler

100 110 120

3,25 3,20 3,15 3,05 2,95 2,90 2,85 2,80 2,74

%

inch


%

inch

0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120

mm

%

0 20 40 60 80 90

0 20 40 60 80 90

100 110 120

100 110 120


7.

inch

Carrier roller


22,0 23,3

0 25

0,87 0,92

242,0 235,0

0 25

9,52 9,25

191,0 187,5

0 25

7,52 7,38

25,0 27,5

50 75

0,98 1,08

227,0 218,0

50 75

8,94 8,58

183,5 179,0

50 75

7,22 7,05

31,0

100 110

1,22

208,0

100 110

8,19

171,0

100 110

6,73

120

Note:

0 20 40 60 80 90


5,91 5,83 5,75 5,67 5,54 5,47 5,41 5,35 5,30


0 20 40 60 80 90

mm

120

120


Mjfcifss!

Wear chart Berco (casting No. on links = LH 14xx)

Datum Edition Date

02 01


Track Components

PR 752 F/N xxx-5072→ RL 52 F/N xxx-2002→ Blatt Page Feuille

12.2.51.01

Notizen / Notes



01 01

Stückliste / Parts list

Leitradführung u. Leitradgabel Idler Guide and Yoke Assembly

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 → 3016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 → 3093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 → Blatt Page Feuille

12.4.20.01

Leitradführung 1 Klaue 1.1 Verschleißleiste

Idler Guide Assembly 1 Idler guide rail - left / right 1.1 Wear strip

2 Führungsschiene

2 Guide strip, complete

3 Lager rechts / links

3 Support block - left / right

4 Führungsplatte

4 Guide plate

5 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe

5 Hex head screw w. lock washer

6 Abstreifer links / rechts

6 Deflector plate - left / right



8 Distanzbleche

8 Shims

10 Innensechskantschraube

10 Socket head screw

11 Spannstück

11 Retainer

12 Gummifeder (vorgespannt)

12 Rubber buffer (loaded)

13 Scheibe

13 Disc





16 Distanzbleche

16 Shim

17 Gleitringdichtung (beidseitig)

17 Lifetime seal (both sides)

18 Gewindeleiste

18 Retainer plate

30 Leitrad komplett

30 Idler unit, complete

Leitradgabel

Idler Yoke Assembly

35 Leitradgabel

35 Idler yoke

40 Verbindungsstange

40 Connecting rod

41 Scheibe

41 Disc



43 Verbindungsplatte

43 Connecting plate

44 Haltering (geteilt)

44 Retainer ring (2 pieces)

Leitradführung Idler Guide Assembly Roue Guide



01 01

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 → 3016 Leitradführung /-gabel PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 → 3093 Idler Guide / Yoke Assembly PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 → Roue Guide/Fourche de guidage Blatt Page 12.4.20.02 Feuille

Leitradgabel Yoke Assembly Fourche de guidage

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Idler complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug O-ring Duo-cone seal Bushing retainer flange O-ring Bushing Roll pin Hex head screw (with lock washer)


Mjfcifss!

Support block - left/right Wear strip with guide pin Rubber buffer Disk Hex head screw with lock washer Retainer Socket head screw Wear strip Hex head screw

25 26 27

Guide plate Shim Hex head screw

30 31

Idler yoke assembly complete Hex head screw

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 722 B F/N xxx-3017→ LR 622 F/N xxx-2006→ RL 22 B F/N 615-3002→

Datum Edition Date

01 00

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Idler Unit

Blatt Page Feuille

12.4.21.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Idler complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug O-ring Duo-cone seal Bushing retainer flange O-ring Bushing Roll pin Hex head screw (with lock washer)

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Rubber buffer Disk Hex head screw with lock washer Retainer Socket head screw Wear strip Hex head screw

25 26 27

Guide plate Shim Hex head screw

15 16

Support block - left/right Wear strip with guide pin

30 31

Idler yoke assembly complete Hex head screw

Notes



Mjfcifss!

Front idler Datum Edition Date

01 04

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ 7421 F/N 739-2001→7421

12.4.50.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Idler, complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug Pin Bushing 12 point screw Cover O-ring Thrust washer

Duo-cone-seal - consist of: 11 O-ring - outer 12 Seal ring - outer 13 Seal ring - inner 14 O-ring - inner 15 Support ring 20 21 22 23

Bearing -left/right Roll pin (rotation lock) Bearing shell Hex head screw with washer

25 26 27 28 29 30

Idler guide rail Wear strip Hex head screw with washer Spacer Cover Hex head screw with washer

33 34 35 36

Disc Rubber encased spring Wear strip with guide pins Hex head screw with washer (tighten after idler installation)

40 41 42 43

Guide plate Spacers Retainer plate Hex head screw with washer

45 Yoke assembly 45.1 Push plate for track adjuster unit 46 Hex head screw with washer



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ 7421 F/N 739-2001→7421

12.4.50.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Track components


F/N xxx-7422→ F/N 739-7422→

12.4.51.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Idler, complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug Pin Bushing 12 point screw Cover O-ring Thrust washer Duo-cone-seal Flange O-ring

20 21 22 23

Bearing -left/right Roll pin (rotation lock) Bearing shell Hex head screw with washer

25 26 27 28 29 30

Idler guide rail Wear strip Hex head screw with washer Spacer Cover Hex head screw with washer

33 34 35 36

Disc Rubber encased spring Wear strip with guide pins Hex head screw with washer (tighten after idler installation)

40 41 42 43

Guide plate Spacers Retainer plate Hex head screw with washer

45 Yoke assembly 45.1 Push plate for track adjuster unit 46 Hex head screw with washer



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Track components


F/N xxx-7422→ F/N 739-7422→

12.4.51.02

Removal and installation: CAUTION: The following guidelines for the removal and installation of the track adjuster must be strictly observed. Observe also all safety guidelines and the chapter "Track Components" in the Operation Manual. Required items:

Notes for removal: Notes for preparation: Notes for installation:

Pos.No. 1 2 5

Id.No. 9798 352 9798 353 4601 217

Qty. 1 1 6

Description Bar Installation flange Hex head screw - M 16x310 - 10.9 - A3C

marked ”a” to ”h” (removal of idler assembly unit is not described) marked ”A” and ”B” (assembly of track adjuster is not described) marked ”C” to ”K” (installation of idler assembly unit is not described)

Removal guidelines: Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 - up to F/N xxx-2015 = (xx/..), starting with F/N xxx-2016 = (../xx) a Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) to let the grease escape. Push the grease cylinder (1/1) back to the stop and retighten the fitting. b Remove three mounting screws (9/14) each on the left and right hand side of the guide cylinder (5/10). c On the free threaded bores, attach the installation flange 2 with screws 5. Tighten the screws evenly by hand. d Attach the grease gun with armored rubber hose to the grease fitting (45/35). Pump the grease until the spring (30/30) is visibly pretensioned by a few millimeters and the support flange (20/15)/ guide cylinder(5/10) is relieved. e Remove the remaining 6 mounting screws (9/14) of the guide cylinder (5/10). f

Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) a few turns until grease emerges and the existing pressure is relieved. CAUTION: Spraying grease!! Grease is contained under pressure!

g Remove the installation flange. h Install the screws 5 into the threaded bores "m", push off the guide cylinder (5/10) and remove the adjuster unit from the track roller frame. CAUTION: Grease cylinder and guide cylinder are loose items in the adjuster unit. Danger of damage or accident! Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!

Track adjuster unit Datum Edition Date

01 03

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

12.5.50.01

Preparation guidelines: (xx/..) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 up to F/N xxx-2015 (../xx) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 starting with F/N xxx-2016 A Secure the inserted grease cylinder (1/1) with bar 1 and screws 5 - do not tighten the screws. B Loosen the bleeder screw(2/2). Fill the grease cylinder with grease via the grease fitting (45/35) until grease emerges via the bleeder screw without air bubbles. Tighten the bleeder screw (2/2). Remove the bar.

Installation guidelines: (xx/..) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 up to F/N xxx-2015 (../xx) = Parts list positions on page12.5.50.02 starting with F/N xxx-2016 C Install the complete adjuster unit into the track rollers frame to the stop. Note: bleeder screw(2/2) must be on top. D On the top and bottom, insert 3 mounting screws each (9/14) of the guide cylinder (5/10) - do not tighten. E On the still free threaded holes, attach the installation flange 2 with screws 5. Tighten the screws evenly by hand. F Attach the grease gun with armored rubber hose on the grease fitting (45/35). Pump in grease until the spring (30/30) is visibly pretensioned by a few millimeters (appr. 4 mm) and the guide cylinder(5/10) can be pushed in. G Tighten the previously installed 6 mounting screws (9/14) in crosswise direction to the given torque value - see group1.4.02. H Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) by a few turns until grease emerges and the existing pressure has been relieved. CAUTION: Spraying grease!! Grease is contained under pressure! J Remove the installation flange. K Install the remaining 6 mounting screws (9/14) of the guide cylinder(5/10) and tighten them crosswise to the given torque value. Tighten grease fitting (45/35). Assemble all undercarriage parts. Adjust chain tension to suit application.

Notes Note: at an installed track adjuster unit the bleeder screw pos. 2 must be always on top.

DANGER: Accident preventive Spring pos. 30 is pre-loaded with app. 199mm = pre-load force app. 16 100 kg In cause of that, do not loosen/remove screws pos. 39 / retainer plate pos. 38 /valve body pos. 35, resp. screws pos. 29 / retainer plate pos. 28 / valve body pos. 25.



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

12.5.50.02

Factory installed up to PR 752 F/N xxx-2015 1 Grease cylinder 2 Hex head screw with seal ring (bleeder) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Guide cylinder (with pusher thread) Guide rings Bushing O-ring Hex head screw with washer Cover plate Wiper ring Retainer ring Hex head screw with lock washer

15 16 17 18

Differential cylinder Grooved ring Guide rings - outside ∅ Seal ring

20 Support flange 22 Guide rings - inside ∅ 25 Anchor - pipe 26 Spring retainer 27 O-ring 28 Inner ring

Factory installation starting with PR 752 F/N xxx-2016 1 2 3 4 5

Grease cylinder Hex head screw with seal ring (bleeder) Guide rings Seal ring Wiper ring

10 11 12 13 14

Guide cylinder (with pusher thread) Wiper ring Guide ring O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer

15 16 17 18

Differential cylinder with support flange Guide rings Seal ring Wiper ring

20 Anchor - pipe with spring retainer and inner ring 21 O-ring 25 Valve body 26 Damper ring 27 Snap ring 28 Retainer plate 29 Hex head screw with lock washer

30 Spring

30 Spring

35 Valve body 36 Damper ring 37 Snap ring

35 Grease fitting with relief groove and seal ring

38 Retainer plate 39 Hex head screw with lock washer 45 Grease fitting with relief groove and seal ring

Factory installed up to PR 752 F/N xxx-2015



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

12.5.50.03

Factory installed starting with PR 752 F/N xxx-2016

1 1.1

Roller body - single flange Roller body - double flange

2 3 4

Shaft Plug Pin

5

Bushing

6

Hex head screw with lock washer

LR 641 F/N xxx-xxxx LR 641 F/N xxx-1509→xxxx

7 Cover 8 O-ring 9 Roll pin 10 Thrust washer Duo-cone seal - consist of: 11 O-ring - outer 12 Seal ring - outer 13 Seal ring - inner 14 O-ring - inner 15 Support ring

general for option with "HD-track roller" the first and the last track roller on each side is in this version (single flange roller)


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 02

Track roller

Track components

LR 641 PR 752 RL 52 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-1509 → F/N xxx-2002 → 5801 F/N 739-2001 → 5801

12.6.40.01

1 Roller body - single flange 2 roller body - double single 3 shaft 4 plug 5 pin

8 cover 9 hex head screw with lock washer 10 O-ring

6 bushing 7 thrust washer

11 cone seal 12 retainer ring - is forced on the shaft 13 O-ring



Mjfcifss!

Track roller Datum Edition Date

01 02

Track components


F/N xxx-5802→ F/N 739-5802→

12.6.50.01

1

Roller shell

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

End cover Shaft Collar Retainer plate Lock Tapered roller bearing Tapered roller bearing Duo cone seal

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Hex head screw Plug with O-ring Hex head screw O-ring O-ring Snap ring Dowel pin Dowel pin


Typ/ab


01 01

Type/a partir de


Carrier roller

Track components

Type/from

Blatt Page Feuille

12.7.00.01

Notes Tightening torques for flange mounting screws pos. 21 (to track roller frame)

PR 712(B), PR 722(B). LR 622, RL (4)22(B) PR 732(B), PR 742(B). LR 632, RL 42B Hex head screws (black) M16x50 - 10.9 (IdNo.4066 201)

Hex head screws (black) M20x60 - 10.9 (IdNo. 10013 222)

Total tightening torque MD: 310 Nm/ 228 ft. lbs. Total tightening torque MD: 620 Nm/ 456 ft. lbs. Sequence to tighten screws (see drawing for screw position): Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

= 100Nm (73 ft. lbs.) = 100Nm (73 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) (1.check) Step 8 = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) (2.check)

Caution:

Sequence to tighten screws (see drawing for screw position): 1→5→3→7 2→6→4→8 1→5→3→7 2→6→4→8 1→5→3→7 2→6→4→8 1 to 8 1 to 8

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

= 210Nm (154 ft. lbs.) 1→4→6 = 210Nm (154 ft. lbs.) 3→5→2 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1→4→6 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 3→5→2 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1→4→6 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 3→5→2 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1 to 6 (1.check) Step 8 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1 to 6 (2.check)

Carefully remove dirt and rust from the flange roller frame before installation to ensure a good connection. After step 2, check the gap between the flange and the track roller frame - it must be the same around the complete circumference. Repeat the tightening procedure (check) until the screws are seated tightly at the required tightening torque.



01 02

Parts list / installation guidelines

Support shaft - preassembled

Typ/ab

Type/from


Type/a partir de

F/N xxx-0103 → F/N xxx-0103 → F/N xxx-2003 → F/N xxx-2001 →

12.9.10.01

Version A:

Narrow support shaft bearing with stopper ring 2.1 in flange 2

Version B:

Wide support shaft bearing (outer ring of bearing 5/10 is split)

Version C:

Wide support shaft bearing - calibrated (outer ring of bearing 5/10 is made of one piece)

Model PR 712, M PR 712 L PR 722, L, M PR 732 F/N xxxPR 742 F/N xxx-

A series installation Ser. No. from → to

B series installation Ser. No. from → to

C series installation Ser. No. from →

103→227 ---

228→299 195→299 264→445 2003→2091 ---

300→ 300→ 446→ 2092→ 2001→

103→263 -----

For exceptions to above serial number listing, as well as modification possibilities, refer to “Service Information N°. 124-2/92 (with supplement)“. Control measurement X with tightening torque for slotted nut, pos. 17: The control measurement X must be present after reaching the proper tightening torque. Model PR 712(B) F/N xxx- → PR 722(B) F/N xxx- → PR 732(B) F/N xxx- → PR 742(B) F/N xxx- →

Control measurement X with tightening torque (in mm) Pos. 17 ±0,8 1000 Nm / 740 ft. lbs. 22 ±0,8 1000 Nm / 740 ft. lbs. 22 1500 Nm / 1110 ft. lbs. 27±1,0 1500 Nm / 1110 ft. lbs. 27±1,0

Parts list - version A 1 Support shaft complete with slotted nut and flange 1.1 Spot welding 2 Flange 2.1 Stopper ring 5 Inner shaft bearing 5.1 O-ring 6 7 8 9

Spacer Spacer ring Woodruff key Spacer

10 Outer shaft bearing 10.1 O-ring 15 Spacer ring 16 Woodruff key 17 Slotted nut 18 Roll pin 20 Track roller frame 21 Hex head screw with washer 22 Support ring X Control measurement

Parts list - version B and C 1 Support shaft complete with slotted nut and flange 1.1 Spot welding 2 Flange 3 O-ring 5 Inner shaft bearing 5.1 O-ring 6 Spacer 7 Spacer ring (deleted on PR 732 / 742 - version C) 8 Woodruff key 9 Spacer 10 Outer shaft bearing 10.1 O-ring 11 O-ring 15 Spacer ring 16 Woodruff key 17 Slotted nut 18 Roll pin 20 Track roller frame 21 Hex head screw with washer 22 Support ring X Control measurement

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Support shaft Sleeve Shaft bearing Spacer Shaft bearing Ring Hex head screw with washer Plug / line connection (depending on version)

10 11

Main frame Ring - shrink fitted

12 13

Ring Hex head screw (10.9) with washer

14 15

depending on version Fitting / plug Elbow fitting

Installation guidelines: -

Keep tapered surfaces of shaft, the front surfaces of the rings and the shaft bearings as well as all elastic sections free of grease.

-

Position the expansion joints on the shaft bearings as shown in view "A".

-

Tighten the hex head screws, pos. 7, crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments) to a tightening torque of 100 Nm / 74 ft.lbs.

-

When inserting the shaft into the track roller frame, the expansion joints of the shaft bearings must be centered in the surfaces of the track frame

-

Assemble the track frame - bearing cover (half shell) to fix the shaft and tighten the screws according to sub group 1.4.02.

-

Tighten screws pos. 7 crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments), to the final tightening torque - according to sub group 1.4.02.

-

Assemble track frame/support shaft onto the main frame and tighten the hex head screws, pos. 13, crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments), to the final tightening torque - according to sub group 1.4.02.



Mjfcifss!

Support shaft - pre-assembled Datum Edition Date

01 03

Track components


F/N xxx-2002→ F/N 739-2001→

12.9.50.01

Sub Group Index Attachment - straight- / semi-U-blade

13.2

Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→

13.2.10

Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→

13.2.40

Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→2062

13.2.50

Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→

13.2.51

Attachment - 6-way-blade

13.3

Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→

13.3.10



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 01

Attachments - front

Blatt Page Feuille

13.0.00.01

Notes



01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

Parts list Hydraulic schematic

Pitch angle adjustment for blade arrangements with tilt cylinder Attachments - front


13.2.40.01

53 Check valve / WH. 54 Accumulator / WH.

A12 Joystick - WH. F10 Fuse 5A

92 from TH. - gear pump - replenishing (TH. - see chapter 6.3)

115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 145 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 146 Check valve

K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y25 Y29 Y30

Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y29 )

148 Two way check valve 155 End plate

P T T1 LS

from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via Y6 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.

165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y30) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y30)

173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment

Parts list remarks „TH.“ = travel hydraulic see group 6, page 6.3.40.00 Parts list remarks „WH.“ = working hydraulic see group 7, page 7.3.30.00



01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

Hydraulic schematic

Pitch angle adjustment for blade arrangements with tilt cylinder Attachments - front


13.2.40.02

Electrical schematic Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.

Arrangement instrument panel:

Notes



01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Attachments - front

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002 →2062

Blatt Page Feuille

13.2.50.02

50 Distributor block / TH. 51 Orifice

A12 Joystick - WH. B5 Oil pressure switch / TH.

P from filter console - replenishing / TH. T to hydraulic tank 52 Check valve / WH. 55 Accumulator / WH. 115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 140 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 141 Check valve

F10 Fuse 5A K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y13 Y25 Y45 Y46

Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - parking brake - TH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y45) Y52 Solenoid valve / TH.

145 Two way check valve 155 End plate P T T1 LS

from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via solenoid Y6 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.

165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y46) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y46) 173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment 180 Support shaft right 181 Support shaft left




01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

Hydraulic schematic



F/N xxx-2002→2062

13.2.50.03



Notes



01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de



PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→

Blatt Page Feuille

13.2.51.01

50 Distributor block / TH. 51 Orifice

A12 Joystick - WH. B5 Oil pressure switch / TH.

P from filter console - replenishing / TH. T to hydraulic tank 52 Check valve / WH. 55 Accumulator / WH. 115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 140 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 141 Check valve

F10 Fuse 5A K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y25 Y29 Y30

Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - parking brake - TH. Solenoid valve / TH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y29)

145 Two way check valve 155 End plate P T T1 LS

from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via solenoid Y24 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.

165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y30) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y30) 173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment 180 Support shaft right 181 Support shaft left




01 03

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

Hydraulic schematic



F/N xxx-2063→

13.2.51.02



Sub Group Index Attachment - ripper

14.2

Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→0384 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→0563 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→2500 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→2500

14.2.10

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564→ PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ PR 742B F/N xxx-2501→

14.2.11

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→2062

14.2.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→

14.2.51

Attachment - cable winch

14.3


14.3.10



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Attachments - rear

Blatt Page Feuille

14.0.00.01

A. Description The single shank ripper is for heavy applications with extra deep ripping depth Caused by the radial version of the ripper, the ripping angle depends on the ripping depth; the best ripping angle is at maximum ripping depth. The multi shank ripper is especially effective for wide-beam coverage of relatively dense material. Due to the parallel kinematics of the lift arms, the ripper retains the same ripping angle in any position and ripping depth. The function raise/lower the ripper is hydraulically controlled and operated via pilot control valve in the cab (right side). The raising/lowering function of the ripper is operated by the on the ripper integrated hydraulic cylinder. To lift the single shank ripper, the piston is forced on piston rod side, the piston rod goes in. To lift the multi shank ripper, the piston is forced on piston bottom side, the piston rod goes out. Note: If there are not all teeth of the multi shank ripper needed for the ripping action, arrange them symmetrically.

B. Function For the basic functions of the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.xx.xx 1. Ripper up 1.1. Servo control Servo pressure build up from regulating piston 241 to → housing outlet 1 → b-control valve block-opt. section 220 → spool 221 - displacement toward a. 1.2. Working circuit Pressurized oil flows from spool 221 to → control valve block-optional section 220 - outlet B → → block 231-B → B-ripper cylinder 230. To raise the single shank ripper, the rod area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed inward. To raise the multi shank ripper, the bottom area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed outward. Oil return flow from ripper cylinder / piston rod side (piston bottom side) to → block 231-A → →A-control valve block-optional section 220→spool 221 → → tank line/connection T (→ return filter→tank.) 2. Ripper down 2.1. Servo control Servo pressure build up from regulating piston 244 to → housing outlet 4 → a-control valve block-opt. section 220 → spool 221 - displacement toward b. 2.2. Working circuit Pressurized oil flows from spool 221 to → control valve block-optional section 220 - outlet A → → block 231-A → A-ripper cylinder 230. To lower the single shank ripper, the bottom area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed outward. To lower the multi shank ripper, the rod area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed inward. Oil return flow from ripper cylinder / piston bottom side (piston rod side) to → block 23-B1 → →B-control valve block-optional section 220→spool 221 → → tank line/connection T (→ return filter→tank.) Benennung Description Dénomination



01 03


Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

14.2.11.01

130 control valve block complete 155 end plate P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH.

220 optional section - ripper 221 spool raise / lower ripper 222 two way check valve 223 check valve 224 plug 225 plug 230 hydraulic cylinder - lift / lower 231 block 240 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 241 regulating piston - raise ripper 244 regulating piston - lower ripper 251

from pilot control valve/working hydraulic connection P 252 from pilot control valve/working hydraulic connection T

Multi Shank Ripper PR 712 → PR 742




01 03


Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

14.2.11.02

Single Shank Ripper PR 732, PR 742

Description Versions:

Multi shank ripper Single shank ripper with hydraulic pin puller Both versions with hydr. ripping angle adjustment

The hydraulic cylinders for the ripping angle control and the ripper frame form a parallelogram via the hinges on the main frame of the basic machine. Due to this configuration, the adjusted ripping angle remains the same at all depths. The ripper tooth can be pinned to various working lengths from the cab, with the hydraulic pin puller and without any additional aids. For procedure, see Operation Manual. The hydraulic cylinder and solenoid valve for the pin puller are installed on the ripper drawbar. The axial bearing play for drawbar and frame is adjusted with shims and should not exceed approx. 4 mm. Note:

When placing the shims, make sure the components align properly! If the shims are placed on the wrong side of the bearing, the various parts could be distorted and damaged. Do not place shims on the bearing points of the hydraulic cylinders.

The attachment functions are regulated by an additional servo control valve in the right side of the cab and via two additional sections in the control valve block of the basic machine. The oil for servo control and working circuit is supplied from the corresponding areas of the basic machine.

Single shank ripper

Multi shank ripper

Description bearing - frame: 1

Pin

2

Hex head screw with washer

3

Bushing

4

Radial shaft ring

6

Shims (if necessary)




01 03

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

14.2.50.01

Function For basic function for the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.5x. "Neutral function" and "Operational function of certain components" of this group applies also for the following parts:

Servo control valve 115 with regulating piston 116 to 119

Spool 135 / 140 with check valve136 / 141 and two way check valve145

for

for

Pilot control 230 with regulating piston 231 to 234

Spool 200 / 210 with check valve 201 / 211 and two way check valve 205 / 215

1. Ripper down 1.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 231 to→housing outlet 1→b3-control block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward a3. 1.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet B3→B-connector block 237→→ →hydraulic cylinder 240/left. →connector block 238-B→hydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved outward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves down. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston rod side to→A-connector block 238→ connector block 237-A→ Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston rod side to→A-connector block 237-A→ →→A3-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return filter)→hydraulic tank. 2. Ripper up 2.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 232 to→housing outlet 2→a3-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b3. 2.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A3→A-connector block 237→→ →hydraulic cylinder 240/left →connector block 238-A→hydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved inward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves up. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 238→ connector block 237-B→ Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 237-B→ →→B3-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.

3. Decrease ripping angle 3.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 233 to→housing outlet 3→b4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward a4. 3.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet B4→B-connector block 236-B→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →T-valve block 250→→ →check valve254→blocked. →check valve 253→→check valve 252→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y51-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the ripper tip moves forward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston rod side to→A-connector block 236-A→ →A4-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank. 4. Increase ripping angle 4.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 4.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →T-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y51-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed inward, the ripper tip moves backward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 236-B→ →B4-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.




01 03

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

14.2.50.02

5. Pull shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) The solenoid valve Y51 is energized and in actuated position="diagonal flow" is retained. Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the ripper is lowered to the ground without pressure. 5.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 5.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →P-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y51-B→hydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod are pressed inward in the cylinder 260, the shank pin is pulled from the ripper tooth, the tooth can be moved freely. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side to→A-solenoid valve Y51-T→→ →check valve251→blocked. →check valve 254→→ →check valve 253→blocked. →valve block 250-T→connector block 236-B→B4-control valve block 130→ spool 200→tank connection T→(return filter)→hydraulic tank. 6. Insert shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) Solenoid valve Y51 is not energized and in neutral position="parallel flow". Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the bore hole of the ripper tooth aligns with the pin axle. 6.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 6.2. Working circuit Oil flow from spool 200 to→control block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →P-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y51-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod is pressed outward in the cylinder 260, the tooth is pinned. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side to→B-solenoid valve Y51-T→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 254→→ →check valve 253→blocked. →valve block 250-T→connector block 236-B→B4-control valve block 130→ spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.

Notes




01 03

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

14.2.50.03

130 control valve block complete. (see group 7 - WH.) 140 spool - blade tilt 155 end plate 200 spool - optional section - ripper up / down 201 check valve 205 two way check valve 210 spool - optional section - ripping angle adjustment 211 check valve 215 two way check valve P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH. 230 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 231 regulating piston - ripper down 232 regulating piston - ripper up 233 regulating piston - decrease ripping angle 234 regulating piston - increase ripping angle P from WH. pos. 115 - connector P L to WH. pos. 115 - connector T 236 connector block - center 237 connector block - left 238 connector block - right 240 hydraulic cylinder - ripper up / down 245 hydraulic cylinder - ripping angle adjustment 250 valve block 251 check valve 252 check valve 253 check valve 254 check valve 260 hydraulic cylinder - pin puller Y51 solenoid valve - pin puller




01 03

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

14.2.50.04

Description Versions:

Multi shank ripper Single shank ripper with hydraulic pin puller Both versions with hydr. ripping angle adjustment

The hydraulic cylinders for the ripping angle control and the ripper frame form a parallelogram via the hinges on the main frame of the basic machine. Due to this configuration, the adjusted ripping angle remains the same at all depths. The ripper tooth can be pinned to various working lengths from the cab, with the hydraulic pin puller and without any additional aids. For procedure, see Operation Manual. The hydraulic cylinder and solenoid valve for the pin puller are installed on the ripper drawbar. The axial bearing play for drawbar and frame is adjusted with shims and should not exceed approx. 4 mm. Note:

When placing the shims, make sure the components align properly! If the shims are placed on the wrong side of the bearing, the various parts could be distorted and damaged. Do not place shims on the bearing points of the hydraulic cylinders.

The attachment functions are regulated by an additional servo control valve in the right side of the cab and via two additional sections in the control valve block of the basic machine. The oil for servo control and working circuit is supplied from the corresponding areas of the basic machine. Single shank ripper

Multi shank ripper

Description bearing - frame: 1

Pin

2

Hex head screw with washer

3

Bushing

4

Radial shaft ring

6

Shims (if necessary)




01 04

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

14.2.51.01

Function For basic function for the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.5x. "Neutral function" and "Operational function of certain components" of this group applies also for the following parts: Servo control valve 115 with regulating piston 116 to 119 Spool 135 / 140 with check valve136 / 141 and two way check valve145

for

for

Pilot control 230 with regulating piston 231 to 234 Spool 200 / 210 with check valve 201 / 211 and two way check valve 205 / 215

1. Ripper down 1.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 231 to→housing outlet 1→b3-control block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward a3. 1.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet B3→B-connector block 237→→ →hydraulic cylinder 240/left. →connector block 238-B→hydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved outward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves down. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston rod side to→A-connector block 238→ connector block 237-A→ Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston rod side to→A-connector block 237-A→ →→A3-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return filter)→hydraulic tank. 2. Ripper up 2.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 232 to→housing outlet 2→a3-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b3. 2.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A3→A-connector block 237→→ →hydraulic cylinder 240/left →connector block 238-A→hydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved inward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves up. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 238→ connector block 237-B→ Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 237-B→ →→B3-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.

3. Decrease ripping angle 3.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 233 to→housing outlet 3→b4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward a4. 3.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet B4→B-connector block 236-B→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →T-valve block 250→→ →check valve254→blocked. →check valve 253→→check valve 252→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y27-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the ripper tip moves forward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston rod side to→A-connector block 236-A→ →A4-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank. 4. Increase ripping angle 4.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 4.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →T-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y27-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed inward, the ripper tip moves backward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston bottom side to→B-connector block 236-B→ →B4-control valve block 130→spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.




01 04

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

14.2.51.02

5. Pull shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) The solenoid valve Y27 is energized and in actuated position="diagonal flow" is retained. Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the ripper is lowered to the ground without pressure. 5.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 5.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 to→control valve block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →P-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y27-B→hydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod are pressed inward in the cylinder 260, the shank pin is pulled from the ripper tooth, the tooth can be moved freely. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side to→A-solenoid valve Y27-T→→ →check valve251→blocked. →check valve 254→→ →check valve 253→blocked. →valve block 250-T→connector block 236-B→B4-control valve block 130→ spool 200→tank connection T→(return filter)→hydraulic tank. 6. Insert shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) Solenoid valve Y27 is not energized and in neutral position="parallel flow". Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the bore hole of the ripper tooth aligns with the pin axle. 6.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 to→housing outlet 4→a4-control valve block 130→ spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 6.2. Working circuit Oil flow from spool 200 to→control block outlet A4→A-connector block 236-A→→→ →hydraulic cylinder 245/left. →hydraulic cylinder 245/right. →P-valve block 250→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 252→→check valve 253→blocked. →P-solenoid valve Y27-A→hydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod is pressed outward in the cylinder 260, the tooth is pinned. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side to→B-solenoid valve Y27-T→→ →check valve 251→blocked. →check valve 254→→ →check valve 253→blocked. →valve block 250-T→connector block 236-B→B4-control valve block 130→ spool 200→tank connection T→(return oil filter)→hydraulic tank.

Notes




01 04

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

14.2.51.03

130 control valve block complete. (see group 7 - WH.) 140 spool - blade tilt 155 end plate 200 spool - optional section - ripper up / down 201 check valve 205 two way check valve 210 spool - optional section - ripping angle adjustment 211 check valve 215 two way check valve P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH. 230 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 231 regulating piston - ripper down 232 regulating piston - ripper up 233 regulating piston - decrease ripping angle 234 regulating piston - increase ripping angle P from WH. pos. 115 - connector P L to WH. pos. 115 - connector T 236 connector block - center 237 connector block - left 238 connector block - right 240 hydraulic cylinder - ripper up / down 245 hydraulic cylinder - ripping angle adjustment 250 valve block 251 check valve 252 check valve 253 check valve 254 check valve 260 hydraulic cylinder - pin puller Y27 solenoid valve - pin puller




01 04

PR 752

Ripper

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

14.2.51.04

Notes


Mjfcifss!

Attachments - rear Datum Edition Date

01 03

Cable winch (top spool)


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→ Blatt Page Feuille

14.3.10.01

1 winch housing with drawbar 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

housing cover - right hex head screw housing cover - left hex head screw plug - oil filler plug - oil level plug - oil drain bleeder valve gear cover

75 lube oil pump 76 woodruff key 77 socket head screws 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87

pinion shaft spur gear straight roller bearing straight roller bearing spacer O-ring bearing cover socket head screws with lock washer

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

drive shaft spur gear straight roller bearing spacer straight roller bearing lock ring bearing cover O-ring socket head screws with lock washer

15 variable displacement motor 20 planetary gear - gear with disk brake 21 sun gear shaft - var. displ. motor connection 22 23 24 25 26

planetary carrier thrust washer planetary gear with straight roller bearing support ring lock ring

27 ring gear / housing

100 cable drum with hydr. freespool and reel off brake

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

brake carrier ring piston spring housing O-ring spring large, small O-ring support ring grooved ring grooved ring support ring O-ring

101 cable drum 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110

bearing flange hex head screw radial shaft seal shim straight roller bearing straight roller bearing flange hex head screw O-ring

41 42 43 44 45

disk carrier pressure ring outer disk inner disk with pad pressure ring

50 51 52 53

connector flange socket head screws with lock washer socket head screws O-ring

115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123

spring cup spring selector sleeve sleeve clutch throw out bearing stop pin O-ring hex head screw radial shaft seal

55 56 57 58

connector flange socket head screws with lock washer O-ring O-ring

125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132

actuator piston cylinder cover lock ring support ring grooved ring hex head screw with lock washer plug pressure line - hydraulic freespool

135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144

reel off brake tube brake rod spring push rod control spindle sleeve adjustment screw flange hex head screw with lock washer

60 spur gear 61 housing 62 hex head screw 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

drive shaft spacer sleeve straight roller bearing lock ring straight roller bearing socket head screws O-ring bearing cover


Mjfcifss!


01 03




14.3.10.02


Mjfcifss!


01 03




14.3.10.03

Sub Group Index Radiator / cooler

15.1

Cooler / radiator arrangement PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2002→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→

15.1.10

Lift cylinder mount

15.2


15.2.10

Engine mounts

15.3

Equalizer bar

15.4


15.4.10

PR 752

15.4.50

F/N xxx-2002→



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Main frame Datum Edition Date

01 02

Add on components

Blatt Page Feuille

15.0.00.01

1. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, all machines up to F/N xxx- →5599, PR 742 up to F/N xxx- →2500

1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 5 hydraulic oil cooler 6 water cooler 7 plug with seal ring 8 expansion tank 9 sight gauge (on earlier machines* water level sensor) 10 connector hose - expansion 11 connector hose - vent

15 elastic mount 20 fan hood 21 air line elements

intake - outflow direction see arrows

* = PR 712 F/N 348-0103→0384

12

connection - engine vent

PR 722 F/N 281-0103→0563

13

cooler cap

PR 732 F/N 350-2003→2500

14

overflow hose

PR 742 F/N 352-2003→2500

Component arrangement and version can differ slightly from illustration, depending on manufacturing date and size.


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2002→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→


01 03


Cooler / Radiator Arrangement

Blatt Page Feuille

15.1.10.01

2. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, all machines from F/N xxx-5600 →

motor version PR 732B from F/N xxx-5600 →

1 cooler/ radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 5 hydraulic oil cooler 6 water cooler 7 plug with seal ring 8 expansion tank 9 sight gauge 10 connector hose - expansion 11 connector hose - vent 12 connection - engine vent 13 cooler cap 14 overflow hose

15 elastic mount 20 fan hood 21 air line elements

30 hydraulic motor with mounting flange (PR 712B/PR 722B - gear motor, PR 732B - axial piston motor) 31 fan with hub and ring 32 fan carrier, split


Component arrangement and version can differ slightly from illustration, depending on manufacturing date and size.

3. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 742 F/N xxx-2501 → 5599

1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, top 3 mounting angle with screws and washers 4 frame section, bottom 5 elastic mount 10 hydraulic oil cooler 11 charge air cooler 12 water cooler / radiator 13 expansion tank 14 sight gauge 15 connector hose - expansion 16 connector hose - vent 17 radiator cap 18 overflow hose 19 connection - engine vent

20 fan hood 21 air line elements





01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

15.1.10.02

4. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 742B from F/N xxx-5600 →

1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, top 3 mounting angle with screws and washers 4 frame section, bottom 5 elastic mount 10 hydraulic oil cooler 11 charge air cooler 12 water cooler / radiator 13 expansion tank 14 sight gauge 15 connector hose - expansion 16 connector hose - vent 17 radiator cap 18 overflow hose 19 connection - engine vent

20 fan hood 21 air line elements

30 axial piston motor with mounting flange 31 fan with hub and ring 32 fan carrier, split


5. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 752 from F/N xxx-2002 →

1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 4 elastic mount 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

charge air cooler water cooler / radiator expansion tank with frame section top sight gauge connecting hose - expansion connecting hose - vent connection - engine vent radiator cap (0,7bar) elastic mount

20 21 22 23

drain device - cooling water radiator cap (1,0 bar) overflow hose filling hose with hose clamp

24 plug with seal ring 25 fan hood 26 air line elements 28 mounting angle with screws and washers 30 axial piston motor with mounting flange 31 connector flange a - connection return line b - connection pressure line l - connection leak oil line 32 fan with hub and ring 33 fan carrier, split intake - outflow direction see arrows




01 03



Blatt Page Feuille

15.1.10.03

6. Cooler / radiator arrangement, right - Hydraulic oil cooler PR 752 from F/N xxx-2002 →

1 tank 2 elastic mount 3 hand pump with retainer - cab tilt device 5 hydraulic oil cooler block 6 elastic mount 7 test connection 8 fan hood with mounting screws 9 protective screen

10

11 12 13

gear motor P - connection pressure line T - connection return line (for pos. 11) fitting connection - cooler on connection - cooler off

15 sealing strip 18 air flow direction


1

Liebherr engine (in line)

6

Megi engine mount

2

main frame

7

hex head screw with washer

3

equalizer bar

8


4

engine mount - front

9


5

engine mount - rear

Tightening torques see group 1.4.



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Engine Mounts

Blatt Page Feuille

15.3.10.01

PR 732 F/N xxx-2003→2500 PR 742 F/N xxx-2001→2500

1

LH-V6 - engine

6

Megi engine mount

2

main frame

7


3

equalizer bar

8


4

engine mount - front

9


5

engine mount - rear

10 expansion sleeve

Tightening torques see group 1.4.

PR 752 F/N xxx-2002→

Notes Installation instructions: Before the elastic bearings are pressed in, lubricate the bearing sleeves and the bores with oil. The bearing has to be pressed in just via the outer bearing sleeve - axial pressure on the pin can damage the bearing. Press in pressure PR 712/722 PR 732 PR 742 min. 6,1 t min. 7,1 t min. 10,2 t max. 10,2 t max. 12,2 t max. 14,3 t = pressure at a press cylinder bottom side with piston diameter d=73 mm (2,874“) = min. 143 bar min. 167 bar min. 239 bar max. 239 bar min. 287 bar min. 334 bar During the press in procedure, the press in speed of 120 mm per min (4,72“ per min.) should not exceeded. If the listed values cannot be reached or are exceeded, the tolerance match is incorrect. Proper function and a high service life expectancy is only ensured with the appropriate tolerance match. After the press in procedure remove all oil rests from the elastic part.




01 03


Equalizer bar

Blatt Page Feuille

15.4.10.01

1 main frame - cross brace 2 track roller frame 3 equalizer bar, complete 4 elastic bearing 5 equalizer bar mounting block 6 stop plate

Notes:

On the machines PR 752 from the serial beginning up to F/N xxx-2032 there are on some bearings no bleeder valves mounted and there are no covers for the grease fittings. Grease the bearings just with hand operated grease gun (all 250 hours - 3 to 4 strokes). When using a pressure operated grease gun, the seals get damaged. Check all pins and all bearings regularly for proper tightening and for wear. Replace all damaged or worn parts as soon as possible - capital damages can be the result.

Installation instructions - elastic bearing middle: Before the elastic bearings are pressed in, lubricate the bearing sleeves and the bores with oil. The bearing has to be pressed in just via the outer bearing sleeve - axial pressure on the pin can damage the bearing. Press in pressure

min. max.

10,0 t 14,0 t

= pressure at a press cylinder bottom side with piston diameter d=73 mm (2,874“) = min. max.

240 bar 335 bar

During the press in procedure, the press in speed of 120 mm per min (4,72“ per min.) should not exceeded. If the listed values cannot be reached or are exceeded, the tolerance match is incorrect. Proper function and a high service life expectancy is only ensured with the appropriate tolerance match. After the press in procedure remove all oil rests from the elastic part. Installation instructions - outer bearings: Degrease preassembled bearing and bore, afterwards coat with linseed oil. Install one snap ring7. From the opposite side, press the bearing, helped by a mounting sleeve, in, according to drawing-section number 5* = turn the open part of the bearing in the horizontal and outside - see special tools, chapter 2.1.40. Install second snap ring. Fill the bearings with open bleeder valves carefully with grease. Use hand operated grease gun. Screw bleeder valves in. Clean area round the valves and install the cover. Installation instructions - equalizer bar: (the machine must be parked on firm lever ground) To remove raise the machine. Support machine and one track roller frame in a proper manner. Remove the second track roller frame. Remove equalizer bar. Loosen the screws of the half shells on the middle bearing in several steps crosswise, because the screws are pretensioned by the compound spring. Install equalizer bar with new bearings. Tighten screws of the middle bearing half shells just per hand. The pin has to be turnable and gets tightened after arranging the equalizer bar. Install second track roller frame. Tighten screws of the support shaft just per hand. Lower machine. When lowering, check the equalizer bar bearings - middle and outer - they have to turn free into their neutral position. Check horizontal position of the machine and the equalizer bar = the distance between equalizer bar to the main frame has to be the same on left and right side. Correct it as necessary and release again. The equalizer bar bearings - middle and outer - have to be mounted without any torsion (oscillation 0°) Tighten the screws of the half shells in several steps crosswise to the tightening torque. Final tightening torques see chapter 1.4.02.


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Equalizer bar

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→

Blatt Page Feuille

15.4.50.01

1 Equalizer bar

12 Compound spring 13 Hex head screw with washer

2 Elastic bearing - middle 3 Bearing - outside, preassembled 4 Pin 5 Seal ring 6 Bearing 7 Snap ring 8 9 10 11

Hex head screw with washer Cover Grease fitting with seal ring Bleeder valve

16 Track roller frame le/ri 17 Half shell with screws 18 Main frame 19 Half shell with screws

Sub Group Index Hydraulic tank

16.1

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→0421 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→0606 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→2500

16.1.10


16.1.11

PR 732B F/N xxx-2501→ PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001→

16.1.30

PR 752

16.1.50

F/N xxx-2002→

Fuel tank

16.2


16.2.10

PR 752

16.2.50

F/N xxx-2002→

Battery box

16.3


16.3.10

PR 752

16.3.50

F/N xxx-2002→



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Tank installation’s

Blatt Page Feuille

16.0.00.01

Notes



PR 712(B) PR 722(B)

Mjfcifss!

F/N xxx-0422→ F/N xxx-0607→


01 02

Hydraulic tank

Blatt Page Feuille

16.1.11.01

1 2 3

left mounting platform shock - mount hex head screw with washer

5 hydraulic tank complete 6 baffle 7 sight glasses 2 pieces min. / max. 8 inspection plate with seal ring 9 drain valve with seal 10 bleeding - mechanic 11 bleeder valve (drawn open) 12 seal ring 13 reducer fitting 14 seal ring 20 filter bloc 21 cover 22 seal ring 23 spring 24 filter 25 discharge pipe 26 from travel pump left - TH 27 from travel pump right - TH

30 return oil filter complete 31 bracket plate 32 cover 33 magnetic rod with locking pin 34 spring 35 O-ring 36 hex head screw 37 retainer plate 38 O-ring 39 filter - housing 40 filter 41 snap ring 42 43 44 45 46

cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring

50 suction flange 51 shut off valve 52 to regulating pump 100 - WH 53 to gear pump - replenishing 15/S

60 collector bloc 61 return oil pipe 62 from control valve bloc 130/T 63 from solenoid valve travel brake Y13/T / servo cut off Y4/T 64 from cold start valve 45/T 65 from pilot control valve - WH B18

pressure switch - filter monitoring

70 connection board - return pipes 71 from travel motor right 20 - TH 72 from travel motor left 20 - TH 73 from regulating pump 100 - WH 74 to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt from PR 712B / 722B F/N xxx-5600→ 75 from axial piston motor - fan drive 70/L 76 from distributor block 75/T 77 from proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive Y64 78 to gear pump- fan drive16/S



PR 712(B) PR 722(B)

Mjfcifss!

F/N xxx-0422→ F/N xxx-0607→

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Hydraulic tank

Blatt Page Feuille

16.1.11.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 02

Hydraulic tank

PR 732B PR 742(B) Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2501→ F/N xxx-2001→

16.1.30.01

1 2 3

left mounting platform shock - mount hex head screw with washer

5 hydraulic tank complete 6 baffle 7 sight glasses 2 pieces min. / max. 8 inspection plate with seal ring 9 drain valve with seal ring 10 bleeding - mechanic 11 bleeder valve (drawn open) 12 seal ring 13 reducer fitting 14 seal ring 20 filter block 21 cover 22 seal ring 23 spring 24 filter 25 discharge pipe

60 collector bloc 61 return oil pipe 62 from control valve 130/T 63 from regulating pump - stand-by valve B18

pressure switch - filter monitoring

70 connection board - return pipes 71 to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt 72 to regulating pump 100 - WH 73 from travel motor right 20 - TH 74 from travel motor left 20 - TH 75 from solenoid valve travel brake Y13/T / servo cut off Y4/T 76 from pilot control valve - WH

80 81 82

from cold start valve 45/T (only 732B) from valve block 30/T (only 742B) from oil cooler (only 742B)

26 from travel pump left - TH 27 from travel pump right - TH from PR 732B / PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ 30 return oil filter complete 31 bracket plate 32 cover 33 magnetic rod with locking pin 34 spring 35 O-ring 36 hex head screw 37 retainer plate 38 O-ring 39 filter - housing 40 filter 41 snap ring 42 43 44 45 46

cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring

50 suction flange 51 shut off valve 52 to regulating pump 100 - WH 53 to gear pump - replenishing 15/S

85 86 87 88

from distributor block 75/T (only 732B) from proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive Y64 (only 732B) from axial piston motor - fan drive 70/L to gear pump- fan drive 16/S



Mjfcifss! PR 732B PR 742(B)

Datum Edition Date

01 02

Hydraulic tank

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2501→ F/N xxx-2001→

16.1.30.02

Notes



Mjfcifss!


01 02

PR 752

Hydraulic tank

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→

16.1.50.01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14

console complete shock mount hex head screw with washer cover cover hydraulic tank - complete return flow pipe screw plug bleeding mechanic (drawn open) seal ring reducer fitting seal ring

15 sight glasses 16 inspection plate with seal ring 17 drain valve with seal ring 20 suction flange with temperature sending unit B26 21 shut off valve 22 to regulating pump - fan drive 23 to regulating pump100 - WH 24 shut off valve 25 to tandem gear pump 15 - replenishing 26 to tandem gear pump 15 - replenishing 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58

return flow filter complete bracket plate cover magnetic rod with locking pin spring O-ring hex head screw retainer plate O-ring filter housing filter snap ring cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring collector bloc with temperature sending unit B26 from control valve bloc 130/T from cold start valve 19/T - TH. from oil cooler 66 - TH from distributor bloc 50 /T from travel motor left - 20 - FH from travel motor right - 20 - FH from pilot control valve 115/T to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt

60 from travel pump right 2 - TH 61 from travel pump left 2 - TH 62 on top - from regulating pump 30 - fan drive - TH middle - from gear motor 40 - hydr. oil cooler down: from axial piston motor fan/water cooler 38/L 63 from regulating pump 100/L - WH

F/N xxx-5072→

F/N xxx-2002→5071




01 02

PR 752

Hydraulic tank

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→

16.1.50.02

Notes



01 01

Parts list

Fuel tank

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B)


Blatt Page Feuille

16.2.10.01

1

Fuel tank

2

Connector block

3

Baffle plate

4

Fuel sending unit

5

Seal

6

Fuel cap (lockable)

7

Spacer ring - elastic

8

Filler screen

9

Coupling

10

Elbow coupling

11

Shut off valve

12

Fuel hose

13

Coupling with seal ring

14

Fuel hose (return)

15

Drain valve

16

Seal ring

17

Cover

18

O-ring

19

Socket head screw

20

Spacer

21

Hex head screw

22

Main frame



01 01

Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Réservoir à carburant

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B)


Blatt Page Feuille

16.2.10.02

1 Fuel tank, complete 2 Return line 3 Suction line

9 Coupling 10 Coupling

4 Fuel cap with elastic ring 5 Filler screen 6 Cover 7 Fuel sending unit with seal ring

11 Oil drain valve, complete with seal ring 12 Poppet 13 Piston 14 Spring 15 Valve cap

8 Plug


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Fuel tank

PR 752

F/N xxx-2002→

Blatt Page Feuille

16.2.50.01

PR 712 → PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5599

1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 door lock 3 storage compartment 4 hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt 5 lever (in storage compartment) 6 automatic circuit breaker F1/F31 7 electronic box A1

8 ground wire 9 test center with test points: SP replenishing system pressure- travel hydraulic ND servo pressure- working hydraulic (SP-cold start pressure) LD load sensing pressure HD high pressure - working hydraulic




01 03


Battery box

Blatt Page Feuille

16.3.10.01

PR 712 → PR 742 from F/N xxx-5600

1 battery tray 2 battery bracket 3 batteries (2 pieces) 4 connection cable red 5 ground wire black 6 starter wire red

16 automatic circuit breaker F1 17 automatic circuit breaker F31 (only PR 732 / 742) 18 relay - flame glow plug system (PR 732/K71, 742/K18) 20 electronic box - fan drive A11/A18 25 hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt

10 electronic box A1 11 ground wire from housing electronic-box 12 central wiring harness 13 plug X65 14 code plug X73 15 battery main switch K1

60 test center with test points: LA operating pressure / fan drive SP replenishing system pressure- travel hydraulic ND servo pressure- working hydraulic LD (LS) load sensing pressure - working hydraulic HD high pressure - working hydraulic


1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 connection cable red 3 starter wire red 4 ground wire black 5 battery bracket

11 battery main switch K1 12 relay - flame glow plug system K71 13 automatic circuit breaker F1 14 automatic circuit breaker F31

6 electronic box A1 7 ground wire from housing electronicbox 8 central wiring harness 9 code plug X73 10 plug X65

15 door lock

(item 9 and 10 from begin installation inchbrake-pedal)




01 03

PR 752

Battery box

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2002→

16.3.50.01

PR 752 from F/N xxx-5600

1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 connection cable red 3 starter wire red 4 ground wire black 5 battery bracket 6 electronic box A1 7 ground wire from housing electronicbox 8 central wiring harness 9 plug X65 10 code plug X73

11 battery main switch K1 12 relay - flame glow plug system K71 13 automatic circuit breaker F1 14 automatic circuit breaker F31

15 door lock

20 electronic box - fan drive A11

Sub Group Index Hydraulic tilting device

17.2

Heater and blower

17.3


17.3.01

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

17.3.02


Engine operation

17.4


17.4.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


17.4.11

PR 752

F/N xxx-2003→5599

17.4.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

17.4.51

Air conditioner

17.5


17.5.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

17.5.11




Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Operators platform, Datum Edition Date

01 03

Heater, air conditioner

Blatt Page Feuille

17.0.00.01

1. Construction, operation and function The heater which is installed under the floor of the cab works as a blower and heat exchanger, either as a ventilator or as a heater.

The fan is operated with knob 1 (3 stage). The heater intensity can be regulated via lever 2, the ratio between fresh air and circulating air can be regulated via lever 3.

The heat exchanger is supplied with hot water from the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The fresh air is drawn in from the blower via a fresh air filter, pushed through the heat exchanger and blown through nozzle inside the cab. The resulting low pressure difference prevents dust infiltration into the cab. In addition to the three fan speeds, the air flow can be regulated on each nozzle and directed in any desired direction. 2. Function

2.1. Fan

M6 Blower motor R3 Blower resistor S9 Blower switch (3-stages)

Due to the resistor R3, depending on switch position of switch S9, the bower motor M6 runs at different speeds.

The ratio of fresh air and circulating air can be regulated by a flap in the heater box, which is regulated via a cable on the lever.


Mjfcifss!

Warm water heater with fresh air blower Datum Edition Date

01 03

Operators Platform




17.3.01.01

2.2. Heater LH-Inline-engine

LH-V-engine

Part of the hot coolant runs from the engine coolant circuit from the lower shut off valve, in the component carrier of the Diesel engine over the supply line to the heat exchanger (1).

If the regulating valve (2) is open, warm water runs through the heat exchanger and the air created by the blower is heated.

The coolant flows via return line ”R” to the upper shut off valve in the timing case to the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine.

The regulator valve 2, which is adjusted by the lever via a cable, determines the amount of coolant which flows over the heat exchanger 1 and therefore also the heat output.

3. Repair 3.1. Control unit Operator’ s seat - remove mounting screws, remove seat, remove cover to the control unit. Loosen screw 9, release cables. For repairs, pull plug from blower switch 5 on the control unit, remove mounting screws and remove unit. To replace cables, tilt cab and secure. Remove heater cover, release cables on regulating valve and on air flap. Replace cables, make sure they are not kinked. Reinstall all parts in reverse order.

1 Control, complete 2 Lever - Heater 3 Lever - Fresh air / circulating air 4 Washer 5 Blower switch, complete 6 Nut 7 Knob 8 Clamp 9 Screw 10 Cable - Heater 11 Cable - Fresh air / circulating air

3.2. Replace regulating valve

Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Raise and secure cab. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Open hose clamp, remove hose retainer. Pull hoses from regulating valve, remove valve. Install new valve, install all parts in reverse order. Caution: Make sure to watch for flow direction! The arrow on the valve housing must point to the heat exchanger. Lower cab and retighten. Open shut of valves on the Diesel engine. Check and add to coolant level. Start the engine and open the regulating valve of the heater. After a short period, when at operating temperature, add coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.

3.3. Heater and blower For repairs on heater and blower, remove complete heater unit from cab. -

Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine.

-

Remove cover from control element, pull cable plug from blower switch.

-

Tilt up cab and secure, remove heater cover.

-

Remove cable from air flap.

-

Remove hoses directly from heat exchanger.

-

Pull wire 201 and 102 from connector plug.

-

Unscrew heater and pull from cab.

Install in reverse order.

Caution: If hoses are replaced, make sure they are routed properly and not kinked. Reuse the inlet line, they are marked at the end of the hose with special binders with an ”A” (which stands for ”A“ Ausgang/ Outlet on the engine block). If the binders are missing, mark the inlet lines with commercially available white cable binders.

For operation, open shut off valve on the Diesel engine, replace coolant . Start the engine and open the regulating valve on the heater (= warm position). After a short running time, as well as when the operating temperature is reached, check and replace coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.


Mjfcifss!

Warm water heater with fresh air blower Datum Edition Date

01 03

Operators Platform




17.3.01.02

1 Heater box 2 Housing cover 3 Heat exchanger 4 Channel bracket 5 Blower, complete 6 Blower motor 7 Vane wheel 8 Wiring - heater 9 Cable binder 10 Flap - Fresh air / circulating air 11 Shaft 12 Spring 13 Plastic bushing 14 Foam rubber strip

3.3.1 Heat exchanger 3 The heat exchanger is pushed into the heater box. When installing the heat exchanger, insert it into heater box with the fitting with bleeder valve (= connection for inlet line) on the bottom. Insert foam rubber strip 14 (seal) properly, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 3.3.2 Blower 5, complete. Should any part of the blower (such as blower motor 6, resistor, vane wheel 7) be defective, then the complete blower must be replaced. When installing electrical contacts, follow wiring schematic, see paragraph 2.1 on the blower motor and install cable binder 9 to relieve stress. 3.3.3 Fresh air - circulating air flap 10 To remove, release screw on flap 10, pull shaft 11. When installing, insert flap 10, so that the fresh air coming from below is shut off. Push in shaft 11, align bracket parallel to the edge of the housing, tighten screw.

1. Construction, operation and function 1.1. Construction The heater which is installed under the floor or under the operators seat in the cab works as a blower and heat exchanger, either as a ventilator or as a heater.

Parts list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

heater heat exchanger return line water valve blower supply line fresh air filter sealing

The heat exchanger is supplied with hot water from the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The fresh air is drawn in from the blower via a fresh air filter, pushed through the heat exchanger and blown through nozzle inside the cab. The resulting low pressure difference prevents dust infiltration into the cab.

2. Operation The fan is operated with knob 1 (3 stage). The heater intensity can be regulated via knob 2.

In addition to the three fan speeds, the air flow can be regulated on each nozzle and directed in any desired direction.


Mjfcifss!

Heater and blower Datum Edition Date

01 03

Operators platform




17.3.02.01

3. Function 3.1. Electrical system - blower

E11

heater

M6

blower motor

R3

blower resistor

S9

blower switch (3-stages)

X8

coupling - cab - heater

MP

ground connection

Due to the resistor R3, depending on switch position of switch S9, the bower motor M6 runs at different speeds.

3.2. Heater LH-Inline-engine

LH-V-engine

Part of the hot coolant runs from the engine coolant circuit from the lower shut off valve, in the component carrier of the Diesel engine over the supply line (A) to the heat exchanger (1).

If the regulating valve (2) is open, warm water runs through the heat exchanger and the air created by the blower is heated. The coolant flows via return line ”B” to the upper shut off valve in the timing case to the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The regulator valve 2, which is adjusted by the lever via a cable, determines the amount of coolant which flows over the heat exchanger 1 and therefore also the heat output.

4. Repair 4.1. Control unit Operator’ s seat - remove mounting screws, remove seat, remove cover to the control unit. Loosen screw 9, release cables. For repairs, pull plug from blower switch 5 on the control unit, remove mounting screws and remove unit. To replace cable, tilt cab and secure. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Replace cable, make sure it is not kinked. Reinstall all parts in reverse order.

1

control, complete

2

knob blower

3

blower switch, complete (3 stages)

4

knob heater

5

turning support

6

screw

7

cable - heater

4.2. Replace regulating valve Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Raise and secure cab. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Open hose clamp, remove hose retainer. Pull hoses from regulating valve, remove valve. Install new valve, install all parts in reverse order. Caution: Make sure to watch for flow direction! Adjustment regulating valve: set lever 1 and knob on the control unit to middle position, fix cable 3 with shim 2 Lower cab and retighten. Open shut of valves on the Diesel engine. Check and add to coolant level. Start the engine and open the regulating valve of the heater. After a short period, when at operating temperature, add coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.

Caution: When exchanging the complete heater, the regulating valve has to be turned according to the sticker on the heater box. On PR 712 to 742 - the lever 1 has to face downward, at PR 752 - the lever 1 has to face upward.


Mjfcifss!

Heater and blower Datum Edition Date

01 03

Operators platform




17.3.02.02

4.3. Heater and blower For repairs on heater and blower, remove complete heater unit from cab. -

Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine.

-

Tilt up cab (not at PR752) and secure, remove heat cover. At PR 752 remove driver seat including ground plate

-

Remove cable from water valve.

-

Remove hoses

-

Pull electric supply plug

-

Unscrew heater and pull from cab.

Install in reverse order. Caution: If hoses are replaced, make sure they are routed properly and not kinked. Reuse the inlet line, they are marked at the end of the hose with special binders with an ”A” (which stands for ”A“ Ausgang/ Outlet on the engine block). If the binders are missing, mark the inlet lines with commercially available white cable binders. For operation, open shut off valve on the Diesel engine, replace coolant . Start the engine and open the regulating valve on the heater (= warm position). After a short running time, as well as when the operating temperature is reached, check and replace coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.

1 heater box 2 housing cover 3 sealing 4 sealing 5 heat exchanger 6 blower, complete

4.3.1 Heater box pos.1 When installing the complete housing into the operators platform, pay attention for the proper position of the sealing, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 4.3.2 Heat exchanger pos.5 The heat exchanger is pushed into the heater box. When installing the heat exchanger, pay attention for proper position of the sealing, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 4.3.3 Blower complete pos 6 Should any part of the blower (such as blower motor, resistor, vane wheel) be defective, then the complete blower must be replaced. When installing electrical contacts, follow wiring schematic, see paragraph 3.1 on the blower motor and install cable binder to relieve stress.

1. Adjustment of retaining force on throttle control lever To check the adjustment, turn the engine off, leave the cable installed and the cab lowered. Position the throttle control lever in the center and mount a spring scale directly under the ball shaped handle = control point. Pull the scale vertically to the control lever. If the adjustment is correct, the scale must show a force of 55±2 N. This value is given by the self locking hex head nut 11 which determines the preload force of the cup springs.

Adjustment -

if the required force is too low (< 55 N) - tighten nut pos. 11 (+) until the required value is reached. if the required force is too high (> 55 N) - loosen nut pos. 11 (-) until the required value is reached.

2. Check engine RPM - throttle control Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check the engine RPM with the test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. a) select low idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 26 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. b) select high idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 27 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. Note: The lever on the injection pump should have a distance of 0,3 mm to the stop screw or just touch it. If the required engine RPM values are not obtained, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, check the adjustment of the injection pump, routing / adjustment of the engine shut off and throttle control cable.


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 2999 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 2999 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ 5599 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2002→ 5599


01 03


Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille

17.4.10.01

Parts list 1 throttle control device cpl. 2 housing - separated 3 housing frame 3.1 seal 5 throttle control lever 6 guide bushing 7 shut off lever 8 guide bushing 10 shaft 11 hex head nut (self locking) with washer 12 tension pin (rotation lock) 13 spacer 14 thrust washer 15 spring cup

20 guide rails 21 slide 22 sleeve 23 dowel pin 24 connector fitting - throttle control cable 25 connector fitting - shut off cable 26 27 28 29

stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmin) stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmax) socket head screw with washer, sleeve and nut socket head screw with washer and nut

30 shut off cable cpl. 31 L-fitting with hex head nut 32 dust cover 33 cable with guide spring and connector rods 34 scraper ring 35 guide tube 36 dust cover 37 screw fitting 38 threaded coupling 39 hex head nut 40 washer 41 cable housing 50 throttle control cable cpl. 51 L-fitting with hex head nut 52 dust cover 53 cable with guide spring and connector rods 54 dust cover 55 threaded coupling 56 hex head nut 57 installation flange - separated with pivot sleeve 58 cable housing 59 protective hose 60 hose clamp


PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 2999 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103→ 2999 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003→ 5599 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2002→ 5599


01 03


Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille

17.4.10.02

1. Adjustment of retaining force on throttle control lever To check the adjustment, turn the engine off, leave the cable installed and the cab lowered. Position the throttle control lever in the center and mount a spring scale directly under the ball shaped handle = control point. Pull the scale vertically to the control lever. If the adjustment is correct, the scale must show a force of 55±2 N. This value is given by the self locking hex head nut 11 which determines the preload force of the cup springs.

Adjustment -

if the required force is too low (< 55 N) - tighten nut pos. 11 (+) until the required value is reached. if the required force is too high (> 55 N) - loosen nut pos. 11 (-) until the required value is reached.

2. Check engine RPM - throttle control 2.1. PR 712B, PR 722B (stop screw pos. 26/27 have to be dismantled before installing the throttle control device) Move the throttle control lever over its complete control range, while watching the compensation lever on the injection pump. The springs of the compensation lever may not be fully depressed in any position. If necessary, correct the routing / adjustment of the throttle control cable. Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check engine RPM with test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. If the required engine RPM values are not reached, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, adjust the RPM limiter (stop screws) on the distributor injection pump, let check the adjustment of injection pump. 2.2. PR 732B, PR 742B from F/N xxx-5600→ Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check the engine RPM with the test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. a) select low idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 26 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. b) select high idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 27 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. Note: The lever on the injection pump should have a distance of 0,3 mm to the stop screw or just touch it. If the required engine RPM values are not obtained, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, check the adjustment of the injection pump, routing / adjustment of the engine shut off and throttle control cable.


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


01 03


Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille


17.4.11.01

Parts list 1 throttle control device cpl. 2 housing - separated 3 housing frame 3.1 seal 5 throttle control lever 6 guide bushing 8 guide bushing 10 shaft 11 hex head nut (self locking) with washer 12 tension pin (rotation lock) 13 spacer 14 thrust washer 15 spring cup

20 guide rails 21 slide 22 sleeve 23 dowel pin 24 connector fitting - throttle control cable 26 27 28 29

stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmin) stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmax) socket head screw with washer, sleeve and nut socket head screw with washer and nut

50 throttle control cable cpl. 51 L-fitting with hex head nut 52 dust cover 53 cable with guide spring and connector rods 54 dust cover 55 threaded coupling 56 hex head nut 57 installation flange - separated with pivot sleeve 58 cable housing 59 protective hose 60 hose clamp


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


01 03


Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille


17.4.11.02

Parts list 1 control unit, complete 2 console, complete 3 socket head screw - min / max stop 5 control lever, complete 6 bearing bushing 7 T-handle with plug 8 pull knob 9 tension pin 10 spacer pin 11 pressure spring 12 pressure rod 13 tooth 15 pleated sleeve 16 sleeve 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29

notch segments inside / outside spacer ring hex head screw washer spring plate hex head screw hex nut shim spring plate

30 throttle control, complete 31 control cable with rods 32 linkage 33 pin with retainer 34 hex nut 35 pivoted tube, complete 36 union nut with O-ring and rubber sleeve 37 cap 40 cable guide, complete 41 hex nut 42 ball joint, complete 43 hex nut 44 pleated sleeve with special cable tie



Mjfcifss! PR 752 RL 52

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2003→ 5599 F/N 739-2001→

17.4.50.01

Parts list 1 control unit, complete 2 console, complete 3 socket head screw - min / max stop 5 control lever, complete 6 bearing bushing 7 T-handle with plug 8 pull knob 9 tension pin 10 spacer pin 11 pressure spring 12 pressure rod 13 tooth 15 pleated sleeve 16 sleeve 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29

notch segments inside / outside spacer ring hex head screw washer spring plate hex head screw hex nut shim spring plate

30 throttle control, complete 31 control cable with rods 32 linkage 33 pin with retainer 34 hex nut 35 pivoted tube, complete 36 union nut with O-ring and rubber sleeve 37 cap 40 cable guide, complete 41 hex nut 42 ball joint, complete 43 hex nut 44 pleated sleeve with special cable tie



Mjfcifss! PR 752

Datum Edition Date

01 03

Engine control

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5600→

17.4.51.01

1. Design, function The air conditioning system keeps the interior air of the cab to the temperature preselected by the operator, by cooling or heating the air supply. The system can only be operated if the Diesel engine is running. Always close windows and doors. As air supply, fresh air or recirculated air (fresh air plus air in the cab) can be selected. Filtered air and the resulting pressure in the cab minimize dust infiltration In addition, the system can be operated in the cooling and heating cycle to dehumidify the air and prevent the windows from fogging up. The temperatures, which can be obtained in the cab depend on the maintenance condition of the system and on the ambient temperature. Main components:

1 Compressor - brings the refrigerant in the system into circulation by suction → compression and discharge. 2 Evaporator with expansion valve - evaporates the refrigerant and cools the air, which flows past it. 3 Condenser - liquefies the refrigerant with the aid of the airflow created by 3 blowers. 4 Filter dryer - draws the moisture from the refrigerant and indicates the refrigerant level and its moisture content in a sight gauge via 2 indicator pearls. 5 Heat exchanger (heater) - when operating, hot refrigerant from the Diesel engine flows through and heats the air flowing past it. 6 Blower - presses the fresh air or air in the cab via evaporator 2 and heat exchanger 5 into the interior of the cab. Air enters via adjustable vents 7 Fresh air filter - filters the incoming fresh air. 8 Air circulation filter - filters the air in the cab in air recirculation mode. 9 not shown: Hose couplings with mechanically releasable check valves in condenser lines at the transition from the basic machine to the cab makes it possible to remove the cab without having to refill the system. Refrigerant filler valves are in the lines at the compressor.


Mjfcifss!

Operation, description and function Datum Edition Date

01 03

Air conditioner Optional




17.5.11.01

The blower 6 must always be turned on for the operation of the air conditioning system, whereby the heater obtains its full effectiveness only when the machine is at operating temperature. For design and function of the heater / heat exchanger 5, see section 17.3. 2. General data for air conditioning system: Refrigerant Filling quantity Compressor Id. No. Oil filling quantity

R 134 a 1600 grams 5700 334 200 cm³ - SP 10 PAG

Previous type: 5700 268 250+10 cm³ - SP 20 PAG

Previous type: 5801 709 150+10 cm³ - ZXL 100 PAG

3. Operation of the air conditioning system: Instrument panel:

Operating console air conditioning system:

S15 (S16) - Push button switch

1 - Rotary switch S9 - 3-stage blower 2 - Heater switch 3 - Fresh air / air circulation switch 4 - Temperature regulator switch cooling circuit potentiometer R6 (R11) → - Air vents

(S16), (R11) - valid for wiring harnesses with three-digit cable numbers

- Preselect blower stage with rotary switch S9 - Press push button switch S15 (S16) The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is energized and the compressor starts to turn. On the condenser, the blower motors M10, M11 start to turn. - Adjust the temperature regulator Note: The lower the temperature selection, the faster the blower should turn. If necessary, readjust the blower speed. - Adjust the air supply (fresh air / recirculation)

4. Function: 4.1. Refrigerant circuit (basic schematic)

1 Compressor

5 Pressure switch B17

8 Temperature regulation 12 Blower

2 A/C compressor clutch Y14

6 Filter dryer

9 Temperature sensor

3 Condenser

7 Sight gauge

4 Fan

13 Expansion valve

10 Condensation drain 11 Evaporator

a - Refrigerant - liquid - high pressure b - Refrigerant liquid/gaseous - high pressure c - Refrigerant liquid/gaseous - low pressure d - Refrigerant gaseous - low pressure

The compressor 1 draws the gaseous refrigerant from the low pressure area d. The refrigerant is compressed by the compressor and is supplied to the condenser 3 (pressure build up). In the condenser 3, heat is removed from the refrigerant by the air flowing past it. The refrigerant is condensed and is directed in liquid form to the filter dryer. In the filter dryer, any moisture particles are removed from the refrigerant, which prevents the expansion valve in the supply line from icing up. From the expansion valve, the compressed refrigerant is metered and directed into evaporator 11. In the evaporator 11, the refrigerant expands and returns to gaseous state by taking on heat from the ambient air. The ambient air cools off due to the removal of heat. The cooled ambient air of the evaporator is blown through the vents into the cab via the blower 12. Note: Airflow direction in the air conditioning system is against the direction of the arrow. The temperature regulator 8 engages and disengages the A/C compressor clutch 2, as needed.


Mjfcifss!


01 03





17.5.11.02

4.2. Temperature regulation The temperature level is preselected steplessly via the potentiometer R6 (R11) and monitored by the electronic thermostat via two temperature sensors. One sensor is in the air flow on the evaporator and a second on the expansion valve as ice protection. From the electronic thermostat B19 (B24), the A/C compressor clutch Y14 is turned off and on as needed if the pressure switch B17 is closed - see paragraph 5.4. The actuation of the switch, which depends on the air flow temperature is determined by the adjustment of the potentiometer R 6 (R11). For operating safety, the following low values have been determined: Airflow - A/C clutch disengages (uncouple) +1+2°C, Expansion valve - A/C clutch disengages (uncouple) -2+2°C,

turn on again (engage) +4+2°C turn on again (engage) +12+2°C

4.3. Combined operation To prevent the window panes from fogging up in cool and damp weather conditions, the air conditioning / heating system can be operated together. If both systems are activated, the damp air in the cab is directed first via the evaporator of the A/C system. The cooled air releases the moisture as condensation, which is discharged externally. The cold airflow is reheated on the following heat exchanger and returned dry and warm to the interior of the cab. The combined operation is used mostly in the recirculation mode and provides a pleasant room temperature. 5. Components 5.1. Compressor with A/C compressor clutch 1 Connection suction side 2 Connection pressure side 3 Plug 4 Magnetic coupling (A/C compressor clutch) Y14 5 Swash plate 6 Piston 7 Discharge valve 8 Intake valve

Technical Data Flow volume Amperage, max. Weight without oil Oil quantity

154.9 cm³ 2.63 A 6.9 kg / 15.2 lbs. 200 cm³ - SP 10 PAG

Compressor, compressor clutch and pulley are installed as one unit on the Diesel engine. The pulley is driven by the Diesel engine via a V-belt. Compressor: The compressor is equipped with dust protection and designed to operate with R134a refrigerant. The housing is filled at the factory with refrigerant oil. The swash plate 5 is turned by the drive shaft and the inclined surface forces the seven axial pistons 6 into a corresponding stroke movement. The resulting suction - compression and discharge of the refrigerant is directed via shutter valves. Due to the pressure created by the flow, the suctioned gaseous refrigerant is partially liquefied. A/C compressor clutch Y14 - Pos.4: The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is used to interrupt the compressor drive and is installed in the power flow between the pulley and the drive shaft.

Turned off, the A/C clutch is not energized and therefore open. The pulley driven by the V-belt runs along on the compressor shaft. When turned on, the clutch is energized and engages, the compressor begins to work. See also the following wiring schematics. Refrigerant oil The refrigerant oil is chemically neutral to the R134A und serves as lube oil for the compressor. Refrigerant oil rapidly takes on any moisture in the air. For that reason, do not open the plug 3 of the compressor and also do not expose oil in refill containers for a long period with the ambient air. If needed, the SP 10 PAG oil added by the manufacturer can be mixed with SP 20 PAG oil, which differs in viscosity. If both types of oil are available, always use SP 10 PAG . 5.2. Condenser (Illustration is turned by 180° ) 1 Heat exchanger (condenser) 2 Blower left 3 Blower center 4 Blower right 5 Inlet from the compressor 6 Outlet to the filter dryer

Technical data Heat output Number of blowers Operating voltage Test pressure Weight

12.5 kW 3x axial 24V 35 bar 13.2kg

The component described as a condenser or liquefying unit consists primarily of three constantly running blowers and one heat exchanger. The heated, partially liquefied refrigerant flows under pressure through the pipes of the heat exchanger 1 (condenser) and releases heat. The airflow created by the blowers 2 - 4 moves the heat given off by the refrigerant. As it cools off, the refrigerant is further liquefied. 5.3. Filter dryer Technical data Capacity Filter mesh Leak test Moisture intake - dryer Burst pressure

1 Sight gauge with indicator balls

0,70 l 7 µm 30 bar 16 g 130 bar

2 Riser 3 Filter element 4 Dryer granules 5 Pressure relief valve 32±2bar 6 Pressure switch connection (covered by Pos 1 )

The filter dryer is installed directly in the area of the condenser and is used to filter, dry and monitor the refrigerant and as a indicator.


Mjfcifss!


01 03





17.5.11.03

From the inlet connection, the refrigerant flow is pushed in the filter dryer from outside (top) to the inside (bottom) through the filter element 3 and the dryer granules 4. If present, any contamination is removed by the filter element and moisture particles are absorbed by the dryer granules. At the same time, any still existing gas bubbles are liquefied. The filtered, dried and bubble free Refrigerant is directed, still under pressure, via the riser 2 to the outlet connection. The sight gauge with two indicator balls serves as control indicator.

1 White pearl - is a floating pearl and shows the refrigerant level of the system. 2 Blue pearl - is a moisture indicator and shows the moisture content in the system by changing color.

During operation, the refrigerant must flow bubble free through the sight gauge and the white ball must be float on the upper edge of the sight gauge. After turning the system off, the fluid level / the ball should drop somewhat. This shows that the Refrigerant is cooled off sufficiently and the system is filled correctly. The moisture indicator ball is normally blue and changes color to pink in case of increased moisture (acid formation). For guidelines, see section 6 - Troubleshooting and section 7 - Maintenance. On PR 712 from F/N xxx-3083, PR 722 from F/N xxx-3172, PR 732 from F/N xxx-3183, PR 742 from F/N xxx3091 and PR 752 from F/N xxx-2067, a mechanically releasable check valve is installed in the pressure switch connection, which is opened when the pressure switch is installed. When the switch is removed, the check valve closes the connection. This makes it possible to replace the switch without having to recharge the system. 5.4. Pressure switch 1 Pressure switch B17 2 Filter dryer

Technical data / switch ranges Low pressure off Low pressure on High pressure off High pressure on

< 2.5 bar > 3.5 bar > 25 bar < 18 bar

The pressure switch is installed on the filter dryer and monitors the pressure build up in the liquid refrigerant. The switch can be replaced without having to refill the system - see section 5.3. The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is energized via the electrical section of the pressure switch B17 - see following wiring schematics. At a refrigerant pressure of 2.5 to 25 bar, the electrical contact of the switch is closed and the A/C compressor clutch can be controlled by the electronic thermostat. To protect the system from exceeding or high or low pressure values, the electrical contact of the pressure switch opens and interrupts the power to the A/C compressor clutch Y14. The switch closes the contact only after the pressure in the system has reached a value within a cut-in range of > 3.5 bar or < 18 bar . For possible causes of errors, see troubleshooting, section 6.

5.5. Heater - air conditioner

1

Housing, complete with seal

2

Flap, fresh air / air circulation

3

Cover with seal

4

Blower

5

Evaporator

6

Electronic thermostat

7

Expansion valve

8

Sensor de-icer protection

9

Airflow sensor

10 Heat exchanger - heater Technical Data Heat output Cooling output Nominal voltage Operating pressure, max. Airflow, max. Blower Weight

8.8 KW 4.8 KW 24 V 24 bar 850 m³/h 3 - stage 17.4 kg

Test values for temperature sensor: Resistance values Airflow sensor at 20°C - 12,5 kΩ at 25°C - 10 kΩ Sensor de-icer at 0°C - 28,6 kΩ i at 10°C - 16,4 kΩ at 25°C - 10 kΩ

The heater / air conditioner is installed on the cab under the driver's seat floorboard. On PR 712 up to PR 742 the heater / air conditioner is accessible via a cover in the bottom of the cab (with the cab tilted), on PR 752 via a cover below the operator’s seat. Flap 2 is actuated via a knob in the operating console. In fresh air position, the airflow from the cab (recirculation) is shut off, in circulation position, part of the fresh air supply is retained. The 3-stage blower 6 draws air from the area in front of the vent 2 and pushes it through the evaporator 5 and the heat exchanger 10 into the interior of the cab. The evaporator 5 is used to cool, the heat exchanger 10 to heat the airflow (see heater, section 17.3). The electronic thermostat 6 regulates the running time of the A/C compressor, depending on the values of the temperature sensor 8 and 9. The expansion valve 7 meters the flow of the liquid refrigerant to the evaporator, depending on the pressure difference between the system's low pressure and high pressure.


Mjfcifss!


01 03





17.5.11.04

6. Troubleshooting Problem System does not cool

Cause

Remedy

Electrical connections interrupted

Check connections on A/C compressor clutch, switch, relay, temperature sensor and electronic thermostat

Air temperature sensor is defective

Replace

Electronic thermostat is defective

Replace

Potentiometer R6 (R11) is defective

Replace

A/C compressor clutch is not energized - relay K11 is defective - fuse F12 is defective

Replace Replace

A/C compressor clutch defective

replace A/C compressor clutch

Blowers on condenser do not turn - relay K12 is defective - fuse F11 is defective

Replace Replace

Compressor turns off, because max. operating Clean condenser (cooling surface) pressure has been exceeded Check function of blower on condenser

System cools only for a short time

Filter dryer plugged up

# Replace filter dryer

Too much refrigerant in system ( see sight gauge)

# Correct refrigerant level

Compressor turns off due to low operating pressure

# Check system for leaks, refill refrigerant, as necessary

V-belt torn or worn

Replace V-belt

Evaporator iced up

Check or replace temperature sensor Replace electronic thermostat

System cools insufficiently Not enough airflow Not enough refrigerant in system - bubbles visible in sight gauge

# Check system for leaks, refill, as necessary

Expansion valve plugged up

# Clean expansion valve or replace

Expansion valve iced up due to too much moisture in the system - indicator ball pink


Filter dryer partially plugged up (ice formation on dryer)


Air in refrigerant circuit - increased pressure values and bubble formation in sight gauge

# Evacuate the system, check for leaks and recharge the system

Noise on A/C compressor Compressor bearing is defective clutch A/C compressor clutch on compressor is defective

Whistling noise on V-belt

Clean evaporator and condenser coil

# Replace compressor Replace A/C compressor clutch

Insufficient oil in compressor

# Check compressor, add oil

V-belt worn

Replace V-belt

V-belt too loose

Check V-belt tension, tighten V-belt

# = For safety reasons, item marked # should be performed by trained A/C technician, since the system must often be evacuated, dried and refilled. Improper handling can cause additional damage to the A/C system as well as injury or death.

7. Maintenance If any defects on the components of the A/C circuit are found during maintenance or operation, then a specially trained A/C technician must be consulted, since important safety guidelines must be observed during repairs. Caution: The lack of knowledge or ignoring the applicable safety guidelines can cause injury or death as well as damage to the components in the system.

7.1. General maintenance The air conditioning system must be inspected and serviced at least once a year by an trained A/C technician, preferably before the start of the hot season. In addition, the following maintenance guidelines are recommended, they should be performed every 2 to 3 months: • • •

• • • •

Operate the air conditioning system for approx. 10 minutes, any time of the year, to lubricate movable parts and to prevent them from seizing up. Check the condenser unit for external contamination and clean with low air pressure, as necessary. Make sure that the condenser ribs are not damaged / bent. Heavy dirt deposits cause problems in cooling operation. Check the refrigerant level on the sight gauge of the filter dryer. The white pearl must float to the upper edge of the sight gauge when the compressor is running and the refrigerant must flow through the sight gauge without air bubbles. When the Diesel engine is turned off, the fluid level / pearl must drop slightly. In case of problems, contact an A/C technician. Determine the moisture content in the filter dryer. The indicator pearl in the sight gauge must be blue. If the pearl is pink, the filter dryer must be replaced. The existing moisture content causes acid formation and can destroy the system. Contact an A/C technician. Visually check the condition of the filter dryer. If the filter dryer is rusty or damaged ( for example on the mount or the hose connections), contact an A/C technician. The filter dryer is subject to pressurized container regulations and must be replaced as soon as possible. Check the electrical wires and the hoses as well as connections, check for chafed areas. Clean / replace the fresh air and air circulation filter, as necessary. Note:

If the A/C system is opened, the system must be evacuated, checked for leaks, refilled with refrigerant and the refrigerant oil must be replaced with fresh oil. The filler valves are in the hoses near the compressor.

8. Evacuating, checking for leaks and recharging the system The procedure and sequence for evacuating, leak testing and recharging the system as well as the amount of oil depends on the available equipment. The A/C technician must be familiar with the operation of this equipment and be informed about the basic system data. Refrigerant R 134 a Quantity 1600 grams Compressor Id. No. 5700 334 Previous type: 5700 268 Previous type: 5801 709 Oil quantity 200 cm³ - SP 10 PAG* 250+10 cm³ - SP 20 PAG 150+10 cm³ - ZXL 100 PAG * - see also "refrigerant oil" , section 5.1 compressor - according to the manufacturer, the max. oil quantity of 310 cm³ may not be exceeded.


Mjfcifss!


01 03





17.5.11.05

Notes Basic functions are analogical to description 17.5.10.

Wire - identifications Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt)

with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply

black

without number

white

with number, e.g.550 = other wires

= ground wire

All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm²

Color codes bl-ws =

blue /white

br-ge =

brown /yellow

gn

=

green

rt

=

red

rt-ws =

red /white

sw

black

=

sw-ge =

black /yellow

Electrical schematics for the basic machines see chapter 9.2.


Mjfcifss!

Electrical schematic Datum Edition Date

01 03




F/N xxx-0501→ F/N xxx-1001→ F/N xxx-2501→ F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 F/N xxx-2003→2062

17.5.11.06

B17

B24

pressure switch air conditioner low pressure off < 2,5 bar low pressure on 3,5 bar high pressure off 25,0 bar high pressure on 18,0 bar electronic thermostat

E16 E17

evaporator condenser

F11 F12

10A 16A

H1

indicator light - charge indicator

K3 K4 K11 K12

relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - blower motor - condenser relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner

M6 M10 M11

fresh air fan - heater /air conditioner fresh air fan - condenser right fresh air fan - condenser middle / left

R3 R11

resistor - blower motor /air conditioner regulating potentiometer - air conditioner

S1 S9 S16

starter switch w. preheat position rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /air conditioner push button switch air conditioner

X2 X4 X8 X43

panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wire harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater plug - condenser

Y14

solenoid clutch - air conditioner

heater / air conditioner blower motor - condenser

wire no.

102 108 134 137 307 308 334 416 516 517 518 520 521 522 524 525 526 553 554

connector plugs

F11- X2 /X8 -S9 K4 /87 -F11 F12- -K11 S1-F12rt K3 /86 -H1 P1 -H1 H1- -K12 F3-H1 S9 /2 -R3 S9 /3 -R3 S9 /4 -R3 S16- -K12 S9 /1- X8 /X2 -S16 B17-X43/X4/X2/X8 -B24 B17-X43 /X4 /X2 K11- X4 /X43 -M10 K11- X4 /X43 -M11 K12- X2 /X8 -B24 K12- -K11


Mjfcifss!


01 03




F/N xxx-0501→ F/N xxx-1001→ F/N xxx-2501→ F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 F/N xxx-2003→2062

17.5.11.07

Notes Basic functions are analogical to description 17.5.10.

Wire - identifications Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt)

with number, e.g. 1033 = wires for main power supply

black

without number

white

with number, e.g. 6023 = other wires

= ground wire


Color codes bl-ws =

blue /white

br-ge =

brown /yellow

gn

=

green

rt

=

red

rt-ws =

red /white

sw

black

=

sw-ge =

black /yellow




Mjfcifss!


01 03



17.5.11.08

B17

B19

pressure switch air conditioner low pressure off < 2,5 bar low pressure on 3,5 bar high pressure off 25,0 bar high pressure on 18,0 bar electronic thermostat

E12 E13

evaporator condenser

F3 F11 F12

5A 10A 16A

H1

indicator light - charge indicator

K3 K4 K11 K12

relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - blower motor - condenser relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner

M6 M10 M11

fresh air fan - heater /air conditioner fresh air fan - condenser right fresh air fan - condenser middle / left

R3 R6

resistor - blower motor /air conditioner regulating potentiometer - air conditioner

S1 S9 S15

starter switch w. preheat position rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /air conditioner push button switch air conditioner

X2 X4 X8 X43

panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wire harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater plug - condenser

Y14

solenoid clutch - air conditioner

fuse fuse - heater / air conditioner fuse - blower motor - condenser

wire no.

connector plugs

102 516 517 518 521 522 553

X8/1S9/2S9/3S9/4X8/6X8/5X8/7-

-

-

-S9/+ -R3 -R3 -R3 -S9/1 -B19 -B19

1021 1008 1033 1034

F11K4/87 S1F12-

X2/62 -

-X8/4 -F11 -F12rt -K11

3007 3008 3009 3010

B17-X43/X4/X2 S15- X2/34 X8/8- X2/X4/X43 X8/6- X2/38

-Y14 -X8/7 -B17 -K12

6112 6113 6116 6118 6119 6120 6023 6024

K3/86 P1 F3S15K12H1K11K11-

-H1 -H1 -H1 -K12 -K11 -K12 -M10 -M11

X4/X43 X4/X43



Mjfcifss!


01 03



17.5.11.09

Sub Group Index Electrical schematic - canopy PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

18.1


18.1.10

Refueling pump PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

18.2


18.2.10

Arrangements - additional lights

18.3

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


18.3.10

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


18.3.11

PR 752

F/N xxx-2063→

18.3.50

Electrical schematics - additional heaters

18.4

PR 742B F/N xxx-3001→

18.4.40

PR 752

18.4.50

F/N xxx-2063→

Operator’s seat with air suspension PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

18.5

F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→5599

18.5.10

PR 742B F/N xxx-5600→ PR 752 F/N xxx-2063→

18.5.40

Hydraulic oil temperature gauge

18.7

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B


18.7.10

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→

18.7.50



Mjfcifss!

PR Litronic

Datum Edition Date

01 04

Special attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

18.0.00.01

Reversible fans

18.8

PR 752

F/N xxx-5600→6637

18.8.50

PR 752

F/N xxx-6638→

18.8.51

Notes Note:

use cable 218- 221, 700, 701, 703, 704 with cross section of wire 1,5 mm² for Halogen lights E3, E4, E5, E6 use cable with cross section of wire 1 mm² for regular lights E3, E4, E5, E6

Installation note: disconnect wire S11 on X4 and position on K10 replace wire 510 with new wire 510 Id. no. 9786 156 disconnect wire 534 from X4 and position wire 529 on free teminal S. move wire 528 from K10 to H7


Mjfcifss!

Electrical schematic - Canopy Datum Edition Date

01 01

Special Attachments




18.1.10.01

Parts list E3 E4 E5 E6

working light - rear right working light - front left working light - rear left working light - front right

S3

emergency off switch

V10 V11

diode 1 A (K8) diode 1 A (K8)

F6

fuse

X4

panel plug - cab wiring harness 21 pole

H1 H2 H6 H7 H8 H11 H12 H17

indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - coolant level indicator Acoustical warning signal indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light canopy

K3 K5

relay - power guard relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light canopy

K6 K7 K8 K10

wire no. 238 wire no. 510 511 528 529 530

ground wire H17 electrical components F6 K10 K10 K10 X4

K10 H7 H7 X4 H17

Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.


Mjfcifss!

Electrical schematic - Canopy Datum Edition Date

01 01

Special Attachments




18.1.10.02

K37 with A13 on the schematic is valid for PR 752, at PR 712 to PR 742 the diode V38 at K37 is mounted in the cable →

Parts list: A6 A13

refueling pump diode combination - just PR 752

S1 S28 S29

starter switch w. preheat position push button switch - pump Start push button switch - pump Stop

F6 F13

fuse 5A fuse 20A

relay - motor refueling pump relay - control Start /Stop

V17 V34 V35 V36 V37 V38

sensor - fuel level - fuel tank diode 1A (free) diode 1A (K37) diode 1A (free) diode 1A (free) diode 1A - PR 712 to PR 742

H18

indicator light - refueling pump

K9 K37 M8

motor - refueling pump

X2

panel plug central wiring harness


Mjfcifss!

Refueling pump Datum Edition Date

01 01

Special Attachments


PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752 Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx- 3001→ F/N xxx- 3001→ F/N xxx- 3001→ F/N xxx- 3001→ F/N xxx- 2003→2062

18.2.10.01

Functional description 1. Readiness Current is available via the starter glow switch S1(30) → fuse F13 on relay K9(30). On the starter glow switch S1 in position 1, current is also available via fuse F6 on push button S28 and on relay K37(30). For supply of starter glow switch S1 and fuse F6, see schematic in section 9. 2. Start Short actuation of push button S28(Start) activates the level sensor V17 via cable 542. It shifts outlet S→cable SW→relay K37(85) to ground, if there is no fluid contact. At the same time, the relay K37 (86) is energized with sensor V17 by S28(S1) via cable 541 → push button S29 → cable 545. In case of ground contact via cable SW/V17(S) K37 is energized (path 30→87). Note:

If the tank is full, V17 fluid contact / outlet S has no ground connection, the refueling pump cannot be started. Diode V38 or A13/V35 protects the sensor V17 (protective switching - overrunning diode). In case of failure of the sensor, check the diode and its function before installing a new sensor.

From K37(87) - cable 543, V17(+) and K37(86) is continued energized after actuation of S28 = self retaining function K37. At the same time, the relay K9(86) is energized via cable 544. K9 is energized and supplies the indicator light H18 via cable 430 as well as the motor M8 via cable 519 (H18 lights up, the refueling pump motor M8 is driven). 3. Stop 3.1. Manual If the push button S29 is pressed, the self retaining function of relay K37 is interrupted, which de-energizes K37 and as a result K9 and the power supply for H18 and M8 is interrupted (H18 turns off, M8 stops). 3.2. Automatic If the fuel level in the tank reaches the sensor V17, it interrupts the ground connection to outlet S → relay K37(85), which de-energizes K37 and as a result K9 and the power supply for H18 and M8 is interrupted (H18 turns off, M8 stops).

Electrical schematic additional lights at frame front part

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E1 E2

additional lights right additional lights left

F7 F8

fuse 8A additional lights fuse 8A power supply roof panel

K4 K39 K40

relay - power supply relay - power guard relay - additional lights

S1 S6

starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights

X2

panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole

MP

ground connection

sw rt

color code “black” color code “red“

all unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm²

Arrangement instrument panel and frame front part



Arrangement - Additional lights front

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752


01 03

Special Attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-0501→ 5599 F/N xxx-1001→ 5599 F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 F/N xxx-2501→ 5599 F/N xxx-2002→ 2062

18.3.10.01

Electrical schematic additional lights rear in the housing of the condenser Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E3 E4 E5 E6 E20 E21

working light rear right working light front left working light rear left working light front right additional lights left additional lights right

F25 F26

fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system front fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear, additional lights

F27 F28 F29 F30

fuse 8A working light left front, right rear fuse 8A working light right front, left rear fuse 2A warning light cab fuse 8A additional lights

K17 K30

relay - working light relay - additional lights

S7

push button switch light / additional lights

X37-1 X37-2 X42 X46 X66

plug plug plug plug plug

MP

ground connection

sw

color code black

Arrangement control panel - cab and housing of condenser:


Mjfcifss!

Arrangements - Additional lights Datum Edition Date

01 03

Special Attachments


PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B Blatt Page Feuille


18.3.11.01

Electrical schematic additional lights rear at fuel tank Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.


additional lights left additional lights right

F8 F40

fuse 25A power supply roof panel fuse 8A additional lights

K4 K43

relay - power supply relay - additional lights

S41

push button switch additional lights

Arrangement instrument panel and fuel tank:

X2

panel plug - central wiring harness

MP

ground connection

sw

color code black

Electrical schematic additional lights front on lift cylinder and frame front part Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.



F8 F7


K4 K19


S1 S18 S41

starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights front push button switch additional lights

X2


MP

ground connection

sw

color code black



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Special Attachments




18.3.11.02

Arrangement additional lights on lift cylinder

at frame front part

Electrical schematic additional lights rear in the housing of the condenser Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E3 E4 E5 E6 E18 E19 E20 E21

working light rear right working light front left working light rear left working light front right 2. working light front left 2. working light front right additional lights left additional lights right

F25 F26 F27 F28 F30

fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system front fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear, additional lights fuse 10A working light left front, right rear, 2.light left front, fuse 10A working light right front, left rear, 2.light right front, fuse 8A additional lights

K17 K28 K30

relay - working light 2. relay - working light relay - additional lights

S7

rocker switch light / additional lights

X37-1 X37-2 X42 X66 MP sw

plug plug plug plug ground connection color code black



Mjfcifss!


01 03

PR 752

Special Attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

18.3.50.01

Arrangement control panel - cab and housing of condenser:

Electrical schematic additional lights front on lift cylinder and frame front part: Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.



F8 F7


K4 K19


S1 S18 S41

starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights front push button switch additional lights

X2


MP

ground connection

sw

color code black

Arrangement instrument panel for additional lights front:

Arrangement additional lights at frame front part

on lift cylinder



Mjfcifss!


01 03

PR 752

Special Attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-2063→

18.3.50.02

Notes Wire - identifications Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt)

with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply

black

without number

white

with number, e.g.550 = other wires

= ground wire


Color codes bl

=

blue

bl-ge =

blue /yellow

br

=

brown

ge

=

yellow

gn

=

green

gr

=

gray

or

=

orange

rt

=

red

sw

=

black

vi

=

violet




Mjfcifss!


01 03

Warm water heater Webasto


18.4.40.01

A15 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5

heater control Webasto relay circulating pump relay motor - heater relay regulating thermostat relay electric ignition unit relay solenoid valve, flame control

E26 4 5 7 8 9 10 F1 M2 R X3 Y1

water heater Webasto electric ignition unit regulating thermostat blower thermostat overheat thermostat Plug 1 poles ignition electrodes overheat fuse motor - heater photo resistor flame control Plug 2 poles flame glow plug valve

F9

5A

heat exchanger

F34

8A

circulating pump

F35

8A

heat control

G2

batteries

H3

indicator light - air filter

K1

battery main switch

K79

relay - heat exchanger

M16

circulating pump Webasto

M17

heat exchanger - battery compartment

P2

fuel gauge

P3

coolant temperature gauge

P4

engine oil pressure gauge

S1

starter switch w. preheat position

S25 H2 H3

clock Webasto LED yellow display light

X2

panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole

wire no. Connector plugs

105 107 113 119 120 315 318 320

see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02

556 557 558 708 735

E26X2 A15X2 S25see 9.2.30.02 S25-

-K79 -K79 -A15

1510 1520 1530 1540 1545 1550 1580 3080

G2F34F34F34A15F35S1K79-

-F34 -F35 -M16 -S25 -M16 -A15 -S25 -M17

X2 X2

-P2



Mjfcifss!


01 03

Warm water heater Webasto


18.4.40.02

Notes Wire - identifications Connection cables in the machine (wiring harness) Red (rt)

with number, e.g.1005


Black

without number

= ground wire

White


= other wires

All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm² Color codes: bl bl-ge bl-ws br br-ge br-ws ge gn gn-rt gr gr-rt rt rt-ws sw ws ws-rt

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

blue blue-yellow blue-white brown brown-yellow brown-white yellow green green-red gray gray-red red red-white black white white-red




Mjfcifss!

Electrical schematics Datum Edition Date

01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.01

Warm water heater „Webasto“ pos.

description

A14 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 X79 X80 X83

heater control Webasto relay circulating pump relay motor - heater relay regulating thermostat relay electric ignition unit relay solenoid valve, flame control plug plug plug to K47

E24

water heater Webasto electric ignition unit regulating thermostat blower thermostat overheat thermostat plug 1 poles ignition electrodes overheat fuse motor - heater photo resistor flame control plug 2 poles flame glow plug valve plug to K47

4 5 7 8 9 10 F1 M2 R X3 Y1 X82 F34 F35

8A circulating pump 8A heat control

G2

batteries

H3

indicator light - air filter

K1 K47

battery main switch relay blower M16, M17

M15 M16 M17

circulating pump Webasto blower hydraulic system blower hydraulic system

P2 P3 P4

fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge

S1 S47 H2 H3 X2

starter switch w. preheat position clock Webasto LED yellow display light panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to S47 plug to M17 plug to M16

X78 X84 X85

wire no. 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 sw

connector plugs F34X81 -M15 A14X81 -M15 G2-F34 F34-F35 F35X79 -A14 F34X78 -S25 S47X79 -A14 A14X83 /X2 -K47 P2X2 /X78 -S47 S1X2 -S47 K47X2 /X82 -E24 S1-F14 F14-K47 K47X2 /X84 -M17 M17X85 -M16 ground wire


Warm water heater „Webasto“



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.02




Black

without number

= ground wire

White


= other wires

All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm² Colored wires are part of the heater assembly. Color codes: bl bl-ge bl-ws br br-ge br-ws ge gn gn-rt gr gr-rt rt rt-ws sw ws ws-rt

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

blue blue-yellow blue-white brown brown-yellow brown-white yellow green green-red gray gray-red red red-white black white white-red

wire-gray and white-red are not connected Electrical schematics for the basic machines see chapter 9.2.



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.03

Auxiliary heater „Eberspächer“ pos.

description

A10 1 2 3 4 5

auxiliary heater Eberspächer heater control glow plug flame sensor overheat sensor combustion motor

wire no. 1000 1021

connector plugs G1-M1 K35- -X2 /62

3133 3134rt 3135rt 3136rt 3137rt

K35G2F37F37F36-

-9029X86 X86

-S38 -F37 -E10 -F36 -E10

6 connection remote control F1 F11 F36 F37

automatic circuit breaker - main 10A fuse 5A fuse 16A fuse

G1 G2

alternator batteries

K1 K35

battery main switch relay

S38

clock Eberspächer

X2 X86

panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to fuses

Y44

metering pump

sw

ground wire


Auxiliary heater „Eberspächer“



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.04




Black

without number

= ground wire

White


= other wires

All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm²



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.05

Electrical schematic Flame glow control unit

wire no. 1002

connector plugs G2-F31

1051 1052

F32F33-

F31-A13 F32X87 -A13 F32X87 -A13 F33X87 -A13 F33X87 -A13 A13- X87,X2 /4 -H2 G1X87 -A13 B37X2 /63 -K46 F6-K46 A13- X87,X2 /2 -K46 S1-S46 S1-F2 F2- X2 /16,X87-A13 K2- -X2 /15,X87-A13

pos.

description

A13

flame glow control unit

B37

temperature sending unit

F1 F2 F6 F31 F32 F33

automatic circuit breaker fuse fuse automatic circuit breaker fuse fuse

G1 G2

alternator batteries

K1 K2 K46

battery main switch relay starter cut off relay flame glow control unit

3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152

S46

push button switch engine start

5000

X2 /67

X2 X87

panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to A13

6100 6106

S46F6-

sw

-

-R1 -R7

X87

-A13

-

-K2 -H2

ground wire


Electrical schematic flame glow control unit



Mjfcifss!


01 04

Additional heaters


F/N xxx-2063→ F/N xxx-2001→

18.4.50.06

Color codes: rt = red br = brown bl = blue rt/ws = red-white The numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm²

Pos.

Description

A7

Operator’s seat w. air suspension, complete

F11

Fuse

K4 K8 K100

Relay 35A - power supply Relay - power guard Relay - operator‘s seat

M12

Compressor - operator‘s seat

MP

Ground connections

S1 S100 S101 S102

Starter switch with preheat position Rocker switch - upper lumbar support Rocker switch - lower lumbar support Rocker switch - weight adjustment

X2 X8 X65

Panel plug - central wiring harness Coupling - cab - heater Plug



01 01

Operator’s seat with

air suspension

Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→ F/N xxx-3001→ 5599

Blatt Page Feuille

18.5.10.01

A5


M12


10 11 12 13 14 15

Valve- / switch combination Directional valve - upper lumbar support (with switch S100) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - lower lumbar support (with switch S101) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - weight adjustment (with switch S102)

20 21 22

Air chamber - upper lumbar support Air chamber - lower lumbar support Air chamber - weight adjustment

Color codes: sw = black rt = red sw/ws = black/white

Color codes: rt = red br = brown bl = blue rt/ws = red-white The numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm²

Pos.

Description

A5


F11

Fuse

K4 K8 K100

Relay 35A - power supply Relay - power guard Relay - operator‘s seat

M12


MP

Ground connections

S1 S100 S101 S102

Starter switch with preheat position Rocker switch - upper lumbar support Rocker switch - lower lumbar support Rocker switch - weight adjustment

X2 X8 X49

Panel plug - central wiring harness Coupling - cab - heater Plug


Typ/ab

Type/from

Type/a partir de


01 01

Operator’s seat with

air suspension


18.5.40.01

A5


M12


10 11 12 13 14 15

Valve- / switch combination Directional valve - upper lumbar support (with switch S100) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - lower lumbar support (with switch S101) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - weight adjustment (with switch S102)

20 21 22

Air chamber - upper lumbar support Air chamber - lower lumbar support Air chamber - weight adjustment

Color codes: sw = black rt = red sw/ws = black/white

Electrical schematic hydraulic oil temperature gauge Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.

Parts list to Electrical schematic: B21


F27 F28 F29

fuse 8A light fuse 8A light fuse 2A warning light

K17

relay - light

P5

temperature gauge - hydraulic oil temperature

S7

rocker switch light

Arrangement cab

X2 X4 X5

panel plug - central wiring harness panel plug - cab wiring harness serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10)

MP sw

ground connection color code black

arrangement hydraulic tank


Mjfcifss!

Hydraulic oil temperature gauge Datum Edition Date

01 03

Special Attachments




18.7.10.01

Electrical schematic hydraulic oil temperature gauge Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.

Parts list to Electrical schematic: A6 A8

diode combination diode combination

V1-V4 diode 1A V8-V11 diode 1A

B26


F29

fuse 2A warning light

X2 X4 X5 X105

panel plug - central wiring harness panel plug - cab wiring harness serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug

H20

indicator light - hydraulic oil temperature MP

ground connection

P5

temperature gauge - hydraulic oil temperature sw

color code black

S7

rocker switch light

Arrangement cab

arrangement hydraulic tank



Mjfcifss!

Hydraulic oil temperature gauge Datum Edition Date

01 03

PR 752

Special Attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5600→

18.7.50.01

Operation and function: Fan- reversal of rotation → push the button switch S33. observe Operating Manual! Push button switch S33 cuts the current to the electronic control for the fan drive A11 and gives current to the solenoid valves Y 55 up to Y58. As long as S33 is pushed, the fan rotates with max. RPM into the opposite direction, because the switched solenoid valves Y55 up to Y58 together reroute the oil flow direction for the fan drive-oil motors → gives an air flow in opposite direction through the radiators. Notes:

This function is only to clean the radiators and the area around in certain working applications and should not be operated longer as 30 sec. fuse F9 = 8A (standard 5A)

Relay installation at instrument panel:

A6 A8

diode combination diode combination

K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K14 K15

Relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light K16 relay - electronic fault indicator K56 relay - fan reversal of rotation (operate lag sec.) K57 relay - fan reversal of rotation (braking delay 5 sec.)

MP X5

ground connection serial connection terminal



Mjfcifss!

Reversible fans Datum Edition Date

01 04

PR 752

Special attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5600→ 6637

18.8.50.01

Hydraulic equipment Hydraulic schematic:

Parts list: 15 tandem gear pump - replenishing 16 to valve block 16 connection T / travel hydraulics 30 regulating pump cpl. fan drive 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - main radiator / front) 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler / side) 65 water - and charge air cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 71 check valve 72 check valve 80 hydraulic tank 85 filter Y55 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y56 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y57 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Y58 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler

Electrical equipment Electrical schematic:

Note: at reconstruction of a standard fans equipment to reversible fans cut wire 1074 at fuse F9 and swap it over to switch S33 connection S Parts list:

A11

electronic box - fan drive

F9

automatic circuit breaker 8A

MP

ground connection

K56 K57

relay - to switch solenoid valves Y56 and Y58 (operate lag 5 sec.) relay - to switch solenoid valves Y55 and Y57 (breaking delay 5 sec.)

S33

push button switch - reversible fan

X2 X90

plug - central wiring harness plug - electronic box - fan drive

Y55 Y56

solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler

Y57 Y58

solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


01 04

PR 752

Special attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-5600→ 6637

18.8.50.02

1. Description The cooler and the suction areas are cleaned of external contamination in predetermined intervals by reversing the turning direction of the fan (= direction of the air flow). If required, the function can also be turned on before via the button S33 on the instrument panel. The system works in connection with the electronic fan control A11 = Speed regulation at normal turning direction, independently of that, it controls the function “reverse fan”. In reverse turning direction, the fans run always at maximum speed to improve the cleaning effect. The reversal of the turning direction is obtained by changing the flow direction on the fan hydro motors. "Reverse fan", actuated automatically of manually, is only carried out if the machine travels in reverse or if the machine is at a standstill. When the machine travels forward and during "counterrotation”, the control signal is blocked. 2. Function At initial operation of the machine, the fans run in normal turning direction. The running time of the Diesel engine is measured by the electronic control A22 via D+. When the Diesel engine is turned off, the time measurement is only interrupted, but not set back to zero. After reaching a running time of 30 minutes, the control shifts automatically to “reverse fan”. In "travel direction forward", the electrical contact in pressure switches B58 and B59 is closed by the control pressure in the var. pumps. Control A22 shuts off the signal for "reverse fan". After a change in travel direction or if the machine is at a standstill, the signal is released and the system switches to "reverse fan". Any existing speed limitation by A11 will be cancelled. The signal coming from the electronic control A22 shifts the solenoid valves Y 55/56 and Y57/58, which reverses the flow direction of the oil on the fan hydro motors. The fan now runs for 30 seconds in reverse turning direction. A new travel direction change to”forward” does not interrupt the procedure. After a duration of 30 seconds, the control signal to the solenoid valves of A22 is interrupted and the time measurement for the next interval is reset to zero. If the button S33 is pressed, the change in turning direction is carried out the same way. The time measurement of A22 is also reset to zero. 3. Location of components A11, A22

battery box

B58, B59

shuttle valve bloc - variable flow pump left / right

F9, S33, K3, P1,

instrument panel

Y55, Y56

compartment diesel engine front right

Y57, Y58

compartment - hydraulic oil cooler

Note:

fuse F9 = 8A (standard 5A)



Mjfcifss!


01 04

PR 752

Special attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-6638→

18.8.51.01

4. Hydraulic equipment 4.1. Hydraulic schematic:

4.2. Parts list: 15 tandem gear pump - replenishing 16 to valve block 16 connection T / travel hydraulics 30 regulating pump cpl. fan drive 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - main radiator / front) 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler / side) 65 water - and charge air cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 71 check valve 72 check valve 80 hydraulic tank 85 filter Y55 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y56 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y57 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Y58 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler

5. Electrical equipment 5.1. Electrical schematic:

Note: at reconstruction of a standard fans equipment to reversible fans cut wire 1074 at fuse F9 and swap it over to wire 9026. 5.2. Parts list:

A11 A22

electronic box - fan drive electronic box - reversible fan drive

B58 B59

pressure switch - travel pump servo pressure left forward pressure switch - travel pump servo pressure right forward

F9

automatic circuit breaker 8A

K3

relay - power guard

MP

ground connections

P1

hour meter

S33

push button switch - reversible fan

X2 X90 X152 X153

panel plug plug - electronic box - fan drive plug - electronic box -reversible fan drive plug - code plug - reversible fan drive

Y55 Y56

solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler

Y57 Y58

solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Benennung Description Dénomination


Mjfcifss!


01 04

PR 752

Special attachments

Blatt Page Feuille

F/N xxx-6638→

18.8.51.02

Sub Group Index Storage (preservation) guidelines

19.1

Material classification

19.2.01

Weight of materials

19.2.02



Mjfcifss!


Datum Edition Date

01 01

Miscellaneous informations

Blatt Page Feuille

19.0.00.01


Typ/ab

Mjfcifss!

Type/from

Type/a partir de


Datum Edition Date

01 00

Weight of materials

Blatt Page Feuille

19.2.02.01

Page No.

Name

1.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

1.1.00.01

Foreword and Explanation

01 03

1.2.01.01 1.2.01.02 1.2.01.03 1.2.01.04 1.2.01.05 1.2.01.06 1.2.01.07

Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines

12 94 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98

1.2.02.01 1.2.02.02

Hand signals (construction equipment) Hand signals (construction equipment)

01 98 01 98

1.3.01.01 1.3.01.02 1.3.01.03 1.3.01.04

Service Items Service Items Service Items Service Items

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

1.4.01.01

Conversion table

01 01

1.4.02.01 1.4.02.02

Tightening torques standard screws Tightening torques standard screws

01 04 01 04

1.4.03.01

Tightening torques SAE screws

01 98

1.4.04.01


01 04

1.4.05.01 1.4.05.02 1.4.05.03

Couplings Couplings Couplings

01 98 01 98 01 98

1.4.06.01 1.4.06.02

ISO - Tolerances ISO - Tolerances

01 98 01 98

1.5.01.01 1.5.01.02

Code letters + terminal designations Code letters + terminal designations

01 98 01 98

2.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

2.1.10.01 2.1.10.02

Special tools Diesel engine Special tools Diesel engine

01 04 01 04

2.1.20.01

Special tools general hydraulic repair

01 01

2.1.21.01

Special tools hydraulic pressure testing

01 04

2.1.22.01

Special tools hydraulic cylinder

01 98

2.1.30.01

Special tools electric system - general

01 03

2.1.31.01 2.1.31.02

Special tools electric system - wiring harness Special tools electric system - wiring harness

01 04 01 04

2.1.40.01 2.1.40.02

Special tools mech. components Special tools mech. components

01 04 01 04

2.2.00.01 2.2.00.02 2.2.00.03

Repair welding Repair welding Repair welding

01 04 01 04 01 04

2.3.01.01

Installation guidelines - Duo-Cone-Seals

01 02

2.3.02.01 2.3.02.02 2.3.02.03 2.3.02.04 2.3.02.05 2.3.02.06 2.3.03.01 2.3.04.01

Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / Harting plug Installation guidelines / AMP plug

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

3.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 03

3.1.10.01 3.1.11.01 3.1.12.01 3.1.13.01 3.1.14.01

Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data

01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03

3.1.20.01 3.1.21.01 3.1.22.01 3.1.23.01 3.1.24.01


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03

3.1.30.01 3.1.31.01 3.1.32.01 3.1.33.01 3.1.34.01


01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

3.1.40.01 3.1.41.01 3.1.42.01 3.1.43.01 3.1.44.01 3.1.45.01

Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data

01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

3.1.50.01 3.1.51.01 3.1.52.01

Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data

01 03 01 03 01 03

3.2.10.01 3.2.11.01 3.2.12.01 3.2.13.01 3.2.14.01 3.2.15.01

Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines

01 98 01 98 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 03

3.4.10.01 3.4.10.02 3.4.10.03 3.4.10.04 3.4.10.05

Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

3.5.00.01 3.5.00.02 3.5.00.03

Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference

01 02 01 02 01 02

3.5.01.01 3.5.01.02 3.5.01.03 3.5.01.04

Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

3.5.02.01 3.5.02.02 3.5.02.03 3.5.02.04


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

3.5.03.01 3.5.03.02 3.5.03.03 3.5.03.04


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

3.5.50.01 3.5.50.02 3.5.50.03 3.5.50.04


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

3.5.51.01 3.5.51.02 3.5.51.03 3.5.51.04


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

3.5.52.01 3.5.52.02 3.5.52.03 3.5.52.04


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

4.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 02

4.1.10.01 4.1.11.01

Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (in line) Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (in line) "E"

01 97 01 03

4.1.30.01

Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (V type)

01 04

4.2.10.01 4.2.11.01

Power, Torque LIEBHERR - engine Power, Torque LIEBHERR - engine "E"

01 97 01 02

4.3.10.01

Fan and cylinder configuration LIEBHERR - Diesel engine

01 03

4.4.01.01

Remove and Install Engine Fan

01 90

5.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

5.1.00.01

Technical Data Coupling and Splitter Box

01 01

5.2.10.01 5.2.10.02

Coupling Coupling

01 98 01 98

5.2.30.01

Coupling

01 98

5.2.50.01

Coupling

01 01

5.3.10.00 5.3.10.00

Parts list Splitter Box Splitter Box

01 98 01 98

5.3.30.00 5.3.30.00


01 98 01 98

5.3.50.01 5.3.50.02


01 01 01 01

5.3.51.01 5.3.51.02


01 01 01 01

6.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

6.1.00.01

Technical Data

01 03

6.2.10.01 6.2.10.02

Description Description

09 97 09 97

6.2.50.01 6.2.50.02


01 01 01 01

6.3.10.01 6.3.10.02 6.3.10.00 6.3.10.00

Function Function Parts list Scheme

01 95 01 95 11 91 11 91

6.3.11.01 6.3.11.02 6.3.11.00 6.3.11.00


01 02 01 02 12 94 12 94

6.3.12.01 6.3.12.02 6.3.12.00 6.3.12.00


01 03 01 03 02 02 02 02

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

6.3.30.01 6.3.30.02 6.3.30.00 6.3.30.00


01 98 01 95 09 97 11 91

6.3.31.01 6.3.31.02 6.3.31.00 6.3.31.00


01 95 01 95 01 00 06 94

6.3.32.01 6.3.32.02 6.3.32.00 6.3.32.00


01 02 01 02 01 00 06 94

6.3.33.01 6.3.33.02 6.3.33.00 6.3.33.00


01 03 01 03 02 02 02 02

6.3.40.01 6.3.40.02 6.3.40.00 6.3.40.00


01 98 01 95 01 01 07 91

6.3.41.00 6.3.41.00

Parts list Scheme

07 01 07 01

6.3.42.01 6.3.42.02 6.3.42.00 6.3.42.00


01 02 01 02 02 02 02 02

6.3.50.01 6.3.50.02 6.3.50.03 6.3.50.00 6.3.50.00

Function Function Function Parts list Scheme

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 00

6.3.51.01 6.3.51.02 6.3.51.03 6.3.51.00 6.3.51.00


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01

6.3.52.01 6.3.52.02 6.3.52.03 6.3.52.00 6.3.52.00


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 03

6.3.53.01 6.3.53.02 6.3.53.03 6.3.53.00 6.3.53.00


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03 02 02

6.4.01.01

Installation guidelines Travel motor - High pressure hoses

01 99

6.4.10.01 6.4.10.02

Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing

11 89 11 89

6.4.30.01 6.4.30.02


08 90 08 90

6.4.40.01 6.4.40.02


12 94 12 91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

6.5.00.01 6.5.00.02 6.5.00.03 6.5.00.04 6.5.00.05 6.5.00.06 6.5.00.07 6.5.00.08 6.5.00.09 6.5.00.10

Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

7.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 03

7.1.00.01

Technical Data

01 03

7.2.10.01 7.2.10.02


08 97 08 97

7.3.10.01 7.3.10.02 7.3.10.03 7.3.10.00 7.3.10.00


04 93 04 93 04 93 08 97 08 91

7.3.11.01 7.3.11.02 7.3.11.03 7.3.11.00 7.3.11.00


12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 09 93

7.3.12.01 7.3.12.02 7.3.12.03 7.3.12.00 7.3.12.00


12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 05 95

7.3.30.01 7.3.30.02 7.3.30.03 7.3.30.00 7.3.30.00


12 98 08 97 08 97 01 03 01 03

7.3.40.01 7.3.40.02 7.3.40.03 7.3.40.00 7.3.40.00


12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 04 93

7.3.50.01 7.3.50.02 7.3.50.03 7.3.50.00 7.3.50.00


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

7.3.51.01 7.3.51.02 7.3.51.03 7.3.51.00 7.3.51.00


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

7.3.52.01 7.3.52.02 7.3.52.03 7.3.52.00 7.3.52.00


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

7.4.10.01 7.4.10.02


11 89 11 89

7.4.30.01 7.4.30.02


08 90 08 90

7.4.40.01 7.4.40.02


04 93 04 93

7.5.10.01 7.5.10.02 7.5.10.03 7.5.10.04

Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

8.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 04

8.1.01.01

Intermediate flange Variable pump

01 04

8.1.10.01 8.1.10.02 8.1.10.03 8.1.10.04

Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump

01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

8.1.40.01 8.1.40.02 8.1.40.03

Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump

07 01 07 01 07 01

8.1.41.01 8.1.41.02 8.1.41.03


01 03 01 03 01 03

8.1.50.01 8.1.50.02 8.1.50.03


07 01 07 01 07 01

8.2.10.01 8.2.10.02 8.2.10.03

Parts list Variable motor Variable motor Variable motor

01 01 01 01 01 01

8.2.30.01 8.2.30.02

Parts list Variable motor Variable motor

01 04 01 04

8.2.50.01 8.2.50.02

Parts list Variable motor Variable motor

01 04 01 04

8.3.10.01 8.3.10.02 8.3.10.03 8.3.10.04

Parts list Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V

01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

8.3.40.01 8.3.40.02 8.3.40.03

Parts list Variable flow pump HPR Variable flow pump HPR Variable flow pump HPR

01 01 01 01 01 01

8.4.01.01

Gear pump - Symbolic drawer

01 03

8.4.02.01

Axial piston constant motor - fan drive

01 03

8.5.01.01 8.5.01.02

Description, Function Pilot control valve 4-way Adjustment, Repair Pilot control valve 4-way

01 04 01 04

8.5.03.01

Pilot control valve 2-way

01 03

8.5.10.01 8.5.10.02

Parts list Pilot control valve 4-way Pilot control valve 4-way

01 03 01 03

8.5.40.01 8.5.40.02

Parts list Pilot control valve 4-way Pilot control valve 4-way

01 03 01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

8.6.10.01 8.6.10.02 8.6.10.03 8.6.10.04 8.6.10.05

Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block

01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98

8.6.11.01 8.6.11.02 8.6.11.03

Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block

01 01 01 01 01 01

8.6.12.01 8.6.12.02 8.6.12.03


01 01 01 01 01 01

8.6.50.01 8.6.50.02 8.6.50.03


01 01 01 01 01 01

8.6.51.01 8.6.51.02 8.6.51.03


01 01 01 01 01 01

8.7.00.01 8.7.01.01 8.7.01.02 8.7.01.03 8.7.01.04 8.7.01.05 8.7.02.01 8.7.02.02 8.7.02.03 8.7.02.04 8.7.03.01 8.7.03.02 8.7.03.03 8.7.04.01

Overview Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Shut Off Valves Shut Off Valves Shut Off Valves Other Valves

12 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98

8.8.10.01 8.8.10.02 8.8.10.03 8.8.10.04 8.8.10.05

Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder

03 90 03 90 03 90 03 90 03 90

9.0.00.01 9.0.00.02

Sub Group Index Sub Group Index

01 03 01 03

9.1.10.00 9.1.10.00/1 9.1.10.00/2

Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram

01 98 12 89 12 89

9.1.11.00 9.1.11.00/1 9.1.11.00/2

Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram

01 98 10 90 10 90

9.1.12.00 9.1.12.00/1 9.1.12.00/2 9.1.12.00/3

Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram

01 98 08 91 11 93 08 91

9.1.13.00 9.1.13.00/1 9.1.13.00/2 9.1.13.00/3

Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram

01 98 11 93 11 93 11 93

9.1.14.00 9.1.14.00/1 9.1.14.00/2 9.1.14.00/3 9.1.14.00/4

Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram

01 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

9.1.15.00 9.1.15.00/1 9.1.15.00/2 9.1.15.00/3 9.1.15.00/4


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.1.16.00 9.1.16.00/1 9.1.16.00/2 9.1.16.00/3 9.1.16.00/4


01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.1.30.00 9.1.30.00/1 9.1.30.00/2 9.1.30.00/3 9.1.30.00/4


01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.1.31.00 9.1.31.00/1 9.1.31.00/2 9.1.31.00/3 9.1.31.00/4


01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.1.50.00 9.1.50.00/1 9.1.50.00/2 9.1.50.00/3 9.1.50.00/4


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.1.51.00 9.1.51.00/1 9.1.51.00/2 9.1.51.00/3 9.1.51.00/4


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.1.52.00 9.1.52.00/1 9.1.52.00/2 9.1.52.00/3 9.1.52.00/4


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.1.53.00 9.1.53.00/1 9.1.53.00/2 9.1.53.00/3 9.1.53.00/4


01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.10.01 9.2.10.00 9.2.10.00/1 9.2.10.00/2

Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 98 01 98 12 89 12 89

9.2.11.01 9.2.11.00 9.2.11.00/1 9.2.11.00/2

Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 98 01 98 10 90 10 90

9.2.12.00 9.2.12.00/1 9.2.12.00/2

Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 98 11 93 08 91

9.2.13.00 9.2.13.00/1 9.2.13.00/2

Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 98 11 93 11 93

9.2.14.01 9.2.14.02 9.2.14.00 9.2.14.00/1 9.2.14.00/2

Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 01 01 01 01 01 10 94 10 94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

9.2.15.01 9.2.15.02 9.2.15.03 9.2.15.00 9.2.15.00/1 9.2.15.00/2

Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.2.16.01 9.2.16.02 9.2.16.03 9.2.16.00 9.2.16.00/1 9.2.16.00/2

Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.17.01 9.2.17.02 9.2.17.03 9.2.17.00 9.2.17.00/1 9.2.17.00/2 9.2.17.00/3

Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.18.01 9.2.18.02 9.2.18.03 9.2.18.00 9.2.18.00/1 9.2.18.00/2 9.2.18.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.2.19.01 9.2.19.02 9.2.19.03 9.2.19.00 9.2.19.00/1 9.2.19.00/2 9.2.19.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.2.30.01 9.2.30.02 9.2.30.03 9.2.30.00 9.2.30.00/1 9.2.30.00/2


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.2.31.01 9.2.31.02 9.2.31.03 9.2.31.00 9.2.31.00/1 9.2.31.00/2


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.32.01 9.2.32.02 9.2.32.03 9.2.32.00 9.2.32.00/1 9.2.32.00/2 9.2.32.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.33.01 9.2.33.02 9.2.33.03 9.2.33.00 9.2.33.00/1 9.2.33.00/2 9.2.33.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

9.2.40.01 9.2.40.02 9.2.40.03 9.2.40.00 9.2.40.00/1 9.2.40.00/2 9.2.40.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.2.41.01 9.2.41.02 9.2.41.03 9.2.41.00 9.2.41.00/1 9.2.41.00/2 9.2.41.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.2.50.01 9.2.50.02 9.2.50.03 9.2.50.00 9.2.50.00/1 9.2.50.00/2


01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.2.51.01 9.2.51.02 9.2.51.03 9.2.51.00 9.2.51.00/1 9.2.51.00/2


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.2.52.01 9.2.52.02 9.2.52.03 9.2.52.00 9.2.52.00/1 9.2.52.00/2


01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01

9.2.53.01 9.2.53.02 9.2.53.03 9.2.53.00 9.2.53.00/1 9.2.53.00/2


01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.54.01 9.2.54.02 9.2.54.03 9.2.54.00 9.2.54.00/1 9.2.54.00/2 9.2.54.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02

9.2.55.01 9.2.55.02 9.2.55.03 9.2.55.00 9.2.55.00/1 9.2.55.00/2 9.2.55.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

9.2.56.01 9.2.56.02 9.2.56.03 9.2.56.00 9.2.56.00/1 9.2.56.00/2 9.2.56.00/3


01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

9.3.10.00

Instrument panel

01 98

9.3.11.00

Instrument panel

01 98

9.3.12.00

Instrument panel

01 98

9.3.13.00

Instrument panel

01 98

9.3.14.01 9.3.14.02

Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel

01 01 01 01

9.3.15.01 9.3.15.02


01 01 01 01

9.3.16.01 9.3.16.02


01 02 01 02

9.3.17.01 9.3.17.02


01 02 01 02

9.3.18.01 9.3.18.02


01 03 01 03

9.3.19.01 9.3.19.02


01 03 01 03

9.3.40.01 9.3.40.02


01 03 01 03

9.3.41.01 9.3.41.02


01 03 01 03

9.3.50.01 9.3.50.02


01 01 01 01

9.3.51.01 9.3.51.02


01 01 01 01

9.3.52.01 9.3.52.02


01 02 01 02

9.3.53.01 9.3.53.02


01 02 01 02

9.3.54.01 9.3.54.02


01 03 01 03

9.3.55.01 9.3.55.02


01 03 01 03

9.4.10.01 9.4.10.02

Location of electrical components Location of electrical components

01 01 01 01

10.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 03

10.2.10.01 10.2.10.00 10.2.10.00

Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

05 95 01 01 01 01

10.2.11.01 10.2.11.00 10.2.11.00


01 02 01 02 01 02

10.2.12.01 10.2.12.02 10.2.12.00 10.2.12.00

Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic

01 02 01 02 01 04 01 02

10.2.13.01 10.2.13.02 10.2.13.00 10.2.13.00


01 02 01 02 01 04 01 02

10.2.40.01 10.2.40.02 10.2.40.00 10.2.40.00


01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

10.2.50.01 10.2.50.00 10.2.50.00


01 01 01 01 01 01

10.2.51.01 10.2.51.00 10.2.51.00


01 01 01 01 01 01

10.2.52.01 10.2.52.00 10.2.52.00


01 01 01 04 01 03

10.3.00.01 10.3.00.02 10.3.00.03 10.3.00.04 10.3.00.05

Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

10.4.00.01 10.4.00.02 10.4.00.03 10.4.00.04 10.4.00.05 10.4.00.06 10.4.00.07 10.4.00.08 10.4.00.09 10.4.00.10 10.4.00.11

Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

10.5.10.01

Linkage - Electronic Engine Speed Sensing Horsepower Control System

10 89

10.6.00.01 10.6.00.02

Pedal control tester application - Electronic Control Pedal control tester application - Electronic Control

01 04 01 04

10.7.10.01 10.7.10.02

Parts list Travel control joystick Travel control joystick

01 03 01 03

10.7.11.01 10.7.11.02


01 03 01 03

10.7.12.01 10.7.12.02


01 03 01 03

11.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

11.1.00.01 11.1.01.01 11.1.02.01

Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data

01 01 01 01 01 03

11.2.10.01 11.2.10.02

Description, Function Description, Function

01 96 01 95

11.3.10.01 11.3.10.02 11.3.10.00 11.3.10.00

Remove and Install Remove and Install Parts list Travel gear Travel gear

01 95 01 95 02 91 02 91

11.3.11.00 11.3.11.00

Parts list Travel gear Travel gear

02 92 02 92

11.3.12.00 11.3.12.00


07 93 07 93

11.3.13.00 11.3.13.00


05 95 06 94

11.3.14.01 11.3.14.02


01 00 01 00

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

11.3.15.01 11.3.15.02


01 00 01 00

11.3.16.01 11.3.16.02


01 00 01 00

11.3.17.01 11.3.17.02


01 00 01 00

11.3.50.00 11.3.50.00


01 00 01 00

11.3.51.00 11.3.51.00


01 00 01 00

11.3.52.00 11.3.52.00


01 03 01 00

12.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 04

12.1.00.01 12.1.00.02

Technical Data Technical Data

01 01 01 02

12.2.00.01 12.2.00.02 12.2.00.03

Description, Function, Wear effects Description, Function, Wear effects Description, Function, Wear effects

01 99 01 99 01 99

12.2.01.01 12.2.01.02 12.2.01.03 12.2.01.04 12.2.01.05 12.2.01.06 12.2.01.07

Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear

01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99

12.2.02.01

Appraisal Report

01 99

12.2.10.01 12.2.11.01 12.2.11.02

Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac

10 89 01 01 01 01

12.2.20.01 12.2.21.01 12.2.21.02 12.2.22.01 12.2.22.02

Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac

04 89 01 01 01 02 01 01 01 01

12.2.30.01 12.2.31.01 12.2.31.02 12.2.32.01

Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Berco

02 91 01 01 01 01 01 01

12.2.40.01 12.2.41.01 12.2.41.02 12.2.42.01

Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Itrac Wear chart Berco

04 93 01 01 01 01 01 01

12.2.50.01 12.2.51.01

Wear chart Berco Wear chart Berco

01 01 02 01

12.4.00.00 12.4.00.00

Parts list Idler Idler

10 89 10 89

12.4.10.00 12.4.10.00

Parts list Idler guide und Yoke assembly Idler guide und Yoke assembly

10 92 10 92

12.4.20.01 12.4.20.02

Parts list Idler guide und Yoke assembly Idler guide und Yoke assembly

01 01 01 01

12.4.21.01

Idler unit with Parts list

01 00

12.4.30.00

Idler unit with Parts list

01 99

12.4.50.01 12.4.50.02

Idler unit Idler unit

01 04 01 04

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

12.4.51.01 12.4.51.02

Idler unit Idler unit

01 04 01 04

12.5.10.01 12.5.10.00 12.5.10.00

Removal and installation Track adjuster unit Parts list Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit

04 93 10 93 04 93

12.5.20.00

Track adjuster unit

01 98

12.5.50.01 12.5.50.02 12.5.50.03

Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit

01 04 01 04 01 04

12.6.00.00

Track roller with Parts list

01 99

12.6.40.01


01 02

12.6.50.01


01 02

12.7.00.01

Carrier roller with Parts list

01 01

12.8.10.01 12.8.10.02 12.8.10.00 12.8.10.00

Removal and installation Track roller frame Removal and installation Track roller frame Parts list Track roller frame Track roller frame

01 90 01 90 03 91 03 91

12.8.30.00 12.8.30.00

Parts list Track roller frame Track roller frame

04 93 04 93

12.9.10.01 12.9.10.00/1 12.9.10.00/2

Parts list / installation guidelines Support shaft - preassembled Support shaft - preassembled Support shaft - preassembled

01 02 01 98 01 98

12.9.50.01

Support shaft - preassembled

01 03

13.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

13.2.10.01 13.2.10.00 13.2.10.00

Description, Function Straight blade Parts list Straight blade Straight blade

01 96 01 96 01 96

13.2.40.01 13.2.40.02

Parts list Straight- / Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Straight- / Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment

01 03 01 03

13.2.50.01 13.2.50.02 13.2.50.03

Description, Function Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Parts list Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment

12 98 01 03 01 03

13.2.51.01 13.2.51.02

Parts list Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment

01 03 01 03

13.3.10.01 13.3.10.00 13.3.10.00/1 13.3.10.00/2

Description 6-way-blade Parts list 6-way-blade 6-way-blade (inside push frame) 6-way-blade (outside push frame)

04 91 04 91 04 91 04 91

14.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 03

14.2.10.01 14.2.10.00 14.2.10.00/1 14.2.10.00/2

Description, Function Ripper Parts list Ripper Multi Shank Ripper Single Shank Ripper

09 91 09 91 09 91 09 91

14.2.11.01 14.2.11.02

Ripper Ripper

01 03 01 03

14.2.50.01 14.2.50.02 14.2.50.03 14.2.50.04

Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

14

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

14.2.51.01 14.2.51.02 14.2.51.03 14.2.51.04

Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

14.3.10.01 14.3.10.02 14.3.10.03

Cable Winch Cable Winch Cable Winch

01 03 01 03 01 03

15.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 02

15.1.10.01 15.1.10.02 15.1.10.03

Cooler / Radiator Arrangement Cooler / Radiator Arrangement Cooler / Radiator Arrangement

01 03 01 03 01 03

15.2.10.00 15.2.10.00

Parts list Lift Cylinder Mount Lift Cylinder Mount

04 93 04 93

15.3.10.01

Engine Mounts

01 02

15.4.10.00

Equalizer bar

01 03

15.4.50.01

Equalizer bar

01 01

16.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 02

16.1.10.01 16.1.10.02 16.1.10.03

Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank Return filter / Hydraulic tank

02 91 02 91 01 95

16.1.11.01 16.1.11.02

Parts list Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank

01 02 01 02

16.1.30.01 16.1.30.02


01 02 01 02

16.1.50.01 16.1.50.02


01 02 01 02

16.2.10.01 16.2.10.02

Parts list Fuel tank Fuel tank

01 01 01 01

16.2.50.01

Fuel tank

01 01

16.3.10.01

Battery Box

01 03

16.3.50.01

Battery Box

01 03

17.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 03

17.2.10.01 17.2.10.02 17.2.10.03

Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform

10 97 10 97 10 97

17.3.01.01 17.3.01.02

Heater with Fresh Air Blower Heater with Fresh Air Blower

01 03 01 03

17.3.02.01 17.3.02.02

Heater and blower Heater and blower

01 03 01 03

17.4.10.01 17.4.10.02

Engine Operation Engine Operation

01 03 01 03

17.4.11.01 17.4.11.02

Engine Operation Engine Operation

01 03 01 03

17.4.50.01

Engine Operation

01 03

17.4.51.01

Engine Operation

01 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

February 2005

Page No.

Name

17.5.10.01 17.5.10.02 17.5.10.03 17.5.10.04

Air conditioner Air conditioner Air conditioner Air conditioner

04 93 04 93 04 93 04 93

17.5.11.01 17.5.11.02 17.5.11.03 17.5.11.04 17.5.11.05 17.5.11.06 17.5.11.07 17.5.11.08 17.5.11.09

Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner

01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03

18.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 04

18.1.10.01 18.1.10.02

Parts list Electrical Schematic Canopy Electrical Schematic Canopy

01 01 01 01

18.2.10.01

Refueling pump

01 01

18.3.10.01

Arrangements additional lights

01 03

18.3.11.01 18.3.11.02

Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights

01 03 01 03

18.3.50.01 18.3.50.02

Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights

01 03 01 03

18.4.40.01 18.4.40.02

Electrical Schematic warm water heater Webasto Electrical Schematic warm water heater Webasto

01 03 01 03

18.4.50.01 18.4.50.02 18.4.50.03 18.4.50.04 18.4.50.05 18.4.50.06

Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters

01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04

18.5.10.01

Operator’s seat with air suspension

01 01

18.5.40.01

Operator’s seat with air suspension

01 01

18.7.10.01


01 03

18.7.50.01


01 03

18.8.50.01 18.8.50.02

Reversible Fans Reversible Fans

01 04 01 04

18.8.51.01 18.8.51.02

Reversible Fans Reversible Fans

01 04 01 04

19.0.00.01

Sub Group Index

01 01

19.1.00.01 19.1.00.02

Storage (preservation) guidelines Storage (preservation) guidelines

01 99 01 99

19.2.01.01 19.2.02.01

Material classification Weight of materials

01 98 01 00

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PR-2 LITRONIC

Date

End

16

February 2005

Liebherr-Hydraulikbagger GmbH Hans-Liebherr-Straße 12 D-88457 Kirchdorf/Iller 콯 + 49 7354 80-0 Fax + 49 7354 80-72 94 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: [email protected]

Liebherr-France SAS 2, Avenue Joseph Rey, B.P. 287 F-68005 Colmar Cedex 콯 + 33 389 21 30 30 Fax + 33 389 21 37 93 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: [email protected]

Liebherr-Werk Telfs GmbH Hans-Liebherr-Straße 35 A-6410 Telfs 콯 + 43 5262 6 00-0 Fax + 43 5262 6 00-72 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: [email protected]

Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH Postfach 49 A-5500 Bischofshofen 콯 + 43 6462 8 88-0 Fax + 43 6462 8 88-3 85 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: [email protected]

Liebherr 712-752

Recommend Documents